Audi A3 S3 2015 Owner's Manual – PDF Download
-
Owner's Manual
2015 Audi A3 Sedan I S3 Sedan
()(J['[) Vorspr u ng d u rc h Tec~~1~
2015 Audi A3 Sedan 2015 Audi 53 Sedan
Foreword Thank you for choosing an Audi - we·value your trust in us. Your new Audi will allow you to experience the best in groundbreaking technology and premium quality equipment a vehicle has to offer. We recommend that you read your Owner's Manual thoroughly so that you quickly become acquainted with your Audi and make use of all of its features . In addition to explaining how the different features work, we provide many useful tips and information concerning your safety, how to care for your vehicle and how to maintain your vehicle's value. We also give you useful tips and information on how to drive your vehicle more efficiently and in an environmentally friendly manner . In the Owner's Manual packet, you will also find an Owner's Manual for your Infotainment system and the vehicle maintenance schedule. We hope you enjoy driving your Audi and we wish you safe and pleasant motoring. AUDIAG
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1 M
1,..1..'1.,
2
Table of contents
Vehicle literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
About this Owner's Manual . ..
6
Operation ..............
. ... . .. . 8
Cockpit . . . . ............
. ... . . . . 8
Overview . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. . 8
Instruments
and indicator
lamps . . ... . ............
. . . . . . . . 10
Inst ruments . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. . 10
Indicator lights . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. . 14
Driver information system . . . 27
Overview . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. . 27
Operation . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. . 28
Boost indicator . ..........
. ... . .. . 29
Efficiency program ........ . . . . . . . . 29
On-Board Diagnostic system (OBD) . . . 30
Lap t imer and engine oil temperature
indicator .. . ..........
. ....... . . . 32
Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . 35
Cent ral locking ................
. . . 35
Luggage compartmen t lid ... ... . . . . 4 2
Chil d safety lock ........ . . . . . . . . . . 42
Powe r wi ndows ..........
. . . . . . . . 43
Panorama sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Lights and Vision .............
. 46
Exte rior ligh t ing . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. . 46
I nter ior light ing . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. . 4 9
so V1s1on ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. . so W indshie ld wipers ........ . . . . . .. .
Outside mi rror ...............
. .. . 52
Digita l compass ..........
. ... . .. . 54
Driving . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 74
Steering . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 74
Starting and stopp ing t he engine
(vehicles w ith an ign ition lock) ... . . . 74
Starting and stopp ing t he engine
(vehicles w ith a convenience key) ... . 77
Driver messages . . . .. . . . ...... . . . . 79
Electromechanical parking brak e ... . 80
Hill hold . . . . . . . ..............
. . . 82
Speed warning system ..........
. . . 83
Cruise cont rol system . . . .... . . . . . . 8 3
Audi adaptive cruise control . . 86
In t roduct ion ..... . ..............
. 86
General Info rmation . . . . .... . . . . . . 86
Adaptive cruise contro l . . .... . . . . . . 87
Driver messages . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 92
Audi pre sense . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 94
Introduction ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 94
General information . ..........
. . . 94
Audi pre sense basic ..............
. 94
Audi pre sense front ..............
. 94
Driver messages ....... . .........
. 96
Audi active lane ass ist ..... . . . 98
Lane assist . . . . ............
. .... . 98
Audi side assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Side assist ... . . . ...............
. 102
Audi drive select ........... Driving settings .................
. . . 106 . 106
Automatic transmission
..... . 109
S tronic-transmiss ion ...........
. . . 109
Seats and storage ..... . . . . . .. . 56
General informat ion .............
. 56
Front seats . ..........
. ... . ... . . . 57
Headrests . . ................
. . . . . 59
Socket . . . . . . . . . ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . 60
St orage . ... . . . ..........
. . . . . . . . 61
Roof rack . . . ............
. ...... . 62
Luggage compartmen t . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Parking systems
118
General information ...........
. . . 118
Rear parki ng system ... . .........
. 119
Parking syst em plus ..............
. 119
Rearview camera . . .. . . . ...... . . . . 120
Adju sti ng t he display and the wa rning
tones . . ... . ... . ................
. 124
Error messages . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 124
Warm and cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Cli mat e control syst em . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Table of contents
3
S a fety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Driving and t he environment
197
Driving safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
The first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) and
General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
afterwa rds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Proper occupant seating posit ions . . . 126
Driving through wate r on roads . . . . . 198
Driver and passenger side footwell . . . 130
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Pedal area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Diesel particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Stowing luggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1 Report ing Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Placing you r vehicle out of service . . . 199 Operate your vehicl e economically and
· ·
min imi ze poll ution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Why safety bel t s? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Driving wit h a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Trailer tow ing t ips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Safety belt pret ensioners . . . . . . . . . . 14 2
Operating instructions . . . . . . . . 205
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
I mpor t ant th ings t o know . . . . . . . . . . 144
General inf or mat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Car washes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 5
Monitoring the Advanced Airbag
Cleaning and care information . . . . . . 206
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Knee airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Checking and Filling . . . . . . . . . . 210
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Side curta in airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . 212
Selective catalytic reduction . . . . . . . . 215
Ch ild Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Important things to know . . . . . . . . . . 170
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Child safety seats ...... . ..... . ... . 176
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Install ing a chi ld safety seat . . . . . . . . 18 1
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 7
LATCH Lower ancho rages and tethe rs
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
fo r children . . ............
. ... . . . . 184
W indsh ield washer conta iner
2 32
Addit ional I nforma t ion
188
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Driver messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Smart Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Tire pressu re mo nitor ing system
264
Informa t ion abo ut data recorded by
vehicle cont rol mod ules . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Do-it -yourself service . . . . . . . . . 267
Electron ic stabilization control (ESC) 189
What do I do now? . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Luggage compartment lid emergency
Electromechanical steering . . . . . . . . . 193
release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
All whee l drive (quatt ro) . . . . . . . . . . . 193
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Energy management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Not ice about data recorded by the
Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Event Data Recorder and vehicle
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
cont rol mod ules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
M
a
N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) Ll'I
M
L,.l'.I ..,
4
Table of content s
Fuses and bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 6 Electrical fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Emergency situations . . . . . . . . . 280 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Starting by pushing or tow ing . . . . . . . 280 Starting with jumper cables . . . . . . . . 280 Using jump start cables . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Emergency towing with commercial tow truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Lift ing vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Vehicle ident ifica ti on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 7 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Gasoline engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Consumer Information
. . . . . . . 289
Warranty coverages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Operating your vehicle outside the
U.S.A. or Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Audi Service Repair Manuals and
Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Addit ional accessories, modifica t ions
and parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 1
Declaration of Compliance,
Telecommunication and Electronic
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Inde x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Vehicle literature
5
I n addition to this Owner's Manual, your Audi comes with the
If you change your address or if you bought thi s Audi us ed
- MMI Operating I nst ructi ons
be sure to send in a "Notice of Address
- Warranty & Maintenance book let.
Change"/ "Notice of Used Car Purchase" post
card. This card can be found in the Warranty &
If you are missing one of these publicat ions,
Maintenance booklet or obtained from your
or if you believe that the information is not complete, contact your authorized Audi dealer
authorized Audi dealer.
· ·
for assistance.
It is in your own inte rest that we are able to
contact you should the need arise .
MMI Operating Ins truction s
contain detailed description of the Audi Multi Media Interface (MMI) including the navigation system, the sound system and the handheld phone.
The Warranty & Maintenance booklet
explains how you can keep your Audi in top driving condition by having it serviced regularly and conta ins detai led information about the warranties covering your Aud i. Always have the book let with you when you take your vehicle to an author ized Audi dealer for service. Your Audi Service Adviso r will record each scheduled service and can answe r any questions you may have regarding how to ma intain your vehicle .
In Canada,
the vehicle lite ratu re is also available in French. To obtain a copy, contact your dealer or write to:
Au Canada, on peut se procure r un exempla ire en frarn;ais de ce document aupres du concessionn aire ou de:
Audi Canada Client Assistance Assistance a la Clientele 777 Bayly St reet, West, Ajax, Ontario LlS 7G7
If you sell your Audi
all lite rature should be left in the veh icle to
make the Warranty terms as we ll as all oper-
M
·
N ating, safety and ma intenance information
0c>o avail able to the next owner.
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
6
About this Owner 's Manual
This owner's manua l contains important information, tips, suggestions and warnings for using your veh icle.
Keep th is owner's manual in your vehicle at all times. This is especially important if you loan your vehicle to others or sell it.
This owner's manua l describes the equipment range specified for this mode l at the time of printing. Individua l equipment options described may on ly be available at a later date or may only be offered in certain countries .
Some sections in this owner's manua l do not apply to all vehicles . When this is the case, the beginning of the section indicates the validity , for examp le "Applies to vehicles: with a parking heater". Optional or vehicle-specific equipment is also identified with an asterisk "*"
The illustrations are designed as a general guide and on your vehicle may look slightly different than what is illustrated.
There is a Table of Contents at the beginning of this owner's manua l that lists all of the topics covered in this book in the order that they appear. There is also an alphabetical Index at the end of this owner's manual.
All directions, such as "left", "right", "front" and "rear", are based on the vehicle's direction of travel.
* Optional or vehicle-specific equipment .,.. The section continues on the next page.
~ .&. Cross reference to a "WARNING" within
a section. If a page number is ind icated, the
WARNING is located outside of the section.
& WARNING
Text with t his symbol contains important information on safety and how to reduce the risk of personal injury or death .
({I;)Note
Text with this symbol draws your attention to potential sources of damage to your vehicle.
{® For the sake of the environment
Text with this symbo l contains information about the environment and how you can help protect it.
(D Tips
Text with this symbo l contains special tips and other informat ion about gett ing the most out of your vehicle and its features.
7
· ·
M
·
N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
8
Cockpit
Cockpit Overview
Fig. 1 Cockpit: left section Fig. 2 Cockpit : ri ght section
Cockpi t
9
CDPower windows
43
@) Depending on equipment, but-
@ Door handle
tons for:
® Audi side assist ........ . ... .
10 2
- Audi drive select
106
© Central locking switch . . . . . . . .
39
® Power exter ior mirror adjust-
ment .. . . . .............. . .
52
- Parking aid plus (or w ith rear-
view camera) . . . . . . . . .... .
119
- Emergency flashers ....... .
47
® Light switch
(J) Vents
® Lever fo r:
46
- Electron ic Stabilization Con-
trol (ESC) . . . . ... . ....... .
189
68
- MMI Display
- Airbag Off indicator . .... . . .
157
- Turn signals and high beams
48
@ Depending on equipment:
- Audi active lane assist . . . . . .
98
® Steer ing wheel w ith horn and
- Manual climate cont rol
system
69
- Driver's airbag ....... . . . . .
148
- Automatic climate contro l sys-
- On-board computer controls
28
t em . . . . . . . . . ... . ........
70
- MMI, telephone, navigat ion
@ Socket
60
and voice recognit ion system
@ S tronic selector lever ....... .
109
controls
- t iptron ic shift paddles (auto-
@ Cup holder . . . . . . . ......... .
61
matic transmission) ...... . .
1 14
@ MMI On/Off button
@ Instrument cluster .. . . . . . . . .
10
@ MMI control panel
@ W indshield washer system
@ Parking brake . . . . . . . . . .... .
80
lever ' .. . . . .............. . .
so
@ I START ENGI N E STOPI button
@ St eering column with:
(vehicleswith conveniencekey)
77
- Ignit ion emergency operation
(in vehicles with convenience
key) . . . . ................
.
- Ignit ion lock (in vehicles with
mechanical key) ...... . . . . .
@ Adjustable st eering column
@ Depending on equipment :
- Cruise contro l lever . ..... . .
- adaptive cruise contro l . . . . . .
(D Tips
79
- Some the equipment listed here is only
installed in certain models or is available
74
as an option.
74
- Operat ion of the Multi Media Interface
(MMI) is described in a separate operat-
ing instructions manual. You can also
83
find info rmation on Audi connect ther e.
86
@ Driver's knee airbag . . . . . . . . .
16 1
@ Instrument illumination . . . . . .
50
@ Hood release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
219
@ Luggage compartmen t release
42
@ Child safety lock button . . . . . .
43
@ MMI display (navigation , radio,
TV/video)
@ Glove compartment (lockable)
61
@ Front passenger's airbag . . . . .
148
M
N @ Treble speakers
·
0
c> o
......
@ Front passenger's knee airbag
161
\.!.) ,.,
M..,.,
......
10 Instruments and indicator lamps
Instruments and indicator lamps Instruments
Instrument cluster overview The instrument cluster is the central information center for the driver.
Fig. 3 Instrument cluster overview
(D Tachometer with ind icator lights @ Coolant temperature indicator*
or Boost* (boost pressure indi cator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
® Turn signal ind icator lights © Display
- Indicator lights or . . . . . . . . . . - Driver information system . . . - Date and time . . . . . . . . . . . . .
- Mileage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - Service interval display . . . . .
® Speedometer with indicator
lights
@ Fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (J) Display for: Central indicator
light or system displays . . . . . .
@ Trip odometer reset button 10.01
12, 29
14 27 10 11 13
12
14 11
(!) Tips
The needles in the instrument cluster illuminate when the ignition is switched on. The dials also ill uminate when the lights are switched on . The instrument illumination dims automatically as the amount of light outside decreases. This funct ion re-
minds the driver to turn the headlights on at the appropriate time.
Setting the time/date
Fig. 4 Instrument cluster: tim e and date
The date, t ime of day, time and date format can be set in the MMI. Refer to the MMI owner's manual for instruction s.
@ Tips
- When you switch off the ignition or open the driver's door, t he date and time are displayed for approximately 30 seconds.
- You can also turn on the display with the
!O.Olbutton when the ignition is switch-
ed off ~ page 10, fig. 3 .
Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute .
The beginning of the red zone in the tachometer indicates the maximum permiss ible eng ine speed for all gears once the engine has been broken in and when it is warmed up to operat ing temperature. You shou ld select the "D/S" (Drive) selecto r lever pos ition or take your foot off the accelerator peda l before reaching th is area . It is best to avoid high engine speeds, even when dr iving in tiptron ic mode ~ page 114 .
(D Note
The tachometer needle (D ¢ page 10,
fig. 3 shou ld only be in the red zone briefly: otherwise, this increases the risk of engine damage.
@) For the sake of the environment
Upshift ing early helps you to save fuel and reduce operating no ise.
Odometer
Fig. S Instrument cluster: odometer and reset butto n
The distance driven is shown in miles "mi" or in kilometers "km" . The measurement units
(miles "mi" I kilometers "km") can be
changed in the MMI. For more info rmation, refer to your MMI operating instructions. ...., Odometer / trip odometer
N
0c>o @ - The odometer shows the total d ista nee
rl that the veh icle has been driven .
I.O
"..'.., "rl '
In s trument s an d indi c at o r la mp s 1 1
@ - The trip odometer shows the distance
that the vehicle has been driven since the trip odometer was last reset. It can be used to measure short distances. The last digit ind icates 1/10 miles or 100 meter increments .
The trip odometer can be reset to zero by
pressing the Io.o Ibutton ¢ page 10, fig. 3.
Malfunction indicator
If t here is a malfunct io n in t he ins t rumen t cluster, DEF will appear in the trip odometer display. Have the malfunction corrected as soon as possib le .
(D Tips
- Whe n you switch off the ignit ion or open the driver's door, the odometer is displayed for approximately 30 seconds.
- You can also turn on the display with the jo.o j button when the ignition is switched off~ page 10, fig . 3.
Outside temperature display
The instrument cluster display shows the outs ide temperature. At temperatu res below 41 °F (+S °C), a snowf lake symbol appears in front of the temperature display .
If your vehicle is stationary or if you are driving at very low speeds, the temperature d isplayed may be slightly higher than the actual temperatu re outs ide due to the heat rad iating from the engine.
,&. WARNING
Neve r assume that t he roads a re free of ice based on t he outside temperature display. Be awa re t hat there may be ice on roads even when the outside temperature is around 41 °F (+S °C) and that ice can increase the risk of accidents.
(D Tips
You can change t he measurement un its, for example fo r temperature or speed, in the MMI.
12 In st rum e nt s and indicator lamp s
Fuel level
The display @ Q page 10, fig. 3 only works when the ignition is sw itched on . When the d isplay has reached the reserve mark, the bot-
tD tom LEDwill turn red and the indicator
light turns on Q page 24 . The bottom LED blinks red when the fue l level is very low .
The on -board computer shows the range based on the fuel leve l Q page 28, On-board computer display.
For the tank capac ity in your vehicle , refer to the Technical Data Q page 288.
CJ) Note
Never d rive until the tank is completely empty. The irregular supp ly of fuel that results from that can cause the engine to misfire. Uncombusted f uel will then enter the exha ust system. This can cause overheating and damage to the catalytic converter .
Coolant temperature indicator
In vehicles without a coolant temperature ind icator , an indicator light . will turn on when the coolant temperature is too high Q page 20. Refer to Q Q) .
The coolant temperature ind icator @ c::p>age 10, fig . 3 only works when the ignition is switched on . To prevent engine damage, observe the fo llow ing notes about the tempe rature ranges.
Cold range
If only the LEDs at the bottom of the gauge turn on, the engine has not reached operat ing temperature yet . Avoid high engine speeds, fu ll acce le rat ing and heavy engine loads.
Norm al range
The engine has reached its operating temperature once the LEDsup to the center of the gauge turn on under normal driving conditions. The LEDs higher up may turn on if the engine is under heavy load or the outs ide tern-
perature is high. This is not a cause for concern as long as t he . indicator light in the display does not turn on.
Hot range
If the LEDs in the upper area of the disp lay and the . indicator light in the instrument cluster disp lay t urn on , the coo lant tempera ture is too high c::p>age 20.
A WARNING
I-
- Always observe the warn ing in c::p>age 217, before opening the hood and checking the engine coolant level.
- Never open the eng ine hood if you see or hear steam, or if you see engine coo lant dripping from the engine compartment. You could burn yourse lf. Let the engine coo l off f irst unti l you can no longe r see or hea r steam or coolan t escap ing.
Q) Note
- In vehicles w ith a boost pressure indica-
to r*, this indicator replaces the t empe ra-
t ure display. To promote a long engine
service life, avoiding high engine speeds,
full acceleration and he avy eng ine loads
during approximately the first 15 m i-
nutes when the engine is cold is recom -
mended. The amount of time until the
eng ine is warm depends on the outside
temperat ure. Check the engine oil tem-
perature* if necessary. c::p>age 32
- Add itiona l head lights and other compo-
nents in front of the air intake impairs
the cooling effect of t he coolant. This in-
creases the risk of the engine overheat-
ing during high outs ide temperatures
and heavy eng ine load.
- The front spoiler also he lps to d istr ibute
cooling ai r correctly wh ile driving. If the
spoiler is damaged, the coo ling effect
w ill be imp air ed and t he risk of t he en-
gine overhea t ing will increase . See an au-
thorized Audi dealer or autho rized Audi
Service Facility for assistance .
...,
Instruments and indicator lamps
13
@ Tips
Diesel engines : Due to the high efficiency of t hese engines, the eng ine may not always reach operating temperature in cold outs ide temperatur es. This is normal a nd not a cause for conce rn. Service interval display The service interval display detects when your vehicle is due for service.
Fig . 6 I nstru me nt cluste r: serv ice inte rval disp lay (example)
Fig. 7 Display in th e MMIpanel: service interva l display (example)
The se rvice interva l display wo rks in two stages:
- In spection or oil change reminder: Aft er a
cert ain dist ance dr iven, a message a ppears
in t he instr ument cl uster d isp lay each t ime t he ig nition is switched on or off~ fig. 6.
The remaining d istance or t im e is d isplayed
br iefly.
- Inspection or oil change due : If your vehicle
...., is due for an inspection or oil change or
N 0
bot h, a message appears br iefly in the in-
c> o
strument cluster d isplay when switching the
rl
I.O
"..'..,
ignition o n or off: Inspection due! or Oil
"rl '
change due! or Oil change and inspection due!.
Checking service intervals
You can ch eck th e rema ining dis t ance o r time unti l t he next o il change or nex t ins pecti on in
t he MMI ~ fig . 7. Sele ct t he IM ENU Ibut to n >
Car > Systems* con t rol button > Service & control > Service intervals .
Resetting the display
You r a ut hor ized Audi dea ler or author ized Audi Se rvice Facilit y will reset t he service inte rval display aft er performi ng service.
If you pe rfo rm an oil chan g e yourself to the Audi spe cificat ions , you can reset you servi ce int erval disp lay.
To reset t he di splay, select the IME N U Ibutt on
> Car > System s* cont rol button > Service & control > Service intervals > Reset oil change
interval.
(D Note
- Only reset t he oil cha nge indicat or if th e oil was cha nged.
- Following t he se rvice intervals is critical to m a int a ining t he se rvice life and value of your vehi cle, especi ally th e e ngine. Even if th e mileage on t he vehicle is low, do not exceed t he time fo r t he next serv ice.
- Calc ulati ng t he time t o the next oil change is inter rupted whe n the vehicle battery is disconnected. If t he vehicle is not d riven for a long pe riod of time, check the ma intenance sc hedule so t hat you ca n follow the maintena nce intervals.
14 Instruments and indicator lamps
Indicator
Description
lights
Fig. 8 Instrument cluster: example of a display in vehicles wit h a mo nochrome display
@ Indicator light @ Message © Status line:
- · I D Central indicator light or addi-
tional disp lays of active systems such as - · (USAmodels)/ . (Canada models)
Electronic park ing brake
-·I.-II ii (USAmodels)/ (Canada models) Cruise contro l system* active lane assist*
ml The central indicator light @ · or also
turns on with some indicator lights @ .
If the central indicator light @ turns on, pay attention to the additional information in the instrument cluster display @ and @ .
In addition to the indicator lights in the display, there are others located inside the tachometer and the speedometer. They blink or turn on to display additional functions or malfunctions . Messages @ may also appear briefly with some indicator lights. A warning tone sounds at the same time.
If there is more than one malfunction, the indicator lights will turn on one after the other for a short time.
The indicator lights and messages in the display can be replaced by other displays . If the indicator light @ is replaced, the central indicator light © remains on until the malfunction is corrected.
The messages can be displayed again in the driver information system ¢ page 28, Oper-
ation.
Overview
Some indicator lights turn on briefly as a function check when you switch the ignition on. These systems are marked with a./ in the following tables. If one of these indicator lights does not tu rn on, there is a malfunction in that system .
Depend ing on the vehicle equipment, your vehicle has either a monochrome or multicolor display in the instrument cluster . In a monochrome display, the indicator lights @ only
n appear in white ¢ page 14, fig. 8. The central
indicator light © . / also turns on to indicate the priority of these indicator lights. Refer to the explanations for red or yellow indicator lights .
Examples of indicator light displays in a monochrome display:
11 @
.©
m@
II ©
@l @
-- ©
Priority 1 (high priority) see red indicator lights
Priority 2 (medium priority) see yellow indicator lights
Priority 3 (low pr iority) these are informative indicator lights
Red indicator lights
-------------
Central indicator light (pay attention to the additional information in the instrument cluster display) © ¢ page 14, fig. 8
USA models: Brake malfunction ./ ¢ page 18 Canada models : Brake malfunction./ ¢page 18
USA mo dels: Electromechanical i:::p>age 19
parking brake
Canada models: Electromechanical parking brake c::p>age 19
Cooling system c::p>age 20
or
In s trum e nt s an d indicator lamp s 1 5 Engine stops while driv ing i:::>page21
or
Transmission malfunction c::p>age 115 or
Engine oil pressure c::p>age20 or
Alternator ~ page 20 or
Adapt ive cru ise control*./ c::>pageBB
USA mode ls: Speed warn ing system c::>page 83
Cana da model s: Speed warn ing sys t em i:::>page83
Fill AdBlue*
or
c::p>age 21 S
Front safety be lt c::p>age 21
Steering./ c::p>age 193 Steering lock c::p>age 21 Engine start system c::p>age 21 or
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1 M
1,..1..'1.,
AdBlue malfunction*
or
c::>page 215
Yellow indi cato r light s
-------------
Centra l indicator light (pay at tention to the additional information in the instrument cluster
disp lay) © c::p>age 14, fig. 8
Electronic Stabilization Control
·
(ESC) ./
c::>page 22
16 Instruments and indicator lamps
or ~~
Electronic Stabili zat ion Control (ESC) ../ c:>page22 Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC) c:>page 189 USA models: Anti- lock braking system (ABS) defective../ c:>page22 Canada models: Anti-lock braking system (ABS) defective ../ c:>page22
USA models: Safety systems ../
c:>page 21
Canada models: Safety systems
,I
c:>page 21 Brake pads c:>page22
Electromechanical parking brake c:>page 19
Hill hold* c:>page23
&
Tire pressure monitoring system
CD ,I c:>page264
TPMSTire pressure monitoring system c:>page264
;
Adaptive dampers* c:>page26
or
Engine control (gasoline engine)
,I
c:>page23 Eng ine control (diesel engine)../ c:>page23 Exhaust control system../ Q page23 Diesel particu late filter* Q page23 or
Engine speed limitation Q page24 or
Engine oil level (min .) Q page24 or
Engine oil sensor Qpage24 or
Engine temperature Q page20 or
Battery charge level ¢ page 20 or
Tank system ¢ page 24 Washer flu id level ¢ page 25 or
Windshield wipers ¢ page 25 or
Steering .//steering lock ¢ page 193 Steering lock ¢p age 21
Engine start system ¢ page 21
or
Convenience key ¢ page 79
or
M
N
0 c> o
,....,
Convenience key ¢ page 79
\!) 1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
Instruments and indicator lamps
17
Battery in remote control key ¢page37
Defective light bulb warning ¢ page25
or
Headlight range contro l system* ¢ page25
or
Adaptive light* ¢page 25
or
Light/rain sensor* ¢page 25
or
Active lane assist*
/:\
¢page 99
Transmission ¢pag e 115
or
·
18 Instruments and indicator lamps
AdBlue -I" AdBlue malfunction*
or
Q page 215
AdBlue/
~
Other indicator lights
-------------
Turn signals Qpage26
USA models: Cruise control system* Q page 83 Canada models: Cruise control system* Q page 83 Adaptive cruise control* Q page 88
Adaptive cruise control* Q page88
Adaptive cruise control* Q page 88
Active lane assist* Q page 99
High beams Q page48
Convenience key Q page 79
Electromechanical parking brake Qpage 19
Adaptive cruise control* Q page88
Active lane assist* Q page 99
Audi side assist* Q page 104
Transmission Q page 115
USA models: Electromechanical parking brake Qpage 19 Canada models: Electromechanical parking brake c::p>age 19 Fill Ad Blue* r::!)page 215
BRAK(DE)B/Crake system
If this indicator light turns on, there is a mal-
function in the brake system.
· (USA models) , · (Canada models) Please stop vehicle and check brake fluid lev-
el!
Stop the vehicle and check the brake fluid level. See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for assistance if necessary.
· (USA models) , · (Canada models) Warning! Brake servo inoperative!
If the brake assist (brake booster) is not working, you must use press the brake pedal harder to brake . See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for assistance.
· (USA models) , · (Canada models) Warning! Fault in brake system. Please contact Service
If the ABS indicator light (JD(USA models) /
II] (Canada models), the ESCindicator
G1 light and the brake system indicator
light . (USA models)/ . (Canada models) turn on and this message appears, the ABS, ESCand braking distribution are malfunction-
ing & r::!) .
Drive to your authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to
have the malfunction corrected A i::::> .
· (USA models) , · (Canada models) Parking brake system fault! See owner's manual
- If the indicator light and the message appear when the vehicle is stationary or after switching the ignition on, check if you can release the parking brake . If you cannot release the parking brake, see your authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility. If you can release the parking brake and the message still appears, see an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected.
- If the indicator light and message appear while driving, the hill start assist or emergency braking function may be malfunction-
ing. It may not be possible to set the park-
ing brake or release it once it has been set. Do not park your vehicle on hills and see an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for assistance.
(USA models): If the . and&] indicator lights turn on together, take your vehicle to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the brake
padsinspectedc;,page 22 .
There is also a warning tone when the lights turn on.
A WARNING
-
- Follow the warnings on c::;p, age 217,
Working in the engine compartment be-
fore opening the hood and checking the
brake fluid level.
- If the brake system indicator light does
not turn off or it turns on while driving,
the brake fluid level in the reservoir is
too low, and this increases the risk of an
accident. Stop the vehicle and do not
continue driving. See an authorized Audi
dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility
for assistance.
- If the brake system indicator light turns
on together with the ABS and ESCindica-
tor lights, the ABS/ESCregulating func-
M
tion may be malfunctioning. Functions
N
0 c> o
......
that stabilize the vehicle are no longer available . This could cause the rear of the
\.!.) ,.,
vehicle to swerve, which increases the
M..,.,
......
Instruments and indicator lamps
19
risk that the vehicle will slide. Drive carefully to the nearest authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility and have the malfunction corrected.
PAR/KC®/)¢5,Electromechanical parking
brake
If the . (USA models) / . (Canada models)
I. indicator light turns on, the parking brake was
set.
· (USA models)
(Canada models) Cau-
tion: Vehicle parked too steep
When the indicator light blinks and this mes-
sage appears, there is not enough braking
power to keep the vehicle from rolling. The
I. brakes have overheated . The vehicle could roll
away even on a small incline .
· (USA models)
(Canada models)
Please press brake pedal to release parking
brake
To release the parking brake, press the brake pedal and press the ~ button at the same time, or start driving with hill start assist
c::;p, age 82, Starting from a stop.
Ill Parking brake!
There is a parking brake malfunction. Drive to an authori zed Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected.
IiiParking brake: limited functionality!
There is a parking brake malfunction. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected.
ll:1;1:tl:j(U;JS:A1m34odels) I mi(lCanada mod-
els) Please release parking brake
Release the parking brake if this message ap-
pears.
ll,1;1:tl:j(;U(S;1A3m4odels) / mi(lCanada mod-
·
els) Parking brake auto release unavailable
If this message appears, press the brake pedal
first and then release the parking brake .
IJJ,,
20 Instruments and indicator lamps
ltJ;)::t;103(4USA model s) / ml(Canada mod-
els) Caution : Vehicle parked too steep
When t he indicator light blinks and th is message appears, t here is not enough braking power to keep the vehicle from rolling . The brakes have overheate d. The vehicle could roll away even on a small incline .
ltJ;:)j;ilJ(3U4SA model s) / ml(Canada mod-
els) Parking brake is applied
If t his message appea rs, press t he brake pedal fi rst and the n release t he par king brake if necessary.
@ Tips
For addit ional info rmation on the parking brake, refer t o ¢ page 80.
...LCooling system
· Switch off engine and check coolant level!
The coolant level is too low or t he coolant temper ature is too high .
Do not cont inue driving and swi t ch the engine off. Check the coolant level ¢ page 225 .
- If the coolant level is too low, add coolant <=p>age 226 . Only cont inue driv ing once the indicator light turns off.
- If the coolant level is correct, the problem may be caused by a ma lf unction in the radiator fan . Do not cont inue driv ing . See an aut horized Audi dealer or aut horized Aud i Service Facili ty for assist ance.
· Coolant temperature too high! Let engine run with vehicle stationary
Let the eng ine run at idle for a few minutes to cool down .
A WARNING
-
- Never open t he hood if you can see or
hear st eam or coolant escaping from the
eng ine com partm ent. This increases t he
risk of burn s. Wait unti l you no longe r
see or hear steam or cool ant escaping.
- The engine compa rt ment in any vehicle can be a dangerous area. Stop the engine and allow it to cool befo re working in the engine compartment. Always foll ow the info rmation found in ~ page 217, W ork ing in th e engin e compartm ent.
(D Note
Do not cont inue dr iving if the . indicato r lig ht tur ns on - this increases the risk of engine damage.
' "1::::7E: ngine oil pressure
· Switch off engine! Oil pressure too low
Stop t he engine and do not cont inue drivi ng. Check the eng ine oi l level r=>page 223 .
- If the engine oil level is too low, add engine oil r=>page 221. Only conti nue driving once the indicator light turns off.
- If the engine oil level is correct and the indicator light still turns on, turn the eng ine off and do not cont inue driv ing . See an authorized Audi deale r or aut horized Audi Service Facility for assista nce.
(i) Tips
The oil pressure war ning is not an oi l level indicat or. For th is reason, check t he oil level reg ularly.
' 0 Alternator/battery
· Alternator fault: battery is not being charged
There is a malfunction in the alternator or t he vehicle electr ical system .
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately . Because the vehicl e batte ry is drain ing, turn off all unnecessary elect rical equipment such as t he MMI. Seeyour aut horized Audi dealer or a qualifie d repair fa cili ty if the batt ery charg e level is too low .
(·) low battery charge: Battery will be charged while driving
The st arting abili ty may be impai red .
If t his message tu rns off afte r a litt le w hil e,
the batt ery charged enough wh ile driving.
If the message does not turn off, have and author ized Audi dealer or aut hori zed Audi Service Facility repair th e malfunc t ion.
~/ !f Safety systems
fl El The (USA models) / (Canada models)
indicator lig ht mon itors t he saf ety syst ems.
Safety system
II m If the (USA mode ls) / (Canada mode ls)
indi cator lig ht tur ns on or blink s, t here is a mal f uncti on in a safety system.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or author· ized Audi Service Facility immed iate ly t o have the ma lfunction corrected .
_& WARNING
Have the saf ety systems inspect ed immediately. Otherw ise, t here is a risk that the systems may not act ivate during a colli sion, which increases t he risk of serious injury or deat h.
~ Front safety belt
The . ind icator light stays on unti l the driv er's and front passenger's safety belts are buckled. There is also a war ning tone above a certa in speed .
(D Tips
For addit ional information on safety belts,
refe r to ¢ page 135.
~ - Steering lock
· Do not drive vehicle: steering defective
There is a malfunct ion in the electron ic steering lock. You cannot turn the ignition on.
M N
0c>o Do not tow your vehicle because it cannot be
,...., steere d. See an authorized Aud i dealer or au-
\!)
1.1'1 thor ized Audi Service Facility for assistance.
M
1,..1..'1.,
Instruments and indicator lamps
21
II Steering lock: system fault! Please con-
tact Service
There is a malfunction in the elect roni c st eering lock.
Drive to an aut hor ized Audi dealer or autho r· ized Audi Service Facili ty immediately to have t he malf unct ion corr ecte d.
_& WARNING
Do not t ow yo ur vehicle when t here is a mal f unct ion in the electr onic st eering lock · t his increases the risk of an accident .
<=.eEngine start system
· Engine start system malfunction. Please contact Service
Do not switch t he igni t ion off because you
may not be able to switch it on again.
Drive t o an aut hor ized Audi dealer or aut hor· ized Audi Service Facili ty immediat ely to have the mal f unct ion correcte d.
i ·li:ngine start system malfunction . Please
contact Service
There is a malfunction in the engine starting system.
- Vehicles w ith an ignition ¢ page 75, Automatic start malfunction
- Vehicles w ith a convenience key
¢ page 77, Automatic start malfunction
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the mal f unction corrected.
~ Engine
· Engine stopped : brake servo and power steering not possible
There is a malfunction in the engine or in the
fuel supply system.
More force is needed to steer and bra ke t he
·
moving vehicle w hen the engine is sto pped. If
the vehicle is rolling, try to stop it caref ull y on
the side of the road away from moving traff ic. ..,.
22 Instruments and indicator lamps
See an authorized Audi dealer or autho rized Audi Service Facility for assistance.
A WARNING
If the engine stops whi le driving, you wi ll need to use more force to brake the vehicle. This increases the risk of an accident. There will still be power steer ing if the ignition is switched on w hile the vehicle is rolling and ther e is suffici ent batte ry charge. Otherwise, you mu st use greate r force when st eering.
f;! ~ Electronic stabilization control
(ESC) and (@) anti-lock braking system (ABS)
If t he Jj;Jindicato r li ght blin ks w hile driving,
the ESPor ASR(anti-s li p regulat ion) is actively regulat ing .
If the J;.)indicato r li ght turns on, t he system
has switched the ESCoff . In this case, you can switch the ignition off and then on to switch the ESCon again. The indicator light turns off when t he system is functioning fully .
Stabilization control (ESC) : sport. Warning! Restricted stability
II If the indicato r li ght turns on, ESCsport
mode was switched on using the !.$OFFI button c>page 190 . You can turn the ESCon again by press the !.$ OFFIbutton again .
Stabilization control (ESC): off. Warning! Restricted stab ility
II If the indicator li ght turns on, t he ESCwas
restricte d or switched off using the I.$OFFi button c>page 190. The message ESC OFF also appears. You can tu rn the ESCon again by press the !.$ OFFIbutton again .
The system switc hes on when the ign ition is
II switched on. The indicato r light turns off
when t he system is functioning fully .
Stabilization control (ESC) malfunction! See owner's manual
Stabilization control (ESC/ABS) malfun ction! See owner 's manual
ABS malfunction! See owner's manual
Bl If t he indicator light and the ABS indicat or ilJ ligh t El](USA mode ls)/ (Canada models)
tu rn on and th is message appears, t here is a malfunction in the ABS system or electronic differentia l lock. This also causes the ESCto malfu nction. The brakes st ill function with their normal power, but ABS is not active.
Drive to an aut hori zed Audi dealer or aut horized Audi Service Facility immediately to have t he malf unction corrected .
A WARNING
"--
If t he . (USA mode ls) / .
(Canada mod -
els) brake system indicator light turns on
t ogether wit h the ABSand ESCindicato r
lig hts, the ABS/ ESCregula t ing f unct ion
may have fa iled. Functions th at st abilize
t he vehicle are no longe r available. This
could cause the vehicle t o swerve, wh ich
increasest he risk t hat the vehicle will
slide . Drive caref ull y to the nearest aut hor-
ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service
Facility and have the mal f unct ion correct-
ed.
(D Tips
For additional informat ion on ESC and ABS, refer to c>page 189 .
BRAK0E: B/{rake pads
1111 riJ (USA models) I (Canada models)
Brake pads!
If the warning light ill uminates, imme diate ly contact your authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop to have all brake pads inspected. Both sets of brake pads on an axle must always be replaced at the same t ime.
A WARNING
Driving w it h bad brakes can cause a colli sion and serious personal inj ury.
EiJ - If the warning light or the warning
1111 light
1) w ith the message Brake
pads ! comes on in the instrument cluster
display, immediately contact your au-
thorized Aud i dealer or qualified work-
shop to have a ll brake pads checked or
replaced if necessary.
·~ Hill hold
Hill ho ld ass ist: unavailable
II If the indicator light turns on and this
message appears, hill hold is not available.
II Manual control!
If this message appears, press the brake ped al.
Continue dr iving with the help of the parking
brake . ¢ page 80
EPECngine control (gasoline engine)
Applies to vehicles: with gasoline engine
If the [IDindicator light turns on there is a
malfunct ion in the engine control.
Drive slow ly to your author ized Audi dealer or qua lified repai r facility to have the engine checked.
If the ~ indicato r ligh t turns on when you start t he engine, t here is a mal func t ion in the launch cont ro l. To start the engine, follow these steps:
- Vehicles with a mechanical ignition
¢ page 75, Automatic start malfunction
- Vehicles with a conven ience key
¢ page 77, Automatic start malfunction .
W Engine control (diesel engine)
Appl ies to vehicles: with diesel eng ine
II The engine is prewarming if the indicato r
light turns on when the ignition is switched
on.
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
M ~
1) -
: USA models only
In s trum e nt s an d indicator lamp s 23
If the indicator light blinks while d riving, there is a ma lfunction in the engine control.
Drive slowly to an au thorized Aud i dea ler or authorized Aud i Service Facility to have t he malfunction corrected.
II If the ind icator light turns on when you
star t the eng ine, the re is an automa t ic start malfunction . To start the eng ine , fo llow t hese steps: Vehicles with a mechanical ignition
¢ page 75, vehicles with a convenience key ¢ page 77.
a System indicator light (MIL)
The system indicator light (MIL) is part of the On Board Diagnostic system (OBD II). The
II symbol turns on when the ignition is
switched on and turns off again once the engine is started and run ning at a steady id le speed . This indicates t hat the MIL is functioning correct ly.
The ind icator light turns on if there is a malfunctio n in the eng ine e lectronics. See an autho rized Audi dea le r or authorized Audi Service Facili ty to have the malf uncti on corrected.
The system indicator light (MIL) may turn on if the fue l filler cap is not closed co rrectly
¢ page 212.
For additional information, refer to
¢ page 30 .
®-~ Diesel particulate filter
Applies to vehicles: with diesel engine and diesel particulate filter
· Particulate filter: system fault! Se e owner's manual
The diese l part icu late filter requires regeneration. To assist the filter self-cleaning process:
Drive for approximately lS minutes at
40 mph (60 km/h) or above in the S selector
lever position. Keep the engine speed around
2,000 RPM. The temperature increase that
·
will result from this can burn off the soot in .,.
24 Instruments and indicator lamps
the filter. The indicator light will turn off when the cleaning has completed successfully.
If the indicator light does not turn off, drive immediately to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facilityto have the malfunction corrected .
.&_ WARNING -
Always adapt your speed to the current weather, road and traffic conditions. You should never disobey traffic laws in order to follow driving recommendations .
(D Tips
For additional information on the diese l particulate f ilter, refer to ¢ page 199.
!?i Engine speed limitation
App lies to vehicles: with engine speed limitation
Ill Max. engine speed: XXXXrpm
The engine speed is automatically limited to the speed displayed in the driver information system. This protects the engine from overheating .
The engine speed limitation deactivates once the engine is no longer in the critical temperature range and you have released the accelerator pedal.
If the engine speed limitation was activated
Di by an engine control malfunction, the indi-
cator light also turns on. Make sure the engine speed does not go above the speed displayed, for example when downsh ifting . Drive to an authorized Audi dea ler or author ized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected.
~"' Engine oil level (min.)
l!I Check oil level
Youmay continue driving for the t ime being. Check the oil level as soon as possible ¢ page 221.
- If the engine oil level is too low, add engine oil ¢ page 223.
- If the engine oil level is correct and the indicator light still turns on, drive at low engine speed to the nearest authorized Audi dealer or qualif ied repair facility.
~ w, Engine oil sensor
· Oil level sensor: system fault!
The sensor to check the engine oil level has failed. Driveto an author ized Audi dealer or authori zed Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected.
· Oil level sens.: oil change necessary. Please contact Service
The eng ine oil level is t oo high.
Driveto an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected.
BlTank system
D Please refuel
If the indicator light turns first turns on and t his message appears, the tan k contains the following amount of fuel:
- Front wheel drive: approximately 1.8 gallons (7 liters)
- Allwheel drive: approximately 2.2 gallons (8.5 liters)
II] Please refuel immediately
If the indicator light turns on the message appears, the fuel tank is almost empty. Refuel the vehicle immed iate ly.
D Fuel tank malfunction! Please contact
Service
If the indicator light turns on and the message appea rs:
- there is a malfunction in the fuel tank system, or
- in vehicles with diesel engines, water may have collected in the fuel filte r.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the ma lfunction corrected.
([) Note
Applies to vehicles with diesel engines: If the diesel fuel quality is poor, it may be necessary to have the water drained from
the water separator l ) in the fuel filter
more often than specified in the maintenance schedule. This can help reduce engine malfunctions.
@I For the sake of the environment
Fuel should never enter the sewer system or come into contact with the ground .
(j) Tips
More information on refueling is available on page ¢page 212.
=~ Washer fluid level Please add washer fluid
Fill the washer fluid with the ignition switched off ¢ page232.
o Windshield wipers
mWindshield wiper: system fault!
There is a malfunction with the w indshield wipers.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have the malfunction corrected.
~ Defective light bulb warning
App lies to vehicles: with dr iver information system
S:!I If the indicator light turns on, a bulb has
fa iled. The message indicates the location of the bulb.
Replace the bulb immediate ly.
M N
0c>o Vehicle light s : system fault!
,....,
\!) 1.1"1 M
1,..1..".1, l ) This fu nct ion is not available in all count ries.
Instruments and indicator lamps
25
There is a malfunction in the headlights or light switch. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facili ty immediate ly to have the malfunction corrected .
A WARNING
- Light bulbs are under pressure and can explode when bulbs are replaced - risk of injury.
- With gas-discharge lamps* (xenon headlights), the high-voltage component must be handled appropriately. Otherwise, there is a risk of fatal injury.
~{i) Dynamic headlight range control sy s tem
Applies to vehicles: wi th Xenon lights
fl Headlight range control system: system
fault!
There is a malfunction in the dynamic headlight range control system, which may cause glare f or other drivers .
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected.
tsOAudi adaptive light
Appli es to vehicles: wi th Audi adapti ve ligh t
r!lAudi adaptive light: system fault!
There is a malfunction in the adapt ive lights. The headlights still function .
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected.
@) Light/ rain sensor
Applies to vehicles: wit h l ight/rain sensor
ElAutomati c headlights: system fault! ElAutomatic wipers: system fault !
The light/rain sensor is not working.
·
26 Instruments and indicator lamps
For safety reasons, the low beams are turned on permanent ly with the switch in AUTO. You can cont inue to turn the lights on and off using the light switch. You can still control all wiper functions that are independent of the rain sensor.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected .
QAdaptive dampers
Applies to vehicles: with Audi drive select
B Suspension: system fault!
There is an adaptive damper ma lfunction .
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the malfunction corrected.
¢i Q Turn signals
B R If the or indicator light bli nks, a turn
signal is turned on . If both indicator lights are blink ing, the emergency flashers are on .
In an indicator light blinks twice as fast as usual then a blinker bulb has failed. Carefully drive to your authorized Audi dealer immediately to have the malfunction corrected.
@ Tips
For more informat ion on the turn signals, refer to c:::p>age 48.
Driver information system Overview
Applies to vehicles: with dr iver information system
Fig. 9 l nstrume nt cluste r: dr iver info rmat ion system (exam p l e)
Data is automatica lly recorded , processed and displayed in the dr iver information system . Sett ings for special equ ipment can be adjust -
ed in the MMI. Select the !M ENU ! button> Car > Systems * menu control button . Introduct ion
The driver information system is controlled through the mult ifunction steering wheel c::;p, age 28 , fig . 10 . The driver information system c::;f,ig. 9 contains the follow ing informat ion: - @ Tab (register)
- @ Vehicle information
- © St at us line (selecto r lever posit ion , out-
side temperature ¢ page 11)
- @ On-boa rd comp ute r
The follow ing funct ions are possible , depending on vehicle equipment :
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"..'.., "rl '
Dr iv er in f ormation system
2 7
@
®
First tab ~ Vehicle functions:
On-board comp uter, time, date ¢ page28
Efficiency program c=p;,age29
Digita l t achometer
Assistance systems Audi adapt ive cruise control* ¢ page86 Audi active lane assist* ¢ page 98
Lap timer* c::;p, age 32
Second tab
Reduced disp lay
~-LhDriver messages and ind ica-
tor lights
Third tab
~ Service interval display ¢ page 13
fl I I Audio/ l'>lradio
Fourth r,. Telephone* t ab Fifth tab ~I ~ Navigat ion *
The second tab is only visib le if at least one indicator light or message is shown or if that system is switched on.
Display
In the drive r information system you will see:
Radio stat ion or CD
time and date
c:!;>page 10
Odometer, trip odometer
c:!;>page 11
Outside air temperature
c::;p, age 11
Service interva l disp lay
¢ page 13
Indicator lights and messag- <:!p.>age 14 es
Digita l tachometer
Lap ti mer*
c:!;>page 32
Cruise control system
¢page 83
Speed war ning
c:!;>p age 83
Select or lever positions
¢page 109
On-bo ard comp uter display c:!;>page 28
28
Dr ive r information system
On-board computer display
The on -boa rd compute r display monitors the different memory levels:
- Sho rt-term memo ry (on-board computer 1) - Long-term memory (on-board computer 2) - Efficiency program
The fo llow ing information can be disp layed in on-boa rd computer 1 and 2 one after the other.
- Date - Estimated range based on current fuel leve l - Trave l time - Average consumption - Average speed - Distance - Current fuel consumption - Engine oil temperature indicator*
D On-board computer (short-term
memory)
The sho rt-term memory collects driving information from the time the ignit ion is switched on until it is switched off. If you continue dr iving within two hoursafter switching the ignition off, the new values are included when calculating the current trip information. If stopped for more the two hours, the short term memory is automatically erased once you beg in driving .
On-board computer fJ (long-term
memory)
Unlike the short-term memory, the long-term memory is not erased automatically. You can select the ti me period for evaluating trip information yourself.
Efficiency program~
The effic iency program can help you to use
less fuel ~ page 29 .
(D Tips
- The on-board computer is controlled by the left button f ields on the mult ifunct ion steering wheel.
- For information on using the other button f ields, such as the audio, telephone* and navigation* funct ions, see the MMI owner's manual.
Operation
Appl ies to vehicles: wit h driver info rmat ion system
The driver information system is controlled with the multifunction steering wheel .
Fig. 10 Multi fu nct ion st eering wheel : driver informa · tio n system controls
Fig. 11 Dri ver informa t ion system: call ing up t he vehicle func t ion s menu
In add ition to info rmation about the on-board computer (on-board computer 1, 2 and the efficiency program), information about other systems can also be shown in the display .
You can identify which level (on-board computer 1, 2 or the efficiency program) is shown
in the d isp lay based on the small 0 ,fJ or the nozzle ii .
The tab @ ~ page 2 7, fig . 9 is displayed once
you press the button (D ~ fig. 10 on the mul-
tifunction steering whee l.
Operating
.,.Switch on the ignition . The last select func-
tion is displayed .
..,_
.. To switch between the tabs, press the rocker button ® to the left or right~ fig . 10.
.. To access additional information be low or above, rotate the thumbwheel @ down or up .
.. To confirm a selection, press the thumbwheel @ .
.. To select a function programmed to a steering wheel button, press the button @ . For addi t ional informa t ion, see¢ page 29, Assigning a function to the programmable steering wheel button
Calling up the Vehicle functions
.. Se lect the first tab with the button @ . .. Press the button @ . The Vehicle fun ction s
me nu is displayed 9fig. 11 . .. To select a menu item, turn and press the
th umbwheel @ .
Resetting values to zero
.. In the Vehicle function s menu, select On· board computer or Efficiency program .
.,.Se lect a val ue in t he desired t rip computer or in the efficiency program .
.. To reset the values in a memo ry, press and hold the thumbwhee l @ for one second.
Recalling indicator lights and messages
Q .. Press the but ton (!) repeated ly until the
tab appears.
Q The tab is only visible when there is a mal-
function.
Assigning a function to the programmable steering wheel button
.. Select: the IMENU ! button > Car > System s*
control button > Vehicle setting s > Steering wheel button programming .
Q The tab is only visible when there is at
least one indicator light or message displayed.
(0 ....,
Tips
N 0
- If the vehicle battery is d iscon nected, all
c> o
memo ry valu es a re e rased.
rl
I.O
"..'..,
"rl '
Dr iv er in f ormation system
29
- Information on the efficiency program ¢page 29 .
- There is more information on the multi function stee ring wheel in the MMI* owne r's man ual.
Boost indicator
Applies to vehicles: with boost pressure indicator
Fig. 12 Instrument cluste r: boost indicator
Boost pressure indicator (boost) A bar graph that begins on the left and fills in toward the right indicates the eng ine's current load (m ean ing the current boos t pressu re).
Efficiency program
Description
Applies to vehicles: with driver info rmation system
Fig. 1 3 Instrument cluster: efficie ncy program (example)
Calling up the efficiency program~
.. Call up the vehicle functions by pressing the button ® 9 page 28, fig. 10 and select the menu item Efficiencyprogram ¢page 29 .
The efficiency program can he lp you to use
less fuel. It evaluates driving information in
reference to fuel consumption and shows
.,..
30
Dr iver in f ormation sy s t e m
ot her equipment inf luencing consumpt ion c::p>age 30 . Fuel economy messages c::p>age 30 provide tips for efficient driving .
The effic iency program receives data about the dis t ance and fuel consumption from the on-board computer 1. If the data in the efficiency program is de leted c::p>age 29, the values in the on-board computer 1 are also reset .
Fuel economy messages
Applies to vehicles: wit h drive r info rmation system
Other equipment
App lies to vehicles: with driver informatio n system
Fig. 14 Instrument cluster : other equipment (exam· ple}
.,.Turn the menu thumbwheel @ r::p:>age 28,
fig. 10 while in the efficiency program until
the other eq uipment affect ing consumption appea rs. Other equipment that is currently affecting fuel consumption is listed in the efficiency program. The display shows up to three other items of equipment @ . The equipment us ing the most fuel is listed first . If more than th ree items using fue l are switched on, the equ ipment that is currently using the most fuel is d isplayed. A scale @ also shows t he cu rrent total consumpt ion of all other equ ipment.
Fig. 1 5 Inst rument clust er: economy ti p (example)
Fuel economy messages are displayed when fuel consumpt ion is increased by certain conditions. If you follow these fuel economy messages, you can reduce your ve hicle's consumptio n of fuel. The messages appea r automat ica lly and are only d isplayed in the efficiency program. The fue l economy messages t urn off automa ti cally after a certain per iod of t ime.
.,.To tu rn an eco nomy message off immed iately after it appears, press any button on the mu ltifu nction steering wheel.
(D Tips
- Once yo u have turned a fuel economy message off, it will o nly appear again after you turn the ign ition on again.
- The fue l economy messages are not d isplayed in every insta nce, but rat her in in· tervals over a period of t ime.
On-Board Diagnostic system (OBD)
System indicator light {MIL)
The system indicator light (MIL) ¢4 in the in-
strument cluster is part of the On Board Diagnostic System (OBDII) .
The warn ing/ind icator light tur ns on when the ignition is sw itche d on and t urns off once the engine is sta rted and is runn ing in idle at a stab le speed . This indicates that the MIL is funct ioning correct ly.
If the light doe s not turn off after starting the engin e or turns on while driving, this may indicate there is a malfunction in the engine. If the indicator turns on, the catalytic converter may be damaged . Drive with reduced engine perfo rmance (avoid high speeds for extended periods of time and/or fast accelerat ion) and have the malfunction corrected. See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Aud i Service Facility . The indicator may turn on if the electron ic speed limiter is faulty. For additional information, refer to c:>page 31, Electronic speed limiter" . The MILmay also turn on if the fuel filler cap is not clo sed correctly c:>page 212 .
On-Board Diagnostics
Fig. 16 Location of Data Link Connector (DLC)
On-Board Diagnostics monito rs the compo nents of you r emission control system . Each monitored component in your engine system has been assigned a code. In case of a ma lfunction, the component will be ident ified and the fau lt stored as a code in the control module memory. The MIL light may also illuminate if there is a leak in the on-board fuel vapor recovery system. If the light illuminates after a refue ll ing, stop the vehicle and make sure the fuel filler cap is properly closed c:>page 212 . In order to make an accurate diagnosis, the ~ stored data can only be displayed using spe-
oiii cial diag nostic equipment (generic scan tool
:;, for OBD).
"'
M
"...'...
Dr iv er in f ormation system
31
In order to connect t he special diagnostic equipment, push the plug into the Data Link Connector (DLC).The DLC is located to the right of the hood release c:>fig . 16.
Your authorized Audi dealer or a qualified service station can interpret the code and perform the necessary repair.
_& WARNING
-
Do not use t he diagnostic connector for
personal use. Incorrect usage can cause
malfunctions, wh ich can increase the risk
of a collision!
Electronic speed limiter *
Appli es to vehicles: wit h electro nic speed limiter
Your vehicle may be factory equipped w ith t ires that are rated for a maximum speed of 130 mph (210 km/h). Thi s is less tha n the maximum speed of your vehicle. To reduce t he risk of sudden tire fai lure and loss of contro l if the vehicle is operated at excessive speeds, your vehicle also has an electronic speed limiter. The electronic speed li miter prevents your vehicle from going faster than the tire speed rating . For more information c:>page 254.
If the engine contro l unit receives faulty vehicle road speed signa ls, the Malfunction Indi-
¢'4 cator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate. If this
occurs, contact the nearest authorized Audi dealer for assistance .
_& WARNING
-
Always observe the posted speed lim its
and adjust your speed to suit prevailing
road, traffic and weather conditions. Never
drive your vehicle f ast er than the maxi-
mum speed rating of the tires installed.
32
Driver information system
Lap timer and engine oil temperature indicator
Introduction
Applies to vehicles: with lap timer (S mode ls)
The engine oil temperature is only shown in the lap timer disp lay.
Lap timer
You can record and evaluate lap times with
the lap timer in the display c:>page 32 , fig . 18. The time is measured in minutes, sec-
onds and 1/10 seconds. With lap times longer than 60 minutes, the hour is also shown and the display of 1/10 seconds is removed .
The time measurement on an individual lap ends after 99 hours 59 minutes and 59 seconds . A new lap starts automatically after that .
The measurement ends after a maximum of 30 laps. You can then evaluated the lap t imes or start a new time measurement .
Engine oil temperature indicator
If the engine oil temperature is below 60 ° (,
the 't::7- symbol followed by three hyphens" - -" and the °C unit is shown.
The engine has reached its operating temperature when the engine oil temperature is between 80 °C and 120 °C under normal driving conditions. The engine oil temperature may be higher if there is heavy engine load and high temperatures outs ide. This is not a cause for concern as long as the . c:>page 20 or
Illc:>page 24 indicator light s in the display
do not blink.
.&, WARNING
Your focus should always be on driving your vehicle saf ely. As the dr iver, you have complete responsibility for safety in traffic. Only use the functions such as the lap timer in such a way that you always maintain complete control over your vehicle in all traffic situations .
(D Tips
You can retrieve information from the trip computer wh ile the lap timer stopwatch is running.
Opening the lap timer and measuring time
Applies to vehicles: with lap timer (S models)
Fig. 17 Mult ifun ction stee ring whee l: Contr ols
Fig. 18 Ins tr ume nt clust er: Lap timer
Opening the lap timer
...Pressthe button ® on the multif unction steering whee l and turn the thumbwheel @
¢ fig. 17 until the Laptimer ¢ fig. 18 ap-
pears . ...Press the thumbwheel @ to confirm these-
lect ion.
Timing laps
...To start timing, press the thumbwheel @
while on the menu item Lap 1 - pressOK.
The time measurement is shown in line @
¢fig. 18 .
...To measure the lap time, press the thumb -
wheel @ again while on the menu item New
lap - pressOK.This starts t iming the next
lap. The last time measurement moves up
to the top line @ . Line @ contains the cur-
rent lap time.
..,.
If the symbol . is green d uring the current lap time meas urement, the current time is faster than the previous best time . If the sym bo l. is red, the current time is slower @ .
Display ing split time and pausing timing
r~.J .,.To display a split time turn the thumb -
wheel @ unti l Split time appea rs in line @ . Press the thumbwhee l @ to confirm theselection. The split t ime appears for approximately 10 seconds in line @ . The timing of the current lap continues.
m If you wou ld like to insert a pause immedi-
ately after the split time, first press the
thumbwheel @ and then the menu item PressOK to go back to confirm. .,.To insert a pause, turn the thumbwheel @
unt il Pauseappears in the line @ . Press the
m thumbwheel @ to confirm the se lection .
The pause symbol appears in line @ . .,.To cont inue t iming, press t he th umb-
whee l @ .
If timing is paused, you can contin ue it late r even if you switch the ignit io n off.
Meaning of the indicators in the center display ¢ fig. 18 :
CD Display of last time measu rement
@ Symbols:
- [O]:Beginn ing of the time meas ure-
ment
- . : Slowes t time
- ·: Fastest time
-m: - [~]: Split time Pause
® Current t ime measurement
@ Menu: - lap 1 (start)
- New lap (start new lap)
- Split time (time within a sect ion of a lap)
- Pause (pause in measurement)
....,
- Statistics (evaluate lap times)
N
- Reset (all da t a is de leted)
0
c> o
rl
I.O
"..'..,
"rl '
Dr iv er in f ormation system
33
Evaluating or resetting recorded times
Applies to vehicles: wit h lap t imer (S models)
You can evaluate the fastest, slowest and average lap times .
-..,
a, 0
~
Fig. 19 Instrument cluster: Evaluat ing times
After evalu ating t he lap times, you can cont inue the current t iming round or start over, mean ing start lap 1 again .
.,.To eval uat e the t ime, t urn t he thumbwheel @ 9 page 32, fig. 17 un t il Statistics appears in line @ c::>page 32, fig. 18 . Press the t humbwheel @ to confirm the se lection. The disp lay shows the fastest lap" +", the s lowest lap" - " and the average lap
a time "0". To display the individual lap times,
turn the thumbwheel @ downward or upward !! . "' To continue the lap measurement that was started, press the thumbwheel @ . .,.To rese t t he ti me meas urement t o zero, first press the th umbwheel @ , t hen tu rn the t humbwhee l @ c::p>age 32, fig. 17 unt il Reset appears in the line @ ¢ page 32, fig. 18 . Press the thumbwheel @ to confirm theselect ion. "' To restart the lap timer for the new lap measurement , press the thumbwheel @ . "' To exit the lap t imer, press the button @ on the mult ifunct ion steering wheel and turn the t hu mbwheel @ 9 page 32, fig. 17 until a new menu item appea rs. Press the thumbwheel @ to confirm t he selec t ion.
Explanation of the evaluation c::>fig. 19:
@ All laps
II: ®
Fastest lap ti me
© .: Slowest lap time
3 4 Dr iv er in f ormation sys tem
~l: @
Average lap time
® ~
: up/down to othe r pages
® Delete the entries or reset the lap/t ime
measurement
(D Tips
- Saved lap t imes cannot be ind ividually deleted from the total resul t s.
- The saved lap timer values will remain after sw itching the ign ition off.
Opening and closing Central locking
Key set
Fig. 20 Your vehicle key set
The key set contains two remote contro l keys or convenience keys*. To fold the key out or in, press the release button q fig. 20 -arrow-.
Remote control key or convenience key
The convenience key is a vehicle remote control key with special functions q page 38, Locking and unlocking with the convenience key and q page 77, Star t ing and stopping the engine (vehicles with a convenience key).
With the remote control key, you can lock and un lock the vehicle centrally and start the eng i ne.
Number of keys
You can check the number of keys assigned to your vehicle in the MMI. This allows you to make sure you have received all of the keys when you purchase a used vehicle. Select: the
IMENU Ibutton >Car> Systems* control but-
ton > Programmed keys.
Replacing a key
If a key is lost, see an authorized Audi dealer or qualified repair fac ili ty. Have this key deactivated. It is important to br ing all keys with
you. If a key is lost, you should report it to
your insurance company .
M N
Immobilizer
0c>o The immobilizer prevents unauthorized use of
,....,
\.!.),., the vehicle . The vehicle may not start if anoth -
M..,.,
,....,
Opening and closing
35
er radio device such as a key for another vehicle or a transponder is located on the key ring.
Data in the remote control key or convenience key
While driving , service and maintenance -rele vant data is continuously stored on your remote control key or convenience key*. Your Audi serv ice advisor can read out this data and tell you about the work your vehicle needs.
_& WARNING
- Always take the vehicle key with you when leaving the vehicle, even for a short period of time. This applies particularly when children remain in the veh icle. Otherwise the children could start the engine or operate electrical equipment such as power w indows.
- Do not remove the key from the ign it ion lock until the vehicle has come to a complete stop. Otherwise, the steering lock could engage sudden ly and increase the risk of an accident.
{i) Tips
The operation of the remote control key can be temporarily disrupted by interference from transmitters in the vicinity of the veh icle working in the same frequency range (for example, a cell phone or radio equipment).
Central locking system description
You can lock and unlock the vehicle centrally . There are different ways, depending on vehicle equipment:
- Remote control key q page 3 7,
- Lock cylinder on the driver's door
q page 39, or
- Sensors in the front door handles on
veh icles with a convenience key*
q page 38,
·
- Central locking switch inside q page 39.
36
Opening and closing
Selective unlocking
The doors and rear lid lock when they close. You can set in the MMIwhether only the driver's door or the entire vehicle should unlock when unlocking ¢ page 40 .
Automatic locking (Auto Lock)
The Auto Lockfunct ion locks all doors and the luggage compartment lid once the speed has exceeded approximately 9 mph (15 km/h) .
The car is un locked again once the ignition key is removed. In addition, the veh icle can be unlocked if the opening function in the power locking system switch is used or one of the door handles is pulled. The Auto Lockfunction can be turned on or off* in the MMI
c::p>age40.
In the event of a crash with airbag dep loyment, the doors automatically unlock to allow access to the vehicle.
Anti -theft alarm system*
If the anti-theft alarm system detects a vehicle break-in, audio and visual warning signa ls are triggered .
The anti-theft alarm system turns on automat ically when you lock the vehicle. It deactivates when unlocking using the remote control key or by touching the sensor on the door handle (convenience key).
To switch the alarm off, press them button on the remote control key or convenience key or switch the ignition on . The alarm also stops automatically after a certain amount of time.
Turn signals
The turn s ignals flash tw ice when you unlock the vehicle and once when you lock the vehicle.
If they do not flash, one of the doors, the luggage compartment lid or the hood is not locked or the ignition is still switched on (the latter applies to vehicles with a convenience key).
Unintentionally locking yourself out
The following situations prevent you from locking your remote control key in the vehicle:
- The vehicle does not lock with the cent ral locking switc h if the dr iver's door is open
c::>page 3 9.
- On veh icles with a convenience key*, the luggage compartment lid unlocks again after clos ing if the most recent ly used key is in the luggage compartment.
Do not lock your veh icle with the remote control key or convenience key* until all doors and the luggage compartment lid are closed. This helps to prevent from locking yourself out accidentally .
(D Tips
- Do not leave valuab les unattended in t he vehicle. A locked vehicle is not a safe!
- If the LEDin th e upper edge of the driver's door turns on for about 30 seconds after the vehicle is locked, there is a malfunction in the power locking or the antitheft alarm system* . Have the problem corrected by an authorized Audi dea ler or authorized Audi Service Facility.
LED and batteries in the remote control key
Fig. 2 1 Remote master key: LED
Fig. 22 Remote master key: opening the cover
LED in the remote control key The LED¢ fig. 21 can tell you about the function of the remote control key. .. If you press a button quickly, the LEDblinks
once . .. If you press a button longer (convenience
opening*) , the LEDblinks several times . .. If the LEDdoes not blink , the remote con -
Ill trol key battery is dead. The message
Please change key battery can also appear in the instr ument cluster display. Replace the battery. Replacing the remote control key battery .. Pry off the cover with a coin ¢ fig . 22 . .. Insert the new battery with the" +" fac ing up. .. Press the cover back onto the key until it clicks into place . We recommend having the battery replaced ~ by an authorized Audi dealer.
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"'
M
"rl '
Opening and closing
3 7
@) For the sake of the environment
Dead batteries must be disposed of using methods that will not harm the environment. Do not dispose of them in household trash .
{!) Tips
The rep lacement battery must meet the same specifications as the origina l battery.
Remote control key synchronization
The remote control key must be synchronized if the veh icle does not lock and unlock w ith the remote control.
.. Press the remote control key button Im.
.. Insert the key in the driver door lock w ith in 30 seconds .
"' Press the l@bJutton or ~ button .
Unlocking/locking by remote control
Fig. 23 Rem ote control key or convenience key buttons
@ ffi Open
@ 6"C.ilose
© c:s Close rear lid
@IPANIC ITrigger the alarm
.. To unlock the vehicle, press the button @ lm ¢ fig.23 .
"' To lock the veh icle, bring the selector lever into the P posit ion and press the ~ button
®·
"' To unlock the luggage compartment lid,
press the~ button © briefly.
3 8 Openin g and c lo s ing
· To open the luggage compartment lid, press and hold the ~ button © for at least one second .
· To tr igger t he alarm , press the red iPANICI
button @ . The vehicle horn and emergency flashers turn on .
· To turn off the alarm, press the red IPANICI
button @ again .
If the vehicle is unlocked and a door or the luggage compartment lid are not opened within 45 seconds, the vehicle locks aga in automatically. This feature prevents the vehicle from being accidentally left un locked over a long period of time. This does not apply if you
press the i""I'but ton © button for at least one
second.
Fo r vehi cles with safety centr al locking (selec-
tive unlocking) ¢ page 41, only the d river's
door and the fue l filler door are opened by pressing the ~ button @ once, and the ent ire vehicle unlocks when the button is pressed twice.
A WARNING
Read and following all WARNINGS. ¢ Lo_in Keyset on page 35
@ Tips
- Only use the remote control key or convenience key with in view of the veh icle.
- Do not use the remote control when you are inside the vehicle. Otherwise, you could unintentionally lock the veh icle. If you then tried to start the engine or open a door, the a la rm would be triggered. If this happens, press the un lock button@.
- The vehicle can on ly be locked whe n the se lector lever is in the P posit ion .
- Only use the panic function in an emergency .
- For information on add itiona l remote control key o r convenience key functions,
refer to¢ page 43, Convenience opening/closing.
Locking and unlocking with the convenience key
Applies to vehicles: with convenience key
The front doors and the luggage compartment lid can be unlocked and locked without using the remote control key.
0
0
I
Fig . 24 Driver 's door : locking the vehicle wit h the convenience key
· To unlock the door automatically, grasp the driver's or front passenger's door handle
¢ fig. 24.
· To open the door, pull the door hand le . · To unlock or open the luggage compartment
lid, press the handle in the luggage com-
partment lid ¢ page 42, fig. 28 .
· To lock the veh icle, br ing the selector lever into the P position, close the door and touch the sensor on the dr iver 's door handle one time. Do not hold the door hand le while doing this.
Only the front doors and luggage compartment lid can be unlocked or locked . The remote control key must be w ith in a range of abo ut 5 ft (1.5 m) from the door o r the rear lid. It ma kes no d ifference whethe r the remote control key is in your jacket pocket, purse or briefcase.
If you ho ld the doo r hand le wh ile locking, th is ca n prevent the locking funct ion.
The door cannot be opened for a brief period directly after locking it . This allows you the oppo rtun ity to check that the driver's door is locked.
The sett ings in the MMI specify if the entire vehicle or one of the doors is unlocked when
unlocking t he vehicle ¢ page 40.
---WARNING Read and following all WARNINGS. ¢ & in Key set on page 35
@ Tips
If your vehicle is left standing for a long period of time, note the following: - The proximity sensor switches off after a
few days to save energy. You then have to pull once on the door hand le to unlock the vehicle and a second time to open it. - To prevent the battery from draining and to retain the starting ability of yo ur vehicle as long as possible, the energy management system gradua lly tuns off unnecessary convenience functions You may not be able to unlock your vehicle using the convenience key. - For an explanation on conformity with the FCCregulations in the United States and the Industry Canada regulations, re-
fer to ¢page 292 .
Unlocking/locking with the key
In the event that the power locking system fails, the driver's door can locked and unlocked using the door lock .
en
0 g
~
Fig. 25 Driver's door: Lock cylinder
.,.To un lock the driver's door, turn the key to
the open position @ .
.,.To lock the driver's door, move the selector
lever to the P position and turn the key once
...., to the close position @.
N
0c>o The settings in the MMI specify if the entire
rl
I.O
vehicle or one of the doors is un locked when
"..'.., unlocking the vehicle¢ page 40 .
"rl '
Opening and closing
39
A WARNING
Read and following all WARNINGS. ¢ & in
Key set on page 35
(D Tips
For information on additional remote control key or convenience key functions, refer
to ¢ page 43, Convenience opening/
closing.
Central locking switch
Fig. 26 Drive r's door: Central locking switch
.,.To lock the vehicle, press the @!button
¢ .&,.
.,.To unlo ck t he vehicle, press the @Jbutton
¢fig. 26.
When locking the vehicle with the central locking switch, the following applies:
- Opening th e door and the Luggagecompart-
ment lid from the outside is not possible
(for security such as when stopped at a
light).
- The LEDin the central locking switch turns
on when all doors are closed and locked.
- Front doors: You can open the doo rs ind ivid-
ually from the inside by pulling the door
handle.
- Rear doors: Pull on the door handle once to
unlock the door. Pull on the door hand le
again to open the door .
- In the event of a crash w ith airbag deploy·
ment, the doors unlock automatically to al-
low access to the vehicle.
..,.
40
Op e nin g and c lo s ing
&_ WARNING
- The power locking switch works with the ignition off and automatically locks the entire vehicle when the [ij] button is pressed.
- The central locking switch is inoperative when the vehicle is locked from the outside .
- Locked doors make it more difficult for emergency workers to get into the vehicle, which puts lives at risk. Do not leave anyone beh ind in the vehicle, especially children .
(D Tips
Yourvehicle will lock automatically at a speed of 9 mph (15 km/h) Q page 35 . You can unlock the vehicle again us ing the central locking opening function.
Setting central locking
Applies to vehicles: with driver informat ion system
Various sett ings can be adjusted in the MMI:
Adjusting door unlockin g
Youcan dete rmine which doors shou ld unlock when opening the vehicle.
.,.Select : the IMENU ! button > Car > Systems*
control button > Vehicle setting s > Central
locking > Door unlocking.
Selecting All and pressing the l:rubutton on
the remote control key unlocks the entire vehicle.
If you select Driver and then press the [rubutton on the remote control key, only the driver's door will unlock. In vehicles with a convenience key, only the front doo r whose handle you pull will unloc k. If you press the [rubutton twice, the enti re vehicle will unlock. If you press the [rubutton, the entire vehicle will always lock.
Adjusting Auto Lock
.,.Select: the IMENU Ibutton > Car > System s*
contro l button > Vehicle setting s > Lock
when driving.
If you se lect On, the enti re vehicle will lock automat ically when the speed reaches 9 mph (15 km/h).
If the opening function is tr iggered by the power locking system or a door hand le, t he vehicle unlocks again .
Folding * the exterior mirrors
.,.Select: the IMENU Ibutton> Car > Systems *
cont rol button > Vehicle setting s > Central locking > Fold mirror s. For more information , refer to Q page 52, Adjusting the ex-
terior mirrors.
If you se lect On, the outside mirrors will fold in automat ically when you press t he [rubutton on the remote cont rol key Q page 52.
Tone when locking
.,.Select:the IMENU Ibutton> Car > Systems*
cont rol button > Vehicle setting s> Central
locking > Tone when locking .
When checked off./, a tone will sound when you lock the vehicle .
If you press the [rubutton twice, the entire vehicle will lock. There is a locking tone at the same t ime l) _
Electronic immobilizer
The immobili zer prevents unauthori zed use of your vehicle .
A microchip in the key automatically deacti-
vates the electron ic immobilizer when the key
is located in the vehicle. If you remove the key
from the vehicle, the electro nic immobilize r
activates again automatically .
Ill>
l ) This fun ctio n is not available in all count ri es.
_& WARNING
Always take the key with you whenever you leave your vehicle. The electronic immobil izer can be deactivated with the key, so this could make it possible for unauthorized persons to star t the engine and operate vehicle systems such as the power windows or sunroo f. This can increase the risk of serious injury.
(D Tips
- The vehicle cannot be started if an unauthorized key is used . It may not be poss ible to start the vehicle un der certain circumstances, for example if there is an other radio module like the key from another vehicle or a transponder on the same keychain.
- For an explanation on conformity with the FCCregu lations in the United States and the Industry Canada regulations, refer to q page 292.
Safety central locking
App lies to vehicles: with safety central locking
Safety central locking provides the possibility, to only unlock the driver's door and the fuel filler door. The rest of the vehicle remains loc ked.
Unlocking the driver's door and the fuel filler door
~ Press the remote control key or convenience key~ button once or turn the key once in the opening direction.
Unlocking all doors , the luggage compartment lid and the fuel filler door
~ Press the remote contro l key or convenience key ~ button twice within five seconds or turn the key twice within five seconds in the opening direction.
...., When unlocking just the driver's door, the an-
N
0 c> o
rl
ti-theft alarm system* is also immediately deactivated.
I.O
"..'..,
"rl '
Opening and closing
41
In vehicles with an MMI, you can directly ad just the safety centra l locking Q page 40.
Front passenger 's door and rear doors emergency locking
All doors must be locked separately if the power locking system fails.
M
0
0
> :ls
Fig. 2 7 Eme rgency door locking
The driver's door can be locked using the door lock cylinder q page 39.
The emergency lock on the other doors is located on the side of the front passenger's and
rear doors. It is only vis ible when the door is
open.
~ Pull t he cover cap out of the opening. ~ Insert the key bit in the slot inside and turn
the key all the way to the right (right door) or left (left doo r).
Once the door has been closed, it can no longer be opened from the outs ide. The door can be unlocked and opened from the inside by pulling the door ha nd le once .
If the child safety lock on the rear doors is activated, pull the inner door handle first. Then you can open the door from the outs ide .
42
Opening and closing
Luggage compartment lid
Opening and closing the luggage compartment lid
Fig. 28 Luggage compartment lid: opening (ha ndle)
M 0
~ m
Fig. 29 Luggage compartment lid/grip: clos ing
Opening the luggage compartment lid
.,.Press and hold the !a l button on the remote
control key for at least one second, or .,.Pus h the handle in the rear lid c::>fig. 28, or .,.Pull the button cs in the dr iver's door @
¢ page 8, fig . 1 .
Closing the luggage compartment lid
.,.Use the inside gr ip to pull the luggage compartment lid down and allow it to drop gen-
tly to close it c::f>ig. 29 c::&> _.
~
ARNING
- After closing the luggage compartment lid, make sure that it is latched. Otherwise the luggage compartment lid could sudden ly open when driving , which increases the risk of an accident .
- Never drive with the luggage compartment lid ajar or open, because poisonous gases can enter the vehicle interior and create the risk of asphyx iation .
- Never leave your vehicle unattended when the luggage compartment lid is open. A child could climb into the vehicle through the luggage compartment. If the luggage compartment lid was then closed, the child would be trapped in the veh icle and unable to escape. To reduce the risk of injury, do not allow children to p lay in o r aro und the veh icle . Always keep the luggage compartment lid and the doors closed when the veh icle is not in use.
- Always make sure no one is in the luggage compartment lid's range of motion when it is closing, especia lly near the hinges. Fingers or hands could be p inched.
{!) Tips
- When the vehicle is locked; the luggage compartment lid can be unlocked separately by pressing the ~ button on the remote control key. When the luggage compartment lid is closed again, it locks automatically.
- In case of an emergency or a faulty handle, the luggage compartment lid can be opened from the inside c::>page 267.
Child safety lock
Child safety lock
Applies to vehicles: with mechanical child safety lock
The child safety locks t prevent the rear
doors from opening from the inside.
Fig. 30 Rear doors: Pare ntal control
.,.To turn the chi ld safety locks on, turn the ig-
nition key in the direction of the arrow .
..,.
.. To turn off, turn the ignition key opposite the direction of the arrow .
When the child safety locks are activated, the inside door handles do not work and the doors can only be opened from the outside. The child safety lock only functions on the door in whi ch it was act ivated.
Power windows
Controls
The driver can control oil power windows .
Fig. 31 Section of t he drive r's door: Control s
All power window sw itches are provided with
a two-position function :
Opening the windows
.. Press the sw itch to the first stop and hold it
until the window reaches the desired pos ition.
.. Press the sw itch br iefly to the second stop
to automatically open the window.
Closing the windows
.. Pull the switch to the first stop and hold it
until the window reaches the des ired posit ion .
.. Pull the switch briefly to the second stop to
automatically close the window.
Power window switches
@ Switch ~ fig . 31 for the window in the
driver's door.
....,
N
@ Switch for the window in the front pas-
0 c> o
senger 's door.
© rl
I.O
Switch for the window in the left rear
"..'..,
door.
"rl '
Opening and closing
43
@ Switch for the window in the right rear
door. ® Safety button* .
Parental control
When the safety button ® ~ fig. 31 is press ed, the@symbol in the button lights up. The power window sw itches in the rear doors are switched off.
A WARNING
-Always remove the ign ition key when you leave your vehicle, even for a short period of time. This applies particu la rly when children remain in the vehicle. Otherwise the children could sta rt the engine or operate electrical equipment such as power windows. The power windows continue to function until the driver's door or front passenger's door has been opened.
- Never close the windows carelessly or in an uncontrolled manner. It could cause injury by pinching.
- When locking the vehicle from outside, the vehicle must be unoccupied since the windows can no longer be opened in an emergency.
(D Tips
After turning the ignition off you can still open and close the windows for approximately 10 seconds. The power windows are not switched off until the driver's door or front passenger's door has been opened .
Convenience opening/closing
Wit h the convenience open ing/closing funct ion, you can centrally and easily open the windows and the panorama sunroof* from the outside.
Convenience opening
.. Press the open button l@oJn the remote con-
trol key until all windows and the panorama
sunroof* have reached the desired position,
or
.,,.
44
Openin g and c lo s ing
· Hold the key in the driver's door lock until all windows and the panorama sunroof* have reached the desired position .
Convenience closing
· Hold the key in the d river's door lock in t he lock pos ition until a ll windows and the pan orama sunroo f* are closed .
Convenience closing with the convenience key*
· Touch the sensor* on one of the front door hand les and cont inue touching it unt il all of the windows and the panorama sunroof* are closed . Do not place your hand in the door hand le when doing th is.
Adjusting the convenience opening in the
MMI
· Se lect : the IMENU ! button> Car > Systems*
control button > Vehicle settings > Central locking > Long-pressto open windows
To enab le convenience opening of the windows and the roof*, the Front windows, Rear w indows* and Roof* functions must be sw itched On.
A WARNING
- Never close t he windows or pano rama sunroof* carel essly or in an uncontro lled mann er, be cause th is increases t he risk of injury.
- For se curity reasons, the windows can only be opened with the remote cont rol key at a maxim um dis t ance of ap proximat ely 6 feet (2 meters) from the ve hicle .
- Pay att ention when using th e lock cylinder to close the windows and t he panora ma sunroof* so that no one is pinche d. Closing stops whe n the key is moved into the start ing pos ition.
Correcting power window malfunctions
After disconnecting the vehicle battery , the one-touch up and down feature must be activated again.
· Pull t he power window switch unt il the window is completely raised .
· Release the sw itch and pull it agai n for at least one second .
Panorama sunroof
Description
Applies to vehicles: with panoramic sunroof
Fig. 32 Sect ion from headli ner: pano ra ma s unroof but to n
The butto n has two stages . In the second stage, the roof automat ically runs to the end pos ition (open/closed) when the button is op era t ed br iefly. The movement can be st opped by pressing the button . @ Tilting and sliding · To t ilt the sunroof completely , press the
sw itch br iefly to the second level. · To close t he roof completely, pu ll the button
down briefly to the seco nd leve l or s lide the button forward br iefly to the second level ~~.. To se lect an int ermedia t e pos it ion, press/ pull t he sw itch in the firs t leve l until the desired position is reached .
@ Opening and closing
· To open t he su nroof completely, slide the button bac k to ju st befo re the second level.
· To close t he roof comple t ely, push the butt on fo rward br iefly to the se cond level or .,..
pull the button down brief ly to the second
level ~ A_.
~ To select an intermediate position, press/ pull the switch forward/back in the first level until the desired posit ion is reached.
A wind deflector integrated in the panorama sunroof adapts automatica lly to the sunroof position . This reduces w ind noise to a minimum in all panorama sunroof positions .
You can still operate the panorama sunroof for about 10 minutes after the ignition is switched off. The switch is deact ivated once the dr iver's or front passenger's door is opened .
Sun blind
The sun shade can be opened and closed manually, depending on the position of the panorama sunroof. The sun shade can be opened partially .
A WARNING
Be careful when closing the panoramic sunroof - otherwise serious injury could result! Always take the ignition key with you w hen leaving the veh icle.
0 Note
Always close your panoramic sun roof when leaving your veh icle . Sudden rain can cause damage to the int erior equipment of you r veh icle, part icularly the electronic equipment .
(D Tips
- For information about convenience opening/closi ng, refer to~ page 43.
- The panorama sunroof can only be opened when the temperature is warmer than -4°F (-20 °().
Panorama sunroof emergency closing
M Applies to vehicles: wit h pa noram ic sunroof
N
0c>o If the panorama sunroof detects resistance or
,....,
\!)
an object in its path while closing, the sunroof
1.1'1
M will open again automatically. If the sunroof
1,..1..'1.,
Opening and clo s in g 45 f ails to close after removing the object and after trying to close a second time, you can perform an emergency closing . ~ Within five seconds aft er the sunroo f opens
automatically, pull the switch until the roof closes.
If you let go of the switch early, the panorama
sunroof will open again.
·
46
L ights and Vi s ion
Lights and Vision Exterior lighting
Switching lights on and off
Fig. 33 Instr ument pane l: light switc h (example)
The headlights only work when the ignition is switched on. The headlig hts turn off automatically when the engine is switched on or when the ign ition is switc hed off . Only the side· marker lights stay on.
A warning symbol will appear in the driver information display if the system is not functioning correctly c:>page 25 .
Light switch ·'ti-·
Turn the switch c:>fig . 33 to the corresponding
position . When the lights are switched on, the respective symbol t urns on.
0 - lights off. In some countries, the day time running lights* are turned on and off together with the ign ition.
- USAmodels: The daytime runnin g lights switch on automatically when the ignition is
switched on and the light switch c:>fig. 33 is
in the O position or the AUTO position (only in daylight). The Daytime running lights can be switched on and off in the MMI c:>page 48 c:>,& . - Canadamodels: The daytime running lig hts switch on automatically when the ignition is
switched on and the light switch c:>fig . 33 is
in t he 0 , the :oo: or th e AUTO posit ion (only
in daylight) c:>,& .
AUTO*- Automatic headlights switch on and off depend ing on brightness, fo r example in tw ili ght, during rain or in tunnels . In vehicles
with int egrated daytime running lights*, eit her the daytime running lights or the headlights wi ll t urn on automat ically, depending on the amount of light (may vary depending on the country).
:oo: - Parking lights
iD · Low beam headlights
The following w ill happen in these light switch positions whe n you lock the vehicle:
- iD - Low beam: the entire exterior lights
switch off - AUTO*: the Coming home* function is
turned on c:>page 48
Fog lights* / rear fog light(s)
Pressthe correspon ding button c:>fig. 33 :
}0- Front fog light s* (not picture d). This but-
ton replaces the button f or all-wea t her ligh t s ,;,rto. When the fog lights are switc hed
on, the iDsymbo l in the button ill uminates .
0$- Rear fog ligh t (s). When the rear fog lig hts are switch ed on, the 0$symbol in t he button
ill uminates .
All-weather lights*
apples to vehicles with LEDheadlig hts.
Press the corresponding button ,;;iP c:>fig. 33
on the light switch .
<,t;O - All-weather lights . The symbol <,tP in the button lights up when all-weather lights are switched on.
In vehicles with all-weather lights, the front lights are adju sted automatically so that you are less like ly to see glare from your own headlights, for example when driving on a wet road.
Headlight range control system
The headli ght range adjusts automatically when there is a change in vehicle load and during braking and accelerating so that the headlig hts do not cause glare for oncom ing t raff ic.
Audi adapti ve lig ht *
The adaptive light on ly functions when the light switch is in the AUTO position. You can deactivate adaptive light in the MMI c:>page 48.
When switched on, adapt ive light adjusts to curves depending on the vehicle speed and steering whee l angle. This provides better lighting through the curve. The system operates in a speed range from approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) t o 68 mph (110 km/h).
Static cornering lig ht* (vehicles with adaptive light) - th e corne ring light switches on auto matically when the steering whee l is tu rned at a cert ain angle at speeds up to approximately 44 mph (70 km/h) and when the turn signal is activated at speeds up to approximately 25 mph (40 km / h). The area to the side of the vehicle is il luminated better when turning .
Spee d de pende nt light dist ribution* - The speed dependent light distribution adapts the light in towns and on highways or expressways. Inte rsections can also be illuminated on vehicles w ith a navigation system* .
Highway light function*
(Vehicles with adaptive light or LED headlights) - This function adapts the light ing for highway driving based on vehicle speed.
A WARNING
- Automatic headligh t s* are only intended
to assist the dr iver. They do not relieve
the driver of responsibility to check the
headlights and to turn them on manua lly
according to the current light and visib ili-
ty conditions. For example, fog cannot
be detected by the light sensors. So al-
ways switch on the low beam under
these weather conditions and when driv-
ing in the dark io .
- Accidents could occur if you cannot see
....,
the road ahead of you well and if othe rs
N 0
on the road cannot see you. Always
c> o
swit ch you r headlights on so that you can
rl
I.O
"..'..,
"rl '
Ligh ts a nd V isi on 4 7
see the road ahead of you and ot hers can see your vehicle from behind. - Please observe legal regulations when using the lighting systems described.
(D Note
The rear fog lights shou ld only be turned on in accordance with traffic regu lations, to prevent glare for traffic behind your vehicle.
(D Tips
- The light sensor for the automatic headlights * is in the rearview mirror mount. Therefore, do not place any stickers in this area on the windshield .
- Some functions of the exterior lighting can be adjusted c:>page 48.
- If you turn off the ignition while the ex-
terior lights are on and open the door, you will hear a warning tone. - The tail lights do not switch on when the daytime running lights switch on. - In cool or damp weather, the inside of the headlights, turn signals and tail lights can fog over due to the temperature difference between the inside and outside . They w ill clear shortly after switching them on . This does not affect the service life of the lighting. - A message w ill appear in the instrument cluster if there is a malfunction in the light sensor c:>page 25.
Emergency flasher
Fig. 34 Instr umen t pa nel: emergency fla s her button
48
Lights and Vision
The emergency flashers ma kes other drivers aware of your ve hicle in dangero us situations . ...Press the ~ bu tton t o sw itch t he em ergency
flashers on or off. You can indicate a lane change or a tu rn whe n the eme rgency flashers are sw itched on by using the tu rn sign al lever. The eme rgency flash e rs stop temporarily . The emergency flashers also work when the ignit io n is tu rned off.
(D Tips
You should switch the em ergency flashe rs on if: - You are the last ca r in a traffic jam so
that all ot her veh icles app roach ing from behind can see you, or if - Your vehicle has broken down or you are having an eme rgency, or if - Your vehicle is being towed or if you a re tow ing another vehicl e .
Turn signal and high beam lever The lever operates the turn signals, the high beams and the headlight flasher .
Fig. 35 Turn signal and high beam l ever
Turn signals ¢¢ The tu rn signals activate when you move t he leve r into a turn s ignal pos ition when the ign ition is switche d on.
@ - Turn sig nal @ - Turn signal
The turn signal blinks three times if yo u tap the lever (conven ience turn signal).
High beams and headlight flasher [D
Move the lever to t he corres po nding po sit ion:
@ - high beams on
© - high beams off or headlight flasher
II The indicator light in t he inst rument clus-
te r turns on .
A WARNING
High beams can cause glare for other drive rs, which increases the risk of an accident. For this reason, on ly use the high beams or the headlight flasher when they will not create glare for ot her drivers .
Adjusting the exterior lighting
The set tings are adjusted in the MMI.
...Select: the IMENU I>Car > Systems* control
button > Vehicle sett ings > Exterior lighting .
Automatic headlights
You can adjus t the following se tt ings in the Automatic headlights menu :
Activation time : - You can adj ust if the headligh t s sw itch on early, medium or late ac cording to the sens it ivity of the light senso r.
Audi adaptive light * -you can switch adaptive ligh t on and off .
Coming home, Leaving home*
The coming home function illuminates the area outside the vehicle whe n you tu rn the ignition off and open the d river 's doo r. To turn t he fun ction on , se lect Lights when leaving car > on.
The leaving home illum inates the area outs ide the ve hicle when you un lock the vehicl e . To tu rn t he fun ct ion on, se lect Lights when unlocking car > on.
The coming home a nd leav ing home funct ions only operate when it is dark and the light swit ch is in the AUTOposi t ion.
Daytime running lights*
USA models: The day time running lights can be switched on or off using the MMI. Select on or off .
Canada models: This function can be switched off. They activate automatically each time the ignition is switched on. This menu item is shown with a "gray background".
Travel mode*
The headlight beam is asymmetrical. This provides st ronger ill um inati on on the side of t he road on which you are driving. I n vehicles with Xenon headlights* with turning light* or LED headlights* , you must adjust the headlights when you are driving in a country where the traffic direction is opposite from your own country. Otherwise, oncom ing traff ic w ill be blinded by the glare from the headlights. An adjustment is not needed in vehicles with Xenon headlights without turning lights .
To prevent glare:
- Travel mode must be activated in vehicles with Xenon headlights* and turning light * or
LEDheadlights*. Select: the IMENU I button
> Car > Systems* control button > Vehicle settings > Exterior lighting > Light for driving on left, for example.
After you have adjusted the headlights, the following message will appear:
la Headlight converter active for driving on
left. Range reduced!
(D Tips
When trave l mode is activated, a display in the driver information system indicates this each time you switch the ignit ion on .
Lights and Vision
49
Interior Lighting
Front and rear interior lighting front
-N
0
0>gg
Fig. 36 Front headline r: inter ior light ing controls (example)
Fig. 37 Rear headline r: LED reading l ights· (example)
Depending on equipment, the interior lighting may differ from the illustration.
~- Inter ior lighting on/off
[!I- Door contact switch. The interior lig hting
is controlled automatically .
~ * - Reading lights on/off
Interior lighting There are other interior lighting functions that are available . Some funct ions can be adjust ed in the MMI. Select: the !ME N U I > Car > Systems* control but ton > Vehicle settings > Interior lighting.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"..'..,
"rl '
50
Lights and Vision
Instrument illumination
The brightness of the instrument cluster and the center console can be adjusted .
"0 '
0
'
The mi rror light switches on when the cover over the vanity mirror* @ opens .
Windshield wipers
Switching windshield wipers on
Fig. 38 Instrument illumination
Requirement : The light must be swit ched on.
.. Press the knob to release it . .. Turn the knob toward"." or"+" to reduce or
increase the brightness. .. Press the knob again to return it to its or igi-
nal position.
¢j) Tips
The needles and gauges in the instrument cluster illuminate when the headlights are off and the ignition is switched one. Theillumination reduces automatically and eventually turns off as brightness outside decreases. This function reminds the driver to turn the headlights on at the appropriate t ime.
Vision
Sun visors
(___ __) __
i
0
>
00
a,
Fig. 39 Left side: sun visor
The sun visors can be moved out of their brackets and turned toward the doors @ .
Fig. 40 W indshield wiper lever : operating the front washer system
Requirement: The ign ition must be turned on.
Move the windshield w iper lever to the corresponding position:
@ - Front wipers off
@ · Interval mode. To increase/decrease the wiper intervals, move the switch @ to the left/right . In vehicles with a light/rain sensor*, the wipers turn on when it is raining, when the vehicle is stationary and the lever is tapped in the ® position, or once the vehicle speed exceeds approximately 2 mph (4 km/h) . The higher the sensit ivity of the rain sensor is set (switch @ to the right), the earlier the windshield wipers react to moisture on the windshield.
@ · Slow w iping
@ - Fast wip ing
@ · Single wipe If you hold the lever in this
position longer, the wipers switch from slow wiping to fast wiping.
® ·Clean the windshield . To eliminate water
droplets, the windsh ield wiper performs one
afterwipe after several seconds in tempera-
tures above 39 °F (4 °() . You can switch this
funct ion off by moving the lever to position ®
within 10 seconds after the afterwipe. The af-
terwipe function is reactivated the next time
you switch the ignition on .
..,
A WARNING
- The rain sensor is only intended to assist the driver. The driver is still responsible for manually switching the w ipers on according to the visibility conditions.
- The windshield may not be treated w ith water-repe lling windshield coat ing agents. Unfavorable conditions, such as wetness, darkness or low sun, can result in increased glare. W iper blade chatter is also possible.
- Properly functioning windshie ld w iper blades are requi red fo r a clear view and safe driving~ page 51, Replacing front windshield wiper blades .
(D Note
- In case of frost, make sure the windshield wiper blades are not frozen to the windsh ield . Switching on the windshield wipers when the blades are frozen to the windsh ield can damage the wiper blades.
- Prior to using a car wash, the windshield wipe r system must be switched off (lever in position 0). This prevents unintentional switching on and damage to the windshield wiper system.
- Do not use the wipers to remove ice from the windows. Using windshie ld w ipers as ice scrapers destroys the wiper blades.
(D Tips
- The windshield wipe rs switch off when
t he ignit ion is turned off. You can acti-
vate the windshield wipers after the igni-
tion is switched back on by moving the
windsh ield wiper lever to any position.
- Worn or dirty windsh ield w iper blades
result in streak ing. This can affect the
rain sensor funct ion. Checkyour wind-
shield wipe r blades regularly.
- The washer fluid nozzles in the w ind-
shield washer system are heated* at low
M N
temperatures when the ignit ion is on.
0 c> o
- When stopping temporar ily, e.g. at a
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
traff ic light, the set speed of the w ind-
M..,.,
,....,
Light s and V isi on 5 1
shield w ipers is automatically reduced by one speed. - In vehicles w ith an MMI, you can switch the rain sensor or off in the Driver assistance menu.
Cleaning windshield wiper blades
Clean the wiper blades when you see w iper streaks . Use a soft clot h and a glass cleaner .
.,.Place the windshie ld wiper arms in the service position ~ page 51.
.,.Fold the windshie ld w iper arms away from the windshield.
A WARNING
Dirty windsh ield wiper blades can impair vision, which increases the risk of an accident.
(D Note
If you see streaks again after clean ing the wiper blades, t he blades must be replaced ~page 51.
Replacing front windshield wiper blades
Fig. 4 1 Remov ing w indsh ie ld wipe r blades
Wiper service posit ion/ blade replacement position
.,.To bri ng the w ipers into the service position,
tur n the ignition off and move the wind-
shield w iper lever into position @
~ page 50, fig. 40.
.,.To bring the w ipers into the starting posi-
·
t ion, tur n t he ig nition on and move t he
w indshie ld w iper lever into position @
~ page 50, fig . 40 .
52
L ig hts an d Vi s ion
Removing the wip er blade
.,.Fold the w indshield wiper arm away from the windshie ld.
.,.Pressthe locking knob (D ¢ fig. 41 on the
wip er blade . Hold th e wiper blade f irm ly. .,.Remove the wipe r blade in the direction of
t he arrow.
In stall ing t he wip er blade
.,.Inse rt the new wipe r blade into the mount on the w iper arm @ until you hear it latch into place .
.,.Place the wiper arm back on the windshie ld. .,.Turn the service position off.
_& WARNING For safety reasons, the windshield wiper blades should be replaced once or twice each year.
Q) Note
- The w indshield wiper blades must only be folded away when in the service position . Otherw ise, you risk damag ing the paint on the hood or the windshield wiper motor.
- You should not drive your vehicle or press the w indshield w iper lever when the wiper arms are f olded away from the winds hield. The w indshie ld w ipers would move back into their original position and could damage the hood and windshield.
- To prevent damage to the windshield washer system, always loosen wiper blades that have frozen to the windshield before turning the wipers on.
- To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not apply gasoline, petroleum, thinning agents or other solvents on the wiper blades or near them.
- To prevent damage to the wipe r arms or other components, do not try to move the windshie ld w ipers by hand .
(D Tips
- Commercial hot wax such as the types used by car washes make it more d ifficult to clean the windshie ld.
- You can also use the service position, for example, if you want to protect the w indshield from icing by using a cover.
- You cannot activate the service position when the hood is open .
Outside mirror
Adjusting the exterior mirrors
Fig. 4 2 Dri ver's door: knob fo r t he exterior mir rors (examp le)
Turn the knob to the desired posit ion:
q;p - In this position, you can adjust the
dr iver's and front passenger's exterior m irrors by turning the knob in t he desired direction .
Cff-ilThe mirrors are heated* depend ing on the
outside temperature and dr iving speed.
8 - The ext erior mirrors are folded in* .
Front passenger's exterior mirror tilt function*
To hel p you see the curb when backing into a parking space, the surfa ce of the mirror can be tilted slight ly. The knob must be in the P position for this to happen .
You can adjust the tilted mir ror surface by
turning the knob in the desired direction.
When you move out of reverse and into anot h-
er gear, the new mirror position is stored and
assigned to the key you are using.
.,.
The mirror goes back into its origina l position once you drive f orward faster tha n 9 mph (15 km/h) or turn the ign ition off .
Folding mirr ors in and out
To fold the mi rrors in w ith the knob, turn the knob in the &l posit ion .
To fold the m irrors out, turn the knob in the
q or P or O position.
You can set in the MMI if the mirrors should fold in when locking the vehicle or not ~ page 40 . When you lock the vehicle, the mirrors fold in . When you start the ignit ion, the mirrors fold out .
_& WARNING
-
Curved mirror surfaces (convex or asphe-
ric*) enlarge the field of vision. However,
they make objects in the mirror appear
small er and farther away. Your may est i-
mate incorrectly when you use these m ir-
rors to gauge your distance from the
vehicles behind you when changing lanes -
accident risk!
(D Note
- For vehicles with power folding exterior
mirrors*: If the m irror housing was
moved by outside forces (such as an im-
pact when maneuvering), you must use
the power folding function to fold the
mir ror all the way out. You will hear a
loud noise when the mi rrors are latched
back in place. The mirror housing must
not be moved back into place by hand
because this would affect the mirror
mechan ism.
- Applies to vehicles witho ut power fold-
ing exterior mirro rs: If the mirror hous-
ing was moved by outside forces (such as
in impact during maneuvering), you
must move the mirror housing back into
place by hand.
....,
N
- If you wash the vehicle in an automatic
0 c> o
car wash, you must fold the exterior m ir-
rl
I.O
rors in to reduce the risk of damage to
"..'..,
the mi rrors. Never fold power foldi ng ex-
"rl '
Ligh ts a nd V isi on 5 3
terior mirrors by hand . Only fold them in and out using the power controls.
a) Tips
If t he power adju stmen t fa ils, bot h mir-
rors can be adjusted by hand by pressing on the edge of the mirror surface.
Dimming the mirrors Your vehicle is equipped with a manual or automatic* dimming reorview mirror.
Fig. 4 3 Auto mat ic dimmin g rearview mi rror*
Manual dimming rearview mirror .,.Pull the lever on the bottom of the mirror
back. Automat ic dimming rearview mir ror* .,.Press the button @ . The indicator light @
turns on. The rearview and driver 's exterior* m irrors dim automatically when light shines on them, for example from headlights on a vehicle to the rear.
A WARNING
Electrolyte fluid can leak from automatic dimm ing mirro rs if the glass is broken . Elect rolyte fluid can irr itate skin, eyes and air ways. - Repeated or long-te rm exposure to elec-
trolyte fluid can lead to irritat ion of the airways, especially in people w it h asthma or other respiratory condit ions. Take deep breaths immediately after leaving the vehicle or, if this is not possible, open all of the doors and windows as wide as possible.
5 4 L ig hts an d Vi s ion
- If electrolyte fluid enters the eyes, f lush them thoroughly with a large amo unt of clean water for at least 15 m inutes and then seek medical attention .
- If electrolyte fluid comes into contact with the skin, flush the affected area with clean water for at least 15 m inutes and then clean with soap and water and seek medical attention. Clean affected clothing and shoes thoroughly before wearing aga in.
- If the fluid was swallowed and the per son is conscious, f lush t he mou t h wit h water for at least 15 minu t es. Do not induce vomiting unless this is recommend ed by medical professionals . Seek medical attention immediately .
(D Note
If the g lass on an automatic dimming m irror breaks, electrolyte can leak out. This liquid damages plastic surfaces . Clean this liquid as quickly as poss ible with a wet sponge.
@ Tips
- If the light reac hing the rearview mirror is obstructed, the automatic dimming mirror will not function correctly,
- The automatic dimming mirrors do not dim when the interior lighting is turned on or the reverse gear is selected.
Digital compass
Switching the compass on and off
Appl ies to vehicles: with digital compass
.,.To turn the compass on o r off, press the but ton @ until the compass in the mirror appears or disappears.
The dig ita l compass on ly works when the ignition is turned on. The d irections are indicated with abbrev iations: N (north), NE (northeast), E (east), SE (southeast), S (south), SW (southwest), W (west), NW (northwest). You must recalibrate the compass if it does not display t he correct direction ~ page 55, Calibrating the compass.
(D Tips
To prevent inaccurate compass readi ngs , do not bring any remote cont rols, e lectrica l devices or metallic objects near the mirror.
Adjusting the magnetic zone
Applies to vehicles: wit h digita l compass
The magnetic zone must be adjusted correctly for the compass to read accurately.
®
Fig. 44 Rearview mirror : d igital compass activated
Fig. 4 5 North America: Magnetic zone map
.,.Press and hold the button @ q page 54, fig . 44 until the number of the magnetic zone appears in the rearv iew mirror .
~ Press the button @ repeated ly to select the correct magnetic zone . The selection mode turns off after a few seconds.
Calibrating the compass
Applies to vehicles: with digital compass
You must recalibrate the compass if it does not display the correct direction.
~ Press and ho ld t he button @ ~ page 54, fig. 44 until a C appears in the rearview mir -
ror. ~ Drive in a circle at about 5 mph (10 km/h)
unti l a direction is displayed in the rearview mirror.
A WARNING
- To avoid endanger ing you rself and other dr ivers, calibrate the compass in an area whe re the re is no traff ic.
- The dig ital compass should only be used as an or ientat ion aid . If you want to check the compass while dr iving, you
must still payatten tion to traffic, the
road, the weather and any other possible hazards.
Light s and V isi on 55
M
·
N
0 c> o
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
M..,.,
,....,
56 S e at s a n d s tor a g e
Seats and storage
General information
Important information
& WARNING
Refer to the chapter Driving Safely r::!>pog1e25, Driving safety for important information, t ips, suggestions and warnings that you should read and follow for your own safety and the safety of your passengers.
Why is your seat adjustment so important?
The safety belts and the airbag system con only provide maximum protection if the front seats ore correctly adjusted.
There are various ways of adjusting the front seats to provide safe and comfortable support for the driver and the front passenger. Adjust your seat properly so that :
- you can easily and quickly reach all the switches and controls in the instrument panel
- your body is properly supported thus reducing physical stress and fatigue
- the safety belts and airbag system can offer maximum protection r::p!>age 144 .
In the following sections, you will see exactly how you can best adjust your seats .
There are special regulations and instructions for insta lling a child seat on the front passenger's seat. Always follow the information regarding child safety provided in r::p!a>ge 170, Child Safety .
& WARNING
Incorrect seating position of the dr iver and all other passengers can result in serious personal inj ury. - Always keep your feet on the f loor when
the vehicle is in motion - never put your feet on top of the instrumen t panel, out
of the window or on top of the seat cushion. This applies espec ially to the passengers. If your seating position is incorrect, you increase the risk of injury in the case of sudden braking or an accident . If the airbag inflates and the seating position is incorrect, this could result in pe rsonal injury or even death. - It is important for both the drive r and front passenger to keep a distance of at least 10 inches (2 5 cm) between themselves and the steering wheel and/or instrument panel. If you're sitting any closer than this, the airbag system cannot protect you properly. In addition, the front seats and head restraints must be adjusted to your body height so that they can give you max imum protect ion. - Always try to keep as much distance as possible between yourself and the steering wheel o r instrument panel. - Do not adjust the driver's or front passenger's seat whi le the vehicle is moving. Your seat may move unexpectedly, causing sudden loss of veh icle cont ro l and pe rsonal injury. If you adjust your seat while the veh icle is moving, you a re out of posit ion .
Driver's seat
The correct seat position is important for safe and relaxed driving.
We recommend that you adjust the dr iver's seat in the fo llow ing manne r:
.. Adjust the seat in fore and aft direction so
that you can easily push the peda ls to the
floor wh ile keeping your knees slightly bent
c::>&. in Why is your seat adjustment so im-
portant? on page 56.
.. Adju st the bac krest so t ha t when you sit
with your back against the backrest, you can
still grasp the top of the steering wheel.
.. For adjustab le head restraints: adjust the
head restra int so the upper edge is as even
as poss ible with the top of your head. If that
is not possible, try to adjust the head
..,.
restraint so that it is as close to this position
as possible q page 59 . Move the head re-
stra int so that it is as close to the back of the head as possible .
A WARNING
Never place any objects in the driver's footwell. An object could get into the pedal area and interfere with pedal function. In case of sudden braking or an accident, you would not be ab le to brake or acce lerate.
Front passenger's seat
Always move the front passenger seat into the rearmost position.
To avoid contact with the airbag while it is deploying, do not sit any closer to the instrument panel than necessary and always wear the three -point safety belt provided adjusted correctly . We recommend that you adjust the passenger's seat in the following manner :
· Bring the backrest up to an (almost) upright pos ition. Do not ride with the seat reclined.
· For adjustable head restraints : adjust the head restraint so the upper edge is as even as possib le with the top of you r head. If that is not possible, try to adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to this position
as possible q page 59 . Move the head re-
straint so that it is as close to the back of the head as possible. · Place your feet on the floor in front of the passenger's seat .
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"..'.., "rl '
S ea t s a n d s t o rage
57
Front seats
Manual seat adjustment
Applies to vehicles: with manually adjustab le seats
Fig. 46 Front seat: manual seat adjustment
(D - Moving the seat forward/back : pull the
lever and slide the seat.
@ - Lengthening/shortening the upper thigh
support*: lift the handle.
@ - Adjust ing the a ngle of the seat surface*:
pull/press the lever.
@ - Adjusting the lumbar support*: press the
button in the des ired direction.
® - Moving the seat up/down: pull/press the
lever .
® -Adjust ing the backrest angle : turn the ad-
justing wheel.
A WARNING
- Only adjust the front seat with whe n the veh icle is stationary. Otherwise, this increases the risk of an accident
- Exercise caution when adjusting the seat he ight. Adj usting the seat care lessly or without check ing can pinch hands and fingers .
- The front seat backrests must be not tilted too far bac k when driving, because this affects the effective ness of the safety belts and airbag system, which increases the risk of injury.
- To reduce the risk of injury dur ing sudden braking or in a collision, the driver and front passenger shou ld not have their backrests in the reclined position while ..,.
5 8 Seat s and s torage
dr iving or rid ing . The safety belts and airbag system can provide the greatest protection possible when the backrests are in the upright posit ion and the safety belts are worn correct ly. The more a backrest is reclined, the greater the risk of injury due to an incorre ct seating posit ion and safety belt position .
Power seat adjustment
Applies to vehicles: with power adjustable seats
Fig. 47 Front se at: power se at adju st ment
@ - Adjust ing the lumbar suppor t: press the
button in the desired direct ion .
@ - Moving the seat up/down : press the but -
ton up/down. To adjust t he front seat cushion , press the front button up/down . To adjust the rear seat cushion, press the rear button up/ down .
@ - Moving t he seat forward/back: press the
but ton forward/back.
© -Adjusting the backrest angle : press the
button forward/back.
@ - Lengthening/shortening the upper thigh
support *: lift the handle.
A WARNING
- Only adjust the front seat w ith when t he vehicle is stationary. Otherwise, th is increases the risk of an accident
- The power adjustment for the front seats also works with the ignition switched off or with the ignition key removed. For this reason, children should never be left unattended in t he vehicle - they could be injured!
- Exercise caution when adjusting the seat height. Unsupervised or careless seat adjustment can pinch fingers or hands causing injuries .
- W hile the vehicle is mov ing, the seat backs of the front seats must not be inclined too far to the rear because the effectiveness of the safety belts and the airbag syst em is severely comp romised there is a risk of injury.
- To reduce the risk of injury dur ing sudden braking or in a collision, the drive r and front passenger should not have the ir backrests in the recline d posit ion while driving or riding. The safety belts and airbag system can provide the greatest protect ion possible when the backrests are in the upr ight position and the safety belts are worn correctly. The more a backrest is reclined, the greater the risk of injury due to an incorrect seating position and saf ety belt posit ion.
Front center armrest
Applies to vehicles: wit h front center armrest
The center armrest can be adjusted to several levels.
Fig. 48 Armrest betwee n th e driver's/fro nt pass enger' s seats .
.,.To adjust the angle, raise the armres t
¢ fig. 48 not ch by notch.
.,.To bring the armrest back down, raise it out of the top notch and fold it back down . Then lift the armrest to the desired position, if necessary.
Please note that the dr iver's ability to move his or arm may be restricted when the armrest Iii>
is folded down. Because of this, the armrest should not be folded down during city driving. The arm rest can slide forward and back . There is a storage compartment under the arm rest.
Rear center armrest
Applies to vehicles : with rear ce nter ar mrest
The storage compartment and cup holder are integrated in the armrest.
Fig. 49 Rear armrest
Folding the armrest down ~ Tilt the armres t all the way down. Opening the storage compartment ~ Lift the cover on the upper rim. For more information on the use of the cup
holders, see c:>page 61.
Headrests
Front head restraints
Applies to vehicles : with adjustab le head restra ints
Seats and storage
59
Applies to vehicles with super sport seats* (no illustration): The head restraints are integrated in the backrest and cannot be adjusted.
Adjust the head restraints so the up per edge is as even as possib le with the top of your head. If that is not possible, try to adjust as close to this position as possible. Push the head restraint as close as possible to the back of the head.
~ To move the head restraint up or forward, slide it until it locks into place.
~ To move the head restraint down or back, press the side button -arrow- c:>fig. SO and slide the head restraint until it locks into place .
Refer to c:>page 129, Proper adjustment of head restraints for guidelines on how to adjust the height of the front head restraints to su it the occupant's body size .
.&_WARNING
- Driving without head restraints or head restraints that are not adjusted correctly dramatically increases the risk of serious or fatal neck injuries.
- Read and following the WARNINGS in r::!) page 129, Proper adjustment of head restraints.
(D Tips
Head restraints that are adjusted correctly and safety belts are an extreme ly effective combination of safety equipment.
Rear head restraints
...., Fig. 50 Front seat: Adjusting t he head restraint
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"..'..,
"rl '
Fig. 51 Outer rear head restraints : release point
60 Seat s and s t o rage
If there are passengers in the rear seat, fold the head restraints up on the occupied seats
at least to the next notch ¢ A .
Adjusting th e head restraints
,,.To move the head restraint up, hold it at the sides with both ha nds and slide it upward until you feel it click into place.
,,.To move the head restraint down, press the button ® <=f>ig. 51 and slide the head restra int downward.
Removing the head restraints
To remove the head restraints, the backrest must be folded forward partially.
,,.Remove the screwdrive r from t he vehicle tool kit¢ page 268.
,,.Release the backrest ¢ page 65. ,,.Press the button @ ¢ fig . 51 and move the
head restraint upward as far as it can go
A <=> .
,,.Place the screwdriver in position ® in the opening, press the button @ and pull t he head restraint out of the backrest at the same t ime ¢ _&..
,,.Fold the backrest down until it latches securely ¢ .&. in Increasing the size of the luggage compartment on page 65.
In st alling th e head rest raints
To install the head restraints, the backrest must be folded forward partially .
,,.Release t he backrest¢ page 65. ,,.Slide the posts on the head restraint down
into the guides until you feel the posts click into place . You should not be ab le to pu ll the head rest raint out of the backrest. ,,.Fold the backrest down unt il it latches securely ¢ .&. in Increasing the size of the luggage compartment on page 65 .
&_ WARNING
- Only remove the rear seat head restraints when necessary in order to install a chi ld seat. Install the head restraint again immed iately once the child seat is removed. Driving with the head restra ints removed
or head restraints not in the highest position increases the risk of serious injury . - Read and following the WARNINGSin c:>page129 .
Socket
Applies to vehicles: with socket
Electr ical accessories can be connected in the 12 volt socket.
:,:
- - -1--r , ~ ' '
I I
·
Fig. 52 Center co nsole: front /rea r 12 volt socket·
Fig. 53 Luggage compa rt ment side t rim panel: 12 volt socket· (examp le)
,,.Remove the plug from the center console socket ¢ fig. 52, or
,,.Open the cover on the luggage compartment socket* c:>fig. 53.
,,.Insert the plug for the electrical device into the socket .
The 12 volt socket can be used for electrical accessor ies. The power consumpt ion at the outle t must not exceed 120 watts .
_& WARNING
,-
The socket wo rks only when the ign ition is
switched on. Incorrect usage can lead to
serious injuries or bur ns. To reduce the risk
of inju ries, never leave ch ild ren unattend-
ed in the vehicle with t he vehi cle key.
..,.
CDNote
To prevent damage to the socket, only use the correct type of plugs. - Never connect devices that generate
electrical power such as so lar panels or a battery charger to the 12 volt socket. They can damage the vehicle electrical system. - To prevent damage to the socket, only use the correct type of plugs.
(D Tips
The vehicle battery drains when accessories are turned on but the engine is off .
Storage
Cup holders
Fig. 54 Center console : front cup holders
Seats and storage
61
.. To place the beverage container in the cup holder, push the arm @ outward.
.. Then push the arm against the beverage container so that the arm lies closely against it.
.. To close the cup holders, push them back into the slot.
.&_WARNING
.
Spilled hot liqu id can increase the risk of
accidents and injuries.
- Never drive with containers that contain
hot liquid such as coffee or tea. The hot
liquid could spil l and cause burns during
a collision, sudden braking or other vehi-
cle movement . Spilled hot liquid can also
increase the risk of accidents and inju-
ries.
- Only use soft containers in the cup hold-
ers. Hard cups and glasses can increase
the risk of injury during a collision.
- Never use the cup holder or the adapter
as an ashtray - th is is a fire hazard.
CDNote
Make sure your beverage contai ner has a lid. If not, your beverage could spill and cause damage to vehicle equipment or stain the seat covers.
Glove compartment
Fig. 55 Sectio n of the rear benc h seat: rear cup holders*
Front cup holders
.. Place beverages in the holder ¢ fig . 54.
There is space for two beverages . A larger
...., plastic bottle can be placed in the door trim.
N
0c>o Rear* cup holders
rl
I.O
"..'..,
"rl '
.. To open the cup holders, tap on the rim @ ¢ fig. 55 .
Fig. 56 Glove compartment
Opening/closing
.. To open the g love compartment, pull the
handle in the direction of the arrow .
.. To close the g love compartment, swing the
lid upward until it clicks into place.
II>
62 Seats and storage
The glove compartment can be locked using the vehicle key.
.&_WARNING
Always leave the lid on the glove compartment cover closed while driving to reduce the risk of injury.
Additional storage compartments
There are additional storage compartments, compartments and holders at other locations in the vehicle :
- In the upper part of the glove compartment .
- In the center console under the center armrest* .
- On the back of the right front seat. The compartment* can hold a maximum weight of 2 lbs (1 kg).
- Garment hooks on the 8-pillar c:>&, .
.&_WARNING
- Do not place any objects on the instrument panel. Objects that are not stored securely can slide around in the vehicle while driving, when accelerating or braking or when turning.
- Make sure that objects cannot fall out of the center console storage compartment or other compartments and into the footwell while driving. These objects could prevent you from braking or accelerating during sudden braking maneuvers.
- Garments hung on the hooks must not obstruct the driver's view. The garment hooks are only designed for light objects. Do not hang any garments with hard, sharp or heavy objects in the pockets on the garment hooks. These objects could injure vehicle occupants during sudden braking or in a collision - especially if the airbags deploy.
-Always keep the glove compartment closed while driving to reduce the risk of injury during a collision or heavy braking.
- Read and following the WARNINGS in c:>page 165, Important safety instructions on the side airbag system .
- Hang garments so that they do not obstruct the driver's view.
- The garment hooks should only be used for light articles of clothing. Do not leave any heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pockets that could interfere with the side airbags unfolding and cause injuries in the event of a collision.
- Do not use coat hangers to hang garments, because this could reduce the effectiveness of the side curtain airbags .
- Do not hang any heavy objects on the garment hooks, because they could cause injury during heavy braking.
- Because of their load capacity, the hooks should only be used to secure objects that weigh a maximum of 10 lb (5 kg). Heavy objects will not be secured sufficiently, and this increases the risk of injury.
Roof rack
Description and mounting locations Additional cargo can be carried with a roof luggage rack.
Fig. 57 Roof rack attachment points
· Always read and follow the instructions provided by the roof rack manufacturer when installing the roof rack system.
If luggage or cargo is to be carried on the
roof, you must observe the following: - Only use roof racks approved for your vehi-
cle. These approved roof racks are the basis ..,
for a complete roof rack system. Additiona l attachments or carrier systems are needed to transport luggage and sports equ ipment. We recommend using roof racks from the Audi original accessories program. - When installing the roof rack, make sure it is only mounted on the designated locations on the roof ¢ fig. 57. - We recommend that you keep the installation instructions for your roof rack system together with your Owner's literature in the vehicle .
When should the roof rack be remo ved?
- Before going through an automatic car wash (it is best to ask the car wash operator for advice).
- When not in use, to reduce fuel consumpt ion, w ind no ise and to guard against theft .
A WARNING
- Use of an unapproved roof rack or incorrect mount ing of an approved roof rack can cause the roof rack or the items attached to it to fa ll off the roof onto the road.
- Objects fall ing from the roof of a veh icle can cause a crash and persona l injury.
- Only mount the roof rack on the designated locations on the roof¢ fig. 57.
- The roof rack system must be installed exactly according to the instructions provided.
- When driving with a roof rack system, changes to the center of g ravity and wind resistance can change the veh icle handling and lead to a collision. Always adapt your driving and your speed to the current conditions.
(D Note
- Your veh icle warranty does not cover any
damages t o the veh icle caused by using
roof racks or mo unting structures not
M
N
approved by Audi for your vehicle. The
0
c> o
same applies to damage resulting from
,....,
\!)
incorrect roof rack installation.
1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
S e at s an d sto rag e 63
- Always check the roof rack mountings and hardware before each trip and during a trip to make sure everyth ing is se curely tightened. If necessary, ret ighten the mountings and check the entire system from time to time.
- After mount ing a roof rack system, or when you transport objects on the roof of your vehicle, the height of the veh icle is naturally increased . Be careful when dr iving unde r low bridges or in parki ng garages for example. This cou ld cause damage to the load and even the vehicle itself .
- Make sure the open rear lid and the sunroo f* do not come int o contact with the roo f rac k.
Loading the roof rack
Always distribute loads evenly. Make sure anything on the roof rack is securely tied down .
.,.Always dis t ribute the loads on the roof rack even ly.
.,.Always attach items to the roof rack securely before you drive off .
The maxim um permissible roof we ight is 1 6 5 lb (7 5 kg). The roof weight is the total of the weight of the roof rack, the attachments and the cargo you are carrying. You must a lso not exceed the maximum load we ight for the roof rack you are using.
When using a roof rack system which has a lower load carrying capacity, you must not use up the tota l maximum permissible load carrying capacity specified above. Instead, you should load the roof rack system only to the max imum capacity spec ified by the manufacture r of the roof rack system .
A WARNING
.
Weak, damaged or imprope r straps used to secure items t o the roof rack can fail
·
during ha rd braking or in a coll is ion and
cause ser ious persona l injury .
64 Seats and storage
- Make sure the roof rack is installed exactly as specified above r::;p, age 62.
- Always use suitable mounting straps for securing items to the roof rack to help prevent items from shifting or flying forward.
- Items on the roof rack must always be securely mounted.
- The use of a roof rack can negatively affect the way a vehicle handles. Cargo that is large , heavy, bulky, long or flat will have a greater negative influence on the vehicle's aerodynamics, center of gravity and overall handling. Always drive slowly, avoid sudden braking and maneuvers when transporting cargo on the roof of your vehicle.
- Never exceed the maximum permissible load carrying capacity of the roof of your vehicle, the permissible axle weights and the permissible total weight of your veh icle r::;p, age 286, Weights.
@ For the sake of the environment
As a result of the increased wind resistance created by a roof rack, your vehicle is using fuel unnecessarily. So remove the roof rack after using it .
Luggage compartment
Loading luggage compartment
Luggage items must be stowed securely .
s 0
>"m'
.,.Place heavy objects as far forward as possible r::;,fig. 58.
.,.Secure luggage items with the cargo net* or with non-elastic retaining straps to the tiedown rings* r::;p, age 65.
A WARNING
- Loose objects in the luggage compartment can slide about suddenly and alter the vehicle's handling characteristics.
- Loose objects in the passenger compartment can fly forward during abrupt maneuvers or accidents and injure occupants.
- Always store objects in the luggage compartment and use suitable straps, particularly with heavy objects.
- When you transport heavy objects, always remember that a change in the center of gravity may result in a change in the vehicle's handling characteristics.
- Follow all warnings ¢page 125, Driving safety.
(D Tips
The tire pressure must be adjusted to the load - see the tire pressure sticker located on the driver's side B-pillar.
General information
'
A WARNING
,-
Refer to the chapter Driving Safely r::;,page 125, Drivingsafety for important information , tips, suggestions and warnings that you should read and follow for your own safety and the safety of your passengers .
Fig. 58 Place heavy objects as far forward as possible.
Note the following to preserve the vehicle's good handling characteristics . .,.Distribute the load as evenly as possible .
Increasing the size of the luggage compartment
The rear seat backrests can be folded forward either separately or together .
I
Fig. 59 Backrest : release lever (left side, examp le)
Fo lding th e backrest fo rward
.. Push the corresponding head restraint downward ¢ page 59 .
.. Press the release lever @ in the direction of the arrow.
.. Fold the backrest forward .
Folding th e backrest back into th e upright po sit ion
.. Fold the backrest down until it latches se curely¢ ,&.. When you can no longer see the red mark on the pin @ , the seat is latched .
A WARNING
- The backrest must be latched securely to
ensure t hat the safety belt is protecting
the center seating position.
- The backrest must be secure ly latched so
objects canno t slide forwa rd out of the
luggage compa rtment during sudden
braking .
- Always make sure the backrest is latched
completely by pulling forward on it.
- Make sure the safety belt is not caught in
the door hinges o r the seat fitti ngs and
damaged.
- Torn or frayed safety belts can break, and
....,
belt anchors can break during a collision .
N
0 c> o
rl
Check the safety belts regularly. Safety belts with noticeable damage to the
I.O
"..'..,
"rl '
S ea t s a n d s t o rage
65
webbing, bindings, b uckles or retractors must be replaced.
(D Note
- If you move the front seat back when the rear seat backrest is folded forward, you cou ld damage the head restraints on the rear seat. If necessary, remove the rear seat head restraint before moving the front seat back
- Make sure the safety belt is not pinched in the backrest lock and damaged when the rear seat backrest if folded back. Other objects should be removed from the rear bench seat to protect the rear backrest from damage .
Tie-downs and cargo net
The cargo net* prevents small objects from sliding .
Fig. 60 Luggage compar tmen t : locat ion of th e tiedowns
Fig. 61 Luggage compart ment: cargo net * unhooked
.. Secure the cargo to the t ie-downs c>fig. 60
-arrows -.
.. Tosecure the cargo net , first hang the front
hooks in the t ie-downs then hang the rear
hooks -arrows - ¢ fig. 61.
...,
6 6 Seat s and s t o rage
· Observe the safety notes q page 132 , Tiedowns.
Due to the laws of physics, even small objects that are loose in the vehicle can become heavy projectiles and cause serious inj uries during a collision . Objects in the vehicle increase in kineti c energy, wh ich varies depend ing on the vehicle and the we ight of the object. The vehicle speed is the most important factor in t his.
For example: In a fronta l impact at a speed of 30 mph (48 km/h). the weight of a 10 lb (5 kg) object increases t o approxima t ely
20 times its normal weight due to the forces
acting upon it . This means the we ight of the object is suddenly equivalent to approximately 200 lb (90 kg) . It is easy to imagine the type of injuries an object of t hat weight could cause if it slides t hrough the passenger compartment unrestrained during a collision at a relative ly low speed.
A WARNING
Weak, damaged or faulty straps used to secure objects to the tie-downs can fa il during heavy braking or a collision and lead to serious injuries . - Always use suitable straps and secure
objects to the t ie-downs in the luggage compartment to prevent objects from shifting and slid ing fo rward. - Never secure a child seat restraint to a t ie-down . - Becauseof their load capacity, the hooks should only be used to secure objects that weigh a maximum of 10 lb (5 kg) . Heavy object s will not be secured sufficiently, and this increases the risk of injury.
Storage hooks
Applies to vehicles: with bag hooks
Fig. 62 Lugg age compart ment : storage hooks
You can also use the hooks to hang li ght purses, bags, etc .
-A WARNING The hooks can hold a maximum weight of 6 lb (3 kg). Heavier objects are not adequate ly secured. There is risk of personal Injury. . Reversible mat
Applies to vehicles: with cargo mat
The reversible mat protects the luggage compartment and bumper from dirt and scratches.
Fig. 63 Lugg age compar tmen t : reversible ma t with backres t folded forwa rd (example)
You can use the reversible mat with the dirt resistant side or the decorat ive side. After load ing or unload ing, fold up the reversible mat and close the luggage compartment lid. Only store the reversib le mat if it is dry .
Pass-through
Applies to vehicles: wit h pass-through
Seats and storage
67
Fig. 64 Backrest: pass-t hroug h cover
· Fold the rear seat center armrest down .
· Fold the pass-through cover down <=f>ig . 64 .
A WARNING
-
- Make sure that all objects that you are
transporting in the pass-through are se-
cure. They could slide around during sud-
den braking maneuvers and cause inju-
ries .
- Sharp edges on objects that are loaded
must be covered for protection .
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"..'..,
"rl '
68 Warm and cold
Warm and cold
Climate control system
Description
Different systems cou ld be installed.
- manual climate control system* or - automatic climate control system*
The climate control system* cools and removes humidity from the air in the vehicle interior. It is the most effective when the windows and panorama sunroof* are closed. If there is a build-up of heat inside the vehicle, ventilation can help to speed up the cooling process . For this reason, the windows and panorama sunroof can be opened from the outside . 9 page 43, Convenience opening/ closing
Pollutant filter
The pollutant filter removes pollutants such as dust and pollen from the air.
Keyrecognition
You can store various settings for the manua l and automatic climate control system* and assign t hem to the key being used .
A WARNING
Poor visibility can lead to accidents. - For safer driving, keep all windows free
of ice, snow and fog . - Become familiar as quickly as possible
with the correct use and function of the climate control system, especially with the defrosting and defogg ing funct ion . - When the temperature is below freezing, only use the windsh ield washer system after the windshield has been warmed by
the climate control system . The washer fluid could freeze on the windshield and impair visibility.
(D Note
- If you suspect that the climate control system is damaged, switch the system off to prevent further damage and have it checked by an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility.
- Repairs to the Audi climate control system require special technical knowledge and special tools. See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Serv ice Facility.
® For the sake of the environment
Reducing the amount of fuel used also reduces the amount of pollutants that enter the air.
(D Tips
- To prevent interference with the heating and cooling output and to prevent the w indows from fogging over, the air intake in front of the windshield must be free of ice, snow or leaves.
- Condensation from the cooling system* can dr ip and form a puddle of water under the vehicle. This is normal and does not mean there is a leak.
- The energy management system may switch the seat heating* or rear window defroster off temporari Ly. These systems are available again as soon as the energy balance has been restored.
- The f lows through the vents under the rear window. Make sure the openings are not covered when placing clothing on the luggage compartment cover.
Climate control system controls
App lies to vehicles: with manua l climate contr ol syst em
W a rm a nd cold
69
Fig. 65 Manua l clima te con tro l sys tem·: con trols
The functions are contro lled using three dia ls and buttons. The LED in a button will light up when the function is switched on.
The rear window defogger ~¢ page 72 and the seat heating ~ c::p>age 72 are described separate ly.
Manual climat e control system*
For a comfortable temperature, we recommend :
- in warmer times of the yea r, set the temperatu re so that it is only a few degrees be low the outside tempe ratu re.
- set the blower at a moderate speed - don't direct the air flow d irectly on the pas-
sengers
IA/Cl Switching the cooling mode* on and
off
The cooling mode only f unct ions w ith the
blower turned on . The a ir is not cooled and
humidity is not removed when cooling mode
is swit ched off. This can cause fog o n the w in-
dows. The cooling mode sw itches off auto-
matica lly in cold outside temperatures (below
32°F/0°C) .
....,
N 0
~ Adjusting the blower
c> o
rl To prevent t he windows from fogging over,
I.O
"..'.., the blower shou ld always ru n at a low speed .
"rl '
When the windows are fogged , we recommend using a higher blowe r speed and tu rning t he knob to ~ -
I· I · IAdjusting the temperature
The t empera tu re can a adjusted in small increments with t he dial.
Adjusting air distribution and air vents
The air distribution is adjusted with the dials ~ ' ~ . ~ and ~ - The setting between @J and~ provides a comf ort abl e atmosphere in most cases .
In the~ sett ing, the windshie ld and side w in-
dows are defros t ed o r cleared of condensation
as q uickly as possib le . The recircul at ion mode switche s off, but can be activated aga in by
pressing the ld;I)button.
The round air ve nts in t he coc kpit are adj ustable ¢ page 72.
To keep the windows from fogg ing in damp weathe r, we recomme nd open ing the side a ir vents and tilt ing them to the s ide c::p>age 72, Adjusting the air vents.
Foot vents a re located under the front seats
to heat the rear of the veh icle .
...,
70 Warm and c old
1- 1Switching recirculation mode on and
off
In recirculation mode, the air inside the vehicle is circu lated and filtered. This prevents the unfiltered air outside the vehicle from entering the vehicle inter ior. We recommend switch ing recirculation mode on when driving through a tunnel or when sitt ing in traffic c::>,& .
Recirculation mode is switched off in the defrost setting ~ -
-.&_WARNING You should not use the recirculation mode for an extended period since no fresh air is drawn in. With the air-conditioning* switched off, the w indows can fog up, which increases the risk of an accident .
Automatic climate control system controls
Applies to vehicles: with automat ic climate contro l system
Fig. 66 Aut oma tic clima te contro l syste m: Control s
The dial adjusts t he temperature and the blower speed. Press the buttons to turn the functions on or off . The LEDin a button w ill light up when the function is switched on .
The rear window defogger ~ c::p>age 72 and
the seat heating Q]c::p>age 72 are described
separately.
Automatic climate control syst em
We recommend pressing the IAU T O I button and setting the temperature t o 72 ° F (22 °() . The automatic climate control system automatica lly ma inta ins a temperature once it has been set. The temperature of the air from the vents, the blower speed, and air distribution are also automat ically adjusted . In all heat ing
mode funct ions except defrost, the blower
only switches to a higher speed once the engine coolant has reached a certa in temperature .
IA/ClSwitching the cooling mode on and
off
The cooling system is turned on and off with
the IA/Clbutton. The air is not cooled and hu-
mid ity is not removed when cooling mode is switched off . This can cause fog on the windows . The cooli ng mode switches off auto matically in cold outside temperatu res (below 32 °F / 0 °() .
IAUTOISwitch ing automatic mode on and
off
The automatic mode is turned on using the IAUTOI button . AUTOmode switches off once a button in the climate control system is pressed. Automatic mode maintains a consta nt temperature inside the vehicle . Air temperature, airflow and air distribution are controlled automatically . When automatic mode is active, pressing the IAU TO I button briefly IJJ,-
activates the "eco" mode* 1>. In "eco" mode*,
a ll settings are lowered slightly to save fuel. When in "eco" mode* , ecois shown in the display. To exit "eco" mode*, press the !AU TO ! button again .
I· I · ISetting the temperature
The temperature can be adjusted individually for the driver and front passenger using the dials . Temperatu res between 60 °F (+16 °C) and 84 °F (+28 °C) can be set . Outs ide of this range, Lo or Hi will appear in the climate control system display. In both settings, the climate control runs with constantly at the maximum cooling or heating level. The temperature is not regu lated.
Synchronization:By pressing the !AU TO Ibut -
ton for two seconds , the temperature setting for the driver is transferred to the front passenger's side. This applies a temperature change to the front passenger's side.
~ Adjusting the blower
Topreventthe windowsfrom fogging over,
the blower should always run at a low speed. You can adj ust the volume of air generated by the blower to you r preference. To have t he blower regu lat ed automatically, press t he !AUT O! button.
Adjusting the air distribution
The air distribution is adjusted with the ~ , [Ml and ~ buttons. To have the air distribution reg ulated automatically, press the !AUTO !button .
The round air vents in the cockpit are adjustable ~ page 72.
To keep the w indows from fogging in damp weather, we recommend opening the side air vents and tilting them to the side ~ page 72, Adjusting the air vents.
Foot vents are located under the front seats and adjustable vents on the end of the center
M
N console to heat the rear of the vehicle. 0 c> o
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
M
",'...., l) This func t ion is not available in all count ri es.
Warm and cold
71
~ Switching the defroster on and off
The windshield and side windows are defrosted or cleared of condensation as quickly as possible . The maximum amount of air flows main ly from the vents below the windshield. Recircu lation mode switches off. The tempera-
ture is controlled automatically. In the [i] set-
ting, the !AIC ! cooling mode sw itches on automatically, depending on the outside air tem perature .
The !AU TO !button sw itches the defroster off.
l""'ISwitching recirculation mode on and
off
The recircu lation mode can be turned on man ually or automatically* .
- Switching manual recirculation mode on and off: Press the ~ button. The LEDlight up when switched on.
- Automatic* recircu lation mode: The recirculation mode must be activated in the MMI.
Select: the IMENU Ibutton >Car > Systems*
cont rol bu t ton> AC > Auto recirculation. The a ir quality sensor that is des igned for diesel and gasoline exhaust automatically switches the recirculation mode on or off depending on the leve l of pollutants in the outside air .
In recirculation mode, the air inside the vehicle is circulated and filtered . This prevents the unfiltered air outs ide the vehicle from e ntering the vehicle interior. We recommend switching recircu lat ion mode on when driving th rough a tunne l or when sitting in traffic
~ .&.
The 1- 1button, IAUTO !or the [i] button
switches rec irculation mode off.
The system switches to rec irculation mode whe n driving in reve rse when t he engine is cold.
·
7 2 Warm and c old
& WARNING
You should not use the recirculation mode for an extended per iod since no fresh air is drawn in. With the air-conditioning switched off, the windows can fog up, which increases t he risk of an ac cident.
Adjusting the air vents
Fig. 67 Cockpit : adjust ing the air vents
®
Fig. 68 (Canadavehicles only) Air vent s: adj ust ing t he airflow sett ing A) Diffused B) Direct
The fo llowing settings are possible ¢ fig . 67: - © Airflow amount - @ Air flow d irect ion - @ (Canada vehicles only) Air f low settings
(diffused or direct) To adjust the air flow amount, t urn the ridged outer adj usting ring © c::>fig . 67. To stop the air flow, turn t he adjusting ring all the way to the right. To adjust the air flow direction, t urn t he air vent gri ll insert @ . (Canada vehicles only) To adju st the air flow settings, pull or press t he midd le adjustment ring @ ¢ fig . 6 7 :
- Diffused air flow (indirect @ ): Press the middle adjustment ring in lightly c::f>ig. 68 .
- Direct air f low (st raight @ ): Pull the center adjustment ring out lightly ¢ fig. 68 .
Rear window defogger
The LEDin the button t urns on when the function is switched on:
- ~ Manual climate contro l system c::p>age 69, fig . 65
- 00Automatic climate contro l system
c::p>age 70, fig . 66 .
If t he rear window defogger is activated when t he igniti on is switched on, the bat t ery management determines based on t he battery charge if it is poss ible to turn on . Otherw ise, the rear window defogge r funct ions wit h the engine running and switches off automatically after approximately 10 - 20 minutes, depending on the outs ide t emperature .
To p revent the rear window defogger f rom switching off automatically, press and hold
t he @ioi r 00button for more than two sec-
onds. This rema ins stored up t o approxima t ely 15 minutes afte r turning off the ign ition .
Seat heating
Applies to vehicles: wi t h seat heat ing
The seat heating has th ree leve ls. The LEDin the butt on indica t es the sele cted heat leve l.
Manua l climate control system c::p>age 69, fig . 65 and automatic climate control system c::p>age 70, fig . 66 .
"' To switch the seat heating on, press the lt:J
button once .
"' To swit ch to a lower level , press the lt:Ibut-
ton again .
"' To swit ch the sea t heati ng off, press the lt:J
but ton repeat edly unt il t he LEDtu rns off .
The seat heating swit ches a utomat ica lly from
setting 3 to setting 2 after 10 minutes.
Iii>
When seat heating should not be switched on
Do not turn the seat heating on under the following circumstances:
- The seat is unoccupied. - The seat is covered with a seat cover. - The seat is covered with a child seat . - The seat is damp or wet .
A WARNING
Individuals with reduced sensitivity to pain or temperature could develop burns when using the seat heating function. To reduce the risk of injury, these individuals should not use seat heating.
(D Note
To avoid damage to the heating elements in the seats, do not kneel on the seats or place heavy loads on a small area of the seat.
(D Tips
- The setting for the seat heating on the driver's side is assigned to the key that is 1n use.
- If the front passenger's seat heating is turned on, it will not turn on again automatically if more than 10 minutes have passed between switching the ignition off and switching it on again.
Auxiliary heater
Applies to vehicles: with diesel engine
In cool outside temperatures, the electric auxiliary heater helps the vehicle inter ior to warm more quickly . The auxiliary heater switches on and off automatically according to the vehicle heating settings .
The "auxiliary heater" function can be switch-
ed on and off in the MMI. Select: the !MENUI
button > Car > Systems * control button > AC
M N
> Auxiliary heater .
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
Warm and cold
73
·
74
Dr iv ing
Driving Steering
Adjusting the steering wheel position The steering wheel position is fully adjustable up and down and forward and bock .
Fig. 69 Steering column: st ee ring column adjustmen t lever
.. Tilt the lever ¢ fig. 69 downward ¢ &_.
.. Bring the steering wheel into the desired position .
.. Push the lever against the steering column until it latches .
_& WARNING
Incorrect use of the steer ing whee l adjustment and an incorrect seating posit ion can cause serious injuries. - Only adjust the steering column when
the vehicle is stationary so that you do not Losecontrol of the vehicle . - Adjust the driver's seat or steering wheel so that there is at least 10 inches (25 cm) d istance between your chest and the steering wheel~ page 126, fig. 114. If you do not maintain this distance, the airbag system will not be able to provide its full protect ion <=pa>ge 126, fig. 114. - If your phys ical characteristics prevent you from sitting at least 10 inches (25 cm) or more away from the steer ing wheel, see if your authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility can provide adapters that will help. - If your face is level with the steering wheel, the airbag does not provide as
much protection during a collision. Always make sure that the steering wheel is level with your chest . - Always hold the steering wheel with your hands in the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock pos itions to reduce the risk of injury if the airbag deploys. - Never hold the steering wheel in the 12 o'clock position or with both hands on the rim or the center of the steering wheel. Holding the steering wheel incorrectly significantly increases the ris k of injury to the hands, arms and head if the airbag dep loys.
Starting and stopping the engine (vehicles with an ignition lock)
Starting the engine with the key
Applies to vehicles: wit h mechanical ignit ion lock
The ignition is switched on and the engine started with the key in the ignition.
Fig. 70 Ign it ion key pos itions
Steering lock
If the steering wheel will not turn, the steering lock is engaged.
To engage the steering wheel Lock:The selector leve r must be in the P position.
.. To engage the steering wheel lock, turn the
wheel until it locks when the ignition key is
removed .
.. To release the steering wheel Lock,insert
the key in the ignition lock and turn the key
in the -direction of the arrow-whi le turning
the steering wheel.
.,.
Swit ching th e ignition on/ off or prewar mi ng
~ To switch the ignition on, turn the ignition
key to position (D.
~ To switch the ignition off, turn the ignition key to position @ .
Diesel vehicles are preheated while the igni-
II . tion is switched on
Starting th e engine
Your veh icle is equipped with launch cont rol. As soon as you have turned the ignition key to position @ , the engine will start automatically.
~ Press the brake pedal and move the selector lever to the P or N position.
~ Turn the key briefly to position @ . The igni tion key automatically returns to position
(D. Do not press the accelerator pedal when
doing this.
Major electrical equipment switches off temporarily when starting the engine.
It is possible that t here will be a slight delay when starting the engine in diesel vehicles in colder temperatures . Therefore , you must hold the brake pedal down unti l the engine starts . The indicator light turns on while the
II . engine is preheating
The prewarming time depends on the coolant temperature and outside temperature. The
II glow plug indicator light wi ll only turn on
for approximately 1 second when the eng ine is warm or the outside temperature is higher than 8 °C. That means you can start the en-
gine immediately .
If the engine does not start immediately, stop the starting procedure by turn ing the ignition key to position @ and repeat after 30 seconds .
Automatic st art malf unction
II M If the ~ (gasoline engine) or (diesel en-
N
0 c> o
,....,
gine) indicator light turns on and the message Engine st art system malfunction. Please
\!) 1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
Dri v in g 7 5
contact Serviceappears, there is an automatic start malfunction.
To start the engine, hold the ign it ion key in position @ unt il the engine runs.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected.
_& WARNING
- Never allow t he engine to run in confined spaces - there is a risk of asphyxiation .
- Never remove the ignit ion key from the ignition loo k while the vehicle is moving . Otherwise the steering lock will engage and you will not be able to steer the vehicle.
- Please note that the brake booster and power steering only work when the engine is running. When the engine off, you must use more force to steer or brake the vehicle. Because the usual steer ing and braking capability is not available, the risk of accidents or injur ies increases.
- Always take the vehicle key with you when leaving the vehicle, even for a short period of time. This applies part icularly when children remain in the veh icle. Otherwise the chi ldren could start the engine or operate electrical equip ment such as power w indows.
(D Note
- Avoid high engine speed, full th rottle, and heavy eng ine load as long as the engine has not reached operat ing tempera t ure yet . You could damage the engine.
- The engine cannot be started by pushing or towing.
@) For the sake of the environment
Do not let the eng ine run w hile parked to
warm up. Begin dr iving immediately. Thi s
reduces unnecessary emissions.
·
76
Driving
(D Tips
- If it is difficult to turn the key to position
(D, turn the steering wheel back and
forth slightly to release the steering wheel lock . - After starting a cold engine, there may be a brief period of increased noise because the oil pressure must first build up in the hydraulic valve adjusters. This is normal and not a cause for concern . - If the battery is disconnected and reconnected, you have to hold the ignition key
in position (Dfor five seconds for the en-
gine to start . - After switching the ignition off, you can
only remove the key when the selector lever is in the "P" (Park) position. After that , the selector lever is locked.
Stopping the engine with the key
Applies to vehicles: with mechanical igniti on lock
Stopping the engine
.,,.Bring the veh icle to a full stop . .,,T. urn the key to position @ .
Releasing the steering lock
Requirement : The selector lever must be in the P position.
.,,.Remove the ignition key in position @
Qpage 77, fig. 71 Q & -
.,,T. urn the steering wheel until you hear the steering wheel lock.
The locked steering helps prevent vehicle theft .
_& WARNING
- Never turn off the engine before the vehicle has come to a complete stop. The full function of the brake booster and the power steering is not guaranteed. You must use more force to turn or brake, if necessary. Because you cannot steer and brake as you usually would, this could lead to accidents and serious injuries .
- Never remove the ignition key from the ignition look while the vehicle is moving . Otherwise, the steering lock could suddenly engage and you would not be able to steer the vehicle .
- Please note that the brake booster and power steering only work when the en gine is running. When the engine off, you must use more force to steer or brake the vehicle . Because the usual steering and braking capability is not available, the risk of accidents or injuries increases.
- Always take the vehicle key with you when leaving the vehicle, even for a short period of time. This applies particularly when children remain in the vehicle. Otherwise the children could start the engine or operate electrical equipment such as power windows.
- For safety reasons, always park the vehicle with the selector lever in the P position . Otherwise, there is the risk that the vehicle could roll.
- After the engine has been switched off, the radiator fan can continue to run for up to 10 minutes - even with the ignition switched off. It can also switch on again after some time if the coolant temperature rises as a result of heat buildup or if the engine compartment is heated by sunlight and the engine is hot .
(D Note
- If the engine has been under heavy load for an extended period of time, heat builds up in the engine compartment after the engine is switched off - there is a risk of damaging the engine. For this reason, let the engine run for at idle for approximately two minutes before shutting it off.
Starting and stopping the engine (vehicles with a convenience key)
St t · th
· ith the button
Applies to vehicles: with convenience key
The ISTART ENGINE STOP I button switches
the ignition on and starts the engine.
Fig. 71 Center con sole : STARTENGINE STOPbutton (with conveni ence key)
You can start your car without using your convenience key. You must simply be carry ing the key with you.
Switching the ignition on/off or prewarming
If the 'y.iijndicator light blinks and the mes-
sage Please move steering wheel appears
when switching the ignition on, the steering is locked by the steering lock . In this case, turn the steering wheel slightly to the left/r ight .
.,.To switch the ignition on or off, press the
ISTART ENGINE STOPI button . Do not press
the brake pedal while do ing this .
Diesel vehicles are preheated while the igni-
II. tion is switched on
Starting the engine
Your vehicle is equipped with launch contro l.
The engine starts automatically when you
press the ISTART ENGINE STOP I button brief-
ly.
....,
N
.,.Press the brake pedal and move the selector
0 c> o
rl
I.O
lever to the P or N position.
I .,.Press the START ENGINE STOPI button
"..'.., briefly. The engine will start .
"rl '
Driving
77
Major electrical equipment switches off temporarily when starting the engine.
It is possible that there w ill be a slight delay when starting the engine in diesel vehicles in colder temperatures. Therefore, you must hold the brake pedal down until the engine starts. The indicator light turns on wh ile the
II . engine is preheating
The prewarming time depends on the coolant temperature and outside temperature . The
II glow plug indicator light will only turn on
for approximately 1 second when the engine is warm or the outside temperature is higher
than 8 °C. That means you can start the engine immediately.
If the engine does not start immediately, stop the start ing procedure by pushing the
ISTART ENGINE STOP I button again and re-
peat after 30 seconds.
Automatic start malfunction
GI II If the (gasoline engine) or (diesel en-
gine) indicator light turns on when you start the engine, there is an automatic start malfunct ion .
To start the engine, press and hold the
ISTART ENGINE STOP I button until the engine
runs .
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected .
A WARNING
- Never allow the engine to run in confined spaces - danger of asphyx iat ion.
- Always take the vehicle key with you when leaving the vehicle, even for a short period of time. This applies part icular ly when children remain in the vehicle . Otherwise the children could start the engine or operate electrical equipment such as power windows .
- Please note that the brake booster and power steering only work when the engine is running. When the engine off, you ~
78 Driving
must use more force to steer or brake the vehicle. Becausethe usual steering and braking capability is not available, the risk of accidents or injuries increases.
- Avoid high engine speed, full throttle, and heavy engine load as long as the engine has not reached operating temperature yet. You could damage the engine .
- The engine cannot be started by pushing or towing.
@ For the sake of the environment
Do not let the engine run while parked to warm up. Begin driving immediately. This reduces unnecessary emissions.
{D) Tips
- After starting a cold engine, there may be a brief period of increased noise because the oil pressure must first build up in the hydraulic valve adjusters. This is normal and not a cause for concern .
- If the . indicator light blinks in the instrument cluster before switching the ignition off, the ignition will not switch on again. 9 page 193
- If you leave your vehicle with the ignition switched on, the ignition will switch off after a certain amount of time. Make sure that electrical equipment such as the exterior lights are switched off.
Turning the engine off using the button
Applies to vehicles: with convenience key
· Bring the vehicle to a full stop. · Move the selector lever into the P position .
I · Press the START E NGIN E STOPI button
9 page 77, fig . 71 .
Steering lockl l
The steering locks when you turn the engine
off using the ISTART E NGIN E STOP t* button,
l ) This fun ctio n is not available in all countr ies.
move the selector lever into the P position and open the driver's door.
The locked steering helps prevent vehicle theft .
Emergency off function
If it is absolutely necessary, the engine can also be turned off while driving at speeds lower than 6 mph (10 km/h). If you press the I STAR T ENGINE ST OPI* button while driving, the message Pressing start/stop button again will switch off engine! appears. To switch the engine off, press the
ISTAR T ENGINE ST OPI* button twice in a row
briefly or press and hold for longer than two seconds.
A WARNING
~
- Never turn off the engine before the vehicle has come to a complete stop . The full function of the brake booster and the power steering is not guaranteed . You must use more force to turn or brake if necessary. Becauseyou cannot steer and brake as you usually would, this could lead to crashes and serious injuries.
- Please note that the brake booster and power steering only work when the engine is running. When the engine off, you must use more force to steer or brake the vehicle. Becausethe usual steering and braking capability is not available, the risk of accidents or injuries increases.
- Always take the vehicle key with you when leaving the vehicle, even for a short period of time. This applies particularly when children remain in the vehicle . Otherwise the children could start the engine or operate electrical equipment such as power windows.
- For safety reasons, always park the vehicle with the selector lever in the P position. Otherwise, there is the risk that the vehicle could roll.
- After the engine has been switched off , the radiator fan can continue to run for up to 10 minutes - even with the ignition switched off . It can also switch on again after some time if the coolant temperature rises as the result of heat buildup or if the engine compartment is heated by the sun's rays and the engine is hot.
(D Note
If the engine has been under heavy load for an extended period of time, heat builds up in the engine compartment afte r the engine is swit ched off - there is a risk of damaging the engine. For this reason, let the engine run for at idle for approx imate ly two minutes before shutting it off.
Starting the engine if there is a malfunction
Applies to vehicles: with conve nience key
I t may not be possibl e to start the engine under certain circumstances , for example if the battery in the vehicle key is drained, if interference is affected the key or if there is o system mo/function.
Fig. 72 Steering column/re mote control key: Start ing the eng ine if there is a ma lfun ct ion
As long as the message f>l)Key not recognized. See owners manual appears, you can start your vehicle using the emergency start function .
""Press the brake pedal ¢ .&. in Starting the
...., engine with the START E NGINE STOP but-
N
cc>oi
ton on page 77 .
.,.Press the j;.s.=,,T~A~R=T~-EN~G-I_N_EI-b-SuTtt-o-OnP.
rl
I.O
"..'..,
"rl '
Driving
79
""Hold the mast er key as shown in the illustra-
tion in the location indicated y>>r)=f)ig. 72.
The engine w ill start. ""If the engine does not automatically start,
press the ISTART ENGINE STOP Ibutton
again .
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected.
(D Tips
You can display the message that appears during an emergency by pressing the
ISTART ENGINE STOP !* button.
Driver messages
Turn off ignition before leaving car. Battery is discharging
This message appears and a warning tone sounds if you open the driver's door when the ignition is switched on. Switch the ignition off so that the battery will not discharge.
Pressing start/stop button again will switch off engine!
This message appears when you press the
ISTAR T ENGINE ST OPI* button whi le driving
¢ page 78, Emergency off function .
Engine start system malfunction . Please contact Service
The engine automat ic start system has a ma lfunct ion. Drive to an authorized Audi deale r or authorized Aud i Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected . To start the engine, press and hold the
I I STAR T ENGINE ST OP button.
DJKey not recognized. See owner's manual
This message appears if there is no conven-
ience key inside the vehicle or if the system
does not recognize the key. The convenience
key may not be recognized, for example, if it is
covered by an object that disrupts the signal
(such as a briefcase), or if the key battery is
weak. Electronic devices such as cell phones
can also interfere with the signal.
..,.
80 Dr iving
To sti ll be able to start or stop t he engine, refer to "Correcting a malfunction" ¢ page 79.
fll Key not in vehicle? fll The ind icator light tu rns on and this mes-
sage appears if the conven ience key was removed from t he vehi cle when the engine was runni ng. If the conven ien ce key is no lo nger in the vehicle, yo u cannot swit ch the ign ition on or start t he engine on ce yo u stop it . You a lso cannot lock the veh icle from the outside .
Press brake pedal
This message appears if you do not press t he brake peda l when starting the engine .
Please engage N or P
This message appears whe n starting or stopping the engine if the se lecto r lever is not in the Nor P posit ion. The eng ine will not start/ stop.
Shift to P, otherwise vehicle can roll away. Doors do not lock if lever is not in P
This message appears fo r safety rea s ons a long with a wa rning tone. It ap pears if t he se lecto r lever for the automatic transm iss ion is not in the P position when sw itch ing the ignit ion off with the !START ENGINE STOPI* button . Sh ift the selector lever to t he P position . Ot he rwise, the vehicle could roll. You also cannot lock the vehicle usi ng the locki ng sensor on the door handl e or us ing the conve nien ce key.
Electromechanical parking brake
Operating The ele ctromechanical parking brake replaces the hand brake.
Fig. 7 3 Center console: Parking brake
.,.Pull the switch ® ¢ fig . 73 to set the parking brake. The . (USAm odels)/ . (Canada mode ls) indicator lights in the button and in the instrument cluster display turn on .
.,.To releas e the pa rking brak e, press the brake or accelera t or peda l wh ile t he ignition is sw itched on and pres s t he button @ at the same time. The . (USAmo de ls) / . (Canada models) indica t or ligh ts in the but ton and in the display turn off.
Your vehicle is equipped wit h a n ele ctromechanical parking brake. The parkin g bra ke is designed to prevent the vehicle from rolling unintentionally and replaces the hand brake. In ad dition t o t he normal fu nctions of a t rad itio na l han d brake, the e lectromechanical parking brake provi des vario us convenience and safety functions .
When starting from a stop - The integral hill st art assist helps you when
d riving by au toma tica lly releasi ng the pa rking brake ¢ page 82, Starting from a stop. - W hen start ing o n inclines, t he hill sta rt as sist prevents the vehicle from unintentiona lly rolling back . The braking force of the parking brake is not released unt il sufficient .,.
driving fo rce has been built up at the whee ls.
Emergency brake fun ction
An emergency braking funct ions ensures that the vehicle can be slowed down even if the normal brakes fail¢ page 82, Emergency braking function .
A WARNING
- Do not press the accelerator pedal inadvertent ly when the vehicle is stationary and the engine is runn ing and a gear is selected. Otherwise the vehicle will start to move immediately and could result in a crash .
- If the power supply fa ils, the released park ing brake can no longer engage. In this case, par k the vehicle on level ground and secure it by placing the selector lever in the P pos ition. See an authori zed Audi dea ler or a utho rized Aud i Serv ice Facility for ass istance.
(D Note
If the . or . (USA mode ls) / . (Canada mode ls) indicato r ligh t in t he instrument cluster blinks, there is a mal fun ct ion in the brake system . Refer to the detailed description of the indicator lights r=:>page18. - If the . (USAmodels) / . (Cana-
Iii da models) or indicator light turns
on, there is a malfunct ion in the park ing brake r=:p>age 19.
(D Tips
- If the electromechanical parking brake is
set wh ile the ignition is switched off, the
I. ¢C)'iAndicator light in the button and in
the instrument cluster dis-
play . (USAmodels)
(Cana-
da models) will t urn off afte r a ce rtain
amount of time.
M
N
- If dr iver's door is opened while the ign i-
0 c> o
tion is switched on, the parking brake
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
sets automat ically. This prevents unin-
M..,.,
,....,
tended rolling of t he vehicle .
Dri v in g 8 1
- Occasional noises when the pa rking brake is set and released are normal and are not a cause for concern.
- When the vehicle is pa rked, the park ing brake goes through a self -test cycle at regu lar interva ls. Any no ises assoc iated with this are normal.
- If there is a power fa ilure, the park ing brake will not set if it is released, and it
w ill not release if it is set r=;&, . See a n
authorized Audi dealer or autho rized Audi Service Facility fo r ass ista nce.
Parking
" Press the brake pedal to stop the veh icle. " Pull the sw itch @ ¢ page 80, fig. 73 to set
t he par king brake. " Place the se lecto r lever in the P position .
.. Turn the engine off ¢ A_.
" Turn the steering wheel when parking on inclines so that the wheels w ill roll into the curb if the vehicle starts moving.
A WARNING
- Always take the vehicle key with you when leav ing the vehicle, even for a short pe riod of time. This applies part icularly when children rema in in the veh icle . Ot herwise children could st art the engine, release the pa rking brake o r op erate electrical equipment such as power windows, which increases the risk of an accident.
- No one should remain in the vehicle when it is locked, especially children. Locked doors make it more difficult for emergency workers to get into the ve hicle, which puts lives at risk.
·
82
Dr iv ing
Starting from a stop
The start assist function ensures that the parking brake is released automatically upon starting.
Stopping and sett ing the parking brake
.. Pull the switch @ ¢ page 80, fig. 73 to set
the parking brake.
Starting and aut omaticall y releasing t he parking brake
Requirement: The driver's door must be locked and the driver's safety belt must be fastened.
.. When you press the accelerator pedal, the parking brake is automatically released and your vehicle begins to move.
When stopping at a traffic signa l or stopping in city traffic, the parking brake can be applied. The vehicle does not have to be held with the brake pedal. The parking brake elim inates the tendency to creep when a selector lever position is engaged. As soonasyou press the accele rator pedal, the parking bra ke re leases automatically and the veh icle starts to move.
Starting on slopes
When starting on incl ines, the hill start ass ist prevents the vehicle from unintentiona lly rolling back. The braking force of the parking brake is not released until sufficient dr iving force has been bu ilt up at the whee ls.
(D Tips
For safety reasons, the park ing brake is re leased automatically only when the dr iver 's safety belt is fastened and t he driver 's door is locked.
Emergency braking function
This is used if the conventional brake system fails or locks up .
.. To brake your vehicle in an emergency, pull
the @ sw itch ¢ page 80, fig. 73 and hold it
pulled . .. As soon as you release the @ sw itch or ac-
celerate, the brak ing process stops.
Pul ling and ho ld ing the @ switch while dr iving at a speed of about 2 mph (3 km/h) or higher init iates the emergency braking funct ion. The vehicle is braked at a ll four wheels by activating the braking hyd rauli cs. The brake
performance is sim ila r to heavy braking. ~ .&.
To he lp prevent activating the emergency braking by mistake, a n aud ible war ning tone (buzzer) sounds when the @ switch is pulled . Emergency brak ing stops as soon as the @ swit ch is re leased or the acce lerator pedal is pressed.
.&,
,_
WARNING
Emergency braking should only be used in
an emergency, when the normal brake
pedal has fa iled or the brake pedal is ob-
structed. During emergency brak ing, your
vehicle will brake similar to heavy brak ing .
ESC and the associated components (ABS,
ASR, EDL)canno t overcome the laws of
physi cs. In corne rs and when road or
weather conditions are bad, a fu ll brake
application can cause the vehicle to skid or
the rea r end to break away, which increas-
es the risk of an accident.
Hill hold
Applies to veh icles : w ith Hill Hold
Hill hold makes it easier to start on hills.
Requirement: The dr iver door mus t be closed and the engine must be running.
The system is activated when the bra ke peda l is pressed while the vehi cle is stationa ry.
To prevent the vehicle from rolling back when sta rting, the brake power is held fo r a brief ll>
moment aft er releasing the brake pedal. During this time, you can easily begin to move your vehicle.
A WARNING
-
- The intelligent technology of Hill Hold
cannot overcome the lim itations im-
posed by natural physical laws . The in-
creased comfort offered by Hill Hold
should not cause you to ta ke safety risks.
- Hill Hold cannot hold the vehicle in all
hill start situat ions (for examp le, if t he
ground is slippery or icy).
- If you do not begin movi ng immediately
after releasing the brake pedal, the vehi-
cle could begin to roll backward under
certai n circumst ances. Press the brake
pedal or set t he parking brake immed i-
ately .
- If the engine "sta ll s", press the brake
pedal or set the parking brake immedi -
ately .
- Star t ing on incli nes in stop-and-go traf-
fic: To hel p prevent the vehicle from roll -
ing back when starting, press and hold
the brake pedal for several seconds when
the vehicle is stationary.
@ Tips
You can find out if your vehicle is equipped wit h Hill Hold by checking at an authorized Aud i dealer or qualified repair f acility.
Speed warning system
Introduction
The speed warning system helps you to stay under a specified maximum speed.
The speed warning system warns you if you
are exceeding the maximum speed that you
have set . You will hear a warn ing tone when
your speed exceeds the stored value by ap-
proximately 3 mph (3 km/ h) . The . (USA
M N
models)/ . (Canada models) indicator light
0
c>o and the message Speed limit exceeded! ap-
,....,
\!)
pear in the instr ument cluster disp lay at the
1.1'1
M same time. The . / . indicator light turns
1,..1..'1.,
Dri v in g 83
off when the speed decreases below the stor ed maximum speed.
Setting a t hreshold is recommended if you would lik e to be rem inded when you reach a certain maxim um speed. Situations whe re you may want to do so incl ude driving in a country with a genera l speed limit or if the re is a specified maximum speed for winter tires .
(D Tips
Regardless of the speed warning system, you should always monitor your speed using the speedometer and make sure you are follow ing the legal speed limit .
Setting the threshold
You can set, change and delete the threshold in the MMI.
.,.S. elect: the IMENU Ibutton > Car > Systems*
cont rol button > Driver assistance > Speed warning .
You can set any threshold between 20 mph (30 km/h) and 150 mph (240 km/h) . Settings can each be adj usted in increments of 6 mph (10 km/h).
Cruise control system
Description
Applies to veh icles: with cruise control system
The cru ise contr ol system makes it possible to drive at a constant speed start ing at 15 mph (20 km/h).
The speed is kept const ant by modifying engine powe r or throug h an act ive brake inte rvention .
.&_WARNING
- Always pay attention to the t raffic
around you when the cruise contro l is in
operation. You are always responsible for
your speed and the distance between
·
your vehicle and other vehicles .
llll-
84
Driving
- For reasons of safety, cruise control should not be used in the city, in stopand-go traffic, on winding roads and when road conditions are poor (such as ice, fog, gravel, heavy rain and hydroplaning) - you could have an accident .
- Switch the cruise control off temporarily when driving in turning lanes, highway exits or in construction zones.
- Please note that unconsciously "res ting" your foot on the accelerator pedal prevents the cruise control from braking. This is due to the control system being overridden by the driver's acceleration.
- If there is a brake system malfunction such as overheating when the speed warning system is switched on, the braking function in the system will be deactivated. The remaining speed warning system functions will remain active, as long
B ii as the (USA models)/ (Canada
models) indicator light is on.
@ Tips
- The cruise control system is ideal for stretches with speed limits. The driver is responsible for adhering to the correct speed.
- The cruise control remains active when shifting gears.
- The brake lights turn on when the brakes are activated.
Switching on
Applies to vehicles: with cruise contro l system
0
f
~ 0
Fig. 74 Opera ting lever: Cruise control system
.,.To switch the cruise control on, pull the lev-
er into position CD¢ fig. 74.
.,.Drive at the speed to be maintained.
.,.To store the speed, press the button @ . The
B ii (USA models)/ (Canada models)
turns on in the instrument cluster.
Changing speed
Applies to vehicles: with cruise control system
.,.To increase or decrease the speed in incre-
0 10 ments, tap the lever in the
direction
<:;>page84, fig . 74 .
.,.To increase or decrease the speed quickly,
0 10 hold the lever in the
direction until
the desired speed is reached.
Overriding the speed
You can press the accelerator pedal down to increase your speed, for example if you want to pass someone. The speed you saved earlier will resume as soon as you release the accelerator pedal.
If, however, you exceed your saved speed by 5 mph (10 km/h) for longer than 6 minutes, the
II cruise control turns off temporarily. The
Bl (USA models) / (Canada models) indicator
light in the instrument cluster turns off and the stored speed is retained .
Preselecting the speed
Applies to vehicles: with cruise control system
You can preselect your desired speed when the vehicle is stationary .
.,.Switch on the ign ition .
.,.Pull the lever into position CD¢ page 84,
fig . 74.
.,.To increase or decrease the speed, tap the
0 10 lever in the
direction .
This function makes it possible, for example, to save the speed you want before driving on the highway . Once on the highway, activate the cruise control by pulling the lever toward
CD-
Switching off
App lies to vehicles: with cruise contro l system
Temporary deactivation
.. Press the brake pedal, or .. Press the lever into pos ition @ (not clicked
into place) ~ page 84, fig. 74, or
Sw itchin g off completel y
.. Press the lever into pos ition @ (clicked into place), or
.. Switch the ign ition off.
The speed you stored will be retained if the cru ise control has been sw itched off temporarily. To resume the stored speed, release the brake pedal and pull the lever into posit ion
@.
The stored speed is erased when the cru ise control is switched off completely or the ign ition is sw itched off .
.8, WARNING
You should only resume the stored speed if it is not too high fo r exis t ing traffic conditions. Otherwise you risk an accident .
@ Tips
- If the brakes become too heated while driving, the cruise cont ro l switches off . If th is happens while dr iving downh ill, you can relieve the brakes by shifting into a lower gear .
- When the cruise control is act ivated, ESC spo rt mode cannot be switched on.
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\.!.) ,., M..,.,
,....,
Dri v in g 85
·
86
Aud i adapti v e cruise control
Audi adaptive cruise control
Introduction
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control
The adaptive cruise control system is a combination of speed and distance regulation. It assists the driver by both regulat ing the speed and maintaining a distance to the object ahead, within the abilit ies of the system. If the system detects an object, adaptive cru ise con t rol can brake and acce le rate your veh icle. This makes driving more comfortable both on long stretches of highway and in stop-and -go traffic.
General Information
General information
Appl ies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control and Audi pre sense front
Fig. 75 Front of vehicle: sensor
The genera l information applies to adaptive cruise control * and pre sense front * c:;p, age 94 .
The radar sensor a rea c::>fig. 75 m ust not be covered w ith stickers, deposits or a ny other obstructions as it may impair the function of the adaptive cruise control and the pre sense front. For information on cleaning, refer to c:;,page 205. The same applies for any modifications made in the front area.
The function of the adaptive cruise control system and pre sense front is limited in some conditions :
- Objects can on ly be detected when they are within the sensor range c::p>age 87, fig. 78.
- The system has a limited ability to detect objects that are a short distance ahead, off to the side of your vehicle or moving into your lane.
- Objects that are difficult to detect such as motorcycles, vehicles with high ground clearance or an overhanging load are detected late or not detected at all.
- When driving through curves c::p>age 87. - With stationary objects c::p>age 87.
A- WARNING Always pay attent ion to traffic when adaptive cruise control is switched on and the pre sense front is active c::p>age 94. As the driver, yo u are still responsible for start ing and for mainta ining speed and d istance to other objects. The pre sense front is used to ass ist you. The dr iver must a lways take action to avo id a collision . The driver is always responsible for braking at the correct time. - Incorrect use of the adaptive cruise control can cause collisions, other accidents and serio us personal injury. - For safety reasons, do not use adaptive cruise control when driving on roads with many curves, when the road surface is in poor condition and/or in bad weather (such as ice, fog, gravel, heavy rain and hydroplaning). Using the system unde r these conditions could result in a coll ision . - Switch adaptive cruise control off temporarily when driving in tu rning lanes, o n expressway exits or in construction zones. This prevents the vehicle from accelerating to the set speed when in these situations . - The adaptive cruise control system will not brake by itself if you put your foot on the accelerator pedal. Doing so can override the speed and distance reg ulation . ..,_
- When approaching stationary objects such as stopped traffic, adaptive cruise control will not respond and pre sense front will have limited function.
- The adaptive cruise control system and pre sense front do not react to people, animals, objects crossing the road or oncoming objects.
- The function of the radar sensors can be affected by reflective objects such as guard rails, the entrance to a tunnel, heavy rain or ice.
- Never follow a vehicle so closely that you cannot stop your vehicle safely. The adaptive cruise control cannot slow or brake the vehicle safely when you follow another vehicle too closely . Always remember that the automatic braking function cannot bring the vehicle to a sudden or emergency stop under these conditions.
- To prevent unintended operation, always switch ACCoff when it is not being used.
(D Note
The sensor can be displaced by impacts or damage to the bumper, wheel housing and underbody. The adaptive cruise control and pre sense front may become impaired as a result. Have an autho rized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility check their function.
In curves
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control and Audi pre sense front
Audi adaptive c rui se control
87
When driving into a curve q fig. 76 and out of a curve, the adaptive cruise control may react to an object in the neighboring lane and app ly the brakes. You can prevent that by pressing the accelerator pedal briefly.
Stationary objects
Appli es to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise contro l and Audi pre sense fr ont
Fig. 77 Example: object changing lanes and stat ionary obj ect
Adaptive cruise control The adaptive cruise control system only reacts to objects that are moving or that the system has already detected as moving. For example, if a detected vehicle @ tur ns or changes lanes, the adaptive cruise control will not react to a stopped vehicle @ . Press the brake pedal to slow your vehicle down .
Pre sense front Pre sense front only reacts to stat ionary objects at low speeds.
Adaptive cruise control
Description
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control
....,
N
0 c> o
Fig. 76 Example: driving into a curve
rl
I.O
"..'..,
"rl '
=--=~----
= ?!!!! ';!~~~~
Fig. 78 Detect ion range
88
Aud i adaptive cruise control
What can adaptive cruise control do?
The adaptive cruise control syst em uses radar and a video camera. The radar is subject to
designated system li mits ¢ page 86.
On open roads w ith no t raff ic, it fun ctions like a cruise cont rol system . The stored speed is maint ained. When approach ing an object ahead and the system detects it, the adapt ive cruise control system automatically brakes to match that obj ect's speed and then maintains the stored d istance. As soon as the system does not detect an object ahead, adaptive cruise control accelerates up to the st ored speed.
W ith in the lim its of the system, adaptive cruise contro l can brake in stop-and-go traff ic until t he vehicle is stationary and then begin driving again under certa in conditions
¢ page 90, Drivingin stop-and-go traffic.
Which functions can be controlled?
When you switch adaptive cruise cont rol on, you can set the cur rent speed as the "control
speed" ¢ page 88, Switching on/off .
When driving , you can stop cruise control
¢ page 90 or change the speed ¢ page 89
at any t ime .
You can also adjust the f ollowing settings :
- Dist ance ¢page 91 - Drivi ng program ¢ page 92 - Driving mode ¢ page 92
Switching on/off
Applies to vehicles: wit h Audi adapt ive cruise contro l
Fig. 79 Operatin g lever: switc hin g on and off
Fig. 80 I nstrume nt cluster: adaptive cruise control
You can set any speed ll betwee n 20 mph and 95 mp h (30 and 150 km/h).
Ind icator lights and messages in the inst rument cluster display inform yo u about the current situation and settings.
Switching adaptive cruise control on
.,.Pull the lever tow ard you int o position (D ¢ fig . 79 . ACC:standby appears in t he in-
st rument cluster display.
Saving the speed and activating regulation
.,.To save t he curre nt speed, press t he ISETI
¢ fig. 79 butto n. The stored speed is show n
in the tachometer LED line @ and appears
briefly in the info rmation line @ ¢ fig . 80 .
· To activate the regulation while stationary,
you must press the brake pedal.
IJJ,-
l ) Speed lim it s depend on t he count ry and t he speedom et er.
Swit ching adaptiv e cruise control off
· Push the lever away from you into position @ until it clicks into place. The message ACC:off appears.
The stored speed in the LED line is erased .
@ Indi cato r light s
Ill-adaptive cru ise control is switch ed on . No
objects ar e detected ahead. The stored spe ed is maintained .
B -An object ahead was detected . The adap-
tive cruise contro l system regulates the speed and d istance to the object ah ead and brakes/ accelerates automatica lly.
$ -adaptive cruise contro l is switched on . An
object ahead was detected. Your vehicle remains stopped and will not start driving automatica lly.
· - The automatic braking is not eno ugh to maintain a sufficient distance to an object ahead . You must int ervene ¢ page 92 , Request for driver intervention.
© Instrument cluster display
If adaptive cruise cont ro l is not shown in the instr ument cluster d isp lay, you can call it up using the multifunction steering wheel buttons ¢ page 28 .
Based on the g raphics in the display, yo u can determ ine if the system is maintaining a dis tance to a vehicle ahead and what that distance to this vehicle is:
No vehicle - No object ahead was detected .
Wh ite vehicle - An object ahead was detected .
Redvehicle - Request for the driver to take action ¢ page 92 .
Both arrows on the scale © indicate the dis -
tance to the object ahead. No arrow appears
when the vehicle is on an open road and there
...., is no object ahead. If an object is detected
N 0
ahead, the arrow moves on the scale.
c> o
rl The green zone on the scale indicates the
I.O
"..'.., store distance. For information on changing
"rl '
Audi ad a pti v e c rui se control
89
the distance, refer to r::!>page 91. If the dis tance selected is exceeded or not reached, the arrow moves into the red zone on the scale.
_& WARNING
- Using adaptive cru ise contro l incorrectly can cause collisions, other acc idents and ser ious inju ries .
- If you press t he ~IST~-IbEutton when driv-
ing at speeds below 20 mph (30 km/h), the vehicle acce lerates automatically up to 20 mph (30 km/h), wh ich is the minimum speed that can be set.
(D Tips
- If you switch the ignit ion or the adaptive cruise cont ro l system off, the set speed is e rased for safety reason .
- The Elect ronic Stabilization Control (ESC) and Anti-Slip Regulat ion (ASR) both switch on when the adaptiv e cruis e contr ol is swi tc hed o n. ESCand ASR canno t be switched off when ad aptive cruise cont ro l is switched on .
- Wit h t he adap t ive cruise control activated the ESCsport mode cannot be act ivat ed.
Changing the speed
Applies to vehicles: wit h Audi adaptive cru ise control
0
f
JJ
0
Fig. 81 Operati ng leve r : cha ngi ng the spee d
· To increase or reduce the speed in incre-
ments, tap the lever up or down .
· To increa se o r de crease t he speed q uickly,
hold t he lever up or down until the red LED
@ reaches the des ired speed r::!>page 88,
rg.80.
~
90
Aud i adaptive cruise control
After each change, the new stored speed appears briefly in the information line
c::p>age 88, fig. 80 @ .
Driving in stop-and-go traffic
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control
The adaptive cruise control system assists you in stop-and-go traffic. If an object that is detected ahead stops, your vehicle will brake and stay at a stop, within the limits of the system.
Starting with adaptive cruise control 1l
If you vehicle brakes to a stop because an object is detected ahead, ACCautom. go appears briefly in the instrument cluster display Your vehicle is in automat ic start mode.
As long as the message ACCautom. go is displayed and the object detected ahead starts to move, your vehicle w ill cont inue driving
c::>& .
You can activate ACCautom. go again for a short time by pulling the lever to posit ion @
r::;p, age 90, fig. 82
The start mode ACCautom . go ends when the brake pedal is pressed.
Criteria for switching off
The adaptive cruise control switches off f or safety reasons when stationary:
- when the dr iver's door is open, - when the vehicle is stationary for more than
3 minutes, - when the dr iver's safety belt is not fastened .
,&. WARNING
If the message ACCautom . go1l appears,
the vehicle continues driving, even if there is an obstacle between your vehicle and the object ahead. This increases the risk of an accident.
(D Tips
If adaptive cruise contro l is active and your vehicle does not start driving even though the message ACCautom. go1l appears, you can start by tapp ing the accelerator pedal. - If an obstacle is detected when driving
w ith adaptive cruise control, the system w il l request you to begin driving
r::;p, age 92 . You vehicle will begin driv-
ing more slowly. This can also happen in situations where there is no visible obstacle.
Interrupting cruise control
Applies to vehicles: wit h Audi adapt ive cruise control
Fig. 82 Operating l ever
Requirement: The adaptive cruise cont rol is switched on. Overriding cruise control Overriding means exceeding the selected speed when adaptive cruise control is active, for example when pressing the accelerator pedal when passing. .. To accelerate manually, pull the lever to-
ward you into position @ and hold it there. The message ACC:override appears. Or .. press the accelerator pedal. .. To resume cruise control, release the lever or take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Interrupting cruise control while driving .. Move the lever into position @ . The message ACC:standby appears. Or
ll This is not avail able in some count ries.
Audi ad a pti v e c rui se control
91
.. press the brake peda l. .. To resume the stored speed, move the lever
into position @ .
Inte rrupting cruise contr ol wh en stopped
.. Push the lever away from you into position
@. The message ACC: st andby appea rs.
.. To resume cruise control, press the brake pedal and pull the lever toward you into po sit ion @ .
A WARNING
It is dangerous to activate cru ise contro l and resume the stored speed when the current road, traffic or weather conditions do not permit th is . This could result in a crash.
Setting the distance
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control
Fig. 83 Operat ing lever : setting the distance
.. Tap the switch t o display the current set dis-
tance¢ fig. 83.
.,.To increase or reduce the distance in incre ments, tap the switch again to the right or left . The d istance between the two vehicles will change in the instr ument cluster d isplay.
When approaching an object detected ahead ,
the adaptive cru ise cont rol system brakes to
matc h that object's speed and then regulates
to the stored distance . If the object detected
ahead acce lerates, adaptive cruise control will
...., also acce lerate up to the stored speed .
N
0c>o The highe r the speed, the greater the distance
rl
I.O
in meters ¢ .&. The Distance 3 set t ing is rec-
"..'.., ommended. That is equal to the general rec-
"rl '
ommendation of "hal f the speed shown on the speedometer" .
The distances provided are examp le values. Depend ing on t he dr iving situation, the current speed and the way the object detected ahead is driving, the act ual distance may be more or less than these target d istances .
c::;, _ c::::,___ Distance 1 : Th is sett ing corresponds to a distance of 92 feet/ 28 meters when traveling at 62 mph (100 km/h), or a time distance of 1 second.
c::;, _ _ c::::,__ Distanc e 2 : This setting corresponds to a distance of 118 feet/ 36 meters when traveling at 62 mph (100 km/h), or a time distance of 1.3 seconds .
c::;, _ __ c::;, _ Dist ance 3 : This sett ing corresponds to a distance of 164 feet/ 50 meters when traveling at 62 mph (100 km/h), or a t ime distance of 1.8 seconds.
c::;, _ _ __ c::::, Dist ance 4: This sett ing corresponds to a distance of 219 feet/ 67 meters when traveling at 62 mph (100 km/h), or a time distance of 2.4 seconds.
A WARNING
-
- Driving too close to other vehicles in-
creases the risk of collisions and ser ious
injuries .
- Sett ing s hort dista nces to veh icles ahead
reduces the distance and time that you
have to stop your vehicle safe ly. This in-
creases the need for yo u to pay attention
to traffic.
- Always follow applicable traff ic laws, use
common sense and select a distance to
veh icles ahead that takes the cur ren t
traffic , road and weather conditions into
acco unt .
@ Tips
Distance 3 is set automatically each time you swit ch the ignit ion on. It yo u wou ld like to have t his distance as a bas ic setti ng, you can have the adaptive cruise cont rol menu extended/ enabled from an author ized repair fac ility.
92
Aud i adaptive cruise control
Setting the driving program
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control
A adapt ive cru ise con trol dr iving progr a m is adj ust abl e on vehicle s wit ho ut Aud i dr ive se lec t* .
"' Select in the MMI: the IMENU Ibutton > Car
> Systems* control button > Driver assis-
tance > Adaptive cruise control > Driving program > Comfort/Standard / Dynamic .
Selecting the driving mode
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise cont rol
The adaptive cruise contro l driv ing program is adju stab le for vehicles w ith Aud i dr ive se lect using the driving mode.
"' Se lect t he des ired driv ing mode Comfort , Auto , Dynamic or Individual * w it h the knob t:;, page 106 .
Request for driver intervention
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control
Fig. 84 Inst rum ent cluster: request fo r d river inte rventi o n
In some s ituations , the braki ng from the adapt ive cruise control system is not enough to maintain enough d istance to the object ahead. In thes e s ituations, the system will request you to take action .
The . ind icat or light and the graphic in the d isplay will wa rn you about the danger t:;, fig . 84 . You will a lso hear an aud io signa l. Press t he brake pedal to s low your veh icle down.
Driver messages
Applies to vehicles: wit h Audi adapt ive cruise control
IIJACC: unavailable
The system cannot gu arantee that it will detect o bjects cor rec tly and is switched off. The sens or was move d or is fa ulty. Drive t o your autho rized Audi dea le r or a ut hori zed Audi service facility immediately to have the ma lfunct ion corrected.
Ill ACC:currently unavailable . No sensor vi-
sion
fl ACCand Audi pre sense: currently un-
available. No sensor vision No sensor vision
Th is message appears if t he senso r view is obstructe d, for examp le by leaves, snow, heavy spray or d irt . Clean t he sensor t:;,page 86, fig. 75.
ill ACC:currently unavailable. Gradient too
steep
The road exceeds t he max imum possible angle fo r safe adaptive cruise control operation. The adapt ive cruise control cannot be switched o n.
ill ACC:only available in D, Sor M
Select the D/S or M selector leve r pos ition .
ill ACC: parking brake applied
The adapt ive cruise control system switch es off automa t ically if th e parki ng brake is set. The adapt ive cru ise cont rol is ava ilable again aft er re leas ing t he pa rking brake .
ill ACC:currently unavailable. Stabilization
control input
This message appears if the Electronic Stabili zation Control (ESC) is taking action to stab ilize the veh icle. In this case, adapt ive cruise control switches off automat ica lly.
ill ACC off: manual control!
This message a ppears if t he vehicle rolls back whe n start ing on a s light incline, even though ACCis active. Press the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling or starting to move. IIJ,
IIJACC: engine speed
This message appea rs if the d river has not shifted up or down in time when the adaptive cr uise con t rol is braking or accelerating, causing the vehicle to exceed or to not reach the permitted engine speed. The adaptive cruise control turns off . A chime so unds as a rem ind er .
···
Three wh ite dots appear if a setting cannot be selected with the operat ing lever. For exam ple, this happens if adaptive cruise control cannot be activated when stopped because the driver has not fastened the safety belt.
Door open
Adapt ive cruise control cannot be switched on when the vehicle is stationa ry and the dr iver's door is open .
Audi adaptive cruise control
93
M
·
N
0 c> o
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
M..,.,
,....,
9 4 Aud i pre s en se
Audi pre sense
Introduction
Applies to vehicles: with Audi pre sense basic or Audi pre sense front
Within the limits of the system, pre sense basic and pre sense front can initiate steps to protect vehicle occupants in certain danger ous situations.
Critical driving situations can be recognized by the pre sense front via a network of differe nt vehicle systems and can take steps to prepare the vehicle occupants for a potentia l collision.
The pre sense front works with a radar sensor
and a video camera* . It also functions within
the limits of the system when adapt ive cruise control * is switched off.
General information
General information
App lies to vehicles: with Audi pre sense front or Audi adaptive cruise control
A WARNING
Also follow the general information found
on ~ page 86, General information.
Audi pre sense basic
Descript ion
Applies to vehicles: with Audi pre sense basic
The function of the pre sense basic is activated at a speed of 20 mph (30 km/h) or higher.
The f ollowing functions can be triggered under certain conditions within the limits of the system:
- Tensioning of the safety belts (for example, during heavy braking) : The front safety belts have reversib le belt pretensioners. If a collision does not occur, the safety belts loosen slight ly and are ready to trigger again .
- Closing the windows and the sunroof* (for example, when over- or understeering): The windows and the sunroof" close until there is only a small gap open.
Audi drive select: The deployment time is adapted in dynamic mode.
-A WARNING The pre sense basic cannot overcome natural physical laws. It is a system designed to assist and it cannot prevent a coll ision. Do not let the increased safety provided tempt you into taking risks. This could increase your risk of a collis ion. - The system can deploy incorrectly due to system-specific limits .
(D Tips
- Certain pre sense basic functions switch off when ESCis switched off (sport mode) or when dr iving in reverse.
- The pre sense basic functions may not be available if there is a ma lfunction in the ESCsystem or the airbag control module .
- Note that with pre sense basic, the reversible safety belt pretensioner on the front passenger's side deactivates when the front passenger's airbag is deactivated.
Audi pre sense front
Description
Applies to vehicles: with Audi pre sense front or Audi adapt ive cru ise control
Pre sense front informs you if the distance to the vehicle ahead falls below the safe distance for an extended period of time. It can warn of a possible collision and initiate braking maneuvers, within the limits of the system .
When detected in time, the system can assess dangerous situat ions where an object ahead brakes suddenly or if your own vehicle is traveling at a high speed and approaching an object that is moving more slow ly. If detection is not possible, then pre sense fro nt does not react.
Warnings
App lies to vehicles: with Audi pre sense fro nt or Audi adaptive cruise control
Fig. 85 Instrum ent cluste r: approach warnin g
The system recognizes various dangerous situat ions :
- Vehicles with adaptive cruise control : The distance warning occurs if you drive too closely to the object ahead for a long period of time. If the object ahead brakes strongly, you would not be able to avoid a coll ision. The indicato r light . indicates this.
- The approach warning occurs when an object ahead is traveling mo re slowly o r brake s strongly. When this warning occurs, it may only be possible to avoid a collision by swerving or braking strongly. The message Audi pre sense. Distance c::>fig . 85 and a warning tone will warn you about the danger. For vehicles with adaptive cruise control, the. indicator light also turns on.
If you do not react enough or not at all to a dangerous s ituation that was detected by the system, pre sense front provides assistance by applying the brakes .
- If a collision is imminent, the system will
first provide an acute warning by braking
sharply. You will also be made aware of the
danger by the instrument cluster display
c::>fig. 85. For vehicles with adaptive cruise
control, the . indicator light also turns on .
- If you do not react to the acute warning, pre
sense front can brake with increasing force
...., within the limits of the system l)_ This re-
N
0 c> o
duces the vehicle sp eed in th e event of a col-
rl
I.O
"..'..,
"rl'
l l This is not available in some count ries .
Audi pre sense
95
lision . The message Audi pre sense - Input also app ears . - At low driving speeds , pre sense front can begin complete deceleration shortly before a collision l) . - If pre sense front determines that you are not braking strongly enough when a collision is imminent, it can increase the braking force.
-A- WARNING - Pre sense front cannot overcome natural physical laws. It is a system designed to assist and it cannot prevent a collision . The driver must always intervene. The driver is always responsible for braking at the correct t ime . Do not let the increased safety provided tempt you into taking risks. This could increase your risk of a collision. - The system can deploy incorrectly due to system-specific limits . - Please note that the sensor does not always detect all objects . This increases the risk of a collision. - Pre sense front does not react to people or animals or objects that are crossing the vehicle's path or are difficult to de tect c::p>age 86, General Information. - Reflective objects such as guard rails or the entrance to a tunnel, heavy rain and ice can affect the function of the radar sensor and the system's ability to detect a collision risk . - Lack of attention can lead to collisions, other accidents and serious injuries. pre sense front is an assistance system and cannot prevent a collision by itself . The driver must always intervene . The driver is always responsible for braking at the right time. - Always pay attention to traffic, even when pre sense front is switched on . Always be ready to intervene and take over comp lete control of the vehicle whenever .,.
96
Aud i pre s en se
it is necessary. Always follow traffic laws regarding mainta ining a safe distance between your vehicle and vehicles ahead. - pre sense front works within certain limits and cannot react to situations that are outside of the system lim its, such as when approaching a stationary vehicle or a stationary obstacle (the end of a traffic jam or a vehicle that has broken down). -Always keep in m ind that the radar sensor fo r pre sense front only works within defined detection zones, which means other vehicles may not always be dete cted correct ly. - The function and range of the radar sensor can be impaired by rain, snow and heavy mist. Vehicles ahead may not be detected right away, or not detected at all. - Reflective surfaces such as guard rails or entrances to t unnels may impair the function of the radar sensor.
{[) Note
The sensor can be disp laced by impacts or damage to the bumper, whee l housing and underbody . The pre sense front sensor can be damaged by this . Haveyour authorized Aud i dealer or authorized service facility check the ir function.
(D Tips
- You can cancel the braking w ith increasing force that is initiated by the system by braking yourself, by accelerating noticeab ly or by swerving.
- For information on dr iver messages about pre sense, refer to¢ page 96.
- Keep in mind that pre sense can brake unexpectedly. Always secure any cargo or objects that you are transporting to reduce the risk of damage or injury .
- Certain pre sense front funct ions switch off when ESCis switched off (sport mode) or when drivi ng in reverse.
- The pre sense front funct ions are not available if there is a malfunction in the
adaptive cru ise cont rol* system
¢ page 92 or ¢ page 96.
- Keep in mind that pre sense front can brake abruptly. Always secure cargo or objects that you transport to reduce the risk of damage or injury.
Settings in the Infotainment system
Applies to vehicles: with Audi pre sense fro nt or Audi adaptive cruise cont rol
I .,.Select in the MMI : MENU Ibutton > Car >
Systems* control button > Driver assist ance > Audi pre sense.
Switching the system on and off
Audi pre sense (System ): If the system is
switched off, it switches on again automati cally once the ignition is switched on again.
Syst em - Swit ch Audi pre sense on-off . W ith th is, you can switch the prewarning and the braking intervention from Audi pre sense on or off.
Prewarning - The distance and app roach warnings can be switched on/ off .
(D Tips
- If you restrict or switch off the ESC,the pre sense also switches it self off ¢page 190.
- Switch the pre sense off when you are loading the vehicle onto a veh icle carrier, t rain, ship or othe r type of transportation . This can prevent undesired warn ings from the pre sense system .
Driver messages
Applies to vehicles: wit h Audi pre sense or Audi adapt ive cruise control
Audi pre sense currently unavailabl e. No sensor vision
This message appears if the sensor view is obstructed, for examp le by leaves, snow, heavy spray or dirt . Clean the sensor ¢ page 86,
fig. 75.
Audi pre sense: off
This message appears when the ESCis switched to sport mode, for example ~ page 190.
Audi pre sense: system fault!
This message appears when the pre sense function is affected. For example, this could be caused by a faulty sensor .
If the message stays on, drive to your authorized Audi dealer or qualified repair facility to have the malfunction corrected .
Audi pre sense
97
M
·
N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
98
Aud i acti v e lane a ssi st
Audi active lane assist
Lane assist
Description
App lies to vehicles: with Audi active lane assist
Active lane assist detects lane ma rker lines within t he lim its of the system using a camera in the w indshield . If you are approaching a detected lane marker line and it appears likely that you wi ll leave the lane, the system will warn you with corrective steering. You can override this steering at any time . If you pass over a line, the steering wheel will vibrate lightly. In order for th is warning vibration t o occur, it must first be switched on in the MMI. Active lane assist is operable when the lane marker line is detected on at least one side of the vehicle .
The system will not warn you before crossing a lane marker Line if you have activated the turn signal. I n t his case, it assumes that you are changing lanes intent ionally.
The system is designed for driv ing on expressways and highways and therefore only activates at speeds above approximately 40 mp h (65 km/h).
A WARNING
- The syst em wa rns the driver that the vehicle is leaving the lane using corrective steering . The driver is always responsible for keeping the vehicle within the lane.
- The system can help you keep the vehicle in the lane, but it does not drive by itself. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel.
- Corrective stee ring may not occur in certain situations, such as during heavy braking.
- There may be caseswhere the camera does not recognize all lane marker lines. Corrective steering can only take place on the side of the vehicle where lane marker lines are detected .
- Other road structures or objects could possibly be identified un intent ionally as lane marker lines. As a result, correct ive steer ing may be unexpected or may not occur.
- The camera view can be restricted, for example by vehicles driving ahead or by rain, snow, heavy spray light shining into the camera or by dirt on the window . This can result in act ive lane assist not detecting the lane marke r lines or detec t ing them incorrect ly.
- I n certain sit uat ions where visibili t y is low, t he vehicle may swit ch from "early" to "late" corrective steering l).
- Under certain condit ions such as ruts in the road, an incl ined roadway or crosswinds, the corrective steering alone may not be enough to keep the vehicle in the middle of the lane.
- For safety reasons, active lane assist must not be used when the re are poor road and/or weather conditions such as slippery roads, fog, gravel, heavy rain, snow and the potential for hydroplaning . Using act ive lane assist under these conditions may increase the risk of a crash.
l ) This func tio n is not available in a ll countr ies.
Switching on and off
Applies to vehicles: with Audi active lane assist
·
Fig. 86 Turn signal lever: butto n for act ive lane ass ist
Audi active lane assist
99
- The driver's hands are not on the steering wheel.
a) Tips
- Make sure the camera's field of view
¢ fig. 87 is not obstructed by stickers or
anything else. For information on cleaning, refer to ¢ page 205. - Market-specific: I n certain countries: If the system is switched on, it wi ll remain operab le each time the ignition is switched on.
lane assist display in the instrument cluster
Applies to vehicles: with Audi active lane assist
Fig. 87 Windsh ield: camera window for act ive lane ass ist
.. Press the q fig . 86 button to switch the sys-
tem on and off. The . or . ind icator light in the instr ument cluster turns on or off.
Indicator lights
· Ready:The indicator light turns on when
the system is ready for use. The system can now be operated .
· Not ready: The indicator light turns on if
the system is switched on but is inoperable. This may be due to the following reasons:
- There is no lane boundary line.
- The relevant lane marker lines are not de-
tected (for example, markings in a construc-
tion zone or because they are obstructed by
snow, dirt, water or light ing).
- The vehicle speed is below the activation
speed of approximately 40 mph (65 km/h)
(the speed may vary depending on your
...., country) .
N - The lane is narrower than 8 ft (2 .5 m) or
0 c> o
wider than 18 ft (5.5 m).
rl
1.0
- The curve is too narrow.
"..'..,
"rl '
Fig. 88 Ins tr umen t cluster: monoc hrome d ispl ay
Fig. 89 Ins tr ume nt clust er: mult icolor display
The lane assist display can be called up using
the buttons in the multifunction steering wheel ¢ page 28. Monochrome display Refer to q fig. 88
100 Aud i active lane assist
@ Solid lines: act ive lane assist is switch-
ed on and ready to provide wa r nings on t he side th at is indicat ed.
@ Bli nking li ne (left or right): active lane
assist is warning you by a vibration in the stee ring wheel that you are leaving th e lane .
® Unfilled line(s) : lane assist is activated,
but not ready to give warn ing No lines: act ive lane assist is switche d off .
Multicolor display
Refe r to ¢ fig. 89
@ Solid white lines : active lane assist is
switched on and ready to provide warnings on the side that is ind icated.
@ Red line (left or right): act ive lane as-
sist is warning you by a vibr ati on in t he steering whee l that you are leaving the lane.
® Solid gray lines: lan e assist is activated,
but not ready to give warn ing No lines: act ive lane assist is switched off.
Mes sages in the in strument cluster display
If t he active lane assist has a malfunction, the
B indicato r light in the instrument cluste r
display tur ns off and one of th e followi ng messages appears:
Audi active lane assist: currently not availa ble. No camera view
This message appears if the camera is unab le to detect t he lines . This could happen if :
- The camera field of view ¢ page 99, fig. 8 7
is dir ty or covered in ice. Clean t he area on t he windshie ld. - The camera field of view is fogged over. Wait unti l the fog has cleared before switching the active lane assist on again.
- The system has been una ble to detect the lanes for an exte nded period of t ime due to road conditions . Switch the active lane assist back on when the li nes are mo re visible.
Audi active lane assist: currently unavailable
There is a te mporary active lane assist malf uncti on. Try switc hing th e active lane assist on again later.
Audi active lane assist: system fault!
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malf uncti on cor rected .
B Audi active lane assist: Please continue
steering vehicle!
This message appears if you are not steering by yourself . If th is is t he case, act ive lane assist does not switch off, but it is "not ready" to provide a warning. The system can help you keep the vehicle in t he lane. However, you are responsible f or dr iving the veh icle and must steer it yourse lf.
Adjusting the steering time and vibration warning
Applies to veh icles: w ith Audi act ive la ne ass ist
You can adjus t individual active lane assist set t ings in the MMI.
.,.Select : the IMENU Ibut t on > Car > Systems*
cont rol butto n > Driver assistance > Audi active lane assist .
Steering time l>
Early: in this setting , the correct ive steering happens cont inuously to hel p keep the vehicle in the cent er of the lane.
Late: in this setti ng, the system provides correct ive steer ing just before a veh icle whee l touches a det ected lane ma rker line .
Vibration warning
You can switch the addit iona l vibrating war n-
ing in t he steer ing whee l on or off .
..,_
l ) This fun ctio n is not ava ilable in a ll cou nt ries.
A WARNING
With the vibration warning switched off, no visible warning will appear in the instrument cluster display when crossing a lane marke r.
@ Tips
Market-specific: Your settings are automat ically stored and assigned to the remote control key being used.
Audi acti v e lane a ss is t 10 1
M
·
N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
102 Aud i side assist
Audi side assist Side assist
Description
Applies to vehicles: with Audi side assist
Fig. 90 Sensor detect ion range
The display remains dim in the information stage so that your view toward the front is not disturbed .
Warning stage
If you activate the turn signal, side assist
warns you about vehicles that are detected and classified as critical. The display in the respective mirror blinks brightly . If this happens, check traffic by glancing in the rearview
mirror and over your shoulder c:>.&.in General
information on page 103.
(D Tips
- You can adjust the brightness on of the display on the rearview mirror c:>page104.
Fig. 91 Display on the exterio r mirror
Side assist helps you monitor your blind spot and traffic behind your vehicle. Within the limits of the system, it warns you about vehicles that are coming closer or that are traveling with your within sensor range @
c:>fig . 90: If a lane change is classified as criti-
cal, the display @ in the exterior mirror turns on c:>fig . 91.
The display in the left exterior mirror provides assistance when making a lane change to the left, while the display in the right exter ior mirror provides assistance when making a lane change to the right.
Information stage
As long as you do not activate the turn signal, side assist informs you about vehicles that are detected and classified as critical. The display in the mirror turns on, but is dim .
General information
Applies to vehicles: with Audi side assist
®
®
©
Fig. 92 Driving sit uat ions
I AUDI
Fig . 93 Rearof vehicle: sensor posit ions
Side assist functions at speeds above app roximately 19 mph (30 km/h) .
@ Vehicles that are approaching
In certain cases, a vehicle will be classified as critical for a lane change even if it is still somewhat far away. The fas ter a vehicle approaches, t he sooner the display in the exteri or m irror will t urn on.
@ Vehicles traveling with you
Vehicles traveling with you are indicated in the
...., exterior m irror if they are classified as critical
N
0 for a lane change. All vehicles detec t ed by
c>o side assist are indicated by the ti me t hey en-
rl
I.O
"..'..,
t er your "blind spot", at the latest.
"rl '
Aud i side assist 103
© Vehicles left behind
If you s lowly pass a vehi cle that s ide assist has detected (the difference in speed between the vehicle and you r vehicle is less than 9 mph or 15 km/h), the display in the exterio r mir ror turns on as soon as the vehicle enters your blind spot.
The disp lay will not t urn on if you quickly pass a vehicle that side assist has detected (the difference in speed between the veh icle and your vehicle is greater than 9 mph or 15 km/h).
Functional limitations
The radar sensors are designed to detect the left and right adjacent lanes when the road lan es are the normal width . In some sit uations, the d isp lay in the exterior mirror may turn on even though there is no vehicle located in the area that is critical for a lane cha nge. For example:
- If the lanes are narrow or if your are driving on the edge of your lane. If this is the case, the system may have detected the vehicle in
another lane that is not adjacent to you r
current lane . - If you are dr iving through a curve . Side as -
sis t may react to a vehicle that is one lane over from the adjacent lane. - If side assist reacts to other objects (such as high or d isp laced guard rails) . - In poor weather conditions. The side assist functions are limited .
Do not cover the radar sensors c>fig. 93 with stickers, depos its, bicycle wheels or other objects, because this will affect the funct ion. For information on cleaning, see c>page 205.
A WARNING
- Always pay attention to traffic and to the a rea a round your ve hicle. Side assi st cannot repla ce a d river's attention . The driver a lone is always responsible for la ne cha nges and s imilar dr iving ma ne uvers.
- In some sit ua t ions, t he system may not function or its function may be limited. For examp le:
104 Audi side assist
- If vehicles are approaching or being left behind very quickly. The display may not turn on in time.
- In poor weather conditions such as heavy rain, snow or heavy mist.
- On very wide lanes, in tight curves, or if there is a rise in the road surface. Vehicles in the adjacent lane may not be detected because they are outside of the sensor range.
- Audi side assist cannot detect all vehicles under all conditions, which can increase the risk of accidents.
- Please note that side assist only displays approaching vehicles or vehicles in your blind spot if your vehicle is traveling at least 19 mph (30 km/h).
- In certain situations, the system may not work or its function may be limited. For example: - The display may not turn on at the right time if vehicles are approaching or passing very quickly.
- In poor weather conditions, suchas
heavy rain, snow or fog. - In very wide lanes, in tight curves or
when there are slopes in the roadway, vehicles in the neighboring lanes may not be detected because they are outside of the sensor range .
The sensors can be displaced by impacts or damage to the bumper, wheel housing and underbody. This can affect the system. Haveyour authorized Audi dealer or authorized service facility check their function.
{D) Tips
- If the window glass in the driver's door or front passenger's door has been tinted, the display in the exterior mirror may be misinterpreted .
- For an explanation on conformity with the FCCregulations in the United States
and the Industry Canada regulations, refer to ~ page 292.
Switching on and off
Applies to vehicles: with Audi side assist
The system and be switched on and off in the MMI.
I .. Select: the MENU Ibutton >Car> Systems*
control button > Driver assistance > Audi side assist. With Off, the system is switched off.
An activated system will signal every time the ignition is switched on by turning the displays in the exterior mirrors on briefly.
Adjusting the display brightness
Applies to vehicles: with Audi side assist
The display brightness can be adjusted in the MMI.
I .. Select: the MENU Ibutton >Car> Systems*
control button > Driver assistance > Audi side assist.
The display brightness adjusts automatically to the brightness of the surroundings, both in the information and in the warning stage. In very dark or very bright surroundings, the display is already set to the minimum or maximum level by the automatic adjustment. In such cases, you may notice no change when adjusting the brightness, or the change may only be noticeable once the surroundings change.
Adjust the brightness to a level where the dis-
play in the information stage will not disrupt
your view forward. If you change the bright-
ness, the display in the exterior mirror will
briefly show the brightness level in the infor-
mation stage. The brightness of the warning
stage is linked to the brightness in the infor-
mation stage and is adjusted along with the
information stage adjustment.
.,_
@ Tips
- Side assist is not active wh ile you are making the adjustment.
- Your settings are automati cally stored and assigned to the remote control key being used.
Driver messages
Applies to vehicles: with Audi side assist
If t he side assist switc hes off automatically, a
message appears in the instrument cluster d isplay.
@jAudi side assist: currently unavailable
No sensor vision
The radar sensors' vision is affected . Do not cover the area in front of t he sensors with bike wheels, sti ckers, dirt or other obj ect s. Clean the area in front of the sensors, if necessary ~p age 103, fig. 93.
@jAudi side assist: currently unavailable
Side assist cannot be switched on tempo rarily because there is a malf uncti on (for exam ple, the battery charge level may be t oo low) .
@jAudi side assist: System fault!
The system cannot guara ntee that it w ill detect vehicles correctly and it is switched off. The sensors have been displaced or are faulty. Have the syst em checked by an authorized Audi dealer or autho rized Audi Service Facili ty soon.
Audi side assist 105
M
·
N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
106 Aud i drive select
Audi drive select
Driving settings
Introduction
Applies to vehicles: with Audi drive select
Aud i d rive select makes it possibl e to exper ience diffe rent types of vehi cle sett ings in o ne vehicle. The dr iver can select from three comfort , auto and dynamic modes using the t.'i:.:1 button in the center conso le or the MMI to switch between a sporty and a comfortable driving mode, for examp l e. In the individual * mode, the sett ings can be adju sted to your personal preferences. This makes it possible to comb ine settings such as a sporty eng ine tuni ng with lig ht steer ing.
A,_ WARNING
Using Audi dr ive select incorrect ly can lead t o colli sions, othe r accidents and serio us inju ries.
Description
Applies to vehicles: with Audi drive select
The vehicle setup in each mode depends on the vehicle's features. However, t he engine and steering are always affected .
Engine and automatic transmission
Depending on th e mode, t he eng ine and aut omati c t ransm ission* respond more quickly or in a more balanced manner to accelerator pedal movements.
Adaptive dampers (Audi magnetic ride)*
The adaptive dampers use senso rs to record info rmati on rega rding st eering moveme nt s, braking and accelerati on ope rat ions by t he d river, road surface, driving speed, and load. W ith Aud i drive select you can adjust the adaptive d ampe rs sporty (dynamic), comfortable (comfort) or balanced (auto).
Steering
The stee ring adapts in te rms of stee ring assis-
tance. There are different modes ~ page 10 7.
Indirect stee ring that moves easily as in com -
f ort mode is especially suited to long drives o n a hig hway. The dynam ic mode provi des sporty, direct steer ing.
For vehicles wi t h progressive stee ring * the stee ring performance is mo re agile.
Cornering light*
The cornering light adjusts when driv ing on curves at speeds between 6 mph ( 10 km/h) and 68 mph (1 10 km/h). The pivo t ing act io n and the light ing are also adapted t o t he mode.
Adaptive cruise control*
The behavio r whe n accelerating can be adjusted from comfor t able t o spor t y, depend ing on t he Audi drive select mo de. Adapt ive cruise control also responds to t he driving behavior of the vehicle ahead in a more conservative or sporty manne r.
(D Tips
In some mo dels, the maxim um vehicle
speedcanonly be reached in t he auto and
dynam ic modes.
Selecting the dr iving mode
Applies to vehicles: with Audi drive select
You can choose between comfort, auto, dynamic and individual* .
-N
N
0a:,:>
Q)
Fig. 94 Center conso le : drive selec t button
Fig. 95 MMI: dr ive se lect
.. To set the mode, press the ~:/:bautton
Q fig . 94 repeatedly until the desired mode is d isplayed in the instrument cluster . Or
Audi drive select 107
.. Select in the MMI: the !MENUIbutton> Car > Systems* contro l button > Comfort , Auto , Dynamic or Individual*.
You can change the driving mode when the vehicle is stationary or while driving . If traffic permits, after changing modes, briefly take your foot off the acce lerator pedal so that the recently selected mode is also activated for the engine .
Comfort - provides a comfort-oriented vehicle setup and is suited for long drives on highways.
Auto - provides an overall comfortable yet dynamic driving feel and is suited for every day use.
Dynamic - gives the driver a sporty driving feel and is suited to a sporty driving style.
Individual* - Q page 107.
The last chosen mode is retained when the vehicle is sta rte d aga in.
.&_WARNING
Pay attention to traffic when operating the drive select to prevent potential risk of an accident.
Adjusting the Individual mode
You can adjust the vehicle settings to your personal preferences .
.. Select: IMENUIbutton > Car > Systems* con-
trol button > Set individual control button. Once you select the menu, you will automatically drive in the Individual* mode.
The equipment in your vehicle will determine which settings you can adjust . The following table gives an overview of the characteristics .
After you have closed the settings, you are automatically driving in the individual* driving mode .
Systems
comfort
engine and transmission
comfortable
...., Steering
comfortable
N
0c>o Cornering light*
comfortab le
rl Audi adaptive cruise control* comfortable
I.O
"..'..,
"rl '
auto ba lanced ba lan ced ba lanced ba lanc ed
dynamic sporty spo rty sporty sporty
108 Audi drive select
Systems Adaptive dampers* Engine sound*
comfort
comfortable subtle
al Subt le in t he se lector lever pos it ion D and spo rty in 5.
{i) Tips
Your individual* mode settings are automatically stored and assigned to the remote control key being used.
auto
balanced subtle/sportyal
dynamic
sporty sporty
Automatic transmission
S tronic-transmission
Introduction
Applies to vehicles: with S tronic tr ansmission
Your vehicle is equipped with an electronically-controlled DSGtransmission called S tronic. Two independent clutches transfer the power between the engine and transmission. It allows the vehicle to accelerate without a noticeable interruption in traction .
The transmission upshifts or downshifts automatically. The driving style continuously influences the selection of the driving program .
When a moderate driving style is used, the transmission selects the most econom ical driving mode. The transmission upshifts at a lower RPMand downshifts at a higher RPMto improve fuel eff iciency.
The transmission switches to a sporty mode
after a kick-downor when the driver usesa sporty driving style characterized by quick ac-
celerator pedal movements, heavy acceleration, frequent changes in speed and traveling at the maximum speed.
If desired, the driver can also select the gears
manually (tiptronic mode) r=>page 114, Shifting manually (tiptronic mode) .
Selector lever positions
Applies to vehicles: with S tro nic transmission
M
Fig. 96 Instrument cluste r : selector lever positions
N
0 c> o
,....,
The instrument cluster display shows the cur-
\!) 1.1"1
rent selector lever position and current gear.
M
1,..1..".1,
Automatic transmission
109
P - Park
The wheels are mechanically locked in this position. You can only shift into Park when the
vehicle is stationary r=>&. .
To shift in and out of the P selector lever position, press the int erlock button in the selector
lever while pressing the brake pedal.
R- Reverse
Only shift into reverse gear when the vehicle is
stationary and the engine is running at idle
speed r=>&. .
To select the R selector lever position, press
the interlock button while pressing the brake
pedal. The back-up lights switch on in the R positio n if the ignition is switched on .
N - Neutral The transm ission is in idle in this position .
DIS - Normal position for driving forward
In the D/S selector lever position , the trans mission can be operated either in the normal D mode or in the S sport mode. To select the S spor t mode, pull the selector lever back briefly. Pulling the lever back again will select the normal D mode . The instrument cluster display shows the selected driving mode.
In the normal mode D, the transmission automatically selects the suitable gear ratio . It depends on engine load, vehicle speed and driving style .
Select the sport mode S for sporty driving . The vehicle makes full use of the engine's power. Shift ing may become noticeable when accelerat ing.
To move from selector lever position N to D, you must press the brake pedal and the vehicle must be traveling less than 1 mph (2 km/ h) or be stationary~ &. -
.&_WARNING
Read and following all WARNINGS.
·
- The vehicle can roll even if the ignition is
switched off.
~
110 Au t om a tic tr a n s mi ss ion
- Never select R or Pwhile driving, because this increases the risk of an accident.
- Power is still transmitted to the whee ls when the engine is running at idle. To prevent the vehicle from "creeping", you must keep your foot on the brake in all selector lever positions (except P) when the engine is runn ing. Otherwise, th is increasesthe risk of an accident.
- Do not inadvertently press the accelerator pedal when the vehicle is stopped if a gear is engaged. Otherwise the vehicle will star t to move immediately, even if the parking brake is set . This could result in a crash.
- Do not press the accelerator pedal when changing the selector lever position whi le the vehicle is stationary and the engine is running.
- Never leave your vehicle with the engine running whi le in gear. If you must leave your vehicle when the engine is running, set the park ing brake and move these lector lever to the P position.
- Before opening the hood and working on a running engine, select the P position with the selector lever and set the parking brake. Always read and follow the ap-
plicable warnings ~ page 217, Working in the engine compartment.
Q) Note
Never let the vehicle roll downhill with engine off and the selector lever in the N position, because this could damage the automatic transmission and cata lytic converter.
@ Tips
- Audi drive select : Sporty shift ing charac-
terist ics can be selected using th e dy· nam ic driving mode. Swill appear in the
instrument cluste r display instead of D.
- If you accidenta lly select N while driv ing,
take your foot off the accelerator pedal immedia t ely and wait for the engine to slow down to idle bef ore selecting Dor S.
- If there is a power failure, the selector lever wi ll not move out of the P position. The emergency release can be used if
this happens ¢ page 116.
Selector lever lock
'
Applies to vehicles: with S tronic tra nsmissio n
The selector lever lock prevents you from selecting a gear occidentally, causing the vehicle to roll.
8
0
.,:,l.
CX)
Fig. 97 Selecto r lever lock
To release the selector lever lock: .. Switch on the ignition .
.. Pressthe brake pedal while pressing the in-
terlock button .
Aut omat ic shift loc k (ASL)
The selector lever is locked in the P and N positions when the ign ition is switched on. You must press the brake pedal to select another position. You must also press the interlock button if you are moving from the P position . The following message appears in the display when the selector lever is in the P or N posit ion to remind t he drive r: When stationar y apply footbrake while selecting gear The automatic shift lock only functions when the vehicle is stationary or at speeds below 1 mph (2 km/h) . At higher speeds, the lock is automat ically deactivated in the N posit ion. The selector lever is not locked when shifting quick ly through N, for example from R to D. This makes it possible to free the vehicle when it is stuck by "rock ing" it . The selector lever lock engages if the lever stays in the N
position longer than approximately 2 seconds when the brake pedal is not pressed.
Interlock button
The interlock button in the selector lever handle prevents you from moving the selector leve r inadvertently while in some selecto r lever positions. The positions that require the interlock button to be pressed are marked in
color in the illustration c::;f,ig. 97.
Ignition key safety interlock*
You can only remove the key from the ignition after switching the ignition off if the se lector lever is in the P position. The selector lever will be locked in the P position as long as the key is not in the ignition .
A WARNING
Read and following all WARNINGS. c::;&, . in Selector lever positions on page 109.
{D) Tips
- If the selector lever does not engage, there is a malfunction. The engine is disabled to prevent the vehicle from driving off unintentionally . Press the brake pedal briefly to allow the selector lever lock to engage again.
- If the vehicle does not move forward or in reverse even though a drive position is se lected, proceed as fo llows:
- >If the veh icle does not move in the desired direction, the system may not have engaged the dr ive position correctly. Press the brake pedal and select the drive position again .
- >If the veh icle still does not move in the desired direction, there is a system malfunction. See an authorized Aud i dea ler or authorized Audi Service Facility for as sistance to have the system checked.
....,
N
cc>oi
rl
I.O
"..'.., "rl '
Autom at ic transm iss ion 111
Driving tips
Applies to veh icles: wit h S tronic transm ission
The transmission shifts up and down automatically when in the driving gears.
Fig. 98 Section of the center console: Selector lever with interlock butto n
The engine will only be able start when theselector lever is in the P or N positions. At low temperatures (below 14 °F (-10 °C)), the en gine can only be started when the selector lever is in the P position.
Starting from a stop
.,. Press and hold the brake pedal. .,.Press and hold the interlock button in the
selector lever handle, select the desired se -
lector lever pos ition such as D c::;p, age 109
and release the lock button. .,.Wait a moment until the transmission
shifts . You will notice a slight movement when the gear engages. ...Release the brake peda l and press the accel -
erator pedal c::;.,&_.
Stopping temporarily
.,.Keep the veh icle stationary using the brak-
ing pedal, for example at traffic lights .
.,.Do not press the accelerator peda l when do-
ing this.
.,.To prevent the vehicle from rolling when you
start driving, set the parking brake when
stopping on steep inclines c::;.,&_.
.,.The parking brake will release automat ically
and the vehicle will start moving once you
press the acce lerator pedal. Requ irement:
The driver's safety belt must fastened and
the driver's door must be closed.
IJll,,
112 Aut o matic tran s mi ss io n
Stopp ing/ park ing
If the selector lever is not in the P position when you open the driver's door, the vehicle could roll. In vehicles with a convenience key*, the following message appears: Shift to P,
otherwisevehicle can roll away. Doors do not
lock if lever is not in P. Youwill also hear a warn ing tone.
"' Press and hold the brake pedal ¢ .&_. "'Set the parking brake. "'Se lect the P selector lever pos ition.
St opping on an incline
· Always press the brake pedal to hold the vehicle in place and prevent it from "rolling back" ¢ .&_. Do not try to prevent the vehicle from "rolling back" when a gear is en-
gaged by increasing the eng ine speed ¢ (D.
Starting on an incline in vehicl es w it hout Hill Hold *
"' Set the parking brake. "'With the driving gear selected, press the ac-
celerator pedal carefully. The parking brake will release automat ically if your safety belt is fastened.
St arting on an incline in vehicle s with Hill Hold*
"'With the driving gear selected, remove your foot from the brake pedal and press the accelerato r pedal ¢ page 82, Hill hold.
Under certain circumstances, (such as driving in the mountains or towing a tra iler), it may be usefu l to switch temporarily to the manual shift program in order to adjust the gears to the driving condit ions by hand ¢ page 114.
When parking on a level surface, simply place the selector lever in the P pos ition. On inclines, activate the parking brake first and then move the selector lever to the P pos it ion ¢ page 80 . This prevents the locking mechanism from being loaded too heavily and will make it easier to move the selector lever out of the P position.
A WARNING - The vehicle can roll even when the engine is switched off.
- Unintended vehicle movement can lead to serious injuries.
- Never leave your vehicle with the engine running while in gear. If you must leave your vehicle when the engine is running, set the parking brake and move theselector lever to the P position .
- Power is still transferred to the wheels when the engine is runn ing at idle. To prevent the vehicle from "creeping", you must keep your foot on the brake when the engine is running and the selector lever is in the D, Sor R position or "tiptronic" mode is selected .
- Do not inadvertently press the accelerator peda l when the vehicle is stationary. Otherwise the vehicle will start to move immediate ly, even if the parking brake is set. This could result in a crash.
- Do not press the accelerator pedal when changing the se lector lever position while the vehicle is stationary and the engine is running.
- Never engage the R or P selector level positions while driving. It could cause a crash .
- Before driving down a steep slope, reduce your speed and shift into a lower gear with "tiptronic" .
- Do not ride the brakes or press the brake pedal too often or too long when driving downhill . Constant braking causes the brakes to overheat and substantially reduces braking pe rformance, increases braking distan ce or causes complete failure of the brake system.
- If you must stop on an incline, always hold the vehicle in place with the foot brake or parking brake to prevent it from rolling back.
- Never hold the vehicle on an incline with a slipping clutch . The clutch opens auto matica lly when it becomes too hot from
ml the overload. The indicator light
turns on and a message appears Q page 115 when the clutch is overloaded . - If the engine must run while you are working in the eng ine compartment with the hood open, make sure a gear is not engaged . The selecto r leve r must be firmly in the P pos ition and locked in pla ce and t he pa rking brake must be set Qpage217. Otherwise, the veh icle cou ld beg in moving when the eng ine speed is high, even with the parking brake set.
W Note
- When stopping on an incline, do not t ry to ho ld the vehicle in place by pressing the accelerator peda l while a dr iving gear is selected. This can cause the automatic transmission to overheat and can damage it. Set the parking brake or press the brake pedal to prevent the veh icle from rolling .
- Allowing the ve hicle to roll when the engine is stopped and the selector lever is in the N position will damage the automatic transmission beca use it is not lubricated unde r tho se circumstances.
- The t ransm ission can overheat and be damaged under certa in d riving and traffic condition s suc h as frequent st arts , creeping for a long time , or st op-and-go
ml traff ic. When the or . indicator
light turns on, stop the vehicle at the next oppo rtunity and let the t ransmis s ion coo l Q page 115 . - Allow ing the vehicle to roll when the engine is stopped will damage the S tron ic transmission because it is not lubricated Q page 282 , Emergency towing with commercial tow truck .
@ Tips
M
N
For safety reasons, the park ing brake re-
0 c> o
,....,
leases automatically only when the driver's
\!) 1.1'1
door is closed and dr iver 's safety belt is
M
1,..1..'1.,
fastened.
Automa t ic tran s m iss ion 113
Hill descent control
Appli es to vehicles : wi th 5 tr onic tra nsmi ssion
Hill descent control assists the driver when driving down hills . Hill descent contro l is activated when theselector lever is in the D or S position and you press the brake peda l. The transmission auto matically selects a gear that is suitable for the incl ine. Hill descent cont ro l t ries to ma inta in t he speed ac hieved at t he t ime of braking, within physic al and t echnical limit ations. If may sti ll be ne cessa ry to adju st the speed with t he brakes . Because hill descent control cannot sh ift down farthe r than 3rd gear, it may be necessary to sh ift into t iptronic mode in very steep areas. In this case, shift into 1st o r 2nd gear in tiptro nic mode to use the engine's brak ing force to relieve the brakes . Hill descent contro l switches off once the hill levels out or you press the accelerator pedal. On vehicles with a cruise contro l system* Q page 83, hill descent control is also activat ed when the speed is set .
A WARNING Hill descent control cannot overcome physical lim itations, so it may not be ab le to maintain a co nsta nt speed unde r all conditions . Always be ready to apply the brakes .
·
114 Automatic tran s mission
Shifting manually (tiptronic mode)
Applies to vehicles: with S tron ic transmiss ion/ shift pa ddles
The tiptronic allow the driver to shift the gears manually.
Fig. 99 Cente r console : manual shifting with the selec· tor lever
Fig. 100 Steer ing whee l: manua l shift ing with the s hift paddles·
Shifting with the selector lever You can shift into tiptronic mode while stationary and while driving. .. To shift into tiptronic mode, push the selec-
tor lever from the D/S setting to the right in the tiptronic shift gate . Once the transmission has switched modes, the selector lever posit ion M is shown in the instrument clus-
ter display c:>page 109, fig. 96. For example
M4 , means the fourth gear is engaged. .. To shift up a gear, tap the selector lever for-
ward 0 c:>fig.99.
.. To shift down a gear, tap the selector lever to back Q .
Shifting with the shift paddles* You can operate the shift paddles in the D/S or M (tiptronic shift gate) selector lever positions.
0 .. To shift up one gear, tap the shift paddle
c:>fig. 100.
.. To shift down one gear, tap the shift paddle
o.
If the shift padd les are tapped while in the D/ S selector lever position, automatic mode switches off briefly . To switch from manually shifting back to automatic shifting immedi-
0 ately, tap the shift paddle c:>fig. 100 for 1
second.
To keep shifting using the shift paddles, move the selector lever to the rig ht out of the D/ S position into the tiptronic shift gate.
The transmission automatically shifts up or down before critical engine speed is reached.
The transmission only all ows manual shifting when the engine speed is within the permitted range.
(D Tips
- If you shift to the next lowest gear, the transmission w ill only shift if the engine will not be over-revved.
- With kick-down, the transmission shifts to a lower gear, depending on vehicle speed and engine speed.
- tiptronic does not work if the transmission is running in emergency mode.
· Kick-down
Applies to vehicles: wit h S t ronic tra nsmissio n
Kick-down enables maximum acceleration.
When you press the accelerat or pedal down beyond the resistance point, the automatic transmission downshifts into a lower gear, depending on vehicle speed and engine RPM. It shifts up into the next higher gear once the maximum specified engine RPM is reached.
-A WARNING Please note that the wheels could spin on slick or slippery roads when kick-down is active.
Launch Control - Program
App lies to vehicles: with launch control
The Launch Control Program enables maximum acceleration.
Requirement : The engine must be at operating temperature and the steering wheel must not be turned .
.. With the engine running, press the !.$OFFI button briefly one time 1) .
.. Pull the selector lever back out of the 0/S position briefly to select the S position, or press it toward the right into the t ipt ronic pos ition or select the dynamic driving mode in drive select* ~ page 106.
.. Press the brake peda l firmly with your left foot and hold it all the way down for at least 1 second.
.. At the same time, press the gas peda l all the way down with your right foot unti l the engine reaches and stays at a high RPM level.
.. Remove your left foot from the brake.
A WARNING
- Always adapt your driving to the traffic flow.
- Only use Launch Control when road and t raff ic conditions a llow it and other drivers will not be endangered or impacted by yo ur driving and the veh icle's accelerat ion.
- Please note tha t the dr ive whee ls can spin and t he vehicle can brea k away when sport mode is switched on, especially when the road is sl ippery.
- Once the vehicle has started moving, press the I.$ OFF I button br iefly to turn the sport mode off.
(j) Tips
- The transm ission tempe rat ure may increase significantly after using the
M
N
ci
c>o l ) In vehicles w ith a dr iver info rmat ion system, an ESC
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
light in t he instrument cluster stays on cont inuously
and t he message Stabilizatio n control (ESC): sport .
M..,.,
,....,
W arning! Restricted stability appears tempo rarily.
Automa t ic tran s m iss ion 115
Launch Control Program . If that happens, the program may not be availab le for a few m inutes. It will be ava ilable again after a cool-down per iod. - When accelerating using the Launch Contro l Program, all vehicle parts are subject to heavy loads. This can lead to increased wear .
Emergency mode
Appli es to vehicles: with S tronic transm ission
In the event of a system malfunction, there is an emergency program.
If all of the selector lever positions are high lighted with a light backgro und in the instrument cluster d isplay, there is a system malfunct ion and the S tronic transmission is running in the emergency program . The vehicle can still be driven in emergency mode, but only w ith reduced speed and not in all gears. In some cases, the veh icle cannot drive in reverse.
(D Note
If the transmission runs in emergency
mode, drive t o your author ized Audi dealer or q ua lified repa ir facil ity immed iate ly t o have the ma lfunction corrected.
Transmission malfunction
· Transmission malfuncti on! Please stop the vehicle and select P
There is a malfunction in the transmiss ion . Park the vehicle securely and do not continue driving. See an authorized Audi dealer or au thorized Audi Service Facility for assistance.
· Transmi ssion overheatin g! Please stop the vehicle!
The transm iss io n is too hot and can become damaged . Stop and let t he transmission cool .,.
·
116 Automatic tran s mission
with the engine runn ing (at idle) in the Pselector lever position . Then the indicator light and the message turn off, drive to an author ized Audi dealer or qualified repair facility immediately to have the malfunct ion corrected. If the indicator lig ht and the dr iver message do not tur n off, do not cont inue dr iving. See an author ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facili ty for assist ance.
Di]Transmission malfunction: you can con-
tinue driving
Drive to an autho rized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have the ma lf unction corrected .
Di]Transmission malfunction: no reverse
gear (you can continue driving)
Drive to an authorized Aud i dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the ma lf unct ion corrected .
Di]Transmi ssion malfunction: You can con-
tinue driving in D until engine off
Drive the vehicle away from moving traff ic and park. See an aut hori zed Audi dealer or auth orized Audi Service Facility for assist ance.
Di]Transmi ssion overheating! Please adapt
driving style
Continue driving moderate ly. When t he indicato r ligh t turns off, you can continue dr iving normally .
Di]Transmission : Please press brake pedal
and select gear again
If t he tra nsmission malf unctions because the
temperature is too high, a message appears when t he transmission is cooled.
Selector lever emergency release
Applies to vehicles: with S tronic transmission
If the vehicle 's power supply fails, the selector lever can be released in an emergency.
Fig. 101 Se lector lever: remov ing the cover
Fig. 10 2 Selector lever: Using the emergency release to move out of t he Park positio n
The emergency release mechanism is located in the right area under the selector lever shift gate. Using the emergency release can be complicated. We recommend contacting an aut horized Audi dealer or aut horized Aud i Service Facility for assistance, if necessary.
The screwdriver from t he vehicle too l kit located in the luggage compartmen t is needed to fo r the emergency release ¢ page 268 . Use the f lat side of the reversible screwdriver blade .
Removing the selector lever cover
"' Set the park ing brake «el)¢ &. to secure
your vehicle from rolling .
"' I nsert th e flat side of the screwdr iver side-
ways in t he slot near t he shift cover and pry
t he shift cover up <=f>ig. 101 .
.,.Pull up t he corners of th e shift cover caref ul-
ly wit h your hands and f old it over t he shift-
er knob ¢ fig. 10 2.
..,.
Selector lever emergency release
"'P ress and hold the yellow release button with the screwdr iver ¢ fig. 102.
"' Press the release button in the selector lever @ and move the lever into the N position.
"' Clip the shift cover back into the shift gate after using the emergency release.
If the vehicle must be pushed or towed due to a power failure (for example, the battery is dead), the selector lever must f irst be moved to the N position using the emergency release mechanism.
A WARNING
Only move the selector lever out of the P position when the parking brake is set. If that does not work, secure the vehicle with the brake pedal. Otherwise, the vehicle could start to move unintentiona lly when the selector lever is moved out of the P position .
Automatic transmission
11 7
M
·
N
0 c> o
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
M..,.,
,....,
118 Parking systems
Parking systems
General information
Appl ies to vehicles: with rea r parking syst e m s/park ing syste m plus/rearv iew camera
Depending on your vehicle's equipment, various parking aids will help you when parking and maneuvering.
The rear parking system is an audible parking aid that warns you of obstacles behind the vehicle ¢ page 119.
The parking system plus assists you when parking by audibly and visually indicating objects detected in front of and behind the vehicle ¢ page 119.
The rearview camera shows the area behind the vehicle in the MMI display . This display assists you when you are cross or parallel parking. The parking system plus functions are also available ¢ page 120.
& WARNING
- Alwayslookfor traffic and checkthe area
around your vehicle by looking at it directly as well. The parking system cannot replace the driver 's attention. The driver is always responsible when entering or leaving a parking space and during similar maneuvers . - Please note that some surfaces, such as clothing, are not detected by the system. - Sensors and cameras have blind spots in which people and objects cannot be detected . Be especially cautious of small children and animals . - Always pay attention to the area around the vehicle - using the rearview mirror, too. - The sensors can be displaced by impacts or damage to the radiator grille, bumper, wheel housing and the underbody. The parking system may become impaired as a result . Have your authorized Audi dealer or authorized service facility check their function .
- Make sure the sensors are not obstructed by stickers, deposits or other materials. If they are, the sensor function could be impaired. For additional information on cleaning, refer to ¢ page 205.
(D Note
- Some objects are not detected or displayed by the system under certain circumstances:
- Objects such as barrier chains, trailer draw bars, vertical poles or fences
- Objects above the sensors such as wall extensions
- Objects with specific surfaces or structures such as chain link fences or powder snow
- If you continue driving closer to a low-lying object, it may disappear from the sensor range. Note that you will no longer be warned about this obstacle.
- The sensors can be displaced by impacts or damage to the radiator grille, bumper, wheel housing and the underbody. The parking system may become impaired as a result. Have your authorized Audi dealer or authorized service facility check their function .
(D Tips
- The system may provide a warning even though there are no obstacles in the coverage area in some situations, such as:
- certain road surfaces or for long grass. - external ultrasonic sources e.g. from
cleaning vehicles. - heavy rain, snow, or thick vehicle ex-
haust. - We recommend that you practice park-
ing in a traffic-free location or parking lot to become familiar with the system. When doing this, there should be good light and weather conditions. - You can change the volume and pitch of the signals as well as the disp lay ¢ page 124.
- What appears in the MMI d isplay is somewhat time -de layed .
- The sensors mus t be kept clean and free of snow and ice for the park assist to operate .
Rear parking system
Description
App lies to vehicles: with rear parking system
The rear parking system is an audible parking aid .
Descripti on
There is a sensor in the rear bumper cover. If these detect an obstacle, audib le signals warn you .
Make sure the sensors are not covered by stickers, deposits or any other obstructions as it may impair the sensor function. For information on cleaning, refer to ¢ page 205.
The range at which the sensors begin to measure is approximately:
Side rear Side center
3 ft (0 .90 m) 5.2 ft (1.60 m)
The closer you get to the obstacle, the shorter the interval between the audib le signa ls. A continuous tone sounds when the obstacle is less than approximate ly 1 foot (0 .30 meters) away. Do not continue backing up¢ &. in General information on page 118, ¢ (D in General information on page 118!
If the d istance to an obstacle remains constant, the volume of the distance warning gradually drops after about four seconds (th is is not apply in the continuous tone range) .
Activat ing
The par king system activates automatically
when the reverse gear is selected. You will
hear a brief confirmation tone.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"..'.., "rl '
Pa rking sys tems 119
Parking system plus
Description
Applies to vehicles: with parking system plus
The parking system plus provides audio and visual signals when parking .
Fig. 1 03 Disp lay fie ld
Senso rs a re locat ed in the front and rear bumpers. If these detect an obstacle, a udible and visual signals warn you.
Make sure the sensors a re not covered by stickers, depos its or any other obstr uctions as it may impair t he senso r funct ion. For information on cleani ng, refer to ¢ page 205 .
The display field begi ns app roximately at:
@
4 ft (1.20 m)
®
3 ft (0.90 m)
©
5.2 ft (1.60 m)
@
3 ft (0.90 m)
The close r you get to the obstacle, the shorte r the inte rval between the audible signals . A continuous to ne sounds when the obs t a cle is less t han approx imat ely 1 foot (0.30 meters) away . Do no t continue dr iving forward or in reverse ¢ &. in General information on page 118, ¢ (D in General information on page 118!
If the distance to an obstacle remains constant, the volume of the distance warning gradua lly drops after about fo ur seconds (this is not apply in the cont inuo us tone range) .
120 Parking systems
Switching on/ off
Applies to vehicles: with parking system plus
Fig. 104 Center console: parking aid button
Obstacles in the collision area, including those outside of the vehicle's path, are shown in red. Do not continue dr iving forward or in reverse
r=;&, in General information on page 118,
r=;@, in General information on page 118!
Rearview camera
Introduction
Applies to vehicles: wi th parking syst em plus with rearview camera
Fig. 105 MMI : opt ical distance disp lay
Switching on
~ Shift into reverse, or ~ Press the p,qAbutton in the center console
r=;f,ig. 104 . A short confirmation tone sounds and the LEDin the button turns on.
Switching off
~ Drive faster than 6 mph (10 km/h), or ~ Press the P,qA button, or ~ Switch the ign ition off.
Segments in the visual display
The segments in front of and behind the vehicle (vehicles with parking system plus*) help you to det ermine t he distance between you and an obstacle. On some equipment the red lines mark the expected direction of travel accordi ng to the steering angle. A white segment indicates an identified obstacle that is outside of the vehicle's path. Redsegme nts show identified obstacles that are in your vehicle's path. As your vehicle comes closer to the obstacle, the segments move closer to the vehicle . The collision area has been reached when the next to last segment is displayed.
Fig. 106 Illust rat ion: Cross parki ng
Fig. 107 Illu stration: Parallel parking
In addition to parking system plus r=p;,age 119, this parking system also has a rearview camera. You can use cross parking for example, to park in a parking space or in a garage r=;f,ig. 106. You can use parallel parking if you would like to park on the side of the road ¢ fig. 107.
General information
Applies to vehicles: with park ing system plus with rearview ca mera
Fig. 108 Area covered (D and area not covered @ by
the rearv iew camera.
Fig. 109 Rear lid: Location of the rear-view camera
The rearview camera is located above the rear license plate bracket . Make sure that the lens for the park ing system ~ fig. 109 is not covered by deposits or any other obstructions because this can affect the function of the parking system. For information on cleaning, refer to~page205.
The rearview camera coverage area include s
(D ¢ fig . 108. Only this area is displayed in
the MMI. Objects that are outside of this area @ are not displayed.
The accuracy of the orientation lines and blue surfaces diminishes if dynamic mode is activated ¢page 106 .
_& WARNING
- Always read and follow the applicable
warnings¢ & in General information on
page 118.
....,
N
- If the position and the installat ion angle
0 c> o
of the rearview camera was changed, for
rl
I.O
example, after a collision, do not contin-
"..'..,
ue to use the system for safety reasons .
"rl '
Parking systems
121
Have it checked by your authorized Audi dealership. - Only use the rearview camera to assist you if it shows a good, clear picture. For example, the image may be affected by the sun shining into the lens, dirt on the lens or if there is a defect. - Use the rearv iew camera only if the luggage compartment lid is completely
closed. If the luggage compartment lid
is open the orientation lines and blue surfaces are hidden. Make sure any objects you may have mounted on the luggage compartment lid do not block the rearview camera. - The camera lens enlarges and distorts the field of vision. The object appears both altered and inaccura te on the screen. - In certain situations, people or objects in the display appear closer or farther away:
- For objects that do not touch the ground, such as the bumper of a parked vehicle, a trailer hitch or the rear of a truck. Do not use the help lines in this case.
- If driven from a level surface onto an incline , or a downward slope.
- If driven toward protruding objects.
- If the vehicle is carrying too much load
in the rear.
(D Note
- Always read and follow the applicable warnings c:>(Din General information on page 118.
- The orange colored orientation lines in the MMI display show the direction of travel of the vehicle rear depending on the steering wheel angle. The front of the vehicle front swings out more than the rear of the vehicle. Maintain plenty of distance so that your outside mirror or a corner of your vehicle does not collide with any obstacles.
122 Pa rk in g s y s tems
Switching on/ off
Applies to vehicles: wit h parking system plus wit h rearview camera
Switching on
"' Shift into reverse, or "' Press the p,,1Abutton in the center console
¢ page 120, fig. 104 . A short confirmation
tone sounds and the LEDin the button turns on.
Switching betwe en th e rearview came ra and optical display
"' Press the Graph ic control button ®
¢ page 122, fig. 110 to see the opt ica l dis-
play. "' Press the Rear view cont rol bu tt on to see
the rearview camera image.
Switchin g off
"' Drive faster than 6 mph (10 km/h), or "' Press the P1#Abutton, o r "' Switch the ign ition off.
@ Tips
The visual disp lay in the left pa rt of the disp lay should help you detect the critical veh icle areas .
Cross parking
Applies to vehicles: with parking system plus w ith rearview camera
This view may be used when parking in a garage or in a parking space.
Fig. 11 1 MMI : aligning the vehicle
"' Turn the MMI on and select the reverse gear.
"' The orange orientation lines (D show the d i-
rection of travel of the vehicle _Turn the steer ing whee l until the orange or ientation
lines appear in the parking space ~ fig. 110.
Use the markings @ to help you estimate t he distance from an obstacle . Each marking represents approximate ly 3 ft (1 m). The blue area represents an extens ion of the vehicle's outline by approximately 16 ft (5 meters) to the rear. "' Wh ile driving in reverse gear, adjust the steer ing wheel angle to fit the parking space with the aid of the orange orientat ion lines
~ &. in General information on page 121,
~0 in General information on page 121.
® marks the rear bumper. Stop the vehicle,
at the latest, when the red orientat ion line
@ borders an object .
Fig. 110 MMI: aiming at a parki ng spot
Parallel parking
Applies to vehicles: with park ing system plus w it h rearview ca m era
This view may be used when parallel parking along the side of a street.
Fig. 112 MMI: blue su rface aligned wit h parking spot
Fig. 113 MMI: contac t of t he blue curved line wit h th e curb
Parking on the right is described here. It is identical when parking on the left.
If there is an obstacle next to the parking space (such as a wall), refer to " Information
for parking next to obstacles "¢ page 123 .
.. Turn on the right turn signal.
.. Position your vehicle next to a parked vehi-
cle in front of the desired parking space. The
distance to th is vehicle should be approxi-
mately 3 ft (1 m) .
.. Turn the MMI on and select the reverse gear.
The parking system is turned on and the
cross parking indicator is displayed.
.. Press the control button on the MMI-con-
trols to select @ ¢ fig. 112. The parallel
...., parking indicator is displayed .
N 0
.. Back up and align your vehicle so the blue
c> o
area @ borders on the rear end of the vehi-
rl
I.O
"..'..,
cle behind you or on the parking space line
"rl '
¢ .&. in General information on page 121,
Parking systems
123
¢ (Din General information on page 121.
The blue area represents an extension of the vehicle's outline by approximate ly 16 ft (5 meters) to the rear. The long side of the blue area should be on the curb. The entire blue area must fit into the parking space. .,.With the vehicle stopped, turn the steering wheel to the right as far as it will go. .. Back into the parking space unt il the blue
curve ¢ fig. 113 touches the curb ¢ ,&_ in General information on page 121, ¢ (Din General information on page 121 . Stop the
vehicle . .. With the vehicle stopped, turn the steering
wheel to the left as far as it w ill go. .. Continue to back into the parking space un-
til the vehicle is parked parallel to the curb
¢ .&. in General information on page 121, ¢ (Din General information on page 121.
@ marks the rear bumper . Stop the vehicle,
at the latest, when the red orientat ion line
© borders an object . Keep an eye on the
front of your vehicle while doing this.
Parking next to obstacles
If there is an obstacle (such as a wall) next to the parking space, position the vehicle so there is more space on that side. Position the lo ng side of the blue surface so that there is sufficient space from the obstacle . The surface must not be touching. You will also need to start turning the steering wheel much ear-
lier. The blue curve ¢ fig. 113 must not touch
the obstacle and should have sufficient room .
(D Note
Keep enough distance from the curb to avoid damage to the rims.
@ Tips
The left or right orientation lines and surfaces will be displayed, depending on the turn signal being used.
124 Parking sy s tem s
Adjusting the display and the warning tones
Applies to vehicles: with parkin g system plus/ rearview camera
The display and warning tones can be adjusted in the MMI.
.. Se lect : the IMENU ! button > Car > System s*
control button > Driver assistance > Parking aid .
Displa y On* - An optical d isp lay is shown for the parking system p lus, a rearview camera image is shown for parking system plus with rearview camera*.
Off - When the parking system is switched off, on ly audible signa ls are given.
Warning tones
Front volume - Volume for the front and side* a rea
Rear volum e - Volume for the rear area
Front frequ ency - Frequency for the front and side* area
Rear frequen cy - Frequency for the rear area
Music volume during nav. prom pts - Whe n the park ing system is turned on, the volume of the a udio/video source is lowered .
The new ly adjusted value is briefly heard from the signa l gene rator.
Error messages
Applies to vehicles: wi th parking syste m plus/ rearview camera
The re is an error in the system if the LED in the P,1~, button is blinking and you hear a cont inu ous alarm for a few seconds after switching on the parking system or when the parking system is already activated . If the error is not corrected before you switch off the ignition, the LEDin the p,gAbutton will blink the next t ime you sw itch on the parking system by shifting into reverse.
Parking syst em plus*
If a sensor is faulty, the~ symbol will appear in front of/behind the vehicle in the MMI dis play. If a rear sensor is faulty, only obstacles that are in areas @ and @ are shown Q page 119, fig . 103. If a front sensor is faul ty, only obstacles that are in areas © and @ are shown .
Drive to an au t horized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Serv ice Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected .
- The warning tones can also be adjusted directly from the visual display or the rearview camera image*. Simply press the Setting s con t rol button.
- The settings a re automatically stored and ass igned to the remote control key that is in use.
Driving safety
General notes
Safe driving habits
Please remember - safety first!
This chapter contains important information, tips, instructions and warnings that you need to read and observe for your own safety, the safety of your passengers and others . We have summarized here what you need to know about safety belts, airbags, ch ild restraints as well as child safety. Your safety is fo r us priority number 1. Always observe the information and warnings in this sect ion - for your own safety as well as that of your passengers.
The information in this section app lies to all model versions of your vehicle . Some of the feat ures described in this sections may be standard equipment on some models, or may be optional equipment on others. If you are not sure, ask your authorized Audi dea ler.
A WARNING
- Always make sure that you follow the instruct ions and heed the WARNINGS in this Manual. It is in your interest and in the interest of your passengers.
- Always keep the complete Owner's Literature in your Audi when you lend or sell your vehicle so that this important information will always be ava ilable to the dr iver and passengers.
- Always keep the Owner's literature handy so that you can find it eas ily if you have questions.
- Always adjust your speed to the weather traffic and conditions. Follow the speed limits.
- Always drive in such a way that you can stop your vehicle safely .
- Always adjust your speed to the general flow of traffic. Follow the speed limits.
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\.!.) ,., M..,.,
,....,
Dri vi n g s a f e ty 12 5
Safety equipment
The safety features are part of the occupant restraint system and work together to help reduce the risk of injury in a wide variety of accident situations.
Your safety and the safety of your passengers should not be left to chance . Advances in
· ·
techno logy have made a variety of features
available to help reduce the risk of injury in an
acc ident. The following is a list of just a few of
the safety features in your Audi :
- sophisticated safety be lts fo r driver and all passenger seating posit ions,
- safety belt pretens ioners, - safety belt force lim iters for the front seats, - safety belt he ight adjustment systems for
the front seats, - front airbags, - knee airbags for the front seats* - side airbags in the front seats and outer rear
seats *, - side curtain airbags with ejec t ion mitiga t ion
features, - specia l LATCHan chorages for child re-
straints, - head restra ints for each seating posit ion, - adjustab le steer ing column. - pre sense basic* (preventat ive passenger
protect ion)
These ind ividual safety features, can work together as a system to help protect you and your passengers in a wide range of accide nts . These features cannot work as a system if they a re not always correctly adjusted and correct ly used .
Safety is eve rybody's respons ibility!
Important things to do before driving
Safety is everybody's job! Vehicle and occupant safety always depends on the informed
and careful driver.
·
For your safety and the safety of your passen-
gers, before driving always:
...
126 Dr iving safety
· Make sure that all lights and signals are operating correctly .
· Make sure that the tire pressure is correct . · Make sure that a ll windows are clean and af-
ford good visibility to the o utside. · Secure all luggage and other items carefully
c::p:a>ge 64, c::p:a>ge 62 . · Make sure that noth ing can interfere with
t he pedals. · Adjust front seat, head rest rain t a nd mirro rs
correct ly for your he ight . · Instr uct passenge rs to adjust the head re-
straints according to their height. · Make sure to use the right child restraint
correctly to protect chi ldren c:>page 170, Child Safe ty . · Sit properly in your seat and make sure that you r passenge rs do the same c:::p>age 57, Front seats . · Fasten your safety be lt and wear it properly. Also ins t ruc t your passengers t o faste n t heir safety belts proper ly c:>pag e 13 5.
What impairs driving safety?
Safe driving is directly rela ted to the condition of the vehicle, the driver as well as t he driver 's ability to concentrate on the road without being distracted .
The driver is respo ns ible for the safety of the ve hicle and a ll of its occupants . If you r ability to drive is impaired , safety risks for everybody in the vehicle increase and you a lso become a
hazard to everyone else on the road c:>&_.
Therefore:
· Do not let you rself be distracted by passengers or by using a cellular telephone.
· NEVER dr ive when your dr iving ability is impaired (by medicat ions, alcohol, drugs, etc.).
· Observe all traffic laws , rules of the road and speed limits and plain common sense .
· ALWAYSadj ust your speed to road, t raff ic and weathe r condit ions .
· Take frequent breaks on long t rips. Do not dr ive for mo re th a n t wo hours at a str et ch.
· Do NOTdrive when you are t ired, under pressure or when you are stressed .
-A WARNING Impaired dr iving safety increases the risk of ser ious perso nal injury and death when ever a vehicle is bei ng use d .
Proper occupant seating positions
Proper seating position for the driver The proper driver seating position is important for safe, relaxed driving.
Fig. 11 4 Corr ect seating posit ion
For you r own safety and to reduce t he risk of injury in the event of an accident, we recomme nd that you adjust t he d river's seat to the follow ing pos it ion: .,.Adj ust the driver's seat so that you can easi-
ly push the pedals all the way to the floo r while keep ing you r knee(s) slightly bent
c:&> ,
.,.Adjust t he an gle of t he seatba ck so th at it is in an uprigh t position so that your back comes in full contact with it when you drive.
· Adjust the steering whee l so that t here is a distance of at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the steering wheel and your breast bone c:::f>ig. 114 . If not possible, see your a uthor ized Audi dealersh ip about adaptive equ ipment .
.. Adj ust t he steering whee l so that the steering wheel a nd airbag cover poi nts at your ches t and not at your fa ce.
· Grasp the top of the steering whee l with your elbow(s) slightly bent .
· For adj ustab le head restra ints : Adjust the head restra int so the uppe r edge is as even as poss ible with the top of your head. If that ..,_
is not possible, try to adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to this position as possible. Move the head restraint so that it is as close to the back of the head as possible. .. Fasten and wear safety belts correctly Q page 138. .. Always keep both feet in the footwell so that you are in control of the vehicle at all times.
For detailed information on how to adjust the driver's seat, see Q page 58 .
.&, WARNING Drivers who are unbelted, out of position
or too close to the airbag can be seriously
injured by an airbag as it unfolds. To help
reduce the risk of serious personal injury:
- Always adjust the driver's seat and the
steering wheel so that there are at least
10 inches (25 cm) between your breast-
bone and the steering wheel.
- Always adjust the driver 's seat and the
steering wheel so that there are at least
4 inches (10 cm) between the knees and
the lower part of the instrument panel.
- Always hold the steering wheel on the
outside of the steering wheel rim with
your hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock
positions to help reduce the risk of per -
sonal injury if the driver's airbag inflates.
- Never hold the steering wheel at the
12 o'clock position or with your hands at
other positions inside the steering wheel
rim or on the steering wheel hub. Hold-
ing the steering wheel the wrong way
can cause serious injuries to the hands,
arms and head if the driver's airbag in-
flates.
- Pointing the steering wheel toward your
face decreases the ability of the supple-
mental driver's airbag to protect you in a
collision.
M
- Always sit in an upright position and nev-
N
0 c> o
,....,
er lean against or place any part of your body too close to the area where the air-
\!) 1.1'1
bags are located.
M
1,..1..'1.,
Driving safety 127
- Before driving, always adjust the front
seats properly and make sure that all
passengers are properly restrained .
- For adjustable head restraints: before
driving, always also adjust the head re-
straints properly.
- Never adjust the seats while the vehicle is moving. Your seat may move unexpect-
· ·
edly and you could lose control of the ve-
hicle .
- Never drive with the backrest reclined or
tilted far back! The farther the backrests
are tilted back, the greater the risk of in-
jury due to incorrect positioning of the
safety belt and improper seating posi-
tion .
- Children must always ride in child seats
Q page 170 . Special precautions apply
when installing a child seat on the front
passenger seat ¢ page 144.
Proper seating position for the front passenger
The proper front passenger seating position is important for safe, relaxed driving.
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of injury in the event of an accident, we recommend that you adjust the seat for the front pass enger to the following position :
.. Adjust the angle of the seatback so that it is
in an upright position and your back comes
in full contact with it whenever the vehicle is
moving.
.. For adjustable head restraints: adjust the
head restraint so the upper edge is as even
as possible with the top of your head. If that
is not possible, try to adjust the head re-
straint so that it is as close to this position
as possible ¢ page 129. Move the head re-
straint so that it is as close to the back of
the head as possible .
.. Keep both feet flat on the floor in front of
the front passenger seat.
·
.. Fasten and wear safety belts corr ectly
¢ page 138 .
128 Driving safety
For detailed information on how to adjust the front passenger's seat, see ¢ page 5 7.
A WARNING
Front seat passengers who are unbelted, out of position or too close to the airbag can be seriously injured or killed by the airbag as it unfolds. To help reduce the risk of serious personal injury: - Passengers must always sit in an upright
position and never lean against or place any part of their body too close to the area where the airbags are located. - Passengers who are unbelted, out of position or too close to the airbag can be seriously injured by an airbag as it unfolds with great force in the blink of an eye. - Always make sure that there are at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the front passenger's breastbone and the instrument panel. - Always make sure that there are at least 4 inches (10 cm) between the front passenger's knees and the lower part of the instrument panel. - Each passenger must always sit on a seat of their own and properly fasten and wear the safety belt belonging to that seat. - Before driving, always adjust the front passenger seat properly . - For adjustable head restraints: before driving, always also adjust the head restraints properly. - Always keep your feet on the floor in front of the seat. Never rest them on the seat, instrument panel, out of the window, etc. The airbag system and safety belt will not be able to protect you properly and can even increase the risk of injury in a crash . - Never drive with the backrest reclined or tilted far back! The farther the backrests are tilted back, the greater the risk of injury due to incorrect positioning of the safety belt and improper seating position.
- Children must always ride in child seats ¢ page 170. Special precautions apply when installing a child seat on the front passenger seat c>page 144.
Proper seating positions for passengers in rear seats
Rear seat passengers must sit upright with both feet on the floor consistent with their physical size and be properly restrained whenever the vehicle is in use.
To reduce the risk of injury caused by an incorrect seating position in the event of a sudden braking maneuver or an accident, your passengers on the rear bench seat must always observe the following:
""For adjustable head restraints: adjust the head restraint so the upper edge is as even as possible with the top of your head. If that is not possible, try to adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to this position as possible ¢ page 129.
.,.Keep both feet flat in the footwell in front of the rear seat.
.,.Fasten and wear safety belts properly ¢page 138 .
.,.Make sure that children are always properly restrained in a child restraint that is appropriate for their size and age ¢ page 170.
A WARNING
Passengers who are improperly seated on the rear seat can be seriously injured in a crash. - Each passenger must always sit on a seat
of their own and properly fasten and wear the safety belt belonging to that seat. - Safety belts only offer maximum protection when the safety belts are properly positioned on the body and securely latched. By not sitting upright, a rear seat passenger increases the risk of personal injury from improperly positioned safety belts!
- For adjustable head restraints : always adjust the head restra int properly so that it can give maximum protection .
Proper adjustment of head restraints
Applies to vehicles: with adjustable head restraints
Correctly adjusted head restraints are an important part of your vehicle's occupant rest raint system and can help to reduce the risk of injuries in acciden t situations.
Fig. 115 Head restr aint: viewed fro m the front
The head restraints must be correctly adjusted to ach ieve the best protection .
.,.Adjust the head restraint so the upper edge is as even as poss ible with the top of your head . If that is not possib le, try to adjust the head restra int so that it is as close to this position as possible r:!.>fi.g115. Move the head restraint so that it is as close to the back of the head as possible.
.,.If there is a passenger on the rear cent er seat ing position, slide the center head restra int upward at least to the next notch .
Adjusting head restraints ¢ page 59.
_& WARNING
All seats are equipped with head re-
straints. Driving without head restra ints or
with head restra ints that are not proper ly
adjusted increases the risk of ser ious or fa-
tal neck injury dramat ically. To help reduce
the risk of injury:
...., - Always drive with the head restraints in
N
0 c> o
rl
place and properly adjusted . - Every person in the veh icle must have a
1.0
"..'..,
properly adj usted head restra int .
"rl '
Drivi ng sa f ety 129
- Always make sure each person in the vehicle properly adju sts their head restraint. Adjust the head restraint so the upper edge is as even as possible with the top of your head . If that is not possible, t ry to adju st the head restraint so that it is as close to this pos it ion as possible. Move t he head rest raint so that it is as close to the back of the head as possible.
- Never attempt to adjust head res t raint while driving . If you have driven off and must adjust the driver headrest for any reason, first stop the vehicle safely before attempting to adjust the head restraint .
- Children must a lways be properly restrained in a child restraint that is appropriate for their age and size ¢ page 170.
Examples of improper seating positions
The occupan t restraint syst em can only reduce the risk of injury if vehicle occupants are properly seated .
Improper seating positions can cause serious injury or death. Safety belts can only work when they are properly positioned on the body . Improper sea t ing positions reduce t he effectiveness of safety belts and will even increase the risk of injury and death by mov ing the safety be lt to crit ical areas of the body. Improper seating posi t ions a lso increase the risk of serio us inju ry and de ath when an a irbag deploys and strikes an occupant who is not in the proper seating position . A driver is responsible for the safety of all veh icle occu pants and espec ially for children. Therefore :
.,.Never allow anyone to assume an incorrect seating position when the vehicle is being
used r:!._>&..
The following bulle ti ns list o nly some samp le
pos itions that will increase the risk of serio us
injury and death. Our hope is that these exam-
ples will make you more aware of seating po-
sitions that are dangerous.
..,.
130 Dr iv ing s af e t y
There fore, wh enever th e vehicle is moving :
- never stand up in the vehicle - never stand on the seats - never knee l on the seats - never ride with the seatback reclined - never lie down on the rear seat - never lean up aga inst the instrument panel - never sit on the edge of the seat - never sit sideways - never lean out the window - never put your feet out the window - never put your feet on the instrument panel - never rest your feet on the seat cushion or
back of the seat - never ride in the footwell - never ride in the cargo area
A WARNING
Improper seat ing positions increase the risk of serious personal injury and death whenever a veh icle is being used . - Always make sure that all vehicle occu-
pants stay in a proper seating pos it ion and are properly restra ined whenever the vehicle is be ing used.
Driver and passenger side footwell
Important safety instructions
App lies to vehicles: with knee airbags
A WARNING
Always make sure that the knee airbag can inflate without interference. Objects between yourse lf and the airbag can increase the risk of inj ury in an acc ident by interfering with the way the a irbag deploys or by being pushed into you as the airbag deploys. - No persons (children) or animals should
ride in the footwell in front of the passenger seat. If the airbag deploys, this can result in se rious or fata l injuries. - No objects of any kind should be carried in the footwe ll area in front of the driv-
er's or passenger's seat . Bulky objects (shopping bags, for example) can hamper or prevent proper deployment of the airbag. Small objects can be thrown through the vehicle if the airbag deploys and injur e you or your passenge rs.
Pedal area
Pedals
The pedals must always be free to move and must never be interfered with by a floor mat or any other object.
Make su re t hat a ll peda ls move free ly without interference and that not hing preven t s t hem from return ing to their or ig inal positions .
Only use floor mats that leave the pedal a rea free and can be secu red with floor mat fasteners.
If a brake circu it fa ils, increased brake pedal t ravel is required to bring the vehicle to a full stop.
A WARNING
Pedals t hat cannot move free ly can ca use loss of vehicle contro l and increase the risk of serious injury. - Never place any objects in the driver's
footwell. An object could get into the pedal area and interfere with pedal function. In case of sudden braking or an accident, you wou ld not be able to brake or accelerate! -Always make sure that nothing can fall or move into the driver's footwell.
Floor mats on the driver side
Always use floor mats that can be securely attached to the floor mat fasteners and do not interfere with the free movement of the pedals.
.,. Make sure that the floor mats are properly
secured and cannot move and interfere with
the pedals ¢ A .
..,_
Use only floor mats that leave the pedal area u nobstructed and that are firmly secured so that they cannot slip out of position. You can obtain suitable floor mats from your authorized Audi Dealer .
Floor mat fasteners are installed in your Audi.
Floor mats used in your vehicle must be a ttached to these fasteners. Properly securing the floor mats will p revent them from slid ing into positions that could interfere with the pedals or impair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways .
A WARNING
Pedals that cannot move freely can resu lt in a loss of veh icle control and increase the risk of serious personal injury. - Always make sure that floor mats are
properly secured. - Never place or install floor mats or other
floor coverings in the veh icle that cannot be properly secured in place to prevent them from slipping and interfering with the pedals or the ability to control t he vehicle . - Never place o r insta ll floor mats or other floo r coverings on top of already insta lled floor mats. Additional floor mats and other coverings will reduce the size of the pedal area and interfere with the peda ls. -Always proper ly reinstall and secure f loor mats that have been taken out for cleaning. - Always make sure that objects cannot fall into the driver footwe ll wh ile the vehicle is moving. Objects can become trapped under the brake pedal and accelerator pedal caus ing a loss of veh icle control.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"..'.., "rl '
Drivi ng sa f ety 13 1
Stowing luggage
Loading the luggage compartment
AIL luggage and other objects must be properly stowed and secured in the luggage com partment.
Fig. 1 16 Safe load posit ioning: place heavy object s as low and as far fo rward as possible .
Loose items in the luggage compartment can shift suddenly, changing vehicle handling characteristics . Loose items can a lso increase the risk of ser ious persona l injury in a sudden vehicle maneuver or in a collis ion. .. Distribute the load evenly in the luggage
compa rtment . .. Always place and properly secure heavy
items in the luggage compartment as far forward as possible . .. Secure luggage using the tie -downs provided ~ page 64. .. Make sure that the rear seatback is securely latched in place.
A WARNING
Improperly stored luggage or other items can fly through the veh icle causing serious personal injury in the event of hard braking or an accident . To help reduce the risk of ser ious personal injury: - Always put objects, for example, luggage
or other heavy items in the luggage compa rtment. - Always secure objects in the luggage compa rtment using t he t ie-down hoo ks a nd sui t ab le strap s.
132 Dr iv ing s af e t y
A WARNING
Heavy loads will influence the way your vehicle handles. To help reduce the risk of a loss of control leading to ser ious personal injury: -Always keep in m ind when transporting
heavy objects, that a change in the center of gravity can also cause changes in vehicle handling: - Always distribute the load as evenly as
possible. - Place heavy objects as far forward in
the luggage compartment as possible. - Never exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rat-
ing or the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating specified on the safety compliance sticker on the left door jamb. Exceeding permissible we ight standards can cause the vehicle to slide and handle differently. - Please observe information on safe driving opoge 125.
A WARNING
To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas from be ing drawn into the veh icle, always keep the rea r lid closed while dr iving. - Never transport objects larger than
those fitting completely into the luggage area because the rear lid cannot be fully closed. - If you absolutely must drive with the rear lid open, observe the follow ing notes to reduce the risk of poisoning: - Close all windows, - Close the power roof *, - Open all air outlets in the instrument
panel, - Switch off t he air recircu lation, - Set the fresh a ir fan to the highes t
speed.
A WARNING
Always ma ke s ure th at the doors, all windows, the power roof* and the rear lid are securely closed and locked to reduce the
risk of injury when the vehicle is not being used. - After closing the rear lid, always make
sure that it is properly closed and locked. - Never leave your vehicle unattended es-
pecially with the rear lid left open. A child cou ld craw l into the vehicle thro ugh the luggage compartment and close the rea r lid becoming trapped and unable to get out. Being t rapped in a vehicle can lead t o serious pe rsonal inju ry. - Never let children play in or around the veh icle. - Never let passengers ride in the luggage compa rtment. Vehicle occupants must always be prope rly restra ined in one of the vehicle's seating posit ions.
(D Tips
- Air circulation helps to reduce window fogging. Stale a ir escapes to the outside through vents in the t rim panel. Be sure to keep these slots free and open.
- The tire pressure m ust correspond to the load. The tire pressure is shown on the t ire pressure label. The t ire pressure label is located on the drive r's side B-pillar. The tire pressure label lists the recommended cold tire inflation pressures for the vehicle at its maxim um capacity we ight and the tires that we re on your vehicle at the t ime it was manufactured. For recommended tire pressures for norma l load cond itions, please see chapter opoge240.
Tie -downs
The luggage comportment is equipped with four tie-downs to secure luggage and other items.
Use the t ie-downs to secure your cargo prop-
erly o page 131, Loading the luggage com-
portment .
In a collision, the laws of physics mean that even smaller items that are loose in the vehicle will become heavy missiles t hat can cause .,..
serious injury. Items in the vehicle possess energy which vary with vehicle speed and the weight of the item. Vehicle speed is the most significant factor.
For example, in a frontal collision at a speed of 30 mph (48 km/h), the forces acting on a 10- lb (4.5 kg) object are about 20 times the normal weight of the item. This means that the we ight of the item would suddenly be about 200 lbs . (90 kg) . You can imagine the injuries that a 200 lbs. (90 kg) item flying freely through the passenger compartment could cause in a collision like t his.
_& WARNING
Weak, damaged or improper straps used to secure items to t ie-downs can fail during hard braking or in a collision and cause ser ious personal injury . - Always use suitable mounting straps and
properly secure items to the tie-downs in the luggage compartment to help prevent items from shifting or flying forward as dangerousmissiles. - When the rear seat backrest is folded down, always use su itab le mounting straps and properly secure items to the t ie-downs in the luggage compartment to help prevent items from flying forward as dangerous miss iles into the passenger compartment. - Never attach a child safety seat tether st rap to a tie-dow n.
Reporting Safety Defects
Applicable to U.S.A.
If you believe that your vehicle
has a def ect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
~ death , you should immedi at ely
0
iii
inform the Nat ional Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
Dri vi n g sa f e ty 133
(NHTSA) in addit ion to notif ying Audi of America, Inc.
If NHTSAreceives similar com-
plaint s, it may open an investi -
gation , and if it finds that a
· ·
safety defe ct s exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campa ign. Howev-
er, NHTSA cannot become in-
volved in individual problem s
bet ween you, your dealer , or
Audi of America, Inc.
To conta ct t he NHTSA,you may either call:
Tel.: 1-888-32 7-423 6 (TTY: 1-800-4 24-9 153) or 1-800-424-939 3
or you may write to :
NHTSA U.S. Depar tment of Transport ation 1200 New Jersey Ave., S.E. West Building Was hington , DC 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safet y from:
htt p://www .safercar.gov
·
134 Driving safety
Applicable to Canada
If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a defect that could cause a crash, injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport Canada, Defect Investigations and Recalls. You should also notify Audi Canada.
Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, Defect Investigations and Recalls, may either call Transport Canada toll -free at:
Tel.: 1-800-333-0510 or Tel.: 1-819-994-3328 (Ottawa region and from other countries) TTYfor hearing impaired: Tel.: 1-888-67 5-6863
or contact Transport Canada by mail at:
Transport Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Investigations Laboratory 80 Noel Street Gatineau, QC J8Z 0Al
For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:
http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/ roadsafety/menu.htm
Safety belts
General notes
Always wear safety belts!
Wearing safe ty belts correctly saves lives!
This chapter explains why safety belts are necessary, how they work and how to adjust and wear them correctly .
~ Read all the information that follows and heed all of the instructions and WARNINGS.
A WARNING
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them improperly increases the risk of serious personal injury and death. - Safety belts are the single most effective
means available to reduce the risk of serious injury and death in automobile accidents. For your protection and that of your passengers, always correctly wear safety belts when the vehicle is moving . - Pregnant women, injured, or physically impaired persons must also use safety belts. Like all vehicle occupants, they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts. The best way to protect a fetus is to protect the mother throughout the entire pregnancy.
Number of seats
Your Audi has a total of five seating positions: two in the front and three in the rear. Each seating position has a safety belt .
A WARNING
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them
improperly increases the risk of serious
personal injury and death.
- Never strap more than one person, in-
cluding small children, into any belt. It is
especially dangerous to place a safety
M
N
belt over a child sitting on your lap.
0
c>o - Never let more people ride in the vehicle
,....,
\!)
than there are safety belts available.
1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
Safety belts 13 5
- Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is properly restrained with a separate safety belt or child restraint.
~ Safety belt warning light
Your vehicle has a warning system for the driver and front seat passenger (on USAmod -
· ·
els only) to remind you abou t the importance
of buckling-up.
Fig. 117 Safety belt warn ing light in the instr ume nt cluster - enla rged
Before driving off, always:
~ Fasten your safety belt and make sure you are wearing it properly.
~ Make sure that your passengers also buckle up and properly wear their safety belts.
~ Protect children with a child restraint system appropriate for the size and age .
The warning light . in the instrument cluster lights up when the ignition is on as a reminder to fasten the safety belts . In addition, you will hear a warning tone for a certain period of time .
Fasten your safety belt and make sure that your passengers also properly put on their safety belts.
A WARNING
- Safety belts are the single most effective
means available to reduce the risk of se-
rious injury and death in automobile acci-
dents. For your protection and that of
your passengers, always correctly wear
·
safety belts when the vehicle is moving.
136 S a fet y belt s - Failure to pay attention to the warning light that come on, could lead to personal injury.
Why safety belts?
Frontal collisions and the law of physics Frontal crashes create very strong forces for people riding in vehicles.
Fig. 11 8 Unbe lted occupants in a ve hicle heading for a wall
The same principles apply to people sitting in a vehicle that is involved in a frontal collision . Even at city speeds of 20 to 30 mph (30 to 50 km/h), the forces acting on the body can reach one ton (2,000 lbs, or 1,000 kg) or more . At greater speeds, these forces are even highe r.
Peop le who do not use safety belts are also not attached to their vehicle. In a frontal collis io n they will also keep moving forward at the speed their veh icle was t ravell ing just before the crash . Of course, the laws of physics don't just app ly t o frontal collisions, t hey determine what happens in all kinds of accidents and collisions .
What happens to occupants not wearing safety belts?
In crashes unbelted occupants cannot stop themselves from flying forward and being injured or killed. Always wear your safety belts!
Fig. 1 19 The vehicle cra shes into t he wall
The physical principles are simple. Both the vehicle and the passengers possess energy which varies with veh icle speed and body weight . Engineers call this energy "kinetic ene rgy."
The higher the speed of the vehicle and the g reater the vehicle's we ight, the more energy that has to be "absorbed" in the crash .
Vehicle speed is the most sign ificant factor. If the speed doubles from 15 to 30 mph (25 to 50 km/h), the energy increases 4 t imes!
Because the passengers of this veh icle are not using safety belts c::;f,ig. 118, they will keep moving at the same speed the vehicle was moving just before the crash, unt il something stops them - here, the wall ¢ fig . 119 .
Fig. 120 A driver not wea ring a saf et y belt is viol ent ly thrown fo rwa rd
Fig. 12 1 A rear passe nge r not wea ring a safety be lt will fly fo rward a nd strike th e dr iver
Unbelted occupants a re not able to resist the
t remendous forces of impac t by ho lding tight
or bracing themse lves. Withou t the benefit of
safety restraint systems , the unrestrained
ll-
occupant will slam violently into the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield , or whatever else is in the way c::f>ig. 120. This impact with the vehicle interior has all the energy they had just before the crash.
Never rely on airbags alone for protection. Even when they deploy, airbags provide only additional protection. Airbags are not supposed to deploy in all kinds of accidents. Although your Audi is equipped with airbags, all vehicle occupants, including the driver, must wear safety belts correctly in order to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in a crash.
Remember too, that airbags will deploy only once and that your safety belts are always there to offer protection in those accidents in which airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they have already deployed. Unbelted occupants can also be thrown out of the vehicle where even more severe or fatal injur ies can occur.
It is also important for the rear passengers to wear safety belts correctly. Unbelted passengers in the rear seats endanger not only themselves but also the driver and other passengers c::f>ig. 121. In a frontal collision they will be thrown forward violently, where they can hit and injure the driver and/or front seat pas senger.
Safety belts protect
People think it's possible to use the hands to brace the body in a minor collision. It's simply not true!
....,
N
0
c> o
rl
Fig. 122 Driver is correctly rest rain ed in a sudd en brak-
I.O
"..'..,
ing man euver
"rl '
Safety belts 13 7
Safety belts used properly can make a big difference. Safety belts help to keep passengers in their seats, gradually reduce energy levels applied to the body in an accident, and help prevent the uncontrolled movement that can cause serious injuries . In addition, safety belts reduce the danger of being thrown out of the vehicle .
Safety belts attach passengers to the car and give them the benefit of being slowed down more gently or "softly" through the "give " in the safety belts, crush zones and other safety features engineered into today's vehicles. By "absorbing" the kinetic energy over a longer period of time, the safety belts make the forces on the body more "tolerable" and less likely to cause injury.
Although these examples are based on a frontal collision, safety belts can also su bsta ntia lly reduce the risk of injury in other kinds of crashes. So, whether you're on a long trip or just going to the corner store, always buckle up and make sure others do, too. Accident statistics show that vehicle occupants properly wearing safety belts have a lower risk of being injured and a much better chance of surviving an accident. Properly using safety belts also greatly increases the ability of the supplemental airbags to do their job in a collision . For this reason, wearing a safety belt is legally required in most countries including much of the United States and Canada.
Although your Audi is equipped with airbags, you still have to wear the safety belts provided. Front airbags, for example, are activated only in some frontal collisions. The front airbags are not activated in all frontal collisions, in side and rear collisions, in roll overs or in cases where there is not enough deceleration through impact to the front of the vehicle. The same goes for the other airbag systems in your Audi. So, always wear your safety belt and make sure everybody in your vehicle is properly restrained!
138 Safety belts
Important safety instructions about safety belts
Safety belts must always be correctly positioned across the strongest bones of your body.
,..Always wear safety belts as illustrated and described in this chapter.
,..Make sure that your safety belts are always ready for use and are not damaged.
A WARNING
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them improperly increases the risk of serious personal injury and death. Safety belts can work only when used correctly . - Always fasten your safety belts correctly
before driving off and make sure all passengers are correctly restrained. - For maximum protection, safety belts must always be positioned properly on the body. - Never strap more than one person , including small children, into any belt. - Never place a safety belt over a child sitting on your lap. - Always keep feet in the footwell in front of the seat while the vehicle is being driven . - Never let any person ride with their feet on the instrument panel or sticking out the window or on the seat. - Never remove a safety belt while the vehicle is moving. Doing so will increase your risk of be ing injured or killed. - Never wear belts twisted. - Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing, such as eye glasses, pens, keys, etc., as these may cause injury. - Never allow safety belts to become damaged by being caught in door or seat hardware . - Do not wear the shoulder pa rt of the belt under your arm or otherwise out of pos ition .
- Several layers of heavy clothing may interfere with correct positioning of belts and reduce the overall effectiveness of the system .
- Always keep belt buckles free of anything that may prevent the buckle from latching securely .
- Never use comfort clips or devices that create slack in the shoulder belt . However, special clips may be required for the proper use of some child restraint systems .
- Torn or frayed safety belts can tear, and damaged belt hardware can break in an accident. Inspect belts regularly . If webbing, bindings, buck les, or retractors are damaged, have belts replaced by an au thorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
- Safety belts that have been worn and loaded in an accident must be replaced with the correct replacement safety belt by an authorized Audi dealer . Replacement may be necessary even if damage cannot be clearly seen . Anchorages that were loaded must also be inspected.
- Never remove, modify, disassemble, or try to repair the safety belts yourself.
- Always keep the belts clean. Dirty belts may not work properly and can impair the function of the inert ia reel c::>table Internal cleaning on page 207.
Safety belts
Fastening safety belts Safety first - everybody buckle up!
Fig. 123 Belt buckle and to ng ue o n t he driver' s seat
To provide maximum protection, safety belts must always be positioned correctly on the wearer's body.
...Adjust the front seat and head restraint properly c::p>age 5 7, Front seats.
· Make sure the seatback of the rear seat bench is in an upright position and securely
latched in place before using the belt c::,>&..
...Hold the belt by the tongue and pull it even-
ly across the chest and pelvis c::>,&..
""Insert the tongue into the correct buckle of your seat until you hear it latch securely c::f>ig. 123.
..,Pull on the belt to make sure that it is securely latched in the buckle.
Automatic safety belt retractors
Every safety belt is equipped with an automatic belt retractor on the shoulder belt . This feature locks the belt when the belt is pulled out fast, during hard braking and in an accident . The belt may also lock when you drive up or down a steep hill or through a sharp curve. During normal driving the belt lets you move freely.
Safety belt pretensioners
The safety belts are equipped with a belt pretensioner that helps to tighten the safety belt and remove slack when the pretensioner is activated c::p>oge 142. The function of the pretensioner is monitored by a warning light c::p>age 21.
Convertible locking retractor
Every safety belt except the one on the driver seat is equipped with a convertible locking re-
tractor that must be used when the safety
belt is used to attach a child seat. Be sure to read the important information about this feature c::p>oge 181 .
A WARNING
Improperly positioned safety belts can
....,
N
cause serious injury in an accident
0 c> o
o::p>age 139, Safety belt position.
rl
I.O
- Safety belts offer optimum protection
"..'..,
only when the seatback is upright and
"rl '
Safety belts 139
belts are properly positioned on the body. - Always make sure that the rear seat backrest to which the center rear safety belt* is attached is securely latched whenever the rear center safety belt is being used. If the backrest is not securely latched, the passenger will move forward with the backrest during sudden braking, in a sudden maneuver and especially in a crash . - Never attach the safety belt to the buckle for another seat. Attaching the belt to the wrong buckle will reduce safety belt effectiveness and can cause serious personal injury. - A passenger who is not correctly restrained can be seriously injured by the safety belt itself when it moves from the stronger parts of the body into sensitive areas like the abdomen. - Always lock the convertible locking retractor when you are securing a child seat in the vehicle c::p>age 183.
(D Tips
For information on safety belt pretensioners, refer to c::p>age 142.
Safety belt position
Correct belt position is the key to getting maximum protection from safety belts.
Fig. 124 Safety belt position
Use the height adjustment to change the posi-
tion of the shoulder belt of the front safety
belts .
~
140 Safety belts
_&. WARNING
-
Improperly positioned safety belts can
cause serious personal injury in an acci-
dent.
- The shoulder belt should lie as close to
the center of the collar bone as possible
and should fit well on the body. Hold the
belt above the latch tongue and pull it
evenly across the chest so that it sits as
low as possible on the pelvis and there is
no pressure on the abdomen. The belt
should always fit snugly ¢ fig. 124. Pull
on the belt to tighten if necessary.
- The lap belt portion of the safety belt
must be positioned as low as possible
across pelvis and never over the abdo-
men. Make sure the belt lies flat and
snug ¢ fig. 124 . Pull on the belt to tight-
en if necessary.
- A loose-fitting safety belt can cause seri-
ous injuries by shifting its position on
your body from the strong bones to more
vulnerable, soft tissue and cause serious
injury .
- Always read and heed all WARNINGSand
other important information
¢ page 138 .
Pregnant women must also be correctly restrained
The best way to protect the fe tus is to make sure that expectant mothers always wear safety belts correctly - throughout the pregnancy.
To provide maximum protection, safety belts must always be pos itioned correctly on t he
wearer's body ¢ page 139.
.. Adjust the front seat and adjustable head
restraint* correctly ¢ page 57, Front seats .
.. Hold the belt by the tongue and pull it even-
ly across the chest and pelvis ¢ fig. 125,
¢Lf1.
.. Inser t the tongue int o the correct buckle of your seat until you hear it latch securely
¢ page 138, fig. 123.
.,.Pull on the belt to make sure that it is securely latched in the buckle.
A WARNING Improperly positioned safety belts can cause serious personal injury in an accident. - Expectant mothers must always wear the lap portion of the safety belt as low as possible across the pelvis and below the rounding of the abdomen . - Always read and heed all WARNINGSand other important information ¢ .&.in Fastening safety belts on page 139.
Unfastening safety belts
Unbuckle the safety belt with the red release button only ofter the vehicle has stopped.
,
Fig. 125 Saf ety belt pos ition durin g pre gnancy
Fig. 126 Releasing the tong ue fro m the buckle
.,.Push the red release button on the buckle
¢ fig. 126 . The belt tongue will spring out
of the buckle ¢ & -
.,.Let the belt wind up on the retractor as you guide the belt tongue to its stowed position. II>-
_& WARNING
Never unfasten safety belt while the vehicle is movi ng . Doing so will increase your risk of being injured or killed .
Adjusting the safety belt latch tongue
Fig. 127 Safety belt: latch ton gue clip (exampl e)
.. Slide the clip so that you can easi ly reach the belt latch when putt ing the safety belt on.
Adjusting safety belt height
With the aid of the safety belt height adjustment , the three point safety belt strap routing can be fitted to the shoulder area, according to body size.
;g
0 0
6
m "
Fig. 12 8 Safety belt height adjustment for t he front seats - loop -around fitt ings
The sho ulder belt should lie as close to the
center of the collar bone as possib le and
A should fit well on t he body c::> in Safety belt
position on page 140 .
.. Push the loop-a round fittings up c::f>ig . 128
...., @, or
N 0
.. squee ze together the (D button, and push
c> o
the loop-around fitt ings down @ .
rl
I.O
"..'..,
"rl '
Safety belts 141
.. Pull the belt to make sure that the uppe r attachment is proper ly engaged .
A WARNING
Always read and heed all WARNINGS and other important information c::>page 138 .
{I) Tips
With the front seats, the height adju stment of the seat can also be used to adju st the position of the sa fety belts.
Improperly worn safety belts
Incorrectly positioned safety belts can cause severe injuries.
Wea ring safety belts improper ly can cause se rious injury or deat h. Safety belts can o nly wor k when they are correctly positioned on the body. Imprope r seating positions reduce the effectiveness of safety be lts and will even increase t he risk of injury and death by moving the safety be lt to crit ical areas of the body . Improper seating positions also increase the ris k of se rious injury a nd death whe n an airbag dep loys and st rikes an occu pan t who is not in the correc t seating posit ion . A driver is respons ible for the safety of all vehicle occupants and especially for children. Therefore :
.. Never perm it anyone t o assume an incor re ct sitt ing pos ition in the vehicle while trave ling
A c::> .
A WARNING
Im properly worn safety be lts increase the risk of serious persona l injury and death wheneve r a vehicle is being used. - Always make s ure t hat all vehicle occu-
pa nts are correctly restra ined and stay in a correct seati ng position whenever the veh icle is being us ed . - Always read and heed all WARNINGSa nd other impo rtant informat ion c::p>age 138.
142 Safet y belts
Safety belt pretensioners
How safety belt pretensioners work
In front, side ond rear-end collisions above a particular severity and in o rollover, safety belts are tensioned automatically.
Reversible safety belt tensioners
The safety belts on the front seats are equipped with power reversible tensioners . The fo llowing funct ions are available when the driver's/front passenger's safe ty belts are fastened:
- Automatic tensioners: at the start of a drive, the safety be lt s automatically adjust to the passenger after a certain time period or vehicle speed.
- In certa in driving situations, t he safety belts may tighten with a reversible tensioning function ~ page 94 .
- The safety belts may also tighten wit h this reversible tensioning function in m inor collisions.
Pyrotechnic safety belt pretensioners
The safety belts are equipped with safety be lt pretensioners. The system is activated by sen sors in front, side and rear -end collisions of great severity and in a rollover. This tightens the belt and takes up be lt slack ¢ .&.in Service and disposal of safety belt pretensioner on page 142. Taking up the s lack helps to reduce forward occupant movement during a collision .
A WARNING
- It is possible for the pretensioners to deploy incorrect ly.
- The pyrotechnic system can only provide protection for one collision . If the pyrotechnic pretensioners dep loy, the pretensioning system must be replaced.
@ Tips
The pyrotechnic safety belt pretens ioners can only deploy once .
- The safety belt pretensioners do not de ploy in minor frontal and side collisions, in rear-end collisions, in rollovers and in collisions involving very little impact force.
- A fine dust is released when the pyrotechnic safety belt pretensioners deploy. This is normal and is not caused by a fire in the vehicle.
- The relevant safety requirements must be observed when the vehicle or components of the system are scrapped. A qualified dealership is fam iliar with these regulations and will be pleased to pass on the information to you.
- Be sure to observe all safety, environmenta l and other regu lat ions if the veh icle or individual parts of the system, particularly the safety belt or airbag, are to be disposed. We recommend you have your authorized Audi dealer perform this service for you.
Service and disposal of safety belt pretensioner
The safety belt pretens ioners are parts of the safety belts on your Aud i. Installing, removing, serv icing or repairing of be lt pretensioners can damage the safety belt system and prevent it from working correctly in a collision .
The re a re some important things you have to know to make su re that the effectiveness of the system will not be impaired and that discarded components do not cause injury or pollute the environment.
-A WARNING Improper care, servic ing and repair proce-
dures can increase the risk of personal in-
jury and death by prevent ing a safety belt
pretensioner from activating when needed
or activating it unexpectedly:
- The belt pretensioner system can be act i-
vated only once. If belt pretensioners
have been activated, the system must be
replaced.
~
- Never repair, adjust, or change any parts of the safety belt system.
- Safety belt systems including safety belt pretensioners cannot be repaired. Special procedures are required for removal, installation and disposal of this system.
- For any work on the safety belt system, we strongly recommend that you see your authorized Audi dealer or qualified technician who has an Audi approved repair manual, training and special equipment necessary .
@) For the sake of the environment
Undeployed airbag modules and pretensioners might be classified as Perchlorate Material -special handling may apply, see www.dtsc.ca .gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. When the vehicle or parts of the restraint system including airbag modules safety belts with pretensioners are scrapped, all applicable laws and regulations must be observed. Your authorized Audi dealer is familiar with these requirements and we recommend that you have your dealer perform this service for you .
Safety belts 143
· ·
M
·
N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
144 Airb a g sys tem
Airbag system
Important know
things to
Importance of wearing safety belts and sitting properly
Airbags are only supplemental restraints. For airbags to do their job , occupants must always properly wear their safety belts and be in a proper seating position.
For your safety and the safety of your passengers, before driving off, a lways:
· Adjust the driver's seat and steering wheel properly ¢ page 126,
· adjust the front passenger's seat properly ¢ page 57 ,
· Wear safety be lts properly ¢ page 138, · Always properly use the proper child re-
stra int t o protect children ¢ page 170.
In a collision, airbags must inflate within the blink of an eye and with considerable force . The supplementa l airbags can cause injuries if the dr iver or the front seat passenger is not seated properly . Therefore in order to he lp the a irbag to do its job, it is important, both as a d river and as a passenge r to sit prope rly at all times.
By keeping room between your body and the steering wheel and the front of the passenge r compartment, the airbag ca n inflate fully and comp letely and provide supp lemental protection in ce rtain frontal collisions ¢ page 126, Proper occupant seating positions . For detai ls on the operation of the seat adjustment cont rols ¢ page 57.
It's especially important that children a re properly restrained ¢ page 170 .
There is a lot that the driver and the passenge rs can and must do to help the individua l safety features installed in your Audi work together as a system.
Prope r seat ing pos ition is important so that the front airbag on the drive r side can do its job. If you have a physical impa irment or con-
dition that prevents you from sitting properly on the driver seat with the safety belt properly fastened and reaching the pedals , or if you have concerns with regard to the function or operation of the Advanced Airbag System , please contact your author ized Audi dealer or qualified workshop, or call Audi Customer Relations at 1-800-822-2834 fo r poss ible modificati ons to your vehicle.
When the airbag system deploys, a gas gener ator will fill the a irbags, break open t he padded cove rs, and inflate between the steering whee l and t he dr iver and between the instrument pane l and the fron t passenger. The a irbags will deflate immediately after dep loyment so tha t the front occupants can see t hrough the windshie ld again witho ut interruption .
All of th is takes p lace in the blink of an eye, so fast that many peop le don't even realize tha t the airbags have deployed. The airbags a lso inflate with a great dea l of force and nothing shou ld be in their way when they deploy. Front a irbags in combination with properly wor n safety belts slow down and lim it the occupant's forward movement . Together they help to prevent the drive r and front seat passenger from hitting pa rts of the inside of t he vehicle while reducing t he forces acting on the occupant dur ing the crash . In this way t hey help to reduce the risk of injury to the head and upper body in the crash. Airbags do not protect the arms or the lower parts of the body.
Both front airbags will not inflate in all fronta l
collisions . The triggering of the airbag system
depends on the vehicle dece lerat ion rate
caused by the collision and registered by the
electron ic control unit. If t his rate is below
the reference value programmed into the con -
t rol unit , the airbags will not be trigge red,
even though the car may be badly damaged as
a res ult of t he co llision . Vehicle damage, re-
pair costs or even the lack of vehicle damage
is not necessari ly an indication of whe t her an
airbag shou ld inflate or not .
IJll-
Since the circumstances will vary considerab ly between on e collision and another , it is not possible to define a range of veh icle speeds that will cover every possible kind and angle of impact that will always trigger the a irbags . Important factors include, for example, the nature (hard or soft) of the object which the car hits, the ang le of impact, vehicle speed , etc. The front airbags will a lso not inflate in side or rea r collisions, or in roll-overs .
Alwa ys rememb er: Airbags will deploy only once, and only in certa in kinds of collisions. Your safety belts are always there to offe r protection in those situations in which airbags are not supposed to deploy , or when they have already deployed ; for example , when your vehide strikes or is struck by another vehicle after the first collision .
This is just one of the reasons why an a irbag is a supp lementary restraint and is not a substi tute for a safety belt . The airbag system works most effect ively when used with the safety belts. Therefore, always properly wear
your safety belts c::;p, age 135 .
A WARNING
Sitting too close to the steer ing whee l or
instrument panel will dec rease the effec-
tiveness of the airbags and will increase
the risk of pe rsonal injury in a co llision.
- Never sit closer than 10 inches (2S cm)
to the stee ring wheel or instr ument pan-
el.
- If you cannot sit mo re than 10 inches
(2 5 cm) from the steer ing whee l, investi-
gat e whethe r adap t ive equipmen t may
be available to help you reach the pedals
and increase your seating distance from
the steering wheel.
- All veh icle occupants and especia lly chil-
dren m ust be restrained properly when-
ever riding in a vehicle . An unrestra ined
or improperly restrained child could be
M
injured by striking the inter ior or by be-
N
0 c> o
,....,
ing ejected from the vehicle during a sudden maneuver or impact . An unre-
\.!.) ,.,
strained or imp roperly rest rained child is
M..,.,
,....,
A irbag sys tem 145
also at greater risk of injury or death
through contact with an inflating airbag .
- If you are unrestrained, leaning forward,
sitting sideways or out of position in any
way, your risk of injury is much higher.
- You will a lso receive serious injuries and
could even be killed if you are up aga inst the airbag or too close to it when it in-
· ·
flates - even with an Advanced Airbag.
- To reduce the risk of injury when an air-
bag inflates, always wear safety belts
properly c::;p, age 138, Safety belts .
- Always make certain that ch ildren age 12
or younger always ride in the rear seat. If
children a re not properly restrained , they
may be severe ly inju red or killed when an
airbag inf lates.
- Never let ch ildren ride un restra ined or
improperly restrained in the vehicle . Ad-
just the front sea t s prope rly.
- Never ride with the back rest reclined .
- Always sit as far as possible from the
steer ing whee l or the instrument panel
c::p;,age 126 .
- Always sit upright with your back against
the backrest of your seat.
- Never place your feet on the instrument
panel or on the seat . Always keep both
feet on the floor in front of the seat to
he lp prevent serious inj uries to the legs
and hips if t he airbag deploys.
- Never recline the front passenger's sea t
to transpor t objects. It ems can a lso
move into the area of t he s ide a irbag or
the front airbag during bra king or in a
sudden maneuve r. Objects near the air-
bags can become projectiles and cause
inj ury when an airbag inflates.
A WARNING
Airbags that have deployed in a crash must
be replaced.
- Use on ly orig inal equipment airbags ap-
proved by Audi and installed by a trained
·
technician who has the necessary too ls ~
146 Airb a g sys t e m
and dia gn ostic equipmen t to properly replace any a irbag in your vehicle and assure system effectiveness in a crash. - Never permit salvaged or recycle d airbags to be installed in your veh icle.
Child restraints on the front seat - some important things to know
~ Be sure to read the important informat ion and heed the WARNINGSfor important deta ils about ch ild ren and Advanced Airbags Qpage 170.
Even though your vehicle is equ ipped with an Advanced Airbag System, make certain that all children, especially those 12 years and younger, a lways ride in the back seat properly restrained for their age and size . The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a potentially dangerous place for a child to ride. The front seat is not the safest place for a child in a forward-facing child seat. It can be a very dangerous place for an infant or a ch ild in
a rearward-facingseat.
The Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle has been certified to comply with the requirements of United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 as applicable at the time your vehicle was manufactured.
The Standard requires the front a irbag on the passenger side to be turned off ("sup pressed") if a ch ild up to about one year of age restra ined in one of the rear-facing or fo rward-facing infan t restra ints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with w hich the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was certified has been installed on the front passenger seat. Fo r a listing of the child restraints that were used to certify compliance with the US Safety Standard Q page 172.
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light in the instrument panel te lls you when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been turned off by the e lectronic control unit.
Each time you switch on the ignition, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will come on for a few seconds and :
- w ill stay on if the front passenge r seat is not occupied,
- w ill stay on if the e lect rica l ca pa citance meas ured by the capacitive passenger de tection system for the front passenger seat equa ls the combined capacitance of an infant up to about one year of age and one of the rearward-facing or forward-fac ing ch ild restraints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with wh ich the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was cert ified . For a listing of the chi ld restraints tha t were used to certify you r vehi cle's complia nce w it h t he U.S. Safety Standard Q page 172.
- w ill stay on if there is a small ch ild or child restraint on the front passenge r seat,
- w ill go off if the front passenger seat is occupied by an adult as registered by t he capacitive passenger de t ection system c::p>age 156, Monitoring the Advanced Air · bag System.
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on when e lectrica l capacitance registered on the front passenger seat is eq ua l to or less tha n the comb ined capacitance of a typica l 1 yearold infant and one of the rearward-facing or forward-facing chi ld restraints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with wh ich the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was certified.
If the total electr ical capacitance registered on the front passenger seat is more than that of a typical 1 year -old child but less than the weight of a small adult , the front airbag on t he passenger side can deploy (the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on).
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does
not come on, the front airbag on the passen-
ger side has not been turned off by t he e lec-
t ro nic cont ro l unit and can deploy if t he con-
t ro l uni t se nses an impact t hat mee t s the con-
dit ions stored in its memory .
1J1>
For exa mple, the airbag m ay depl oy if:
- a small child that is heavier than a typical 1 year-o ld child is on the front passenger seat (regardless of whether the child is in one of the child seats listed <!>page 172), or
- a child who has outgrown child rest raints is on the front passenger seat.
If the front passenger airbag is turned off, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on in the instrument cluster and stays on.
If the front passenger airbag deploys, the Federal Standard requires the airbag to meet the "low risk" deployment criter ia to reduce the risk of injury through interaction with the airbag. "Low risk" deployment occurs in those crashes that take place at lower decelerations as defined in the electronic control unit r::>page 15 7, PASSENGERAIR BAG OFFlight.
Always remember, a child seat or infant carrier insta lled on the front seat may be struck and knocked out of position by the rapidly inflating passenger's airbag in a frontal collision. The airbag could greatly reduce the effectiveness of the child restraint and even seriously injure the child during inflat ion.
For this reason, and because the back seat is the safest place for children - when properly restrained according to their age and size - we strongly recommend that children always sit in the back seat r::>page 170, Child Safety .
A WARNING
-
A child in a rearward-facing child seat in-
stalled on the front passenger seat will be
ser iously injured and can be killed if the
front airbag inflates - even with an Ad-
vanced Airbag System .
- The inflating airbag will hit the child seat
or infant carrier with great force and will
smash the child seat and child against
the backrest, center armrest, door or
roof.
M N
- Always install rear-facing child seats on
0 c> o
the rear seat.
,....,
\!)
- If you must install a rearward facing
1.1'1
M
child seat on the front passenger seat
1,..1..'1.,
A irbag sys tem 147
because of exceptional circumstances
and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light
does not come on and stay on, immed i-
ately install the rear-fac ing child seat in a
rear seat ing pos ition and have the airbag
system inspected by your Audi dealer.
- Forward-facing child seats installed on the front passenger's seat may interfere
· ·
with the dep loyment of the airbag and
cause serious persona l injury to the
child.
A WARNING
If, in except iona l circumstances, you must install a forward -facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat: - Always ma ke sure the forward-facing
seat has been designed and certified by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a passenger front and s ide airbag. - Never put the forward-facing child restraint up against or very near the instru ment panel. - Alwaysmovethe passenger seat into its rea rmost pos ition in the seat's fore and aft adj ustment range, as far away from the airbag as possible before installing the forward-fac ing child restra int. The backrest must be adjusted to an upright position. - Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on all the time wheneve r the ignition is switched on.
A WARNING
To reduce the risk of ser ious injury, ma ke
sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
light comes on and stays on whenever a
child restraint is installed on the front pas-
senger seat and the ignition is switched
on.
- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light
does not stay on, perform the checks de-
·
scribed¢ page 156, Monitoring the Ad-
vanced Airbag System.
~
148 Airbag system
- Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight does not stay on .
- Have the airbag system inspected by your Audi dealer immediately.
- Always carefully follow instructions from child restraint manufacturers when installing child restraints .
A,. WARNING
If, in exceptional circumstances, you must install a forward or rearward-facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat: - Improper installation of child restraints
can reduce their effectiveness or even prevent them from providing any protection. - An improperly installed child restraint can interfere with the airbag as it de ploys and seriously injure or even kill the child - even with an Advanced Airbag System. - Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child safety seat or carrier. - Always make sure that there is nothing on the front passenger seat that will cause the capacitive passenger detection system in the seat to signal to the Airbag System that the seat is occupied by a person when it is not, or to signal that it is occupied by someone who is heavier than the person actually sitting on the seat. The presence of additional objects could cause the passenger front airbag to be turned on when it should be off, or could cause the airbag to work in a way that is different from the way it would have worked without the object on the seat.
Front airbags
Description of front airbags
The airbag system can provide supplemental protection to properly restrained front seat occupants .
Fig. 129 Locat ion of driver airbag : in steering wheel
Fig. 130 Locat ion of fro nt passenger's airbag: in the inst rumen t panel
Your vehicle is equipped with an "Advanced Airbag System" in compliance with United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS)208 as applicable at the time your vehicle was manufactured . The safety belts for the seats have "pretensioners" that help to take slack out of the belt system. The pretensioners are also activated by the electronic control unit for the airbag system. The front safety belts also have load limiters to help reduce the forces applied to the body in a crash. The airbag for the driver is in the steering wheel hub c:>fig. 129 and the airbag for the front passenger is in the instrument panel c::f;,ig. 130. The general location of the airbags is marked "AIRBAG". There is a lot you need to know about the airbags in your vehicle. We urge you to read the II>
detailed information about airbags, safety belts and child safety in this and the other chapters that make up the owner's literature. Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS - they are ext remely important f or your safety and the safety of your passengers, especially infants and small children .
A WARNING
Never rely on airbags alone for protection. - Even when they deploy, airbags provide
only supplemental protection . - Airbag work most effectively when used
with properly worn safety belts . - Therefore, always wear your safety belts
and make sure that everybody in your vehicle is properly restrained . - Always hold the steering wheel with both hands on the outside of the steering wheel rim at the 9:00 o'clock and 3:00 o'clock positions to help reduce the risk of personal injury if the driver's airbag inflates. - Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position or with your hands anywhere inside the steering wheel or on the steering wheel hub. Holding the steering wheel the wrong way increases the risk of severe injury to the arms, hands, and head if the driver airbag deploys .
A WARNING
-
Objects between you and the airbag will
increase the risk of injury in a crash by in-
terfering with the way the airbag unfolds
and/or by being pushed into you as the air-
bag inflates.
- Always make sure nothing is in the front
airbag deployment zone that could be
struck by the airbag when it inflates.
- Objects in the zone of a deploying airbag
can become projectiles when the airbag
deploys and cause serious personal in-
jury.
M
N
- Never hold things in your hands or on
0 c> o
your lap when the vehicle is in use.
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
M..,.,
,....,
Airbag system 149
- Never place accessories or other objects
(such as cup holders, telephone brackets,
note pads, navigation systems, or things
that are large, heavy, or bulky) on the
doors; never attach then to the doors or
the windshield; never place them over or
near or attach them to the area marked ,,AIRBAG" on the steering wheel, instru-
· ·
ment panel or the seat backrests; never
place them between these areas and you
or any other person in the vehicle.
- Never attach objects to the windshield
above the passenger front airbag, such
as accessory GPSnavigation units or mu-
sic players. Such objects could cause seri-
ous injury in a collision, especially when
the airbags inflate.
- Never recline the front passenger seat to
transport objects. Items can also move
into the deployment area of the side air-
bags or the front airbag during breaking
or in a sudden maneuver . Objects near
the airbags can fly dangerously through
the passenger compartment and cause
injury, particularly when the seat is re-
clined and the airbags inflate.
A-= WARNING
A person on the front passenger seat, es-
pecially infants and small children, will re-
ceive serious injuries and can even be kil-
led by being too close to the airbag when
it inflates.
- Although the Advanced Airbag System in
your vehicle is designed to turn off the
front passenger airbag if an infant or a
small child is on the front passenger
seat, nobody can absolutely guarantee
that deployment under these special
conditions is impossible in all conceiva-
ble situations that may happen during
the useful life of your vehicle.
- The Advanced Airbag System can deploy
in accordance with the ,,low risk" option
for 3- and 6-year-old children under the
·
150 Airb a g sys t e m
U.S. Federal Standard if a chi ld with electrical capac itance greater than the combined capacitance of a typical one-year old infant restra ined in one of the forward fac ing or rearward-fac ing ch ild seats with which your vehicle was certified is on the front passenger seat and the other conditions for airbag deployment are met. - Accident statist ics have shown that children are generally safer in the rear seat area than in the front seating posit ion . - For their own safety, all chi ldren, especially 12 years and younger, sho uld a lways ride in the back properly rest rained for their age and size .
Advanced front airbag system
Your vehicle is equipped with a front Advanced Airbag System in compliance with United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 as applicable at the time your vehicle was manufactured.
The front Advanced Airbag System supplements the safety belts to provide addit ional protection for the driver's and front passenger's heads and upper bodies in frontal crashes . The airbags inflate only in frontal impacts when the vehicle dece le rat io n is high enoug h.
The front Advanced Airbag System for the fro nt seat occupants is not a substitute for your safety belts . Rather, it is part of the overa ll occupa nt restraint system in your veh icle. Always remember that the airbag system ca n on ly help to pro t ect you, if you are sitting up right, wearing your safety belt and wearing it properly. This is why you and your passengers must always be properly restrained, not just beca use the law requires you to be.
The Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle has been certified to meet the "low risk" requ irements for 3 and 6 year-o ld children on the passenger side and very small adu lts on the dr iver side. The low risk deployment criteria are intended to he lp reduce the risk of injury through interaction with the front airbag
that can occur, for example, by being too close to the steering wheel and instr ument panel when the airbag inflates .
In add ition, t he system has been cer tified t o comply with the "s uppression" requirements of the Safety Standard, to turn off the front airbag for infants up to 12 months who are re stra ined on the front passenger seat in child restraints that are listed in the Standard.
"Suppression" requires the front airbag on the passenger side to be turned off if:
- a child up to abo ut one year of age is rest rained on the front passenger seat in one of the rear -facing or fo rward -facing infant restraints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was cert ified . For a listing of the chi ld restraints that were used to certify you r vehicle's complia nce w ith the US Saf ety Standard r::) page 172,
- When a person is detected on the front pas-
senger seat that has an electricalcapaci-
tance that is more than the tota l elect rical capacitance of a child tha t is about 1 year old rest rained in one of the rear- facing or forward-facing infant restraints (listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 w ith which the Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle was certified), the front airbag on the passenger side may or may not deploy.
The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes on when the electro nic control unit detects a tota l electrical capac itance on the front passenger seat that requ ires the front airbag to be tu rned off. If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on, the fro nt airbag o n t he passenger side has not been turned off by the con t rol un it and can deploy if the cont ro l unit senses an impact that meets the condi tions stored in its memo ry.
If t he total e lectr ical capaci t ance regis t ered on t he fron t passenge r se at is more than that of a typical 1 year -o ld, but less than the weight of a small adu lt, the front airbag on ll-
the passenger side may deploy (the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on).
For example, the airbag may deploy if :
- a small child that is heavier than a typical 1 year-o ld child is on the front passenger seat (regardless of whether the child is in one of the ch ild seats listed ¢ page 172),
- a ch ild who has outgrown child restra ints is on the front passenge r seat.
If the front passenger airbag is turned off, the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light in the center of the instrument panel will come on and stay on.
If the front passenger airbag deploys, the Federal Standard requires the airbag to meet the "low risk" deployment criteria to help re· duce the risk of injury through interaction with the airbag . "Low risk" deployment occurs in those crashes that take place at lower decelerations as defined in the electronic control unit r=p>age 156.
Always remember: Even tho ugh you r vehicle is equipped with Advanced Airbags, the safest place for children is properly restrained on the back seat . Please be sure to read the important information in the sect ions that follow and be sure to heed all of the WARNINGS.
A WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury when an airbag inflates, always wear safety belts properly . - If you are unrestrained, lean ing forward,
sitting sideways or out of position in any way, your risk of injury is much higher . - You will also receive serious injuries and cou ld even be killed if you are up against the a irbag or too close to it when it in· flates - even with an Advanced Airbag r::!pv age 144.
A WARNING
-
A child in a rearward-facing child sea t in-
M
N
0 c> o
,....,
stalled on the front passenger sea t will be ser iously injured and can be killed if the
\.!.) ,.,
M..,.,
,....,
A irbag sys tem 15 1
front airbag inflates - even with an Ad·
vanced Airbag System .
- Altho ugh the Advanced Airbag System in
your veh icle is designed to turn off the
front airbag when a rearward-facing
child restraint has been installed on the
front passenger seat, nobody can abso lutely guarantee that deployment is im-
· ·
possible in all conceivable s ituations that
may happen dur ing the usefu l life of your
veh icle.
- The inflating airbag will hit the ch ild seat
or infant carrier with grea t force a nd will
smash the child seat and child against
the backrest, center armrest, door, or
roof.
- Always install rearward -facing chi ld re-
straints on the rear seat .
- If you must install a rearward fac ing
child seat on the front passenger seat
because of exceptional circumstances
and the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF light
does not come on and stay on, immed i·
ately install the rear-fac ing child seat in a
rear seat ing pos ition and have the airbag
system inspected by your Audi dealer .
A WARNING
If, in except ional circumstances, you must
install a forward-facing child restraint on
the front passenge r's seat:
- Always make sure the forward-facing
seat has been designed and certified by
its manufacture r fo r use on a front seat
with a passenger front and s ide a irbag.
- Never put the fo rward-faci ng child re-
straint up against or ve ry near the instru-
ment panel.
- Always move t he passenge r seat into its
rearmost pos ition in the seat's fore and
aft adju stment range, as fa r away from
the airbag as possible before installing
the forward-fac ing chi ld restraint . The
backrest must be adj usted to an upright position.
·
- Always make sure that there is nothing
on the front passenger seat that will
152 Airb a g sys t e m
cause the capacitive passenger detection system in the seat to s ignal to the Airbag System that the seat is occupied by a person when it is not, or to signal that it is occupied by someone who is heavier than the person actually s itting on the seat. The presence of additional objects cou ld cause the passenger front airbag to be t urned on when it sho uld be off, or cou ld cause the airbag to work in a way that is different from the way it wou ld have worked without the object on the seat. - Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on all the t ime whenever the ignition is switched on.
Advanced Airbag System components
The front passenger seat in your vehicle has a lot of very important parts of the Advanced Airbag System in it . These parts include the capacitive passenger de t ect ion system, wiring, brackets, and more. The cont ro l unit monitors the system on the front passenger seat when the ign ition is switched on and turns the airbag indicato r light on when a malfunction in the one of the system components is detected¢ page 157 . Because the fro nt passenger seat contains important parts of the Advanced Airbag System, you must take care to prevent it from being damaged . Damage to the seat may prevent the Advanced Airbag System for the front passenger se at from doing it s job in a crash.
The front Advanced Airbag System consists of the following:
- Crash sensors in the fro nt of the ve hicle that measure vehicle accelera t ion/de celera t ion to provide info rmation to the Advanced Airbag System abo ut the seve rity of the crash.
- An electronic cont ro l unit, with integrated crash sensors for front and side impacts. The cont ro l unit "decides" whether to fire the front airbags based on the information received from the crash sensors. The contro l
unit also "decides" whether the safety belt pretensioners sho uld be activated. - An Advanced Airbag with gas generato r for the driver inside the steering wheel hub. - An Advance d Airbag with gas generato r inside the inst rument panel for the front pas senger. - A capacit ive passenger detection system unde rneath the front passenger seat cover . This system meas ures the electrical capac itance of the person in the seat. The informa tion registered is sent cont inuo usly to the electronic control un it to regu late deployment of the front Advanced Airbag on the passe nger side . - An airbag monitor ing system and indicator light in the instrument cluster ¢ page 156 . - A sensor in each front seat registers the distance betwee n the respective seat and the steer ing whee l or inst rument panel. The information registered is sent cont inuous ly to t he ele ct ron ic contro l unit to regula t e dep loyment of the front Advanced Airbags . - The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on in the center of t he instr ument pa nel ¢ page 217 an d t ells you when the fron t Advanced Airbag on the passenge r side has been turned off. - A sensor in the safety be lt latch for the driver and for the front seat passenger that senses whether t hat safety belt is latched or not and transmits this information to the electronic control un it.
A WARNING Damage to the front passenger seat can prevent the front airbag from wor king properly. - Improper repair or d isassembly of the front passenge r and dr iver sea t will prevent the Advanced Airbag System from functioning properly. - Repairs to the front passenge r seat must be pe rformed by qualified and properly trained workshop personnel. - Never remov e the front passenger or d river seat from the vehicle.
- Never remove the upholstery from the
front passenger seat .
- Never disassemble or remove parts from
the seat or disconnect wires from it.
- Never carry sharp objects in your pockets
or put them on the seat. The capacitive
passenger detection mat in the front
passenger seat will not function properly
if it is punctured .
- Never carry things on your lap or carry
objects on the front passenger seat.
Such objects can influence the capaci -
tance registered by the capacitive pas-
senger detection system, so that incor-
rect information is provided to the airbag
control unit.
- Never store items under the front pas-
senger seat. Parts of the Advanced Air-
bag System under the passenger seat
could be damaged, preventing them and
the airbag system from working proper-
ly.
- Never place seat covers or replacement
upholstery that have not been specifical-
ly approved by Audi on the front seats.
- Seat covers can prevent the Advanced
Airbag System from recognizing child re-
straints or occupants on the front pas-
senger seat and prevent the side airbag
in the seat backrest from deploying prop-
erly .
- If a seat heater has been retrofitted or
otherwise added to the front passenger
seat, never install any child restraint sys-
tern on this seat.
- Never use cushions, pillows, blankets, or
similar items on the front passenger
seat. The additional layers prevent the
capacitive passenger detection system
from accurately measuring the capaci-
tance of the child safety seat and/or the
person on the seat and thus keep the Ad-
vanced Airbag System from working
properly.
M N
- Never place or use any electrical device
0 c> o
(such as a laptop, CD player, electronic
,....,
\!)
games device, power inverter or seat
1.1"1
M
heater for child seats) on the front pas-
1,..1..".1,
Airbag system 153
senger seat if the device is connected to
the 12-volt socket or the cigarette light-
er socket. Such devices can influence the
capacitance registered by the capacitive
passenger detection system, so that in-
correct information is provided to the air-
bag control unit . - If you must use a child restraint on the
· ·
front passenger seat and the child re-
straint manufacturer's instructions re-
quire the use of a towel, foam cushion or
something else to properly position the
child restraint, make certain that the
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light comes
on and stays on whenever the child re-
straint is installed on the front passen-
ger seat.
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light
does not come on and stay on, immedi-
ately install child restraint in a rear seat -
ing position and have the airbag system
inspected by your Audi dealer .
A WARNING
If the front passenger seat gets wet, dry it
immediately.
- If liquid soaks into the front passenger
seat, this can keep the airbag system
from working properly and may, for in-
stance, deactivate the passenger frontal
airbag. If this happens, the PASSENGER
AIR BAGOFF light will come on and stay
on together with the airbag indicator
fl light in the instrument cluster.
- If liquid is pooled on the seat, but has
not soaked in, this may also keep the air-
bag system from working properly and
cause the passenger frontal airbag to be
enabled (turned on), even though there
is a properly installed child restraint sys-
tern on the seat. Wet towels or other wet
things on the seat cushion can have the
same effect . If the front passenger fron-
tal airbag is turned on, the PASSENGER
AIR BAGOFF light will go out.
·
1 5 4 Airbag syst em
How the Advanced Airbag System components work together
The front Advanced Airbag System and the side airbags supplement the protection offered by the front three-point saf ety be lts with pretensioners and load limiters and the adjus t able head restr a ints* to help reduce the risk of injury in a wide range of accident and crash situat ions. Be sure to read the important information about safety and heed the WARNINGSin this chapter .
Deployment of the Advanced Airbag System and the activat ion of the safety belt pretensioners depend on the decelerat ion measured by the crash senso rs and regis t ered by the e lectronic control unit. Crash sever ity depends on speed and deceleration as well as the mass and stiffness of the vehicle or object involved in the crash.
On the passenger side, regard less of safety be lt use, the front passenger fronta l airbag will be turned off if the e lectrical capac itance measured by the capacitive passenger detection system on the front passenge r seat is less than the amount programmed in the electronic control unit. The front passenger frontal airbag will also be turned off if the capacitance measured by the system for the front passenge r seat equa ls that of an infant of abo ut one yea r of age in one of the child sea t s that was used t o cer tif y the Advanced Airbag System under Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 . The PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light comes on and stays on to tell you when the front Advanced Airbag System on the passenger s ide has been turned off¢ page 157 .
A WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury when a n airbag inflates, a lways wear safety belts properly . - If you are unrestrained, leaning forward,
sitting sideways or out of position in any way, your risk of injury is much higher. - You will also receive serious injuries and could even be killed if you are up against the a irbag or too close to it when it in-
flates - even with an Advanced Airbag ¢ page 144.
More important things to know about front airbags
.q-..
:r:
iZ
Fig . 1 31 Inflated front airbags
Safety be lts are important to he lp keep front seat occupants in the proper seated position so that a irbags can unfold proper ly and provide supplemental protect ion in a frontal collision . The front airbags are designed to provide additional protection for the chest and face of the driver and the front seat passenger when : - safety belts are worn proper ly, - the seats have been positioned so that the
occupant is properly seated as far as poss ib le from the airbag , - and for adju stab le head restraints : the head restraints have been properly adj usted .
Becau se airbags inflate in the blink of an eye with great force, th ings you have on your lap or have placed on the seat could become dan gerous projecti les, and be pushed into you if the a irbag inf lates . When an airbag deploys, fine dust is released. This is no rma l and is not caused by a fire in the vehicle . This dust is made up mostly of a powder used to lubricate the airbags as they deploy . It could irritate skin . It is important to remembe r that while the supplementa l airbag system is designed to reduce the likelihood of serious injur ies, other injur ies, for examp le swelling, bruising and minor abrasions, can also happen when airbags inflate . Airbags do not protect the arms IIJI,
or the lower parts of the body. Front airbags supp lement the three-point safety belts only in some frontal collisions in which the vehicle dece leration is high enough to deploy the airbags.
Front airbag s will not deploy :
- if the ignition is switched off when a crash occurs,
- in side collisions, - in rear-end collisions, - in rollovers, - when the crash deceleration measured by
the a irbag system is less than the minimum threshold needed for airbag deployment as registered by the electronic control unit.
The front passeng er airbag also will not deploy:
- when the front passenger seat is not occupied,
- when the electrical capac itance measured by the capacitive passenger detect io n system for the front passenger seat indicates that the passenger side frontal airbag must be switched off by the electronic control unit (the PASSENGERAI R BAG OFF light Q page 157 and how they work comes on and stays on).
A WARNING
Sitting in the wrong position can increase the risk of serious injury in crashes. - To reduce the risk of injury when the air-
bags inflate, the driver and passengers must always sit in an upright posit ion, must not lean against or place any part of the ir body too close to the area where the a irbags are located. - Occupants who a re unbelted, out of posit ion or too close to the airbag can be seriously injured by an airbag as it unfolds with great force in the blink of an eye Qpage 146 .
M
A N
0 c> o
WARNING
-
,....,
\!)
A child in a rearward-facing child seat in-
1.1'1
M
stalled on the front passenger seat will be
1,..1..'1.,
A irbag sys tem 15 5
seriously injured and can be killed if the
front airbag inflates - even with an Ad-
vanced Airbag System.
- The inflating airbag will hit the ch ild seat
or infant carrier with great force and will
smash the child seat and child against
the backrest, center armrest, door or roof.
· ·
- Always install rear-fac ing ch ild seats on
the rear seat.
- If you must install a rearward fac ing
child safety seat on the front passenger
seat because of exceptional circumstan-
ces and the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF
light does not come on and st ay on, im-
mediately install the rearward-fac ing
child safety seat in a rear seating posi-
tion and have the airbag system inspect-
ed by your authorized Audi dealer.
A WARNING Objects between you and the airbag will increase the risk of injury in a crash by interfering with the way the airbag unfolds or by be ing pushed into you as the airbag inflates. - Never hold things in your hands or on
your lap when the veh icle is in use. - Never transport items on or in the area
of the front passenger seat. Objects could move into the area of the front airbags during braking or other sudden maneuvers and become dangerous projectiles that can cause ser ious personal injury if the a irbags inflate. - Never place or attach accesso ries o r other objects (such as cup holders, te lephone brackets, large, heavy or bulky objects) on the doors, over or near the area marked "AIRBAG"on the steering wheel, instrument panel, seat backrests or between those areas and yourself. These objects could cause injury in a crash, especially when the airbags inflate. - Never recline the front passenger 's seat to transport objects. Items can a lso move into the area of the s ide a irbag or
156 Airb a g sys t e m
the front airbag during braking or in a sudden maneuver. Objects near the airbags can become project iles and cause injury, part icularly when the seat is recl i ned. - Never place or transport objects on the front passenger seat . Objects on the front passenger seat could cause the capacitive sensor in the seat to signal to airbag system that t he seat is occupied by a person when it in fa ct is not, or that the person on the seat is heavier than he or she actually is. The change in electric capacitance because of such objects can cause the passenger front airbag to be turned on when it should be off, or can cause the airbag to work in a way that is different from the way it wou ld have worked w ithout obj ects on the seat. - Always make sure that there is nothing on the front passenger seat that will cause the capacitive passenger detection syst em in the seat to signal to t he Airbag System th at the seat is occupied by a person when it is not, or t o signa l t hat it is occupied by someone who is heavier than the person actually sitting on t he seat. The presence of an object could cause the passenger front airbag to be turned on when it sho uld be off, or could cause the airbag to work in a way that is differe nt from the way it wou ld have wor ked w ithout the object on the seat.
A WARNING
The fine dust created when airbags dep loy can cause breathing problems for people w ith a hist ory of asthma or othe r breat hing conditions . - To reduce the risk of breathing prob lems,
those wit h asthma or ot her respirat ory conditions should get fresh air right away by gett ing out of the vehicle or opening windows or doo rs. - If you are in a coll ision in which airbags deploy, wash your hands and face w ith mild soap and water befo re eat ing.
- Be careful not to get the dust into your eyes, or into any cuts or scratches.
- If the residue should get into your eyes, f lush them w ith wate r.
Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System
tliAirbag monitor ing indicator light
Two separate indicators monitor the function of the Advanced Airbag System: the airbag monitoring indicator light and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light.
The Advanced Airbag System as well as the side airbags and side curta in airbags w ith eject ion mit igat ion features (including the electron ic contro l unit, sensors and system wiring) are all mon itored continuously to make sure that they are functioning properly whenever t he ignition is on. Every time you tu rn on the ignition, the airbag syst em indica -
II tor light w ill come on fo r a few seconds
(funct ion check) .
II: The system must be inspected when the
indicator light
- does not come on when t he igni t ion is switched on,
- does not go out a few seconds after you have switched on the ignit ion, or
- comes on while driv ing.
If an airbag system malfunction is detected, the indicator lig ht w il l first sta rt flashing to catch t he driver's attent ion and the n stay on conti nuously to serve as a constant rem inder to have the syst em inspected immed iate ly.
If a malfunction occurs that tu rns the front
airbag on the passenger side off, the PASSEN -
GER AIR BAG OFF light will come on and stay
on wheneve r t he ign it ion is on.
.,..
_& WARNING
An airbag system that is not funct ioning properly cannot provide supplemental protection in a frontal crash.
- If the airbag indicator light¢ page 21
turns on when the vehicle is being used, have the system inspected immediately by you r a ut ho rized Audi dea le r. It is possible that t he airb ag will inf late when it is not supposed to, or will not inflate when it sho uld.
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light
Fig. 13 2 Center console: passenger a irbag off wa rning light
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light is located in the center of the instrument panel ¢fig. 132.
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will come on and stay on to te ll you when the front Advanced Airbag on t he passenger side has been turned off by the e lectronic control unit. If the bulb for the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light
fl burns out, the a irbag ind icator light will
come on to signal a malfunction in the Advanced Airbag System . Although the bur nedout bulb will not cha nge the way the front passenger's frontal airbag wor ks, it will no longe r be possib le t o use the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light to make sure that the airbag on/off stat us is correct for the occupant on the front passenger seat. Have the airbag system inspected immed iate ly by your author~ ized Audi dealer.
0
iii The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will blink
:rl5: for about 5 seconds when :
M l/1 rl
A irba g sy stem 15 7
- the ignition is sw itched on and - t he capaci tive passenger detec t ion system,
which switches t he front seat passenger's frontal Advanced Airbag on and off, detects a change in the status of the front passenger seat.
As soon as the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light stops blink ing, a lways make sure that the airbag status (on or off) as shown by the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light is proper for the age, size and electrical capacitance of the person occupying the fro nt passenger seat. Always make sure that the safety belt for the front passenger seat is properly fastened.
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will show the status of the front seat passenger 's fronta l Advan ced Airbag a f ew seconds after th e ignition is switched on and th e airbag indicator light goes off. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light :
- w ill stay on if the front passenger seat is not
occupied;
- will stay on if the electrical capacitance
meas ured by the capacitive passenge r de-
tect io n system for the fron t passenger seat
equa ls the comb ined capacitance of an in-
fa nt up to about one year of age and one of
t he rearwa rd-facing or forward-fa cing ch ild
restraints listed in Fede ral Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard 208 with which the Ad-
vanced Airbag System in your vehicle was
cert ified; For a listing of the child restraints
that were used to certify your vehicle's com-
pliance w ith the U.S. Safety Standard
~page 172 .
- w ill go out if the fro nt passenge r seat is oc-
cupied by an adult as registered by the ca-
pacitive passenger detection system .
- The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light must
come on and stay on if the ignition is on
and ...
- a car bed has been installed on the front
passenger seat, or
- a rearwa rd-facing child rest ra int has been
installed on the front passenger seat, or
- a forward-facing ch ild restrai nt has been in-
stalled on the front passenger seat,
.,,.
158 Airbag system
- and if the e lectrica l capacitance registered on the front passenger seat is equal to or less than the combined capacitance of a typical 1 year-old infant and one of the rear ward-facing or forward-facing child restra ints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safe ty Standard 208 with which the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was certified .
If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the front airbag will not deploy, and the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight will stay on . Never insta ll a rearward-facing ch ild restraint on the front passenger seat, the safest place for a child in any kind of child restraint is at one of the seat ing positions on the rear seat ¢ page 146, Childrestraints on the front seat - some important things to know and ¢ page 170, ChildSafety .
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes on ...
If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight comes on when one of the conditions listed above is met , be sure to check the light regularly to make certa in that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFFlight stays on cont inuously whenever the ignit ion is on . If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFFlight does not appear on and does not stay on all the t ime, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and
- reactivate the system by turning the ignition off for more than 4 seconds and then turning it on again;
- remove and reinstall the child restraint. Make su re that the child restraint is properly installed and that the safety be lt fo r the front passenger seat has been correctly routed through the child restraint as described in the child restraint man ufacturer 's instructions;
- make sure that the convertible locking retractor on the safety belt for the front pas senger seat has been activated and that the safety belt has been pulled tight.
- make sure that no e lectrica l device (such as a laptop, CDplaye r, electronic games device, power inverter or seat hea t er for child seats) is placed or used on the front passenger
seat if the device is connected to the 12- volt socket or the cigarette lighter socket; - ma ke sure that no seat heater has been retrofitted or otherwise added to the front passenger seat; - make sure that nothing can interfere with the safety belt buck les and that they are not obstructed ; - make sure that there are no wet objects (such as a wet towe l) and no water or other liquids on the front passenger seat cushion.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light still does not come on ...
If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight still does not come on and does not stay on con tinuous ly (when the ignition is switched on),
- take the child restraint off the front passen ger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat positions. Have the airbag system inspected by your Audi dealer immed iately.
- move the child to a rear seat position and make sure that the child is properly restrained in a child restraint that is appropriate for its size and age .
The PASSENGER AIR BAG light should NOT come on .. .
The PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight should NOT come on when the ignition is on and an adult is s itting in a proper seating position on the front passenger seat. If the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFFlight comes on and stays on or flashes for about S seconds wh ile d riving, under these circumstances, make sure that:
- the adult on the front passenger seat is properly seated on the cente r of the seat cushion with his or her back up aga inst the backrest and the backrest is not reclined,
- the adult is not taking weight off the seat by holding on to the passenger assist handle above the front passenger door or supporting their weight on the armrest ,
- t he safety belt is being properly wo rn and that there is not a lot of s lack in the safety be lt webbing,
- there are no aftermarket seat covers or cushions or other things (such as blankets) .,..
on the front passenger seat that might cause the capa citive passenger detecti on system to miscalcu late electrical capac itance.
Important safety instructions on monitoring the Advanced Airbag System
A WARNING
- If the status of the Adva need Airbag System has changed while the vehicle is moving, the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light blinks for about S seconds to catch the driver's attent ion. If this happens, always stop as soon as it is safe to do so and check the steps described above .
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight does not go off when an adult who is not very small is sitting on the front passenger seat after taking the steps descr ibed above, make sure the adult is properly seated and restrained at one of the rear seating pos it ions. Have the a irbag system inspected by your authorized Audi dealer before transporting anyone on the front passenger seat .
A WARNING An airbag system that is not funct ioning properly cannot provide supplemental protection in a frontal crash.
- If the airbag indicator light c>page 21 comes when the vehicle is be ing used, have the system inspected immediately by you r autho rized Audi dea le r. It is possible that the a irbag will inf late when it is not supposed to, or will not inflate when it sho uld.
A WARNING
If the front airbag infla t es, a ch ild witho ut
a child restraint, or in a rearward -facing
child safety seat, or in a forward-facing
M
child rest raint that has not been properly
N
ci
c> o
,....,
installed will be serio usly injured and can be killed.
\.!.) ,.,
M..,.,
,....,
A irbag sys tem 159
- Even tho ugh you r vehicle is equipped
with an Advanced Airbag System, make
certa in that all children, espec ia lly 12
yea rs and younger, always ride on the
back seat prope rly rest rained for their
age and size .
- Always install forward o r rear-facing child seats on the rear seat - even with
· ·
an Advan ced Airbag System.
- If you must install a rearwa rd fac ing
child safety seat on the front passenger
seat because of exceptional circumstan-
ces and the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF
light does not come on an d st ay on, im-
mediately insta ll the rearward -fac ing
child safety seat in a rear seating posi-
tion and have the airbag system inspect-
ed by your authorized Audi dealer .
- If, in exceptiona l circumstances, you
must install a forward-fac ing ch ild re-
straint on the front passenger seat, al-
ways move the seat into its rearmost po-
sition in the seat's fore and aft adjust-
ment rang e, as fa r away from the a irbag
as poss ible. The backrest must be adj ust-
ed t o a n upright pos ition. Make su re that
the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight
comes on and stays on all the time when -
eve r the ignit ion is switched on .
A\_ WARNING
-
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight
does not go out when an adu lt is sitting
on the front passenger seat after taking
the steps described above, make sure the
adu lt is properly seated and restra ined at
one of the rea r seat ing pos itions .
- Have the airbag system inspected by
your Audi dea le r before transporting
a nyone on the front passenger sea t.
(D Tips
If the capac itive passenger detection sys -
tem determ ines that the front passenger
·
seat is empty, the fronta l airbag on the
passenger side will be t urned off, and the
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFligh t will st ay
on.
160 Airbag system
Repair, care and disposal of the airbags
Parts of the airbag system are installed at many different places on your Audi. Installing, removing, servicing or repairing a part in an area of the vehicle can damage a part of an airbag system and prevent that system from working properly in a collision.
There are some important things you have to know to make sure that the effectiveness of the system will not be impaired and that discarded components do not cause injury or pollute the environment.
A WARNING
Improper care, servicing and repair procedures can increase the risk of personal injury and death by preventing an airbag from deploying when needed or deploying an airbag unexpectedly: - Never cover, obstruct, or change the
steering wheel horn pad or airbag cover or the instrument panel or modify them in any way. - Never attach any objects such as cup holders or telephone mountings to the surfaces covering the airbag units. - For cleaning the horn pad or instrument panel, use only a soft, dry cloth or one moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could damage the airbag cover or change the stiffness or strength of the material so that the airbag cannot deploy and protect properly. - Never repair, adjust, or change any parts of the airbag system. - All work on the steering wheel, instrument panel, front seats or electrical system (including the installation of audio equipment, cellular telephones and CB radios, etc .) must be performed by a qualified technician who has the training and special equipment necessary. - For any work on the airbag system, we strongly recommend that you see your authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
- Never modify the front bumper or parts of the vehicle body.
- Always make sure that the side airbag can inflate without interference:
- Never install seat covers or replacement upholstery over the front seatbacks that have not been specifically approved by Audi.
- Never use additional seat cushions that cover the areas where the side airbags inflate.
- Damage to the original seat covers or to the seam in the area of the side airbag module must always be repaired immediately by an authorized Audi dealer.
- The airbag system can deploy only once. After an airbag has been deployed, it must be replaced with new replacement parts designed and approved especially for your Audi model version. Replacement of complete airbag systems or airbag components must be performed by qualified workshops only. Make sure that any airbag service action is entered in your Audi Warranty & Maintenance booklet under AIRBAG REPLACEMENTRECORD.
- For safety reasons in severe accidents, the alternator and starter are separated from the vehicle battery with a pyrotechnic circuit interrupter.
- Work on the pyrotechnic circuit interrupter must only be performed by a qualified technicians who have the experience, information and special tools necessary to perform the work safely.
- If the vehicle or the circuit interrupter is scrapped, all applicable safety precautions must be followed.
@) For the sake of the environment
Undeployed airbag modules and pretensioners might be classified as Perchlorate Material - special handling may apply, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. When the vehicle or parts of the restraint system includ ing airbag modules and safety belts with pretensioners are scrapped, all applicable laws and regulations must be observed. Your authorized Audi dealer is familiar with these requirements and we recommend that you have your dealer perform this service for you.
Other things that can affect Advanced Airbag performance
Changing the vehicle's suspension system can change the way that the Advanced Airbag System performs in a crash. For example, using tire-r im combinations not approved by Audi, lowering the vehicle, changing the stiffness of the suspension, including the springs, suspension struts, shock absorbers etc. can change the forces that are measured by the airbag sensors and sent to the electron ic control unit. Some suspension changes can, for example, increase the force levels measured by the sensors and make the airbag system deploy in crashes in which it would not deploy if the changes had not been made. Other kinds of changes may reduce the force levels measured by the sensors and prevent the airbag from deploying when it should .
A WARNING
Changing the vehicle's suspension including use of unapproved tire-rim combinations can change Advanced Airbag performance and increase the risk of serious personal injury in a crash. - Never install suspension components
that do not have the same performance characteristics as the components originally insta lled on your vehicle. - Never use tire-rim combinations that have not been approved by Audi.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"..'.., "rl '
Airbag system
161
Knee airbags
Description of knee airbags
Applies to vehicles: with knee airbags
The knee airbag system can provide supplemental protection to properly restrained front seat occupants.
Fig. 133 Driver's knee airbag
The dr iver knee airbag is in the instrument panel underneath the steering wheel
¢ fig. 133, the airbag for the passenger is at
about the same height in the instrument panel underneath the glove compartment.
The knee airbag offers additional protection to the driver's and passenger's knees and upper and lower thigh areas and supplements the protection provided by the safety belts.
If the front airbags deploy, the knee airbags also deploy in frontal collisions when the deployment threshold stored in the control unit
is met¢ page 154, More important things to know about front airbags.
In addition to their normal safety function, safety belts help keep the driver or front passenger in position in a frontal collision so that the airbags can provide supplemental protection.
The airbag system is not a substitute for your
safety belt. Rather, it is part of the overall oc-
cupant restraint system in your vehicle. Al-
ways remember that the airbag system can
only help to protect you if you are wearing
your safety belt and wearing it properly. This
is why you should always wear your safety
belt, not just because the law requires you to
do so¢ page 135, General notes.
..,_
162 Airbag system
Remember too, airbags will deploy only once and on ly in certain kinds of accidents -your safety belts are always there to offer protection in those accidents in which airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they have already deployed, for example when your veh icle strikes or is struck by another after the first coll ision .
This is just one of the reasons why an airbag is not a substitute for the safety belt . The airbag system works most effectively when used with the safety belts . Therefore, always wear your safety be lt s correctly .
It is important to remember that while the supplemental knee a irbag system is designed to reduce the likelihood of serious injuries, other injuries , for example , swell ing, bruising and minor abrasions and frict ion burns can also occur when an airbag inflates.
The knee airbag system basically consists
of:
- The elec t ronic con t rol module - Two inflatab le airbags (airbag and gas gen-
erator), one fo r the driver and one for the front passenger - The airbag indicator light in the instrument panel
The knee airbag system will not deploy:
- when the ign ition is switched off - in frontal collisions when the deceleration
measured by the control unit is too low - in s ide collisions - in rear-end co llisions - in rollovers - in the event of a system malfunction (warn-
ing/indicator light is on) Q page 21.
.8, WARNING -
- Safety belts and the airbag system can only provide protection when occupants are in the proper seating posit ion Q page 154.
- If the airbag indicator light ¢ page 21 comes when the vehicle is be ing used, have the system inspected immediately
by your authorized Audi dealer. It is possible that the airbag will inflate when it is not supposed to, or will not inflate when it should .
How knee airbags work
Applies to vehicles: with knee airbags
The risk of injury to the leg area can be reduced by fully inflated knee airbags.
Fig. 134 Inflated airbags protecting in a fronta l collision
The knee airbag system has been designed so that the airbags for the driver and front pas senger deploy in certa in but not all frontal collisions.
If the front airbags dep loy, the knee airbags also dep loy in frontal collisions when the deployment threshold stored in the control unit is met.
When the system deploys, the airbags fill with a compressed propellant gas, and inf late between the lower part of the instrument panel and the driver and the lower part of the instrument panel and the front passenger Q page 154, fig . 131 .
Although they are not a soft pillow, they can "cushion" the impact and in th is way they can help to reduce the risk of injury to the lower extremit ies .
All of th is takes place in the blink of an eye, so
fast that many people don't even realize that
the a irbags have deployed . The airbags also
inflate with a great deal of force and it is im-
portant for occupant safety that nothing
shou ld be in their way when they deploy.
..,.
Fully inflated airbags in combination with properly worn safety belts slow down and limit the occupant's forward movement and help to reduce the risk of injury.
Important safety instructions on the knee airbag system
Appl ies to vehicles: with Knee airbags
Airbags are only supplemen tal restraints. Always wear safety belts correctly and ride in a proper seating position.
There is a lot that you and your passengers must know and do to help the safety belts and airbags to provide supplemental protection .
A WARNING
An inflating knee airbag can cause serious
injury. Wearing safety belts incorrectly and
improper seating positions increase the
risk of serious personal injury and death
whenever a vehicle is being used.
- The knee airbag system cannot protect you properly if you are seated too close
to any of the airbag locations. When ad-
justing their seat positions, it is impor-
tant that both the driver and the front passenger keep their upper bodies and
knees at the following minimum safe
distances:
- at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the
chest and the steering wheel/instru-
ment panel.
- 4 inches (10 cm) between the knees
and the lower part of the instrument
panel.
- The risk of personal injury increases if
you lean forward or to the side, or if the
seat is improperly positioned and you are
not wearing your safety belt. The risk in-
creases even more should the airbag de-
ploy.
- Always make sure that the knee airbag
can inflate without interference. Objects
....,
N
between you and the airbag can increase
0 c> o
the risk of injury in an accident by inter-
rl
I.O
fering with the way the airbag deploys or
"..'..,
"rl '
Airbag system 163
by being pushed into you as the airbag deploys. - Never let anybody, especially children
or animals ride in the footwell in front of the passenger seat. If the airbag deploys, this can result in serious or fatal injuries. - Never carry objects of any kind in the footwell area in front of the driver's or passenger's seat. Bulky objects (shopping bags, for example) can interfere with or prevent proper deployment of the airbag. Small objects can be thrown through the vehicle if the airbag deploys and injure you or your passengers . - Make sure there are no cracks, deep scratches or other damage in the area of the instrument panel where the knee airbags are located. - If children are incorrectly seated, their risk of injury increases in a collision ~page 170, ChildSafety .
Side airbags
Description of side airbags
The airbag system can provide supplemental protection to properly restrained occupants.
Fig. 135 Side airbag locatio n in the d river's seat
The side airbags are located in the sides of the front seat backrests ~ fig . 135 and the rear backrest facing the doors.
The side airbags installed for the front seating
positions have been designed and certified to
help reduce the risk of injury that can be
IJJJ,
164 Airb a g sys t e m
caused by airbags when they inflate, particu lar ly when the occupant sitting next to it is not seated proper ly. The s ide a irbag for the front passenger seat can be used with properly installed child restraints. Please be sure to read the important information and warnings wheneve r us ing a ch ild restrai nt in a vehicle: Safety belts ~ page 135, Airbag system ~page 144, Child safety ~ page 170.
The side airbag system basically consists of:
- the e lectronic control module and external s ide impact sensors
- the two airbags located in the sides of the front backrests and the two airbags* located in the rear backrest
- the airbag warning light in the instrument cluster.
The airbag system is monitored elect ronica lly to make certain that it is functioning properly at all times . Each time you switch on the ignition, the airbag system indicator light will come on for a few seconds (self diagnostics).
The side airbag system supplements the safety belts and can help to reduce t he risk of injury to the driver's, front and rear passenger 's upper torso on the side of the vehicle that is struck in a side collision . The airbag deploys only in s ide impacts and o nly when the veh icle acceleration registered by the control un it is high enough . If this rate is below the reference va lue programmed into the control unit, the side airbags will not be triggered , even though the ca r may be badly damaged as a result of the collision . It is not possible to def ine an a irbag tr igger ing range that will cover every possible angle of impact, since the circumstances will vary considerably between one collision and another . Important factors include, for examp le, the nature (hard or soft) of the impacting object, the ang le of impact , vehicle speed, etc. ~page 165, Impor t ant safety instructions on the side airbag system.
Aside from the ir normal safety function, safety belts work to he lp keep the driver or front passenger in position in the event of a side
collision so that the side airbags can provide protection.
The a irbag system is not a substi t ute for you r safety belt . Rather, it is part of the overa ll occupant restra int system in you r vehicle . Always remember that the side airbag system can only help to protect you if you are wearing your safety belt and wearing it proper ly. This is another reason why you should always wear your safety belts, not just because the law requires you to do so ~ page 135, General notes.
It is important to remember that while the supplementa l side airbag system is designed to reduce the likelihood of ser ious inju ries, other injur ies, for example, swelling, bru is ing , fr iction burns and mino r abrasions can a lso be associated with dep loyed side airbags. Remember too, side a irbags will dep loy on ly once and on ly in ce rtain kinds of accidents your safety belts a re always the re to offer protection .
Vehicle damage , repair costs or even the lack of vehicle damage are not necessarily an indication of over-sensitive or failed airbag activat ion. In some coll is ions, both front and side airbags may inflate. Remember too, that airbags will deploy only once and only in certain kinds of collisions - your safety belts are a lways the re to offer protection in those acc idents in which airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they have a lready deployed .
The side airbag system will not deploy:
- when the ignit ion is switched off - in side collisions when the acceleration
measured by t he senso r is too low - in front-end collisions - in rear-end collisions - in rollove rs.
In some types of accidents the front airbags,
side cu rt ain airbags and s ide a irbags may be
t rigge red togethe r.
Iii>
_& WARNING
- Safety belts and th e airbag system will only provide protection when occupants are in the proper seating position ¢page 165 .
- If the airbag indicator light¢ page 21
turns on when the vehicle is being used, have the system inspected immediately by your authorized Audi dealer. It is possible that the airbag will inflate when it is not supposed to, or will not inflate when it should.
How supplemental side airbags work
Side airbags deploy instantly and can help reduce the risk of upper torso injuries for occupants who are properly restrained.
Fig. 136 Side impac t protectio n : inflated side airbags
When the system is triggered, the airbag is filled with propellant gas and breaks through a seam in the seat surface area marked "AIRBAG". It expands between the side trim panel and the passenger. In order to help provide th is additional protection, the side airbag must inf late within a fraction of a second at very high speed and with great force. The supplemental side airbag could injure you if your seating position is not proper or upright or if items are located in the area where the supplemental side a irbag expands . This appl ies especially to children ¢ page 170, Child Safety . Supplemental side airbags inflate between the occupant and the door panel on the side ~ of the vehicle that is struck in certain side col -
oiii lision ¢fig . 136.
rl
I.O
"'
M
"rl '
Airbag system 165
Although they are not a soft pillow, they can "cushion" the impact and in this way they can help to reduce the risk of injury to the upper part of the body.
A fine dust may develop when the airbag deploys . This is normal and does not mean there is a fire in the vehicle.
Important safety instructions on the side airbag system
Airbags are only supplemental restraints . Always properly wear safety belts and ride in a proper seating position .
There is a lot that you and your passengers must know and act accord ing ly to help the safety belts and airbags do their job to provide supplemental protection .
-_& WARNING An inflating side airbag can cause serious or fatal injury. Improperly wearing safety belts and improper seating positions increase the risk of serious personal injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used. - In order to reduce the risk of injury when the supplemental side airbag inflates: - Always sit in an upright position and never lean against the area where the supplemental side airbag is located. - Never let a child or anyone else rest their head against the side trim panel in the area where the supplemental side airbag inflates. - Always make sure that safety belts are worn correctly, - Do not let anyone s itting in the front seat put their hand or any other parts of their body out of the window . -Always make sure that the side airbag can inflate without interference. - Never install seat covers or replacement upholstery over the front seatbacks that have not been specifically approved by Audi.
166 Airbag system
- Never use additional seat cushions that cover the areas where the side airbags deploy.
- Damage to the original seat covers or to the seam in the area of the side airbag module must always be repaired immediately by an authorized Audi dealer.
- Objects between you and the airbag can increase the risk of injury in an accident by interfering with the way the airbag unfolds or by being pushed into you as the airbag inflates . - Never place or attach accessories or other objects (such as cup holders, telephone brackets, or even large, bulky objects) on the doors, over or near the area marked "AIRBAG" on the seat backrests. - Such objects and accessories can become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side airbag inflates . - Never carry any objects or pets in the deployment space between them and the airbags or allow children or other passengers to travel in this position.
- Always use the built-in coat hooks only for lightweight clothing . Never leave any heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pockets that may interfere with side airbag deployment and can cause personal injury in an accident.
- Always prevent the side airbags from being damaged by heavy objects knocking against or hitting the sides of the seatbacks.
- The airbag system can only be triggered once. If the airbag has been triggered, the system must be replaced by an authorized Audi dealership.
- Damage (cracks, deep scratches etc.) to the original seat covers or to the seam in the area of the side airbag module must always be repaired immediately by an authorized Audi dealer.
- If children are seated improperly , their
risk of injury increases in the case of an
accident Q page 170, Child Safety.
- Never attempt to modify any components of the airbag system in any way.
- In a side collision, side airbags will not function properly if sensors cannot correctly measure increasing air pressure inside the doors when air escapes through larger, unclosed openings in the door panel. - Never drive with interior door trim panels removed. - Never drive when parts have been removed from the inside door panel and the openings they leave have not been properly closed. - Never drive when loudspeakers in the doors have been removed unless the speaker holes have been properly closed. - Always make certain that openings are covered or filled if additional speakers or other equipment is installed in t he inside door panels. - Always have work on the doors done by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop .
Side curtain airbags
Description of side curtain airbags
The side curtain airbag system can provide supplemental protection to properly restrained occupants.
Fig. 137 Side curta in airbags, driver's side : side cur tain
airbag locat ion
..,_
The inflatable side curtain airbags are located on both sides of the interior above th e front and rear side windows . They are identified by the word "AIRBAG"on the windsh ield frame and the center roof pillar.
The side curtain airbags contain features that prov ide ejection m itigation to he lp prevent vehicle occupant s or parts of their bodies from being comple t ely or partially ejected from t he vehicle interior in certain side impacts and vehicle rollovers .
The s ide curtain airbag system supp lements the safety belts and can help to reduce the risk of injury for occupa nts ' heads and upper torso on the side of the veh icle that is struck in a side collision . The side curta in a irbag inflates in side impacts and on ly w hen the veh icle acce le rat ion reg iste red by the cont ro l unit is high enough . If th is rate is below the refer ence value programmed into t he control unit, the side curtain airbag will not be t riggered, even though the car may be badly damaged as a result of the collision. It is not possible to define an airbag triggering range t ha t will cover every possible angle of impact, since the circumstances will vary considerably between one collision and another. Important factors include, for examp le, the natu re (hard o r soft) of the impacting object, the ang le of impact , vehicle speed, et c. q page 168, How sid e cur tain airbags work .
Besides t heir normal safety function, safety be lts work to help keep the dr iver or front passenger in position in the event of a frontal collision so that the side curtain airbags can provide protection.
The airbag system is not a subst itute for your safety be lt . Rathe r, it is pa rt of the overall occupant restraint system in your vehicle . Always rememb er that the airbag system can only help to protect you if you are wearing your safety belt and wear ing it properly. This is another reason why you shou ld always wear
M
N your safety belts, not just because the law re 0c>o q uires you to do so q page 135, General
,....,
~ notes .
M
l,/.'I...,
A irbag sys tem 167
It is important to remembe r that wh ile the
side curtain airbag system is designed to help
reduce the likelihood of ser ious injuries, other
injur ies, for example, swelling, bru is ing, fric-
tion burns and minor abras ions can also be as-
sociated w ith these airbags upon deployment .
Remember too , these airbags will deploy only once a nd only in ce rtain kinds of accide nts -
· ·
you r safety be lts a re a lways the re to offer pro-
tection .
The side curtain airbag system basically consists of:
- The e lectronic control module and external side impact sensors
- The side curta in a irbags above the front and rear side windows w it h ejection mitigation featu res
- The a irbag indicator light in the instr ument pa ne l
The airbag system is mon itored e lectronically to make ce rtain it is func t ioning prope rly at all times. Each time you sw itch on the ignit ion, the a irbag system indicator light will come on for a few se conds (sel f diagnos t ics) .
The side curtain airbag is not activat ed:
- if the ignition is sw itched off, - in side collisions whe n t he acceleration
measured by the sensor is too low, - in rear-end collisions.
A WARNING
- Safety belts and the airbag system will
only provide pro t ection when occupa nts
are in the proper seating position
q page 57, Front seats .
- If the ai rbag ind icator light q page 21
comes when the veh icle is being used,
have t he system inspected imme d iately
by your aut hori zed Audi dealer. It is pos-
sible tha t the airbag will inflate when it
is not supposed to , or will not inflate
when it should .
·
168 Airbag system
How side curtain airbags work Side curtain airbags can work together with side airbags to help reduce the risk of head and upper torso injuries for occupants who are properly restrained.
Fig. 138 Ill ustration of principle: Inflated s ide curt ain airbags on th e Lefts ide
The side curtain airbags inflate between the occupant and the windows on the side of the vehicle that is struck in a side collision c::f>ig. 138. When the system is triggered , the side curtain airbag is filled with propellant gas and breaks through a seam above the front and rear side windows identified by the AIRBAGlabel. In order to help provide this additional pro t ection, the side curtain airbag must inflate within the blink of an eye at very high speed and with great force . The side curtain airbag could injure you if your seating position is not proper or upright or if items are located in the area where the supplemental side curtain airbag inflates . This applies especially to children <=p:a>ge 170. Although they are not a soft pillow, side curtain airbags can "cushion" the impact and in this way they can he lp to reduce the risk of injury to the head and the upper part of the body . A fine dust may develop when the airbag deploys. This is quite norma l and does not mean there is a fire in the vehicle.
Important safety instructions on the side curtain airbag system
Airbags are only supplemental restraints . Always properly wear safety belts and ride in o proper seating position.
There is a lot that you and your passengers must know and do to he lp the safety belts and airbags do their job to provide supp lemental protection.
A WARNING Improperly wearing safety belts and improper seating positions increase the risk of serious personal injury and death when-
ever a vehicle is being used.
- Never let occupants place any parts of their bodies in the area from which the side curtain airbag inflate.
- Always make sure that the side curtain airbags can inflate without interference.
- Use the built-in coat hooks only for lightweight clothing. Never leave any heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pockets that may interfere with airbag deployment and can cause personal injury in a collision.
- Never use hangers to hang clothes on the hooks .
- Only use factory-installed sun shades or, if shades installed after the vehicle leaves the factory, use only genuine Audi sun shades.
- Never swing the sun visors over to the side windows if things such as pens, garage door openers , hands-free speakers, etc. are attached to the sun visors. They could come loose and cause serious injury if the side curtain airbag inflates .
- A deploying airbag inf lates in a fraction of a second and with great force .
- Never attach objects to the cover or in the deployment zone of a side curtain airbag.
- The airbag deployment zones must be kept clear at all times . Make sure there are no objects, pets, or other persons in
the space between any vehicle occupant and any airbag at any time. - Do not attach any accessories to the doors.
A WARNING
- The airbag system can deploy only once. If the airbag has been triggered, the system must be replaced by an author ized Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
- Always have work involving the side curtain a irbag system, remova l and installat ion of the a irbag components, o r other repai rs perfo rmed by a qualified dealership. Othe rwise the airbag system may not wo rk corre ctly.
- Never attempt to modify any component s of t he airbag system in any way.
A irbag sys tem 169
· ·
M
·
N
0 c> o
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
M..,.,
,....,
1 70 Ch ild Saf e ty
Child Safety
Important know
things to
Introduction
The rear seat is generally the safest place in a collision.
The physical principles of what happens when your vehicle is in a crash apply also to chi ldren
¢ page 136, What happens to occupants not wearing safety belts?. But unlike adults and
teenagers, their muscles and bones are not fu lly developed. In many respects children are at greater risk of serious injury in crashes than adults.
Becausechildren's bodies are not fully developed, they require restraint systems especially designed for their size, weight, and body structure. Many countries and all states of the United States and provinces of Canada have laws requiring the use of approved child restraint systems for infants and small children.
In a fronta l crash at a speed of 20 -35 mph (30-56 km/h) the forces acting on a 13-pound (6 kg) infant w ill be more than 20 t imes the weight of the child. This means the weight of the child would suddenly be more than 260 pounds (120 kg). Under these conditions, only an appropriate child restraint properly used can reduce the risk of serious injury. Child restraints, lik e adult safety belts, must be used properly to be effective. Used improperly, they can increase the risk of serious injury in an accident.
Consult the child safety seat manufacturer's instructions to be sure the seat is right for
your child's size ¢ page 174, Important safety instructions for using child safety seats.
Please be sure to read and heed all of the important information and WARNINGS about child safety, Advanced Airbags, and the installation of chi ld restraints in this chapter.
There is a lot you need to know about the Advanced Airbags in your vehicle and how they work when infants and children in child re-
straints are on the front passenger seat. Because of the large amount of important information, we cannot repeat it all here. We urge you to read the detailed information in this owner's manual about airbags and the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle and the very important information about transporting children on the front passenger seat. Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS - they are extremely important for your safety and the safety of your passengers, especially infants and small children.
A WARNING
- Accident statistics have shown that children are generally safer in the rear seat area than in the front seating position. Always restrain any child age 12 and under in the rear.
- All vehicle occupants and especially children must be restrained properly whenever riding in a vehicle. An unrestrained or improperly restrained chi ld could be injured by str ikin g the interior or by being ejected from the vehicle during a sudden maneuver or impact. An unrestrained or improperly restrained chi ld is also at greater risk of injury or death through contact with an inflating airbag.
- A suitable chi ld restraint properly instal led and used at one of the rear seating positions provides the highest degree of protection for infants and small children in most accident situations.
A,_ WARNING
Children on the front seat of any car even
with Advanced Airbags can be seriously in-
jured or even killed when an airbag in-
flates. A child in a rearward-facing child
safety seat installed on the front passen-
ger seat will be seriously injured and can
be killed if the front airbag inflates.
- The inflating airbag will hit the child
safety seat or infant carrier with great
force and will smash the child safety seat
and child against the backrest, center
armrest, or door.
II>-
- Always install rear-facing child safety seats on the rear seat.
- If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the front passenger seat in exceptional circumstances and the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not come on and stay on, immediately install the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear seating position and have the airbag system inspected immediately by your Audi dealer.
_& WARNING
- Forward-facing child safety seats installed on the front passenger's seat may in-
terfere with the deployment of the airbag and cause serious injury to the child.
- If exceptional circumstances require the use of a forward-facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat, the child's
safety and well-being require the following special precautions to be taken:
- Always make sure that the forward-fac-
ing seat has been designed and certified by its manufacturer for use on a
front passenger seat with a front and
side airbag.
- Always carefully follow the manufac-
turer's instructions provided with the child seat or infant carrier.
- Never install a child restraint without a properly attached top tether strap if the child restraint manufacturer's in-
structions require the top tether strap
to be used.
- Never put the forward-facing child re-
straint up against or very near the instrument panel.
- Always set the safety belt upper anchorage to the adjustment position that permits proper installation in ac-
cordance with the child restraint manu-
facturer's instructions.
- Always move the passenger seat into
M
N
0 c> o
,....,
its rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away
\!) 1.1'1
from the airbag as possible before in-
M
1,..1..'1.,
Child Safety 1 71
stalling the child restraint. The back-
rest must be adjusted to an upright po-
sition.
- Always make sure that nothing pre-
vents the front passenger's seat from
being moved to the rearmost position
in its fore and aft adjustment range. - Never place objects on the seat (such
· ·
as a laptop, CO player, electronic
games device, power inverter or seat
heater for child seats) . These may in-
fluence the electrical capacitance
measured by the capacitive passenger
detection system and can also fly
around in an accident and cause serious
personal injury.
- Never place or use any electrical device
(such as a laptop, CO player, electronic
games device, power inverter or seat
heater for child seats) on the front pas-
senger seat if the device is connected
to the 12-volt socket or the cigarette
lighter socket.
- If a seat heater has been retrofitted or
otherwise added to the front passen-
ger seat, never install any child re-
straint system on this seat.
- Make sure that there are no wet objects
(such as a wet towel) and no water or
other liquids on the front passenger
seat cushion .
- Always make sure that the PASSENGER
AIR BAGOFF light comes on and stays
on all the time whenever the ignition is
switched on.
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light
does not come on and stay on, immedi-
ately install the rearward-facing child
safety seat in a rear seating position
and have the airbag system inspected
by your authorized Audi dealer.
- Always buckle the child seat firmly in
place even if a child is not sitting in it.
A loose child seat can fly around during
a sudden stop or in a collision.
·
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS
whenever using a child restraint in ave-
hicle ¢ page 135, Safety belts,
..,
172 Ch ild Saf e ty
c::p>age 144, Airbag system and c::p>age 170 , Important things to know.
Always rep lace child restraints that were installed in a vehicle during a crash . Dam age to a child restraint that is not visible could cause it to fail in another collision situation.
Advanced front airbag system and children
Your veh icle is eq uipped with a front "Advanced Airbag System" in compliance with United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS)208 as applicab le at the time your vehicle was manufactured.
The Advanced Airbag system in your vehicle has been certified to meet the "low-risk" requirements for 3 and 6 year-o ld children on the passenger side and small adults on the driver side. The low risk deployment criter ia are intended to reduce the risk of injury through interaction with the a irbag that can occur, for example, by be ing too close to the steering wheel and instrument panel when the airbag inflates. In addi t ion, the system has been certified to comply w ith the "suppression" requirements of the Safety Standard, to turn off the front airbag for infants up to 12 months who a re restrained on the front passenger seat in chi ld restraints that are listed in the Standard.
Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag system, all chi ldren, especially those 12 years and younger, shou ld always ride in the back seat properly restrained for the ir age and s ize . The a irbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a potentially dangerous place for a child to ride. The front seat is not the safest place fo r a ch ild in a fo rward-facing child safety seat. It can be a ve ry dangerous place for an infan t or a large r ch ild in a rearward- facing seat.
The vehicle's Advanced Airbag System has a capacitive passenger detection system in the front passenger seat cush ion that can detect the presence of a baby or a ch ild in a child restra int system on this seat.
The capacitive passenger detection system registers the changes that result in an electri cal fie ld when a chi ld, a child restra int, and a baby blanket are on the front passenger seat. The change in the measured capac itance due to the presence of a child, a ch ild restraint, and a baby blanket on the front passenge r seat is related to the chi ld restraint system rest ing o n t he seat. The meas ured capa cit an ce of a child restrain t system varies depend ing on the type of system and specific make and model.
The electrical ca pa cit an ce of t he various types, makes, and models of child restraints specified by the U.S.Nationa l Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in the re levant safety standard are stored in the Advanced Airbag System contro l unit together with the capacitances typical of infants and a 1-year old child . When a child restraint is used on the front passenger seat with a typical 1 year-old infa nt, the Advanced Airbag System compa res the capacitance measu red by the capacitive passenge r de t ection system wit h the data stored in the electron ic cont ro l unit .
Child restraints and Advanced front airbag system
Regardless of the child restra int that you use, make sure that it has been cert ified to meet United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and has been certified by its manufactu rer for use with an airbag. Always be sure t hat the child restr ai nt is properly installed at one of t he rear seating posi ti ons. If in except iona l circumstances you must use it on the front passenger seat, carefully read a ll of the information on child safety and Advanced Airbags and heed all of the applicable WARNINGS. Make certain that the child and chi ld restra int are correctly recognized by the capac it ive passenger detection system in the front .,.
passenger seat , that the front passenger airbag is turned off, and that the airbag status is always correctly signaled by the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF light.
Many types and models of child restraints have been available over the years, new models are introduced regular ly incorporating new and improved designs and older models are taken out of production. Child restraints are not sta ndardized. Child restra ints of the same type typically have different we ights and sizes and different "footprints", the size and shape of the bottom of the child restraint that sits on the seat, when they are installed on a veh icle seat. These differences make it virtually imposs ible to certify compliance wit h the requirements for advanced airbags with each and every child restraint that has ever been sold in the past or will be sold over the course of the useful life of your vehicle.
For this reason, the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration has published a list of specific type, makes and models of child restraints that must be used to certify compliance of the Advanced Airbag System in you r vehicle with the supp ression requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standa rd 208. These child rest raints are: These child restr aints are:
Subpart A - Car bed child rest raints
Model
Ange l Guard Ange l Ride AA2403 FOF
Manufactured on or after September 25, 200 7
Subpart B - Rear-facing child restraints
Model
Manufactured on or after
Century SmartFit 4543
December 1, 1999
Cosco Arriva
September 25, 2007
22-0 13PAW and base
M
N
0 c> o
,....,
22-999WHO Evenflo Discovery Ad- December 1, 1999
\.!.) ,., just Right 212
M..,.,
,....,
Child Sa f et y 173
Model
Manufactured on or after
Evenflo First Choice December 1, 1999 204
Graco Infant 8457 December 1, 1999
Graco Snug ride
September 25, 2007
Peg Perego Primo Vi- September 25, 2007
· ·
aggio SIP I MUNOOUS
Subpart C - Forward-facing and convertible child restraint s
Model
Manufactured on or after
Britax Roundabout E9L02xx
September 25, 2007
CoscoTouriva 025 19 December 1, 1999
Cosco Summit Deluxe September 25, 2007 High Back Booster 22- 262
Cosco High Back Booster 22-209
September 25, 2007
Evenflo Tribute V 379xxxx
September 2 5, 2007
Evenflo Medallion 254
December 1, 1999
Evenflo Generations September 25, 2007 352xxxx
Graco ComfortSport September 2 5, 200 7
Graco Toddler Safety September 25, 2007 Seat Step 2
Graco Plat inum Cargo September 25, 2007
_& WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury, make
sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF
light comes on and stays on whenever a
chi ld restraint is installed on the front pas-
senger seat and the ignit ion is switched
on.
- Take the chi ld restraint off the front pas-
senger seat and install it prope rly at one
of the rear seat positions if the PASSEN-
·
GERAIR BAG OFF light does not stay on. ~
174 Child Safety
- Havethe airbag system inspected by your authorized Audi dealer immediately.
The child seats listed in categories A to C have been statically tested by Audi only for the Advanced Airbag function.
Important safety instructions for using child safety seats
Correct use of child safety seats substantially reduces the risk of injury in an accident!
As the driver, you are responsible for the safety of everybody in the vehicle, especially children :
· Always use the right child safety seat for each child and always use it properly
c:>page 176.
· Alwayscarefully follow the child safety seat manufacturer's instructions on how to route the safety belt properly through the child safety seat.
· When using the vehicle safety belt to install a child safety seat, you must first activate the convertible locking retractor on the safety belt to prevent the child safety seat from moving c:>page 181.
· Push the child safety seat down with your full weight to get the safety belt really tight so that the seat cannot move forward or sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm).
· Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat
cc>page 176.
Always remember: Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag system, all children , especially those 12 years and younger, should always ride in the back seat properly restrained for their age and size.
.&_WARNING
-
Not using a child safety seat, using the
wrong child safety seat or improperly in-
stalling a child restraint increases the risk
of serious personal injury and death .
- Allvehicle occupants and especially children must be restrained properly whenever riding in a vehicle. An unrestrained or improperly restrained child could be injured by striking the interior or by being ejected from the vehicle during a sudden maneuver or impact. An unrestrained or improperly restrained child is also at greater risk of injury or death through contact with an inflating airbag.
- Commercially available child safety seats are required to comply with U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 213 (in Canada CMVSS213).
- When buying a child restraint, select one that fits your child and the vehicle.
- Only use child restraint systems that fully contact the flat portion of the seat cushion . The child restraint must not tip or lean to either side . Audi does not recommend using child safety seats that rest on legs or tube-like frames. They do not provide adequate contact with the seat.
- Alwaysheed all legal requirements pertaining to the installation and use of child safety seats and carefully follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the seat you are using.
- Never allow children under 57 inches (1.45 meters) to wear a normal safety belt. They must always be restrained by a proper child restraint system . Otherwise, they could sustain injuries to the abdomen and neck areas during sudden braking maneuvers or accidents.
- Never let more than one child occupy a child safety seat.
- Never let babies or older children ride in a vehicle while sitting on the lap of another passenger .
- Holding a child in your arms is never a substitute for a child restraint system .
- The strongest person could not hold the child with the forces that exist in an accident. The child will strike the interior of the vehicle and can also be struck by the passenger.
- The child and the passenger can also injure each other in an accident .
- Never install rear-facing child safety seats or infant carriers on the front pas-
senger seat. A child will be seriously in-
jured and can be killed when the passen-
ger airbag inflates - even with an Ad-
vanced Airbag System.
- The inflating airbag will hit the child
safety seat or infant carrier with great
force and will smash the child safety seat
and child against the backrest, center
armrest, door or roof.
- Always install rear-facing child safety
seats or infant carriers on the rear seat.
- Forward-facing child safety seats instal-
led on the front passenger's seat can in-
terfere with the airbag when it inflates
and cause serious injury to the child . Always install forward-facing child safety
seats on the rear seat.
- If exceptional circumstances require the
use of a forward-facing child restraint on
the front passenger's seat, the child's
safety and well-being require that the
following special precautions be taken:
- Make sure the forward-facing seat has
been designed and certified by its man-
ufacturer for use on a front seat with a passenger front and side airbag.
-Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions provided with the
child safety seat or carrier.
- Always move the front passenger seat into the rearmost position of the pas-
senger seat's fore and aft adjustment
range, and as far away from the airbag
as possible before installing the child
restraint.
- Always make sure that nothing pre-
vents the front passenger's seat from
being moved to the rearmost position
in its fore and aft adjustment range .
- Always make sure that the backrest is
M N
in the upright position.
0 c> o
- Never place or use any electrical device
,....,
\!)
(such as a laptop, CD player, electronic
1.1"1
M
1,..1..".1,
games device, power inverter or seat
Child Safety 175
heater for child seats) on the front pas-
senger seat if the device is connected
to the 12-volt socket or the cigarette
lighter socket.
- If a seat heater has been retrofitted or
otherwise added to the front passen-
ger seat, never install any child restraint system on this seat.
· ·
- Make sure that there are no wet objects
(such as a wet towel) and no water or
other liquids on the front passenger
seat cushion .
- Never place objects on the seat (such
as a laptop, CD player, electronic
games device, power inverter or seat
heater for child seats). These may in-
fluence the electrical capacitance
measured by the capacitive passenger
detection system and can also fly
around in an accident and cause serious
personal injury.
- Always buckle the child safety seat firmly
in place even if a child is not sitting in it.
A loose child safety seat can fly around
during a sudden stop or in a collision .
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS
whenever using a child restrained in ave-
hide is being used c>page 135, Safety
belts, ¢ page 144, Airbag system and
¢ page 170, ChildSafety .
A WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury, make
sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF
light comes on and stays on whenever a
child restraint is installed on the front pas-
senger seat and the ignition is switched
on.
- Take the child restraint off the front pas-
senger seat and install it properly at one
of the rear seat positions if the PASSEN-
GER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on.
- Have the airbag system inspected by
your authorized Audi dealer immediately.
·
1 7 6 Child S a fet y
Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat
Fig. 139 Schematic overview: keep unused safety belts away from children in child safety seats. @ - outer rear
safety belt, ® -center rear safety belr
If a ch ild safety seat is used on the rear bench, espec ially with LATCHunive rsal lower anchorages, the unused safety belts must be secured so that the ch ild in the child restra int cannot reach them¢ ,&.
- Guide the safety belt webbings @ and ® *
behind the head restraint of the seat whe re the child restrai nt is installed ¢ fig. 139. When doing so, do not engage the convertible locking retractor! You should not hear a "clicking" sound when winding up the safety belt . - Let the belt ret ractor wind up the safety be lt webbing.
A WARNING
A child in a child safety seat installed with the LATCHlower anchorages or with the standard safety belt or a child in a booster seat on the rear seat could play with unused rear seat safety belts and become entangled. This could cause the child serious personal inj ury an d even deat h. - Always secu re un used rear seat safety
belts out of reach of ch ildren in ch ild seats such as by properly routi ng them around the head restraint of the seat where the child restraint is installed. - Never act ivate the convertib le locking ret ractor when routi ng the safety belts around the head restraints . - Never let a nyone sit at t he center rear sea t ing posit io n if t he center rear safety
be lt has been routed around a rear head restraint.
Child safety seats
Infant seats Babies and infants up to about one year old and 20 lbs. or 9 kg need special rearward-facing child restraints that support the back, neck and head in a crash.
Fig. 14 0 Schem at ic overview: rea rward-facing infant seat, properly installed on the rear seat
.,.When usi ng the vehicle safety belt to install a child safety seat, you must first activate the convertib le locking retr actor on the safety belt to prevent t he child safe ty seat from moving¢ page 181 or inst all the seat using the LATCHattachmen t s.
.,..Push the child safety seat down with you r full weight to get the safety be lt really tight so that the seat cannot move forward or sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm).
.,.Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat ¢page 176 .
Infants up to about one year (20 lbs. or 9 kg) are best protected in spec ial infant carriers and child safety seats designed for their age group. Many experts believe that infants and small ch ild ren shou ld ride o nly in special restra ints in wh ich t he child faces the back of the vehicle. These infa nt sea t s suppor t the baby's back, nec k and head in a crash ¢ fig. 140 . The airbag on the passenger side makes the fron t seat a pote ntia lly dange rous place for a child to ride. The front se at is not the safest place for a child in a forward-facing child seat . ..,.
It is a very dangerous place for an infant or a larger child in a rearward-facing seat.
A WARNING
Not using a child safety seat, using the
wrong child safety seat or improperly in-
stalling a child restraint increases the risk
of serious personal injury and death in a
crash.
- Never install rear-facing child safety
seats or infant carriers on the front pas-
senger seat - even with an Advanced Air-
bag System. A child will be seriously in-
jured and can be killed when the inflat-
ing airbag hits the child safety seat or in-
fant carrier with great force and smashes
the child safety seat and child against
the backrest, center armrest, door or
roof c::p>age 146, Child restraints on the
front seat - some important things to
know.
- Always install rear-facing child safety
seats or infant carriers on the rear seat.
- Never install a rear-facing child restraint
in the forward-facing direction. Such re-
straints are designed for the special
needs of infants and very small children
and cannot protect them properly if the
seat is forward-facing .
- If you must install a rearward facing
child safety seat on the front passenger
seat because of exceptional circumstan-
ces and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
light does not come on and stay on, im-
mediately install the rear-facing child
safety seat in a rear seating position and
have the airbag system inspected by your
Audi dealer.
- Never place or use any electrical device
(such as a laptop, CD player, electronic
games device, power inverter or seat
heater for child seats) on the front pas-
senger seat if the device is connected to
the 12-volt socket or the cigarette light-
....,
N
er socket .
0 c> o
- If a seat heater has been retrofitted or
rl
otherwise added to the front passenger
I.O
"..'..,
"rl '
Child Safety 177
seat, never install any child restraint system on this seat. - Make sure that there are no wet objects (such as a wet towel) and no water or other liquids on the front passenger seat cushion. - Never place objects on the seat (such as a laptop, CD player, electronic games device, power inverter or seat heater for child seats). These may influence the electrical capacitance measured by the capacitive passenger detection system and can also fly around in an accident and cause serious personal injury. - Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child restrained in ave-
hicle is being used c::p>age 135, Safety belts, c::p>age 144, Airbag system and c::>page 170, Important things to know.
Convertible child safety seats
Properly used convertible child safety seats can help protect toddlers and children over age one who weigh between 20 and 40 lbs. (9 and 18 kg) in a crash.
Fig. 141 Schematic overview: installat ion of the at tachments applicable to a LATCHseat
Fig. 142 Schematic overview: installation of the seat
using the vehicle 's safety belt system
I),,
178 Ch ild Saf e ty
· When using the vehicle safety be lt to insta ll a chi ld safety seat, you must first activate the convertible locking retractor on the safety belt to prevent the child safety seat from moving ¢ page 181 or install the seat using the LATCHattachments .
· Push the child safety seat dow n with your full weight to get the safety belt rea lly t ight so t hat the sea t ca nnot move forward or sideways more t han one inch (2 .5 cm) ¢page 181 .
· If the child safety seat is eq uipped with a tether strap, attach it to the tether anchors ¢ page 187.
· Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat ¢ page 176.
A toddler or child is usually too large for an infant restraint if it is more than one year old and weighs more than 20 lbs. (9 kg).
Toddlers and children who are older than one yea r up to abo ut 4 years old and weigh more than 20 lbs (9 kg) up to 40 lbs . (18 kg) must a lways be properly restrained in a ch ild safety seat certified for the ir s ize and weight ¢ fig. 141 and ¢ fig. 142.
The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a potentially dangerous place for a child to ride . The fro nt seat is not the safest place for a child in a forwa rd-facing child safety seat. It is a very dange rous place for an infant or a larger chi ld in a rearwa rd-fa cing seat.
A WARNING
-
Not using a ch ild safety se at, using the
wrong ch ild safety sea t or improper ly in-
stal ling a child restraint increases the risk
of serious personal injury and death in a
collision or other emergency s ituation.
- Children on t he front seat of any car,
even with Advanced Airbags, can be seri-
o us ly injured or even killed when an a ir-
bag inf lates. A child in a rearward-facing
child safety seat installed on the front
passenge r seat will be seriously injured
and can be killed if t he front airbag in-
f lates - even with an Advanced Airbag System . - The inflating air bag will hit the ch ild safety seat or infant carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and child aga inst the backrest , center arm rest, door or roof . - Always install rear-fac ing ch ild safety seats on the rear seat . - If you must install a rearward fac ing child safety seat on the front passenger seat because of exceptiona l circumstan ces and the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not come on and stay on, immediately insta ll t he rear-fac ing child safety se at in a rea r seating positi on and have t he air bag system ins pected by your Aud i deale r. - The rear side of the child safety seat should be pos itioned as close as possi ble to the backrest on the vehicle seat . - For adju sta ble head restra ints: adjust or remove the rea r seat hea d restra int if it is difficult to install the child seat with the head restraint in place ¢ page 59. Install the head restraint again immed iately once the child seat is removed. Driving without head restraints or with head rest raints that are not properly adjus t ed increases the risk of serious or fatal neck injur y drama t ically. - Always read and heed all WARNINGS wheneve r using a child restraine d in aveh icle is being used ¢ page 135, Safe ty bel ts, ¢ page 144, Airbag system and ¢ page 170, Important things to know .
A WARNING
-
If exceptional circums t ances require the
use of a fo rward-facing child restraint on
the front passenger 's seat, the child's safe-
ty and well -being require that the follow-
ing spec ial precautions be taken:
- Make sure the forward- facing seat has
been designed and cert ified by its man u-
facturer fo r use on a front seat with a
passenger front and side airbag.
- Always follow the manufacturer's in-
structions provided with the child safety
seat or infant carrier.
- Always move the front passenger seat in-
to the rearmost position of the passen-
ger seat's fore and aft adjustment range,
and as far away from the airbag as possi-
ble before installing the child restraint.
- Always make sure that nothing prevents
the front passenger's seat from being
moved to the rearmost position in its
fore and aft adjustment range.
- Always make sure the backrest is in an
upright position .
- Never place or use any electrical device
(such as a laptop, CDplayer, electronic
games device, power inverter or seat
heater for child seats) on the front pas-
senger seat if the device is connected to
the 12-volt socket or the cigarette light-
er socket.
- If a seat heater has been retrofitted or
otherwise added to the front passenger
seat, never install any child restraint sys-
tem on this seat.
- Make sure that there are no wet objects
(such as a wet towel) and no water or
other liquids on the front passenger seat
cushion.
- Never place objects on the seat (such as
a laptop, CDplayer, electronic games de-
vice, power inverter or seat heate r for
child seats). These may influence the
electrical capacitance measured by the
capacitive passenger detection system
and can also fly around in an accident
and cause serious personal injury.
- Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF light comes on and stays on all the
time whenever the ignition is switched
on.
- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light
does not come on and stay on, immedi-
ately install the forward-facing child seat
....,
N
at a seating position on the rear seat and
cc>oi
have the airbag system inspected by your
rl
I.O
authorized Audi dealer .
"..'..,
"rl '
Child Safety 1 79
- Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on whenever the ignition is switched on.
Booster seats and safety belts
Properly used booster seats can help protect children weighing between about 40 lbs . and 80 lbs. (18 kg and 36 kg) who are less than 4
ft. 9 in . tall. 9 in. (57 inches/1 .45 meters)
tall .
Fig. 143 Rear seat: child prope rly restraine d in a boos-
ter seat
The vehicle's safety belts alone will not fit most children until they are at leas t 4 ft . 9 in. (57 inches/1.45 meters) tall and weigh about 80 lbs. (36 kg). Booster seats raise these children up so that the safety belt will pass properly over the stronger parts of their bodies and the safety belt can help protect them in a crash. .. Do not use the convertible locking retractor
when using the vehicle's safety belt to restrain a child on a booster seat . .. The shoulde r belt must lie as close to the center of the child's collar bone as possible and must lie flat and snug on the upper body. It mus t never lie across the throat or neck . The lap belt must lie across the pelvis and never across the stomach or abdomen . Make sure the belt lies flat and snug. Pull on the belt to tighten if necessary . .. If you must transport an older child in a booster seat on the front passenger seat, .._
180 Ch ild Saf e ty
you can use the safety belt he ight adj ustment to help adjust the shoulder portion properly . · Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat ¢ page 176.
Children up to at least 8 years old (over 40 lbs or 18 kg) are best protected in chi ld safety seats designed for their age and weight. Experts say that the skeletal structure, particularly the pelvis, of these ch ildren is not fully developed, and they must not use the vehicle safety belts without a su itab le child restraint .
It is usually best to put these children in appropriate booster seats. Be sure the booster seat meets all applicable safety standards .
Booster seats raise the seating position of the child and reposition both the lap and shoulder parts of the safety belt so that they pass across the child's body in the right places. The routing of the belt over t he ch ild's body is very important for the child's protection, whet he r or not a booster sea t is used . Children age 12 and under must always ride in the rear seat.
Children who are at least 4 ft. 9 in. (57 inches/ 1.45 meters) ta ll can generally use the vehicle's th ree po int lap and shoulder be lt s. Never use t he lap belt portion of the veh icle's safety belt a lone to restrain any child, regardless of how big the child is. Always remember that children do not have the pronounced pe lvic structure required for the proper function of lap belt portion of the vehicle's three po int lap and shoulder belts. The child's safety absolutely requires that a lap belt portion of the safety belt be fastened snugly and as low as possib le around the pelvis. Never let the lap be lt portion of the safety belt pass over the chi ld's stomach or abdomen.
In a crash, airbags must inflate within a blink of an eye and with cons iderab le force. In orde r to do it s job , the airbag needs room to inflate so that it will be there to protect the occupant as the occupant moves forward into the airbag.
Avehicle occupant who is o ut of position and too close to the airbag ge t s in the way of an
inflating airbag. When an occ upant is too close, he or she will be st ruck violently and will rece ive serious or possib ly even fatal inj ury.
In order for the airbag to offer protection, it is important that a ll vehicle occupants, especially any children, who must be in the front seat because of exceptiona l circumstances, be properly restrained and as far away from the airbag as possible . By keeping room between the ch ild's body and the front of the passenger compa rtment, the a irbag can inflate completely and provide supplementa l prote ction in cer t ain frontal collisions.
A WARNING
Not using a booste r seat, using the booster seat improperly, incorrectly installing a booster seat or using the vehicle safety belt improperly increases the risk of serious persona l injury and death in a collision or other emergency situat ion. To he lp reduce the risk of serious personal injury and/or death: - The shou lder belt must lie as close to the
center of the ch ild's collar bone as possible and must lie flat and snug on the uppe r body. It must neve r lie across the throat or ne ck. The lap belt mus t lie across the pe lvis and neve r ac ross the stomach o r abdomen . Make sure that the be lt lies flat and snug. Pull on the belt to tighten if necessary . - Failure to p roperly route safety belts over a child's body will cause seve re injuries in an accident or other emergency situation ¢ page 135. - The rear side of the child safety seat should be pos itioned as close as possib le to the backrest on the vehicle seat. - For adju stab le head restraints: adjust or remove the rear seat head restra int if it is difficult to install the child seat w ith the head restraint in place ¢ page 59 . In stall the head restraint again immed iately o nce the child seat is removed. Driving Ii),
withou t head restraints or with head restraints that are not properly adju sted increases the risk of ser ious or fatal neck injury dramat ically. - Children on the front seat of any car, even with Advanced Airbags, can be seriously injured or even killed when an a irbag inflates . - Never let a child stand or knee l on any seat, for example the front seat. - Never let a child ride in the cargo area of your vehicle . - Always remember that a ch ild lean ing forward, sitt ing s ideways or out of posit ion in any way during an accident can be st ruck by a deploying airbag . This will result in se rious personal injury or death. - If you must install a booster seat on the front passenger seat because of exceptio nal circumstan ces t he PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF light must come on and stay on, whenever the igni t ion is switched on .
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFligh t
does not come on and st ay on, per form
the checks described ¢ page 156, Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System.
- Take the child rest raint off the front pas senger seat and install it proper ly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not stay on whenever the ignition is switched on.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child restrained in ave-
hicle is bei ng used ¢ page 135 , Safety belts, ¢ page 144, Airbag system and ¢ page 170, Important things to know .
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1 M
1,..1..'1.,
Child Sa f et y 18 1
Installing a child safety seat
Securing a child safety seat using a safety belt
Safety belts for the rear seats and the front
passenger con be locked with the convertible
· ·
locking retractor to properly secure child
safety sea ts.
The safety belts emergency locking retractors fo r the rear seats safety belts and for the front passenger's seat safety belt have a convertib le locking retractor for child restraints. The safety belt must be locked so that be lt webb ing cannot unreel. The retractor can be activated to lock the safe ty belt and prevent t he safety be lt webb ing from looseni ng up dur ing no rmal dr iving . A ch ild safety seat can o nly be prope rly installed when t he safety bel t is locked so that the chi ld and child safety seat will stay in place.
Always remember: Even tho ugh your vehicle is equipped wit h an Advanced Airbag syst em, all children, es pecially those 12 years and young er, sho uld always ride in the back seat proper ly restra ined for t he ir age and size.
A WARNING
Im properly installed chi ld safety seats in-
crease the risk of serious personal injury
a nd death in a collision .
- Always make sure that the safety belt re-
tractor is locked when insta lling a child
safety seat. An unlocked safety belt re-
trac to r cannot hold the child safety seat
in place dur ing norma l dr iving or in a
crash.
- Always buckle the child safe ty seat firmly
in place even if a ch ild is not sitt ing in it.
A loo se child safe t y se at can fly a roun d
du ring a sudden stop or in a collision.
- Always ma ke sure tha t t he rear seat
backrest to which t he ce nter rear safe ty be lt * is attache d is se cur ely latched
·
wheneve r the rea r cente r safety belt is
be ing used to secure a child rest raint .
182 Child Safety
- If the backrest is not securely latched, the child and the child restraint will be thrown forward together with the backrest and will strike parts of the vehicle interior. The child can be seriously injured or killed.
- Never install rear -facing child safety seats or infant carriers on the front passenger seat. A child will be seriously injured and can be killed when the passenger airbag inflates.
- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and child against the backrest, center armrest, door or roof.
- Always install rear-facing child safety seats or infant carriers on the rear seat.
- Forward-facing child safety seats or infant carriers installed on the front passenger's seat may interfere with the deployment of the airbag and cause serious injury to the child.
- It is safer to install a forward-facing child safety seat on the rear seat.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child restrained in ave-
hicle is being used ¢ page 170. Special
precautions apply when installing a child safety seat on the front passenger seat
¢ page 146, Child restraints on the front seat - some important things to know .
A WARNING Always take special precautions if you must install a forward or rearward-facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat in exceptional situations:
- Whenever a forward or rearward-facing child restraint is installed on the front passenger seat, the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light must come on and stay on whenever the ignition is switched on.
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight does not come on and stay on, perform
the checks described ¢ page 156, Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System.
- Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not stay on whenever the ignition is switched on.
- Improper installation of child restraints can reduce their effectiveness or even prevent them from providing any protection .
-An improperly installed child restraint can interfere with the airbag as it deploys and seriously injure or even kill the child.
-Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child safety seat or carrier.
- After checking to make sure that the child restraint is properly installed, make certain that the child restraint is correctly recognized by the capacitive passenger detection system in the front passenger seat and that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light signals the correct front passenger frontal airbag status.
-A WARNING Forward-facing child restraints: - Always make sure the forward-facing seat has been designed and certified by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a passenger front and side airbag. - Never put the forward-facing child restraint up, against or very near the instrument panel. - Always move the passenger seat into its rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the airbag as possible before installing the forward-facing child restraint. The backrest must be adjusted to an upright position. - Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on.
A,~ WARNING
Rearward-facing ch ild restraints: -A chi ld in a rearward-facing child safety
seat installed on the front passenger seat will be ser iously injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System . - The inflating a irbag w ill hit the child safety seat or infant carrier with great force and w ill smash the ch ild safety seat and child against the backrest, cente r armrest, door or roo f. - Always be especially caref ul if you must install a rearwa rd fa cing child safety seat on the front passenge r sea t in exceptional circumstances . - Make su re that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and st ays on all t he time whenever the ignition is switched on . - If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, immediately install the rea r-facing chi ld safety seat in a rear seating position and have the a irbag system inspected by you r Audi dealer.
Activating the convertible locking retractor
Use the convertible locking retractor to secure a child restraint.
Always heed the child safety seat ma nufacturer's instructions when install ing a chi ld restraint in your vehicle . To activate t he conver tible locking retracto r:
.,.Place the child restraint on a seat, prefera-
bly on the rear sea t .
.,.Slow ly pull the be lt all the way out .
.. Route it around or through the ch ild re-
st ra int be lt path ¢ &, .
.,.Push the child safety seat dow n with your
full weight to ge t the safety belt really t ight.
M
N .,.Insert the be lt tongue into the buckle for
0 c> o
that seating position .
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
M..,.,
,....,
Child Sa f et y 183
.,.Guide t he safety be lt back into the retractor
until the be lt lies flat and sn ug on the child
safety seat .
.,.You shou ld hear a "clicking" noise as the
be lt winds back into the iner t ia ree l. Test the
convert ible locking retractor by pulling on
the belt. You sho uld no longer be able to pull the be lt out of the retracto r. The con-
· ·
ver t ible locking ret rac to r is now act ivat ed .
.,.Make sure t hat t he red release button is fac -
ing away from the child rest rain t so t hat it
can be unbuckled q uickly.
.. Pull on the belt to make sure the safety be lt
is properly tight and fastened so that the
seat cannot move forward or sideways more
than one inch (2 .5 cm).
A WARNING Using the wrong child restraint o r an im-
properly installed chi ld restraint can cause
serious pe rsonal injury or death in a crash.
- Always ma ke sure that t he safe ty belt re-
tracto r is locked when insta lling a child
safety seat. Anunlockedsafety belt re-
tr acto r can not hold the child safety seat
in place dur ing no rma l driving or in a
cras h .
- Always buckle the child safety seat firmly
in place even if a ch ild is not sitt ing in it.
A loose child safety seat can fly aroun d
during a sudden stop or in a crash .
- Always ma ke s ure the seat backrest to
which the child restraint is installed is in
an upright pos ition and securely latched
into place and can not fold forward . Oth-
erw ise, the seatback with the child safety
seat attached to it could fly forward in
the event of an accident or othe r emer-
gency situatio n.
- Always read a nd heed al l WARNINGS
wheneve r us ing a child restrained in av e-
hicle is being used ¢ page 170. Special
pre cau tions apply whe n inst al ling a child
safety sea t on the fron t passenger seat
¢ page 146, Child restraints on the front
·
seat - some important things to know.
184 Ch ild Saf e ty
Deactivating the convertible locking retractor
The convertible locking retractor for child restraints will be deactivated automatically when the belt is wound all the way back into the retractor .
.,.Press the red button on t he safe ty belt buckle. The be lt tongue will pop out of the buckle .
.. Guide the safety be lt all the way back into its stowed position .
Always let the safety bel t retract comp lete ly into its stowed posit ion . The safety belt can now be used as an ordinary safety belt with out the convert ible locking ret ractor for chi ld restra ints.
If the convertible locking retracto r shou ld be activated inadvertently, the safety belt must be unfastened and guided comp letely back into its stowed pos ition to deactivate th is feature. If the convertib le locking retractor is not deactivated, the safety be lt will gradually become tighter a nd uncomfo rtable to wea r.
A WARNING
Imprope rly insta lled child saf ety seats increase t he risk of ser ious personal inju ry and death in a collision . - Never unfaste n the safety belt to deacti-
vate the convert ible locking retr actor fo r child rest rain t s while the veh icle is moving. You would not be restr ained and cou ld be seriously injured in an accident. - Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child rest rained in ave -
hicle is being used ¢page 170. Special
precautions apply when installing a ch ild safety seat on the front passenge r seat
¢ page 146, Child restraints on the front seat - some important things to know.
LATCH Lower anchorages and tethers for children
Child Restraint System anchors and how are they related to child safety
To provide a simple r and more practicable way to at tach the child restra int on t he vehi cle sea t , Federal regulat ions requir e spe cial lowe r anchorages in vehicles a nd devices on new child restraints t o attach to the vehicle anchorages.
The comb inat io n of t he tether anc horages and the lowe r anchorages is now genera lly call ed t he LATCHsystem fo r "Lower Anchorages and Tethers for Child ren."
Forward-f acing ch ild res t rai nts ma nufa cture d after September 1, 1999, are req uired by U.S. fede ra l regu lations to comply with new child head movement performance req uirements. These new performance req uirements make a tether necessary on most new child seats.
Installing a child restraint t hat requires a top tethe r without one can seriously impair the performance of the child restra int and its ability to protect the child in a coll is ion. Insta lling a chi ld restrai nt that requires a top tether without the top tether may be a violat ion of state law.
Child rest raint manufacturers offer LATCH lower anchorages on their child seats with hook-on or push-on connectors attached to adjustable straps .
In add ition to the LATCHlower anchorages, t hese chi ld restraint systems usually require t he use of tethe r straps to he lp keep the ch ild rest raint firmly in place.
-A WARNING
-
Imp roper installat ion of child restra ints
will increase the ris k of injury a nd dea t h in
a crash.
- Always follow the instructions provid e d by the manufacturer of the ch iLdrestraint you intend to install in your veh icle .
- Never install a child restraint without a properly attached top tether strap if the child restraint manufacturer's inst ruct ions requ ire the top tether strap to be used .
- Improper use of child restra int LATCH lower anchorage points can lead to injury in a collis ion. The LATCH lower anchorage points a re designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correct ly fit t ed child restraints.
- Never mount two chi ld restraint systems on one LATCH lower anchorage point .
- Never secure o r attach any luggage or other it em to the LATCH lower anchorages .
{i) Tips
- In Canada , the terms "top tether " with "lowe r universa l anchorages " (or "lowe r universa l anchorage bars") are used to desc ribe the system .
- In ot her countries, the term "ISOFIX" is used to describe the lower anchorages .
Location
<D
0;g
>
0)
"'
Fig. 144 Schematic overv iew : LATCHan cho rage point loca tion s
The illustration s hows the seating locations in your veh icle which are equ ipped with the low-
M
N e r anchorages system.
0
c> o
rl
I.O
"'
M
"rl '
Child S a f ety 185 Description The lower anchorage positions are marked for quick locating .
Fig. 14 5 Lower an chor ag es, covers mar ked
Fig. 146 Rear sea ts : lowe r an chorage bra cket locat ion s
Lower anchorag es The circular markings on the rear seat he lp you to ident ify the location of lower ancho rages for the two outboard seating posi t ions
¢ fig . 145. The LATCHlower universal a nchorage attachm ent points are between the rear seatback and rear seat cush ion . Re move the covers ¢ fig . 145 to access the lower anchor age attachment points . The lower anc ho rage attachment po ints are visible ~ fig. 146. Lower anchorage s secure the chi ld rest raint in the seat without using the vehicle's safety belts . Anchorages provide a secure and easyto-use attachment and minimize the possibility of improper child restra int installa t ion. All child restraints manufactured after September 1, 2002 , must have lower anchorage attachments for the LATCH system. Please remembe r that the lower anchorage poin t s are only intended for installat ion and Iii>
186 Ch ild Saf e ty
attachment of child restraints specifically certified for use with LATCHlow er anchorages. Child restra ints that are not equipped with the lower anchorage attachments can still be installed in comp liance with the child restrain t manufacturer's instruct ions on using vehicle safety belts .
A WARNING
Imprope r use of LATCHlower anchorages can ca use serio us pe rsonal inj ury in an accident . - Always ca refully fo llow the child re-
st raints manuf acturer's inst ructions for proper insta llat ion of t he child rest rain t and proper use of the lowe r anchorages or safety be lts in your vehicle . - Never secure or attach any luggage or other items to the LATCHlower ancho rages. - Always read and heed the impor t ant informat ion about child restraints in this
chapter and WARNINGS ~ page 170, Child Safety.
Installing a child restraint with LATCH lower anchorages
App lies to vehicles: with Top Tether
Whenever you install a child restraint always follow the child restrain t manufacturer's instructions.
Fig. 14 7 Lower anchorage s: prope r m ou nt in g
Mounting ~ Make sure the seatback of the rear seat
bench is in the upr ight position and se curely latched in place.
~ Attach both hook -on connectors with the spring catch release on the child safety seat onto the LATCH lower anchorage so that the
connectors lock into place <=f>ig. 147.
~ Pullon the connector attachments to make sure they a re properly attached to the LATCH lower ancho rage .
~ Pull straps tight fo llow ing the child restraint manufact urer's inst ruct io ns .
Releasing
~ Loose n the tension on the straps following the child restra int manufacturer's instruc tions .
~ Depress the spr ing catches to releas e the anchorage hooks from the lowe r an chorages.
Remember: Use te t her straps to help keep the child restra int fi rm ly in place.
A WARNING
Im proper use of t he LATCHsystem can increase t he risk of serious pe rsonal injury and d eath in a n accident. - These an chors were deve lope d on ly for
chi ld safe ty seats using the "LATCH" sys tem . - Never at t ach othe r ch ild safety sea t s, be lt s or ot her objects to these anchors . - Always ma ke su re tha t you hear a click when latch ing the seat in place . If you do not hear a click t he seat is not secu re and could fly forwa rd and hit the inter ior of the vehicle, or be ejected from the veh icle.
-A WARNING Improper installat ion of child restra ints
will increase the risk of injury in a n acci-
dent.
- Always follow the chi ld restraint system
manufacturer's inst ruct ions for prope r
installa t ion of t he child restra int system
a nd proper use of tether st raps as well as
the lower a nchorages or safety bel t s in
your veh icle.
~
- Always read and heed the important information and WARNINGSabout child safety and the installation of child restraint systems c:>page 170, Child Safety.
Tether anchors and tether straps
Fig. 148 Tet her anchors: recess fl aps behin d t he rear seat backs
The tether anchors for the rear seating positions are located in recesses in the rear window she lf c:>fig. 148
A tether is a straight or V-sha ped strap that attaches the top part of a child res t raint to specia l anchorage poi nts in the veh icle.
The purpose of the tether is to reduce the forward movement of the child restra int in a crash, in order to help reduce the risk of head inj ury that could be caused by striki ng the vehicle inter io r.
Forward facing child restraints manufactured after September 1, 1999 , are required by U.S. federal regulations to comp ly with new child head movement perform ance requirements. These new per formance requ irements make a tether necessary on most new child safety seats.
A WARNING
Improper insta llation of chi ld restraints
will increase the risk of injury and death in
a crash.
- Always fo llow the instructions prov ided
M
N 0
by the manufacturer of the ch ild re-
c> o
straint you intend to install in your Audi.
rl
I.O
"'
M
"rl '
Child S a f ety 18 7
- Improper use of child restraint anchors (including tether anchors) can lead to injury in a collision. The anchors are de· sig ned to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restrain t s.
- Never mount two child restra int systems on one LATCH lowe r anchor point .
- Never attach two child restraint systems to one tether st rap or tethe r anchorage .
- Never attach a tether strap to a t ie-down hook in the luggage compartment.
- Never use child restraint tether anchorages to secure safety belts or other kinds of occupant rest raints.
- Never secure or attach any luggage or other items to the LATCHlower anchorages or to the tet her anchors.
- If you must install a rearward fac ing child safety seat on the fro nt passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and t he PASSENGERAIRBAGOFF light does not come o n and stay on, immedi ately install t he rear-fac ing ch ild safety sea t in a rea r se at ing position and have t he airbag system inspected by your Audi dea le r.
Installing the upper tether strap on the anchorage
Fig . 14 9 Tether strap: prop er rout ing and mount ing
Installing the tether strap
...Release or deploy the tet her st rap on t he
child res t raint accord ing to the child re-
str aint manufacture r's ins t ructions .
...Guide the upper tether strap under t he rear
head restraint c:>fig. 149 (ra ise the head re-
stra int if ne cessary) .
"'
188 Ch ild Saf e ty
· Tilt the recess flap up to expose the anchor bracket.
· Attach the tether strap anchorage hook into the opening of the tether anchorage.
· Pull on the tether strap hook so that the spring catch of the hook engages.
· Tighten the tether strap firmly followi ng the child restra int manufacturer's inst ruct ions .
Releasing the tethe r strap
· Loosen the tens ion following the child restra int manufacturer's instructions.
· Depress the spring catc h on the hook and release it from the anchorage.
(D Note
If you leave the child restraint with the t ether strap firmly insta lled for several days, this cou ld leave a mar k on the upholste ry on t he seat cushion a nd ba ckrest in t he are a whe re the t et her st rap was inst alled. The uphols t ery wo uld also be permanently stretched around the tethe r strap . This applies especially to leather seats .
Using tether straps on rearward-facing child restraints
Currently, few rear-facing child rest raint systems come with a tethe r. Please read and heed the child res tr aint system manufacture r's ins t ructions ca ref ully t o dete rm ine how to properly insta ll t he tethe r.
& WARNING
-
A child in a rea rward -facing child safety
seat insta lled on the front passenger seat
will be seriously injured and can be killed if
the front a irbag inflates - even wit h an Ad-
vanced Airbag System.
- The inflating a irbag will hit the child
safety seat or infant carrier wit h great
force and w ill smash the child safety seat
and child against the backrest, ce nte r
armr est, or door.
- If you must install a rearward faci ng
child safety seat on the front passenger
seat because of exceptiona l circumstan ces and the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not come on and stay on, immediately insta ll the rear-fac ing child safety seat in a rear seat ing position and have t he air bag system ins pecte d by your Audi de ale r.
Additional Information
Sources of information about child restraints and their use
There are a number of sources of add itiona l informat ion abo ut child rest ra int selection, insta llation and use:
NHTSAadvises that the best chi ld safety seat is the one that fits your ch ild and fits in your vehicle, and that you will use correct ly and consist e ntly .
Try before you buy!
U.S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Tel.: 1-888-327-4236 (TIY: 1-800-424-9153) www.nhtsa.gov
National SAFE KIDS Campaign Tel.: (202) 662-0600 www.safek ids.org
Safety BeltSafe U.S.A Tel.: (800) 745-SAFE (English) Tel.: (800) 747-SANO (Span ish) www.ca rseat.org
Transport Canada Information Centre Tel.: 1-800-333-0371 o r ca ll 1-613 -998 -8616 if you are in the Ottawa area http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/roadsafety/ men u.htm
Audi Customer Relations Tel.: (800) 822-2834
Smart Technology
Information
about
data recorded by
vehicle control
modules
Your vehicle is not equipped with a crash data recorder. This device is installed by some vehicle manufacturers to record data about crashes so t hat it can be analy zed later . Crash data recorders are also called "Event Data Recorders (EDR)".
In some legal jurisdictions, it is not permitted to access or download data recorded by preinstalled crash data recorders in order to evaluate a crash without clear consent of the vehicle owner .
Your vehicle is not equipped with a crash data recorder. However it does contain a variety of electronic control modules for various vehicle systems such as engine function, exhaust treatment or airbags and safety belts .
These electronic control modules record vehicle data during normal driving for diagnosis and repair purposes . The recording capability of the electronic control modules is limited to
data only- no sound is recorded. If the control
module detects a system malfunction or other change in status, a very limited amount of data is recorded for an extremely small period of time . Data that is recorded in such a case may include vehicle speed, driving direction, the load on the brakes and head restraints and performance in the event of an accident or other change in status . The stored data can only be read or downloaded with special devices.
Electronic stabilization control (ESC)
Description
M
N
0 c> o
,....,
The Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC)contr ibutes to driver safety. It reduces the risk of
\!)
1.1'1 slipp ing and improves driving stability. ESC
M
1,..1..'1.,
Smart Technolog y 189
detects critical situations such as the vehicle oversteering and understeering or the wheels are spinning . The vehicle is stabilized by applying the brakes or reducing engine torque.
mOnce the ESCis activated, the indicator light blinks in the instrument cluster .
The following systems are integrated in the
· ·
ESC:
Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
ABS prevents the whee ls from locking when braking. The vehicle can still be steered even during hard braking. Apply steady pressure to the brake pedal. Do not pump the pedal. A pulsing in the brake pedal indicates that the system is acting to stabilize the vehicle.
Brake assist system
The brake assist system can decrease braking distance. It increases braking power when the driver presses the brake pedal quickly in emergency situations. You must press and hold the brake pedal until the dangerous situation is over. In vehicles with adaptive cruise control*, the brake assist system is more sensit ive if the distance detected to the vehicle ahead is too small.
Anti-slip regulation (ASR)
ASR reduces engine power when the drive wheels begin spinning and adapts the force to the road conditions . This makes it easier to start , accelerate and dr ive up inclines .
Electronic differential lock (EDL)
The EDLbrakes wheels that are spinning and transfers the drive power to the other drive wheel or wheels if the vehicle is equipped with all wheel drive*). This function is not available at higher speeds.
In extreme cases, EDL automatically switches
off to keep the brake on the braked wheel
from overheating . The vehicle is still working
correctly. EDLwill switch on again automat i-
·
cally when cond itions have returned to nor-
mal.
.,..
190 Smart Technolog y
Steering recommendat ion
The ESChelps to stabilize the vehi cle by changing the steering torque.
Select ive wheel torqu e control
Select ive wheel torque control is used when driving on curves . The front wheel on the inside of the curve or both wheels on the inside of t he curve are braked selective ly as needed. This a llows more precise driving in curves.
Automatic post -collision braking system
The "Automatic post-collision braking system" can he lp to reduce the risk of sliding and of other coll isions after an acc ident. If the airbag control mod ule detects a collision above acertain vehicle speed, the vehicle is braked by the ESC.
The vehicle does not brake automatically if:
- the driver presses the accelerator pedal , or - the braking fo rce genera t ed by t he pressed
brake pedal is greater than the braking force that would be initiated by the system, or - the ESC, the brake system or the vehicle electrical system are not functioning .
A,. WARNING
- The ESCand its integrated systems cannot overcome the lim its posed by natural physical laws. This is especia lly important on slippery or wet roads. If the sys-
terns begin acting to stabilize your vehicle, you should immediately a lter your speed to match the road and traffic conditions . Do not let the increased safety provided tempt you into taking risks . This could increase your risk of a collision . - Please note the risk of a coll is ion increases when driving fast, especially through curves and o n slippe ry or wet roads, and when dr iving too close to objects ahead. The ESCand its integrated systems cannot a lways prevent collisions - there is still a risk of accidents! - Press the acce lerator pedal caref ully when acce lerating on even, slippery surfaces such as ice and snow. The drive wheels can spin even when these control systems are installed and this can affect driving stability and increase the risk of a coll is io n.
(D Tips
- ABS and ASR only function correctly when all four wheels are equ ipped w ith identical t ires . Different t ire sizes can lead to a reduction in engine power.
- You may hear noises when the systems descr ibed are working .
DJ - If the or [IJ indicator light appears,
there may be a malfunction ¢ page 22 .
Switching on/ off ESC turns on automatically when you start the engine .
Fig. 150 Uppe r cent e r conso le : ESCbut to n
The ESC is designed to funct ion in levels . Depending on the level that is selected, the stabilization funct io n of the ESCis lim ited or swit ched off . The amoun t of stabilization con tro l will differ depending on t he level.
In the follow ing unusual situations it may make sense to switch the ESC sport mode on to allow the wheels to sp in:
- Rocking the vehicle to free it when it is stuck
- Driving in deep snow or on loose ground
ll>
Smart Technolog y 191
Sport mode on
ESC/ ASR off
Sport mode off or ESC/ ASR on
Behavior The ESCand ASRstabili za- The sta lbili zation funct ion The fu ll stabili zation f unc-
tion func t ions are lim ited is not available¢ .&,. ESC tion of the ESCand ASR is
¢ .&,.
and ASR are switched off . available again .
Operation Press the I~OFFIbutton Pressand hold the I~OFFI Pressthe I~OFFIbutton
briefly.
button lo nger than 3 sec- again.
· ·
onds.
Indi cator light s
II turns on.
II and jf'illt*)tHurn on. II II tur ns off or and
jf'ilft*lit~urn off.
Driver mes- Stab ilization control
sages
(ESC): sport. Warning!
Restricted stability
Stab ilization control ( ESC) : off. Warning! Restricted stability
Stabilization control (ESC): on
_& WARNING -
You should only switch sport mode on or switch ESC/ASRoff if you r dr iving abi lities and road condit ions perm it . - The st abili zation func t ion is limited
when sport mode is swit ched on . The dr iving wheels could spin and t he vehicle could swerve, especially on slick or slip pery road surfaces. - There is no vehicle stabilization when ESC/ASRare switc hed off.
@ Tips
- ESC/ASRcannot be switch ed off or spor t mode cannot be switche d on if the cruise control system * or the adapt ive cruise control * is switc hed on .
- Malf unct ions in the Audi mag net ic ride may make it impossib le to switch the ESC/ASRoff or to switch sport mode on.
Brakes
New brake pads
New brake pads do not achieve t heir full brak-
ing effect during the first 4 00 km. They must
be "broken in" first. However, you can com-
pensate for the slightly reduced braking force
by pressing firmly on the brake pedal. Avoid
M
N
0 c> o
heavy braking duri ng the break-in period.
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
M..,.,
,....,
Wear
Brake pad wear is largely dependent on the way the vehicle is driven and on operating condit ions. This is especially true if you are driv ing frequently in the city and on curves or with a sporty driving style .
Operating noise
Noises may occur when braking depending on the speed, braking force and outs ide conditions such as temperature and humid ity.
Effect of water and road salt
In certa in situations, for examp le after driv ing th rough water, in heavy rain, after overnight condensation or after washing your car, the braking effect can be reduced by mois t ure or ice on the brake rotors and brake pads. The brakes must be "dried" first with a few careful brake applications .
At higher speeds and with the windsh ield wipers turned on, the brake pads press against the brake rotors fo r a shor t amo unt of t ime. This act ion whi ch is not felt by the driver happens at regular int ervals and facilita t es a bett er react ion t ime for the brakes in wet weat her.
The braking effect can also be reduced if you
are driv ing on salted roads and you do not ap-
ply the brakes fo r long periods of time. The
·
layer of salt on the brake rotors and pads
must be wo rn off first when the brakes are ap-
plied.
.,.
192 Sm a rt Te chnol o g y
Corrosion
Leaving t he vehicle parked for long periods of time, low mi leage and avoiding heavy braking can contribute to corrosion on the brake rotors and di rty brake pads.
If you usually avoid heavy brak ing or if there is corrosion present, occasional heavy braking at high speeds is recommended to clean the brake rotors and pads ¢ ,& .
Brake system malfunction
if you notice that the brake pedal t ravel has
suddenly gotten larger, then a brake circuit
may have failed. Drive to your authorized Audi dealer or qualified repair facility immediately to have the problem corrected . On the way there, drive with reduced speed and keep in mind that a long braking distance and increased pressure on the brake pedal will be necessary.
Low brake fluid level
When the brake fluid level is low, malfunc -
tions in the brakesystem mayoccur.The
brake fluid level is electronically mon itored.
Brake booster
The brake booster amplifies the pressure you apply to the brake pedal. It only works when the engine is running.
A,~· WARNING
- You should only perform braking maneuvers to clean the brakes when the road condit ions perm it. Never put others on the road at risk - never forget the risk of accidents!
- On steep slopes, reduce the speed and select a lower gear or lowe r selector lever position. Drive as litt le as possible w hil e pressing the brake pedal and avoid putt ing you r left foot on t he brake pedal whi le driving . This could cause the brakes to overheat and impair the efficiency of the brakes.
- Do not let the brakes "grind" by always keeping your foot on the brake pedal.
This can cause the brakes to overheat , increase wear and increase braking distance unnecessarily. - Certain weather and operating conditions such as driving through water, driving in heavy rain or driving after washing your vehicle can impa ir the effectiveness of the brakes. In the winter, ice may build up on the brake pads, rotors and drums. Check these components by braking caref ull y. App lyi ng the brakes carefu lly several times dries the brakes and removes ice bui ld-up . - The eff iciency of the brakes can also be impaired by driving for long stretches on roads covered with salt without using the brakes. You can remove salt deposits from the brake rotors and pads by carefully applying the brakes several times. - If the front spoiler is damaged or you install another spoiler, make sure the front wheel brakes are ventilated properly. Otherwise , the brake system could overheat, wh ich reducestheir effectiveness . - Failure of a brake circuit impa irs braking performance, wh ich increases braking distance . Avoid driving the vehicle and have it towed it to t he nearest authorized Audi dealer or aut horized Audi Service Facility . - Do not let your vehicle roll w it h the engine switched off unde r any circumstances. - If the brake booste r is not working, you will have to press much harder on the brake pedal t o compensate for the lack of the booster.
(D Note
- Never let the brakes "r ub" by pressing
t he pedal ligh t ly when braking is not
really necessary. This causes the brakes
to overheat and increases braking dis-
tance and causeswear .
- Before dr iving on a long stretch with
steep slopes, reduce your speed and shift
to the next lower gear This makes use of
the engine brak ing effect and relieves
.,.
the brakes. If you need to brake addit ion ally, bra ke in intervals and not continuously.
(D Tips
- If t he brake boost er is not wor king, you
must press the brake pedal with much more force t hen norma l. - If you ret rof it your vehicle with a front spoiler, wheel covers or similar items, make sure that the air f low to the front whee ls is not interrupted. Otherwise the brake system can become too hot.
Electromechanical steering
The elec tromechanical steering suppor t s the driver's steering movements .
Power steering adapts electronically based on
the veh icle speed.
The vehicle still has full stee ring fu nctionality if the powe r steering fails or whe n t he eng ine is stopped (towi ng). To st eer, you must apply much mo re fo rce than usual.
Indicator lights and messages
· Do not drive vehicle: steering defective
If th is indi cator lig ht tu rns on and stays on and this message appears, the power steering may have fa iled.
Do not cont inue dr iving . See an autho rized Audi dealer or autho rized Aud i Service Facil ity for assistance.
· Do not drive vehicle: steering defective
There is a malf unct ion in the electro nic steering lock. You cannot turn the ign ition on.
Do not tow your vehicle because it cannot be steered. See an autho rized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility for assistance.
Ei:-SYteering malfunction : you can continue
M
N 0
driving
c> o
,...., If the indicator light turns on, the steering
\!)
1.1'1 wheel may be more difficult to move or more
M
1,..1..'1.,
Smart Technolog y 193
sensit ive tha n usual. The steering wheel may also be at an angle when dr iving stra ight .
Drive slowly to you r aut hori zed Audi dealer or
qualifie d wo rkshop to have the ma lf uncti on
correct ed.
II Steering lock: system fault! Please con -
tact Service
· ·
There is a malfunction in the electr onic steering lock .
Drive to an author ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunc ti on corrected.
A WARNING
Have the syst em ma lf unction correct ed as soon as possible by an aut hor ized Audi dealer or auth orized Audi Service Facili ty, as t his incr eases the risk of an accident.
(D Tips
If t he . or l~ijindi cator ligh t only st ays
on for a short t ime, you may cont inue dr iving.
ALL wheel drive (quattro)
Applies t o vehicles: with all wheel drive
In all wheel drive, all four wheels are powered.
General information
I n all whee l dr ive, the dr iving power is divi ded between all fo ur whee ls. Thi s happens auto matically depending on your driv ing behavior as well as the current road conditions. Refer
to ¢ page 189, Electronic stabilization control (ESC).
The all wheel drive concept is designed for
high engine power. Your veh icle is except ion-
ally powerfu l and has excellent driving charac-
te ristics both under normal driv ing cond itions
and on snow and ice. Always read and follow
·
safety precaut ions¢ .&..
..,.
194 Smart Technology
Winter tires
By using all wheel drive, your vehicle has good
forward motion with standard tires in winter
cond itions. However, in winter we recommend
using winter or all season tires on all four wheels, because this will imp rove the braking
effect .
Snow chains
If there are snow chain laws, snow chains must also be used on vehicles with all whee l
drive ¢ page 262, Snow chains .
Replacing tires
For vehicles w ith all whee l dr ive, only wheels with the same rolling circumference should be used . Avoid whee ls with different tread
depths ¢ page 254.
Offroad vehicle?
Your Aud i is not an offroad vehicle - there is not eno ugh ground clearance . For this reason,
avoid difficult terrain. Refer to ¢ page 287.
&_ WARNING
- Also, in vehicles with all whee l dr ive, adapt yo ur driving style to the current road and traffic conditions. Do not let the increased safety provided tempt you into taking risks.
- The braking ability of your vehicle is limited to the traction of the wheels . In this way, it is not different from a two wheel dr ive vehicle. Do not be tempted to accelerate to a high speed when the road is slippery this increases the risk of an accident .
- Note that on wet streets, the front wheels can "hydroplane" if driving at speeds that are too high. Unlike front wheel drive vehicles, the engine does not rev higher suddenly when the vehicle begins hydroplan ing. For this reason, pay attention to the road conditions regardless of your speed.
Energy management
The starting ability is optimized
The energy management system manages the electrical energy distribution and optimiz es the availability of electrical energy for starting the engine.
When a vehicle with a conventional energy system is not driven for a long time , the battery is drained by equ ipment (for example the immobilizer). In cer t ain circumstances, there could may not be enough energy to start the engine .
Your vehicle is equipped with an intel ligent energy management system for d istr ibut ing electricity. This significantly improves the sta rt ing ability and increases the battery life.
The energy management system Is made up of battery diagnosis, idling current manage· ment and dynamic energy management .
Battery diagnosis
The battery d iagnosis determ ines the battery charge leve l. The sensors determine the battery voltage, the battery current, and the battery temperature. The curren t cha rge leve l and the performance of the battery are determined based on this.
Idling current management
The idling current management decreases the energy used wh ile parked. With the engine switched off, it manages the energy distribution to the different elect rical componen t s. Date from battery diagnosis is taken into account for this.
Depending on the battery cha rge level, electrical eq uip ment is switched off one item after the ot her, to prevent the battery from draining and to retain the starting ability.
Dynamic energy management
While driving, dynamic ene rgy management distributes the appropriate amount of energy to th e e lectr ical equipment. It controls the battery charge level so that more energy is ..,.
not used then is being generated in order to maintain an optimal battery charge level.
@ Tips
- Energy management cannot overcome the laws of physics. Note that the charge level and length of the battery life are limited .
- When the start ing ability is endangered, the (·) indicator light turns on c!:p>age20.
What you should know
Maintaining the starting ability is the highest priority.
A lot of stress is placed on the battery when driving short distances, in traffic , and at cold times of the year. A lot of energy is used but litt le is generated. It is also critical when the engine is not running but electrical equipment is switched on . In this case, energy is used but none is generated .
In situations like this, energy management will actively regulated the distribution of energy.
Long periods without use
If you do not drive your vehicle for several days or weeks, electrica l equipment is gradually sca led back or switched off. This reduces energy use and ensures the vehicle will be able to start after long periods of time. Some conven ience functions such as opening with the remote contro l key may not be ava ilab le. These convenience functions will be available again once you switch the ign ition on and start the engine.
With the engine switched off
For example, if you listen to the radio when the engine is switched off, the batte ry w ill drain .
~ A warning text will appear if energy consump-
~
co
tion could impair starting ab ility .
,....,
~ The message shows that you need to start the
~,...., engine in order to charge the battery.
Smart Technolog y 195
With the engine running
Although electrical energy is generated while
driving, the battery can drain. This can happen
when litt le energy is generated, and much is
used and the charge leve l of the battery is not
optimal.
To restore the ba lance of energy, components
· ·
that require large amounts of energy are tem-
porari ly scaled back or switched off. Heating
systems in particular require a great deal of
energy. If you notice, for example, that the
seat heating* or rear window defroster is not
working, then it has been temporar ily reduced
or switched off . These systems are availab le
again as soon as the energy balance has been
restored.
In add ition, you may notice that the idle speed has slight ly increased . That is normal and no cause for concern. Due to the increased idling speed, the additional required energy w ill be gene rated and the battery will be charged.
Notice about data recorded by the Event Data Recorder and vehicle control modules
Event Data Recorder
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that w ill assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed . The EDRis designed to record data related to vehicle dynam ics and safety systems for a short pe riod of time, typically 30 seconds or less . The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
- How various systems in your veh icle were operating;
- Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
196 Smart Technology
- How far (if at all) the driver was depress ing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
- How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can he lp provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which crashes and inju ries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occ ur s; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could comb ine the EDRdata with the type of per sonally identify ing data routine ly acquired du ring a crash invest igation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the veh icle or the EDRis needed . In add ition to the vehicle manufactu rer, othe r parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipmen t , can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
Somestate lawsrestrict the retrievalor down-
loading of data stored by EDRs installed in a vehicle for the exp ress purpose of retrieving data after an accident or crash event without the owner's consent.
Aud i will not access the EDRand/or similar data or give it to others -
- unless the veh icle owner (or lessee if the vehicle has been leased) ag rees; or
- upon t he official request by the police; or - upon the order of a court of law or a govern-
ment agency; or - for the defense of a lawsuit through the ju-
dicial discovery process. - Audi may also use the data for research
about veh icle operation and safety performance or provide the data to a third party for research purposes without identifying the spec ific vehicle or information about the identity of its owner or lessee and only after the recorded vehicle data has been accessed.
Vehicle control modules
Your vehicle is also equ ipp ed with a number of electronic control modules for various vehicle systems, such as engine management, emission control, airbags, and safety belts.
These electronic control mod ules record data during norma l vehicle operation that may be needed by trained technicians for diagnostic and repair purposes. The recording capability of these modu les is limited to data (no sound is recorded). Only a small amount of data is actually recorded over a very limited period of t ime, or stored when a system fault is detected by a contro l module . Some of the data stored may re late to vehicle speed, direction, or braking, as well as restraint system use and performance in the event of a crash. Stored data can also on ly be read and down loaded with special eq uipment that is directly connected to the vehicle .
(D Tips
Your vehicle may be equipped with Audi connect. Your use of certain Audi connect features requires wireless services that are provided by a third party wire less telecommunications provider. For details regarding how information obtained through Audi connect is collected, processed, transmitted, used, and shared, please see your contract with the w ireless telecommunications provider and the" About Audi
connect" tab in yo ur vehicle's MMI:IMENU I
button > Audi connect > About Audi con-
nect.
Driving and the environment
The first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) and afterwards
New engine
The engine needs to be run-in during the first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) .
For the fir st 600 mil es (1,000 kilometers):
.,.Do not use full throttle. .,.Do not drive at engine speeds tha t are more
than 2/3 of the maximum permitted RPM. .. Avoid high engine speeds.
From 600 to 1,000 miles ( 1,000 to 1,500 kilometers):
.. Speeds can gradually be increased to the
maximum permissible road or engine speed.
During and after break-in period
.,.Do not rev the engine up to high speeds when it is cold. This app li es whether the transmission is in N (Neutra l) or in gear.
After the break-in period
.. Do not exceed maximum engine speed under any circumstances.
.,.Upshift into the next higher gear before
reaching the red area at the end of the tach-
omet er scale ¢ page 10.
During the first few hours of driving, the engine's interna l friction is higher tha n later when all the moving parts have been broken in. How well this break-i n process is done depends to a conside rable extent on the way the vehicle is driven during t he first 1,0 00 miles (1, 500 kilome ters).
(D Note
M
Extremely high engine speeds are auto-
N
0 c> o
,....,
mati cally reduced. However, t hese RPM lim it s are programme d for an engine t hat
\!)
1.1'1 is broken in, not a new engine .
M
1,..1..'1.,
Driving and the environment
@) For the sake of the environment
Do not drive with unnecessarily high engine speeds - upsh ifting early savesf uel, reduces noise and protects the environment.
New tires
If your vehicle is running on new tires, drive particularly caref ul for the first 350 miles (500 kilomete rs) afte r fitt ing.
.&, WARNING
New tires t end t o be sli ppery and must also be "b roken-in" . Be sure to remember this dur ing t he f irst 350 miles (500 kilometers) . Brake gently . Avoid fo ll ow ing closely behind other vehicles or other situations that might require sudden, hard braking .
197
· ·
New brake pads
Remember that new brake pads do not have a full braking effect dur ing the first 250 m iles (400 kil omete rs) afte r they are install ed.
New brake pads have to be " burnished in" befo re they have optima l grab¢ .&..
During the break-in period, you should avoid putting severe loads on the brakes. Severe loads include , for example, sudden hard braking, in particular at very high speeds or, for example, on mounta in passes.
.&, WARNING
New brake pads don't have the best stopping power and must be " broken-in" during t he ini t ial 100 t o 150 miles (15 0 t o 200 kilometers) of normal cit y driving . You can compensate for this by pressing t he brake pedal more fi rm ly. This also applies later when new pads are installed.
·
198 Dr iv ing and the environment
Driving through water on roads
Note the following to avoid vehicle damage when driving through water, for example on flooded roads:
- The water must not be any higher than the bottom of the vehicle body.
- Do not drive faster than wa lking speed.
A WARNING
After driving through water or mud, the braking effect can be reduced due to moisture on the brake discs and brake pads. A few careful brake applications should dry off the brakes.
@) Note
Vehicle components such as the engine, transmiss ion, suspension or electrical system can be severely damaged by driving through water.
- Determ ine the depth before driving through water.
- Do not stop the vehicle, drive in reverse or switch the engine off when driving through water .
- Keep in mind that oncoming vehicles may create waves that raise the water level and make it too deep for your vehicle to drive through safely.
- Avoid dr iving through salt water (corros ion).
Catalytic converter
App lies to vehicles: with gasoline engine
It is very important that your emission control system (catalytic converter) is functioning properly to ensure that your vehicle is running in an environmentally sound manner.
> Always use lead-free gaso line r=;p, age 210, Fuel supply .
> Never run the tank down all the way to empty .
> Never put too much motor o il in your engine r=;p, age 223, Adding engine oil <t:::r..
> Never try to push- or tow -start your vehicle .
The catalytic converter is an efficient "clean up" device built into the exhaust system of the vehicle . The cata lytic converter burns many of the pollutants in the exhaust gas before they are released into the atmosphere.
The exclusive use of unleaded fuel is critica lly important for the life of the catalytic converter and proper functioning of the engine.
-A WARNING The temperature of the exhaust system is high, both when driving and after stopping the eng ine . - Never touch the exhaust tail pipes once they have become hot . This could result in burns. - Do not park or operate the vehicle in areas where the hot exhaust system may come in contact with dry grass, brush, fue l spill or other material wh ich can cause a fire. - Do not app ly additional undercoating or rustproofing on or near the exhaust manifold, exhaust pipes, catalytic converter or heat shields . During driving, the substance used for undercoating could overheat and cause a fire.
(D Note
- Be aware that just one tank filling with leaded fuel will already seriously degrade the performance of the catalytic converter.
- Do not exceed the correct engine oil level r=;p, age 223.
- Do not drive until the fuel tank becomes completely empty. The engine could misfire . Unburned fuel could also get into the exhaust system and this cou ld cause the catalytic converter to overheat.
- Do not switch off the ignition while the vehicle is moving.
- Do not continue to operate your vehicle under these conditions, as otherwise fuel IIJ,,
can reach the cata lytic converter . This could result in overheating of the converter, requ iring its replacement. - Toassure efficient operation of the Emission Control System :
- Haveyour vehicle ma inta ined properly and in accordance with the service recommendations in your Warranty & Maintenance booklet.
- Lack of proper maintenance as well as improper use of the vehicle will impa ir t he funct ion of the emission control system and could lead to damage.
@) For the sake of the environment
Even when the Emission Control System is operating properly, t he exhaus t gas can have a sulfur-like exhaust gas smell unde r some operating states. This depends on the sulfur content of the fue l being used . Using a different brand of fuel may help, or filling the tank with lead-free super grade gasoline.
Diesel particulate
Applies to vehicles: with diesel eng ine
filter
The diesel particulate filter filters nearly all of the soot part icles out of the exhaust. The filter cleans itse lf automatically under normal driving conditions. If the filter cannot clea n itself (for examp le, because you are only driving short distances) , the filt er becomes clogged
II with soot and t he symbo l for t he diesel
particulate filter illuminates ~ page 23.
A WARNING
- Do not park your vehicle over flammable
materials such as grass or leaves because
the high temperature of the diesel par-
t iculate filter could start a fire .
- Do not apply an underbody protectant in
the exhaust system area or a fire could
start.
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1"1 M
1,..1..".1,
Dri v ing and t he en v ironm e n t 199
Placing your vehicle out of service
If you would like to take your vehicle out of
se rvice for a longer time, contact your author-
ized Audi dealer or qualified repair facility.
They will advise you of impo rtant measures, such as corrosion protection , maintenance
· ·
and storage procedures. Also follow the infor-
mat ion about t he battery ~ page 228 .
Operate your vehicle economically and minimize pollution
General
Your personal style of driving will determine the economy of your vehicle, as well as exhaust and noise levels .
Fuel economy, environme nt al impact, and wea r on your eng ine, brakes and t ires largely depend on three factors:
- your personal driving style - operating conditions - technical limitat ions
If you ant icipate what you need to do next and drive economically, you can easily cut your fuel consumpt ion by 10-15 percent. This section will give you some tips on how you can help t he environment and your pocketbook.
@ Tips
The consumption estimates as published by ENVIRONMNETALPROTECTIONAGENCY (EPA)and Transpo rt Canada may not correspond to your actual consumption on the road, which will vary depending upon vehicle load and speed, road and weather conditions, trip lengt h, etc.
Drive smoothly and keep a lookout
ahead
·
Vehicles use the most fuel when they are ac-
celerating .
.,.Avoid unnecessary acceler ating and braking . .,..
200 Dr iv ing and the e nvironment
Vehicles use the most fuel when they are accelerati ng. If you anticipate what is going to happen next, you will need to brake less and, thus, accelerate less. let the vehicle coast whenever possible - for example when you see that the next traffic light is red.
Avoid full throttle
Driving at moderate speeds saves fuel and improves your mileage.
.. Try and keep well below your car's maximum speed.
Accelerating gently reduces fuel consumption, engine wear, and does not disturb the environment.
Fuel consumption, exhaust emissions and engine noise increase disproportionately at hig h speeds. If you drive at approximately three quarters of top speed, fue l consumption will be reduced by one half. Never dr ive faster tha n the posted speed limit and weather conditions permit.
Reducing unnecessary idling
Even when your car isjust idling it burns up fuel.
.. Shut the engine off when you are not dr iving the vehicle.
.. Do not warm up the vehicle by letting the engine run at idle.
It is efficient to switc h off the engine when stopped at railroad crossings and long red lights. Turning the engine off for just 30-40 seconds saves more fuel than is burned by start ing the engine again.
It takes a long time for the engine to warm up fu lly when it is running at idle. However, wear and noxious em issions are especially high when the engine is warming up. So you should drive away as soon as you sta rt the engine and avoid ru nning at high RPMwh ile t he engine is still warming up.
(D Note
Do not leave engine idling unattended after start ing. If wa rning lights should come on to indicate improper operation, they would go unheeded. Extended idling also produces heat, w hich could result in overheati ng or othe r damage to the vehicle or othe r property.
Regular maintenance
A badly tuned engine unnecessarily wastes a lot of fuel.
.. Haveyour vehicle serviced at regular intervals.
Having your vehicle regu larly serviced by an authorized Audi dealer helps to ensure that it runs properly and econom ically. The condit ion of your vehicle not on ly affects its safety and ability to hold its value, it also affects fuel consumption .
Checkyour oil each t ime you fill your tank.
The amount of oi l used is related to engine load and speed.
It is normal for the oil consump t ion of a new engine to reach its lowest value after a certain mileage has been driven .
You m ust drive your vehicle about 3,000 m iles (5,000 kilometers) before you can properly assessoil consumpt ion .
This also appli es t o fue l consumption and engine outp ut.
(D Note
- Have your vehicle ma inta ined properly and in accordance with the service recommendations in you r Warranty & Maint enance booklet. l ack of proper ma inte nance as well as im proper use of the vehicle will impair the function of the em ission cont rol system and could lead to damage.
- Do not alter or remove any component of the Emission Contro l System unless approved by the manufacturer.
- Do not alter or remove any device, such as heat shields, switches, ignition wires, valves, wh ich are designed to protect your vehicle's Emission Control System and other important vehicle components.
Fewer short trips
Fuel consumption will always be relatively high on short trips .
~ Try to avoid driving short distances with a cold engine.
The engine and catalytic converter have to reach their optimal operating temperature to reduce fuel consumption and noxious emissions effectively.
Just after starting, a cold engine in a mid -size car only achieves a fuel economy of 6-8 miles per gallon (30-40 l/100 km). After about a half a mile, fuel economy climbs to 12 mpg
(20 l/100 km). After about 2.5 miles (4 km),
the engine is at its proper operating temperature and fue l economy has reached a normal level. So you can see that you should avoid short trips whenever possible.
The outside temperature is also critical in this regard . Your car consumes more fuel in the winter than in the summer.
Driving and the environment
201
· ·
M
·
N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
202 Trailer towing
Trailer towing
Driving with a trailer
General information
Your Audi was designed primarily for passenger transportation .
If you plan to tow a tra iler, please remember that the addit ional load will affect durab ility, economy and performance .
Trailer towing not on ly places more stress on the vehicle, it also calls for more concentration from the driver.
For this reason, always fo llow the operating and drivi ng instr uctions provided and use common sense.
Technical requirements
Traile r hitch
Use a weight-carrying hitch conforming to the gross trailer we ight. The hitch must be suitable for your vehicle and trailer and must be mounted secure ly on the ve hicle's chassis at a
technically sound location . Use only a trailer
hitch with a removab le ball mount. Always check with the tr aile r hitch manu factur er t o make sure tha t you are using t he cor rect hitch.
Do not use a bumper hitch.
The hitc h must be installed in such a way t hat it does not interfe re with t he impact-absorbing bumper syst em . No mod ifications should be made to the vehi cle exhaust and brake sys tems . From ti me t o ti me, check th at a ll hit ch mo unt ing bo lts remain secure ly fastened.
When you are not towing a trail e r, remove the tra iler hitch ba ll mount. This prevents t he hitch from causing da mage sho uld your vehi-
cle be str uck from be hind ¢ A .
Trailer brakes
If you r tra ile r is eq uipped w ith a braking system, check to be su re that it conforms to a ll regulat ions .
The trailer hyd raulic brake system mus t not be direct ly connected to the vehicle's hydraulic brake system .
Safety chains
Always use safety chains be tween your ve hicle and t he tra ile r.
Trailer lights
Tra ile r lights must meet all regulations. Be su re to check w ith your Audi dea le r fo r cor rect wiring, switc hes and relays.
Mirrors
If you are unable to see the traffic behind you using the regular outside m irrors, then you
must insta ll ext en ded mirro rs. It is important t hat you always have clea r visio n to the rea r.
,8. WARNING
-
Afte r removing t he t railer hit ch, d o not
st ore it in your vehicle . In case of sudden
braking, t he hitch cou ld fly forward an d in-
j ure you or yo ur passengers .
Operating instructions
Maximum traile r weight
A trai le r fo r you r vehicle is limited to a typi cal class 1 or class 2 trai le r.
Trailer load distribution
Be sure th e load in th e t ra ile r is held secure ly in place t o preven t it from shift ing forw a rd, backw a rd or sideways.
Never allow a passengerto ride in a trailer
¢ A in Drivinginstru ctions on page 203.
Engine cooling system
Towing a trailer makes the engine work harder . It is impo rtant that the cooling system 's performance is up to the additional load . Make su re that the coo ling system has enough fl uid .
Tire pressure
When towing a trailer, inflate the tires of your vehicle to t he cold tire pressure listed under ll>
"Full load" on the label located on the driver's side B-pillar (visible when the door is open). Inflate trailer t ires to tra iler and t ire manufacturers' specifications.
Lights
Check to make sure both vehicle and trailer lights are working properly.
Safety chains
Be sure tra iler safety chains are properly connected from the trailer to the hitch on the vehicle. Leaveenough slack in the chains to permit turning corners . When you install safety chains, make sure they wi ll not drag on the road when you are driving.
The chains shou ld cross under the tra iler tongue to prevent it from dropping in case of separation from the hitch.
Driving instructions
Driving with a trailer always requires extra care and consideration.
To obta in the best possibl e handling of vehicle and trai ler, please note the following:
~ Do not tow a loaded tra iler when your car itself is not loaded.
~ Be especiall y careful when passing other vehicles.
~ Observe speed limits . ~ Do not drive at the maximum permissible
speed. ~ Always apply brakes early. ~ Monitor the temperature gauge.
Weight distribution
Towing a loaded trai ler with an empty car results in a highly unstable distribution of weight. If this cannot be avoided, drive at very low speeds only to avoid the risk of losing steering control.
A "balanced" rig is easier to operate and con-
M N
trol. This means that the tow vehicle should
0
c>o be loaded to the extent possible and permiss i-
,....,
\!) ble, wh ile keeping the trailer as light as possi-
1.1'1
M ble under the circumstances . Whenever possi-
1,..1..'1.,
Trailer towing 203
ble, transfer some cargo to the luggage compartment of the tow vehicle while observing tongue load requ irements and vehicle loading considerations.
Speed
The higher the speed, the mo re difficult it becomes for the driver to control the rig. Do not
· ·
drive at the maximum permissib le speed. Re-
duce your speed even more if load, weather or
wind conditions are unfavorable - particularly
when going downhill.
Reducevehicle speed immediately if the trailer shows the slightest sign of swaying . Do not try to stop the swaying by accelerating.
Observe speed limits . In some areas, speeds for vehicles towing trai lers are lower than for regular vehicles .
Always apply brakes early . When driving downhi ll , shift into a lower gear to use the engine braking effect to slow the vehicle. Use of the brakes alone can cause them to overheat and fail.
Coolant temperature
The coolant temperatu re gauge <=p>age 12
must be observed carefu lly. The coolant tem perature can increase if you drive on long inclines in a low gear at high engine speeds. Reduce your speed immediately if the LEDsin the top part of the display turn on.
For more information about indicator lights,
refer to . <=p>age 20.
A WARNING
Anyone not properly restrained in a moving vehicle is at a much greater risk in an accident. Never let anyone ride in your car who is not properly wearing the restraints provided by Audi.
Trailer towing tips
·
Important to know
Your vehicle handles differently when towing a trailer because of the additional weight and ..,.
204 Trailer t owing
different weight distribution. Safety, perform ance and economy will greatly depend on how carefu lly you load your trailer and operate your rig.
Before you actually tow your trailer, practice turning, stopping and backing up in an area away from traffic. Keep practicing until you have become comp letely fam iliar with the way your vehicle-trailer comb ination behaves and responds.
Backing up is difficult and requires practice. Backing up with a tra iler genera lly requires steering action opposite to that when backing up your vehicle without a trailer.
Maintain a greater distance between your vehicle and the one in front of you. Youwill need more room to stop. To compensate for the trailer, you will need a larger than normal turning radius.
When passing, remember that you cannot accelerate as fast as you normally would because of the added load. Makesure you have enough room to pass. After passing, allow plenty of room for your tra iler before changing lanes aga in.
Avoidjerky starts, sharp turns or rapid lane changes.
(D Tips
- Do not tow a tra iler dur ing the break-in period of your vehicle.
- If you tow a trailer, your Audi may require more frequent maintenance due to the ext ra load ¢ page 289.
Parking on a slope
Do not park on a slope with a trailer. If it cannot be avoided, do so only after doing the following:
Wh en park ing:
.. Apply the foot brake . .. Have someone place chocks under both the
vehicle and the trailer wheels.
.. With chocks in place, slowly release the brakes until the whee l chocks absorb the load.
.. Turn the whee ls towards the curb. .. Apply the parking brake. .. Select the P selector lever posit ion.
When restarting afte r park ing:
.. Apply the foot brake. .. Start the engine. .. Select the D/S se lector lever position. .. Release the parking brake and slowly pull
out and away from the wheel chocks. .. Stop and have someone retr ieve the wheel
chocks.
@ Tips
If you move the selector lever of the automatic transmission to P before applying the pa rking brake and before blocking the whee ls, you may have to use more force later to move the lever out of the P position .
Care and cleaning General information
Regular, proper care helps to maintain your vehicle's val ue. It can also be a requirement when submitting warranty claims for corrosion damage and paint defects on the body.
The necessary care products can be obtained from your authorized Audi dealer. Read and follow the instructions for use on the packaging.
A WARNING
-
- Using clean ing and care products incor-
rect ly can be dangerous to your health .
- Always store cleaning and care products
out of reach of children to reduce the risk
of poisoning.
@ For the sake of the environment
- Preferably use environmentally-friendly products when buying cleaning agents.
- Donot disposeof leftover cleaningand
care products with household trash.
Car washes
The longer that deposits such as insects, bird droppings, tree sap or road salt rema in on the vehicle, the more the surface can be damaged . High tempe ratures such as those caused by sunlight increase the damag ing effect .
Before washing, rinse off heavy deposits with plenty of water .
Stubborn deposits such as bird dropp ings or tree sap are best removed with plenty of water and a microf iber cloth.
Also, wash the underside of your vehicle once road salt stops being used for the season.
Pressure washers
M
N When washing your vehicles w ith a pressure 0c>o washer, always f oll ow the operating instr uc-
,....,
\.!.) ,., tions provided with the pressure washer. This
M..,.,
,....,
is especially important in regard to the pres-
Care and cle a nin g 205
sure and spraying distance. Do not aim the spray direct ly at seals on side windows, doors, the hood, the rear lid or the sunroof* or at tires, rubber hoses, insulating material, sensors* or camera lenses*. Keep a distance of at least 16 inches (40 cm) .
Do not remove snow and ice with a pressure
· ·
washer.
Never use rotary nozzles or high pressure nozzles .
The wate r temperature m ust not be above 140 ° F (60 °().
Automatic car washes Spray off t he vehicle before washing .
Make sure that the w indows and roof* are closed and the winds hield wipers are off. Follow instructions from the car wash operator, especially if there are accessories attached to you r vehicle .
If possible, use car washes that do not have brushes .
Wa shing by hand
Clean t he vehicle starting from the top and working down using a soft sponge or cleaning brush. Use solvent-free clean ing products .
Washing vehicles with matte finish paint
by hand
To avoid damaging the paint when washing, first remove dust and large particles from your vehicle. Insects, grease spots and fingerpri nts are best removed w ith a special cleaner for matte finish paint .
Apply the product using a microfiber cloth. To avoid damaging the paint surface, do not use too much pressure.
Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with water. Then clean using a neutral shampoo and a soft microfiber cloth.
Rinse the vehicle thoroughly again and let it
·
air dry . Remove any water residue using a
shammy.
206 Car e and cleaning
_& WARNING
- Only wash the vehicle when the ignition is off and follow the instructions from the car wash operator to reduce the risk of accidents.
- To reduce the risk of cuts, protect yourself from sharp meta l components when wash ing the underbody or the inside of the wheel housings.
- After washing the vehicle, the braking effect may be de layed due to mo isture on the brake rotors or ice in the winter. The brakes must be dried first with a few careful brake applicat ions .
@ Note
- If you wash t he vehicle in an automatic ca r wash, you must fold the exterior m irrors in to reduce the risk of damage to t he m irrors. Power foldi ng exterior m irrors* must on ly be folded in and out using t he power folding function.
- To prevent pa int damage, do not wash t he vehicle in direc t sunligh t .
- To reduce the risk of damage to the sur face, do not use insect removing sponges, kitchen sponges or similar items.
- Matte finish painted veh icle components: - To reduce the risk of damage to the surface, do not use polishi ng agen t s or ha rd wax. - Never use protect ive wax. It can destroy the matte fi nis h effec t . - Do not place any stickers or mag net ic s igns on vehicle parts painted w ith matte fi nis h pa int. The paint cou ld be damaged when th e sticke rs o r mag net s ar e removed.
@ For the sake of the environment
Only wash the ve hicle in facilities spec ia lly de signed for t hat pu rpose. This will red uce the risk of dirty wat e r contam ina t ed with oil from entering the sewer syst em.
Cleaning and care information
When clea ning and caring for individua l vehicle components, refer to the fo llow ing tab les. The informa t ion con t aine d t here is simp ly recommendations. For quest ions or for compo -
nents that are not listed, refer t o an authorized Audi dea ler. Also follow t he informat io n found in¢ ,&..
Exterior cleaning
Component Wind shield wiper blades
Headlights / Tail lights Sensors/ camera lenses
Situation Deposi t s
Deposits
Deposits
Wheels
Exhaust ta il pipes
Snow/ ice Road sa lt Brake d ust Road sa lt
Solution ¢ page 51, Cleaning windshield wiper blades
Soft sponge with a m ild soap so lutiona>
Sensors: soft cloth with a so lvent-free cleaning product Camera lenses: soft cloth with an alcohol-free cleaning so lution Hand brush/so lvent -free de -icing spray Water Acid-free special cleaning so lution Water, cleaning solut ion sui t able fo r sta inless steel, if necessary
Care and cle a nin g 207
Component
Situ ation
Solution
Decorati ve part s/ t rim
Deposits
Mild soap solution a) if necessary a cleaning solution suitable for stain less steel
Paint
Paint damage
Refer to the paint number on the veh icle data label, re-
pair with touch up paint ¢ page 286
Spilled fuel
Rinse with water immediately
· ·
Surface rust
Rust remover, then protect with hard wax; for questions, refer to an authorized Audi dea ler.
Corrosion
Have it removed by an authorized Audi dealer.
Water no longer
Protect with hard wax (at least twice per year)
beads on the surface
of clean paint
No shine even though paint has been protected/ paint looks poor
Treat with suitable po lish; then app ly paint protectant if the polish that was used does not contain any protec tant
Deposits such as insects, bird droppings, tree sap and road salt
Dampen with water immediate ly and remove with a microfiber cloth
Grease-based con taminants such as cosmetics or sunblo ck
Remove iimmediately with a mild soap solution al and a soft cloth
Carbon part s Deposits
clean the same way as painted parts ¢ page 205
Decorati ve dee- Deposits als
Soft sponge with a m ild soap so lutiona >
a) Mild soap solution: maxim um two tablespoons of neut ral soap in 1 quart (l lit e r) of water
Int ernal cleaning
Component Wind ows Decorativ e parts/ tri m Plasti c part s
Situ ation Deposits Deposits
Deposits Heavier deposits
Displays
Controls
M
N
0 c> o
Safety belt s
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
M..,.,
,....,
Deposits Deposits Deposits
Solution Glass cleaner, then wipe dry Mild soap solutional
Damp cloth
Mild soap solution a>,detergent-free plastic clean ing so lution, if necessary
Soft clot h with LCD cleaner
Soft brush, then a soft cloth with a mild soap sol utional
·
Mild soap solution a), allow to dry before letting them
retract
...
20 8 Car e and cleaning
Component
Situ ation
Solution
Textile s,
Deposits adhering to Vacuum cleaner
artificial leat her, the surface
Alcantara
Water-based depos- Absorbent cloth and m ild soap so lution a>
its such as coffee,
tea, blood, etc.
Oil-based deposits such as oil, makeup, etc.
Apply a mild soap solut ion a>,blot away the dissolved oil or dye, treat afterward w ith water, if necessary
Special deposits such as ink, nail polish, latex paint, shoe polish, etc .
Special stain remover, blot with absorbent material, treat afterward with mild soap so lution, if necessary a)
Natu ral leathe r Fresh stains
Wool cloth with a mi ld soap so lutiona >
Water-based deposits such as coffee, tea, blood, etc.
Fresh stains: absorbent cloth Dried stains: sta in remover suitable for leather
Oil-based deposits such as oil, makeup, etc .
Fresh stains: absorbent cloth and stain remover suitable for leather dr ied stains: Oil clean ing spray
Special deposits such as ink, nail po lish, latex paint, shoe polish, etc.
Spot remover suitable for leathe r
Care
Regularly apply cond it io ning cream that protects from
light and penetrates into the mater ia l. Use spec ially-
colored! conditioning cream, if necessary.
Carbon parts Deposits
clean t he same way as plastic parts
a) Mild soap sol ut ion: maximu m two tablespoons of neutral soap in 1 quar t (l liter) of water
_& WARNING The windsh ie ld may not be treated with water-repelling windshield coating agents . Unfavorab le conditions such as wetness, darkness, or low sun can result in increased glare. Wiper blade chatter is a lso possible .
([) Note
- Headlight s/ tail lig hts - Never clean headlights or tail lights w ith a dry cloth or sponge. - Do not use any cleaning product that conta ins alcohol, because they could cause cracks to form.
- Whee ls
- Never use any pa int polish or other abrasive materials.
- Damage to the protective layer on the rims such as stone chips or scratches must be repaired immediately.
- Sen so rs/ came ra lenses - Never use warm or hot water to remove snow or ice from the camera lens. This could cause the lens to crack. - Never use abrasive clean ing mater ials or alcohol to clean the camera lens. This could cause scratches and cracks.
- Door windo ws
- Remove snow and ice on windows and exter ior mirrors with a plastic scrape r.
To avoid scratches, move the scraper only in one direction and not back and
forth.
- Never remove snow or ice from door windows and mirrors using warm or hot water because this could cause cracks to form.
- To avoid damage to the rear window defogger, do not apply any stickers on the heating wires on the inside of the
window.
- Decorative parts/trim
- Never use chrome care or cleaning products.
- Paint
- To reduce the risk of scratches, the vehicle must be free of dirt and dust be-
fore polishing or waxing.
- To prevent paint damage, do not polish
or wax the vehicle in direct sunlight.
- To reduce the risk of paint damage, do
not polish away rust spots.
- Remove cosmetics and sunscreen im-
mediately · these coulddamage the
paint.
- Displays
- To avoid scratches, do not use dry
cleaning methods on displays.
- Controls
- Make sure that no fluids enter the controls, because this could cause damage.
- Safety belts
- Do not remove the safety belts to clean them.
- Never clean safety belts or their components chemically or with corrosive
fluids or solvents and never allow sharp objects to come into contact with the safety belts. This could cause
damage to the belt webbing .
- If there is damage to the webbing, the
connections, the retractors or the buck-
M
les, have them replaced by an author-
N
0 c> o
,....,
ized dealer . - Textiles/artificial leather/Alcantara
\!) 1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
Care and cleaning
- Never treat artificial leather/Alcantara with leather care products, solvents, floor polish, shoe polish, spot remove or similar products.
- Have a specialist remove stubborn stains to prevent damage.
- Never use steam cleaners, brushes, hard sponges, etc. when cleaning.
- Do not turn on the seat heating* to dry the seat.
- Objects with sharp edges such as zippers, rivets on clothing or belts can cause damage to the surface.
- Open hook and loop fasteners, for example on clothing, can damage seat covers. Make sure hook and loop fasteners are closed .
- Natural leather - Never treat leather with solvents, floor polish, shoe polish, spot remover or similar products. - Objects with sharp edges such as zippers, rivets on clothing or belts can
cause damage to the surface.
- Never use steam cleaners, brushes, hard sponges, etc. when cleaning.
- Do not turn on the seat heating* to dry the seat .
- To help prevent the leather from fading, do not leave the vehicle in direct sunlight for long periods of time. If leaving the vehicle parked for long periods of time, you should cover the leather to protect it from direct sunlight.
(D Tips
- Insects are easier to remove from paint that has been freshly waxed.
- Regular waxing can prevent rust spots from forming.
209
· ·
·
210 Checking and Filling
Checking and Filling
Gasoline
Fuel supply
App lies to vehicles: with gasoline engine
Using the right fuel helps keep the environment clean and prevents engine damage .
Fuel recommendation
The fuel recommended for your vehicle is unleaded premium grade gasoline . Audi recommends using TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline with a minimum octane rating of91 AKI (95 RON). For more information on TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the off icial website (www .toptiergas.com).
The recommended gasoline octane rating for your engine can also be found on a label locat ed on the inside of the fuel filler flap . This rating may be specified as AKI or RON.
Your vehicle may also be operated using unleaded regular gasoline with a minimum octane rating of 87 AKI/91 RON. However, using 87 AKI/91 RONoctane fuel w ill slightly reduce eng ine performance.
Use unleaded gasoline only. Unleaded gasoline is available throughout the USA, Canada, and in most European countries. We recommend that you do not take your vehicle to areas or countries where unleaded gasoline may not be available.
For more information on refue li ng your vehi-
cle, see ~ page 212.
Octane rating
Octane rating ind icates a gasoline's ability to resist engine damaging "knock" caused by premature ign ition and detonation . Therefore, buying the correct grade of gasoline is very important to help prevent possible engine damage and a loss of engine performance.
Gasoline most commonly used in the United States and Canada has the following octane ratings that can usually be found on the filler pump :
- Premium Grade: 91 - 96 AKI
- Regular Grade: 87 - 90 AKI
Explanation of the abbreviations:
AKI= Anti Knock Index= (R+M)/2 = (RON +MON)/2
RON= Research Octane Number
MON = Motor Octane Number .
@ Note
- Do not use any fuel w ith octane ratings lower than 87 AKI or 91 RONotherwise expensive engine damage w ill occur.
- Do not use leaded gasoline. The use of leaded gasoline will severely damage your vehicle's catalytic converter and its ability to control exhaust emissions.
Blended gasoline
Applies to vehicles: with gasoline engine
Use of gasoline containing alcohol or MTBE(methyl tertiary butyl ether)
You may use unleaded gasoline blended with alcohol or MTBE (commonly referred to as oxygenates) if the blended mixture meets the following criteria:
Blend of gasoline methanol (wood alcohol or methyl alcohol)
- Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI or higher. - Blend must contain no more than 3% meth-
anol. - Blend must contain more than 2% co-sol-
vents.
Blend of gasoline and ethanol (grain alcohol or ethyl alcohol)
- Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI or higher. - Blend must not contain more than 15%
ethanol.
Blend of gasoline and MTBE
- Anti-knoc k index must be 87 AKI or higher. - Blend must contain not more than 15%
MTBE.
Seasonally adjusted gasoline
Manygasoline grades are blended to perform especially well for winter or summer driving. During seasonal change-over, we suggest that you fill up at busy gas stations where the seasonal adjustment is more likelyto be made in time.
Q;) Note
- Methanol fuels which do not meet these requirements may cause corrosion and damage to plastic and rubber components in the fuel system .
- Do not use fuels that fail to meet the specified criteria in this chapter .
- If you are unable to determine whether or not a particular fuel blend meets the specificat ions, ask your service station or its fuel supp lier.
- Do not use fuel for which the contents cannot be identified.
- Fuel system damage and performance problems resulting from the use of fuels different from those specified are not the responsibility of Audi and are not covered under the New Vehicle or the Emission Control System Warranties.
- If you experience a loss of fuel economy or driveability and performance problems due to the use of one of these fuel blends, we recommend that you switch to unblended fuel.
Gasoline additives
A major concern among many auto manufacturers is carbon deposit build-up caused by the type of gasoline you use.
Although gasoline grades differ from one
manufacturer to another, they have certain
things in common. All gasoline grades contain
substances that can cause deposits to collect
on vital engine parts, such as fuel injectors
and intake valves. Although most gasoline
brands include additives to keep engine and
M
N o
fuel systems clean, they are not equally effec-
iii tive.
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
M..,.,
,....,
Checking and Filling 211
Audi recommends using TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline. For more information on TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the official website (www.toptiergas .com).
After an extended period of using inadequate
fuels, carbon deposit build-ups can rob your
engine of peak performance.
· ·
CJ) Note
Damage or malfunction due to poor fuel quality is not covered by the Audi New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Diesel fuel
Appli es to vehicles : wit h diesel engine
Alwaysuse ULSD(Ultra LowSulfur Diesel) No. 2 . The ULSDNo. 2 meets the ASTMD975.
Diesel fuel with concentrations of biodiesel higher than 5 % such as B11, B2Oor B1OOare strictly prohibited.
Service station fuel pumps are labeled with the correct fuel information for easy recognition by the user. If the diesel fuel pump is not labeled ask the station operator what fuel is being dispensed before filling up your vehicle.
ULSDNo. 2 may not be available outside the USAand Canada. Besure to check before traveling to other countries.
ULSDNo. 2 can become thicker in very cold temperatures, and this can impair the engine's starting and running. Depending on the season, gas stations provide ULSDNo. 2 that flows better in cold temperatures so that you can continue operating your vehicle as usual.
(D Note
- Yourvehicle's diesel engine was de-
signed solely for use with ULSDNo. 2.
Therefore, never use gasoline, heating
oil, other fuels or flow improvers. These
contain substances that will severely
damage the fuel system and the engine.
·
Such damage will not be covered by your
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
ll>
212 Ch eck ing and Fill in g
- If you put any amount of incorrect fue l in the fue l tank, do not start the engine under any circumstances. Immediately contact the nearest authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facilityfor assistance. These fuels contain substances that can severely damage the fuel system and the engine if the engine is started.
- If the diesel fuel quality is poor, it may be necessary to have the water drained from the water sepa rator in the fue l filte r more often t han specified in t he maintenance schedu le. This can help reduce engine ma lfunctions Q page 24.
Fuel tank
Fuel filler neck
The fuel filler neck is located on the right rear side panel behind the fuel filler flap.
If the power locking system should fail, you can st ill open the flap manually- for detailed instructions seer:::p.>age 214.
Youcan find the fuel tank capacity of your vehicle in Qpage 288.
The label on the inside of the fuel filler flap tells you the correct fuel for your vehicle. For more information about fuel specifications, see c;,page 210.
Yourvehicle fuel tank has an onboard refue lling vapor recovery system . This feature helps to prevent fuel vapors from escaping from the tank and polluting the environment while you refuel your vehicle. In order to fill the tank properly while protect ing the environment, please follow t his refueling procedure carefully.
.&_WARNING
Under norma l operating conditions, never carry additiona l fuel containers in your car. Gas can isters and other containers used to transport fue l can be dangerous. Such containers, full or empty, may leak and could cause a f ire in a collision. If you must
transpo rt fuel to use for your lawn mower, snow blower, etc., be very careful and always observe local and state laws regarding the use, transportation and storage of such fuel containers. Make certa in the container meets industry standa rds (ANSI/ ASTMF8S2 - 86).
(D Note
Never drive your vehicle until the fue l tank is completely empty. The irregular supply of fue l can cause misfiring. Gasoline could enter the exhaust system and damage the catalytic converter.
Fueling procedure
-
;:;
>a,
a,
Fig. 1 5 1 Right rear s ide of the vehicle: opening the fuel filler flap
Fig . 1 52 Fue l filler door with attached fuel cap
Read and fo llow the information and warnings when filling AdBlue c;, page 215. The fue l filler door is unlocked or locked by the centra l locking syst em.
Opening the fuel cap
" Press the left side of the fuel filler door to open it -arrow- Q fig. 151.
" Unscrew the tank cap counterclockw ise.
~ Place the cap from above on the open fuel filler door ¢ fig. 152.
Closing the fuel cap
~ Turn the fuel cap clockwise until you hear it lock.
~ Close fuel filler door until it latches.
Once the pump nozzle switches off, the fuel tank is "full". Do not fill the tank more. Otherwise the expansion space in the tank will be filled.
The correct fuel type for your vehicle can be found on a label located on the inside of the fuel filler door. For additional information on fuel, refer to ¢ page 210.
The fuel tank capacity of your vehicle is in the Technical Data ¢ page 288.
To avoid fuel spilling or evaporating from the fuel tank always close fuel filler cap properly and completely. An improperly closed fuel filler cap may also cause the MILlamp ¢ page 30 to come on .
A WARNING
Not paying attention when fueling or han-
dling fuel incorrectly can lead to fires, ex-
plosions or serious injuries.
- Fuel ignites easily and can cause serious
burns and other injuries.
- If you do not switch the engine off when
fueling and/or do not insert the fuel noz-
zle completely into the tank opening,
fuel can leak out or run over. Leaked fuel
can ignite and start a fire.
- Do not use the telephone while fueling.
The electromagnetic rays can cause
sparks, which can ignite fuel vapors and
start a fire .
- Do not sit in your vehicle while fueling. If
you must make an exception and enter
your vehicle again while fueling, close
the door and touch metal to discharge
M
static electricity before touching the fuel
N
0 c> o
nozzle. Static electricity can create
,....,
sparks, which can ignite vapors when fu-
\.!.) ,.,
M..,.,
eling.
,....,
Checking and Filling 213
- Do not smoke or have an open flame in the area when fueling your vehicle or filling a fuel container because this increas-
es the risk of an explosion .
- For your safety, carrying fuel containers
in your vehicle is recommended. Wheth-
er full or empty, the container can leak and cause a fire in the event of an acci-
· ·
dent.
- If you must make an exception and transport a fuel container, note the fol-
lowing:
- Never fill the fuel container with fuel while it is in or on the vehicle. Static electricity is discharged when filling
which can cause the fuel vapors to ig-
nite and increases the risk of an explosion.
- Always place a fuel container on the
ground before filling.
- Always hold the fuel nozzle completely
in the fuel container when filling .
- If the fuel container is made of metal,
the fuel nozzlemust alwaysbe incon-
tact with the container when filling it with fuel. This prevents static electricity from discharging.
- Never spill fuel in the vehicle or the
luggage compartment. Evaporated fuel
is explosive and increases the risk of serious injury or death.
- Follow legal requirements when using,
storing and transporting fuel contain-
ers.
- Make sure the fuel container conforms
to industry standards (ANSI/ASTM F8S2-86).
@ Note
- Remove spilled fuel from vehicle paint
immediately, because it can damage
paint.
- Never drive until the fuel tank is com-
pletely empty . The irregular supply of
fuel that results from that can cause the
engine to misfire. Uncombusted fuel will
enter the exhaust system and increase
1111-
214 Ch eck ing and Fill in g
the risk of damage to the catalytic converter . - If the fuel tank runs comp letely empty in a vehicle with a diesel engine, the ignition must remain switched on for at least 30 seconds after refueling before starting the engine. It may take longer than usual for the engine to start, even up to a minute . This is because the air must fi rst b leed out of the fuel system when starting the eng ine.
@) For the sake of the environment
- If the fuel nozzle is used correctly , it will indicate that the tank is full the first time it switches off automatically. Do not t ry to add more fuel, because it can spill over. Also, the expansion space in the tank will fill, which can resu lt in fuel spilling out when it becomes warm and po lluting the environment .
@ Tips
- If the engine is runn ing whi le fueling, vapors can escape or the fuel can spi ll over. Because of this , the fuel nozz le switches off before the tank is full.
- Do not fuel the vehicle when the ignition is switched on. Otherwise, the fuel gauge may not show the correct level after fueling the vehicle.
- Diesel vehicles are equipped with a diesel misfueling guard l l. It allows the vehicle to be fueled only with a diese l fuel pump nozzle.
- A worn or damaged nozzle or a nozz le that is too small may not be able to open the d iesel m isfueling protector . If this is the case, try t urni ng the nozzle before inserting it in the fuel filler neck, use a different fuel pump or see you r a uthorized Audi dealer or author ized repair facility for assistance .
- The m isf ueling guard does not open when adding fuel from a fuel container .
You can bypass it by adding the diesel fuel s lowly. - The fuel fi ller door on your vehicle does not lock when you lock the vehicle from the inside.
· Fuel filler door emergency release If the central locking system is faulty, the fuel filler door can be unlocked manually.
Fig. 153 Right rear lugg age compa rtment : eme rgency re lease
The emergency release mechanism is located behind the right side trim panel in the luggage compartment . " Remove t he cover in the side pane l. " Loosen the loop from the retaine r and then
pull on the loop carefu lly-arrow- ¢ (D. The
fue l filler door is released . " To open the fue l filler door, press on the left
side r=p>age 212, fig. 151 .
(D Note
Only pull on the loop until yo u feel resistance. You will not hear it re lease. Otherwise you could damage the emergency release mechanism.
ll Market-s pecific
Selective catalytic reduction
General information
Applies to vehicles: with diese l e ngine
In vehicles with se lective cata lytic reduction, a urea solut ion (AdBlue) is injected into the exhaust system before a nitrogen oxide catalytic converter to reduce nitrogen -emissions .
AdBlue is the marketing name for Diese l Exha ust Fluid (DEF).
The AdBlue is carried in a separa t e tank in t he vehicle . The AdBlue usage accounts for approximately 0.5% to 1.2% of the diese l fuel that is used .
When a message abo ut refil ling the AdBlue appears in the inst rume nt cluste r dis play, you must refi ll the AdBlue yourse lf or have it refilled by an authorized Audi dealer or aut horized Aud i Service Facility Q page 216.
A WARNING
Failure to heed Ad Blue refill information in the inst rume nt cluste r can prevent the vehicle from being started and driven . If the veh icle cannot be driven and an eme rgency ar ises, perso na l inju ry can occur. - Always have the AdBlue tank refilled well
before the tank runs d ry.
(!) Tips
- The instrument cluster display indicates the d istance remaining that ca n be dr iv-
en Q page 215 . If the AdBlue tank is
complete ly empty, the engi ne will not sta rt again after the ign ition is switched off. - AdBlue is requ ired by law to operate this vehicle.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"..'.., "rl '
Che cking and Fillin g 215
Indicators in the instrument cluster d isplay
Applies to vehicles: with diesel engine
The display indicates if th e Ad Blue level is low or if there is a system malfunction.
Fig. 1 54 Ins tr um ent cluster : indicator in the display
AdBlue level low You w ill be informed if t he Ad Blue in t he ta nk drops below a certain leve l.
AdBlue /9 Please refill AdBlue. Range
1500 mi (2400 km) This ind icator appea rs whe n there is only eno ugh AdBlue left to d rive the distance indicated in t he driver information system. Fill the AdBlue .
AdBlue /9 Refill AdBlue! No restart in
600 mile s (1000 km) ! See owner's manual This indicator appears when there is only enough AdBlue left to drive the distance indicated in the dr iver information syst e m. Fill the AdBlue. Otherwise the eng ine will not star t again if you st op it o nce the dist ance indicated has been d rive n. As long as t he
AdBlue /9 ind icator light is on, you can
check the remaining range in the trip computer* .
Refill AdBlue! Engine start not possible! See owner' s manual This message appears w hen the AdBlue tank is emp t y. Fill the AdBlue. Othe rwise you w ill not be able to sta rt the engine ag a in on ce you stop it . The AdBlue mu st be refilled when the amount in the t ank has rea ched t he minim um level
Q poge 216.
216 Che cking and Filling
¢..iIjncorrect filling / system malfunction
A message ap pears if the AdBlue tank was filled with a fluid other t han AdBlue and t he system has detected t hat the tank was filled incorrectly, or if the re is a system malfunction .
AdBlue/ AdBlue: System fault! No restart
in 600 miles (1000 km). See owner's manual. This message appears whe n it is only poss ible to dr ive t he distance indicated in the dr iver information system. Drive to the neares t a uthorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Se rvice Facility to have the ma lfunction corrected. Otherwise the engine will not start again if you stop it once the distance ind icated has been drive n.
AdBlue: system fault . Engine start not possible! See owner's manual This message appears if the system has de tected t hat the ta nk was filled incorrectly or that the re is a ma lfunction . Drive immediate ly to the nearest authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Serv ice Facility to have the ma lfunction corrected . Otherwise you will not be ab le to start t he engine aga in o nce you stop it .
Filling the AdBlue
App lies to vehicles: with selective cata lyt ic reduction
A special refill bottle must be used to fill the AdBlue .
Fig. 155 Right rear s ide of t he ve hicle: re m oving the AdBlue cap
Fig. 156 AdBlue f iller t ube: inse rtin g t he ref ill bottl e
The AdBlue tank ope ning is located near t he diesel ta nk open ing . Always ad d 1 gallon (3.8 lite rs) of AdBlue (t wo bottles). This is the minimum a mo unt req uired t o ensure t he system det e cts t he refilling and t o st art the engine . The AdBlue tank holds approximately 4 gal lons (15 liters) .
Opening the filler tube and adding AdBlue
Requirement : The request to add AdBlue mus t appea r in the instrument cluster disp lay.
" Switch t he ignit io n off. .. Open the t ank doo r ¢ page 2 12. .. Turn the cap on the tank opening to the left
to remove ¢ fig . 155 . .. Remove the cap from the ref ill bott le. .. Posit ion the refill bottle on the filler tube
and t ur n the bottle clockwise until it stops turn ing (D ¢ fig . 156 . " Press lightly aga inst the bottom of the bottle @ to empty it . Continue pressing the bo ttom of t he bottle unt il it is empty or un t il f luid stop s flowing int o t he ta nk. " Turn th e bottle to t he left wit hout pressing on t he bot t om.
Closing the filler tube
" Turn the AdBlue cap to the right on the filler t ube unt il the cap clicks into pla ce.
" Close the t ank cover.
After filling
The vehicle must be driven. The system may
ta ke up to two minutes to detect that the
AdBlue has been f illed .
.,.
~ If there was no AdBlue left in the tank and a range of O mi (0 km) was displayed in the instrument cluster, switch the ignition on for about 15 seconds before starting the engine.
_& WARNING
AdBlue can irritate the skin, eyes and respiratory system. If there is contact with the fluid, flush immediately with plenty of water. Consult a physician if necessary.
(D Note
- Only use AdBlue that conforms to the standard ISO 22241-1. Do not mix any additives with the AdBlue and do not dilute it with water .
- Do not add AdBlue to the diesel tank or add diesel fuel to the AdBlue tank. Mixing can lead to damage to the engine and the AdBlue tank system. Warranty does not cover damage caused by this.
- AdBlue attacks surfaces such as painted vehiclecomponents,plastic and carpet. Remove the fluid as quickly as possible with a damp cloth and plenty of cold water. If the AdBlue has already crystallized, use warm water and a sponge . AdBlue residue that is not removed will crystallize and can damage the affected surface .
- Do not store the refill bottle in the vehicle. If it leaks, the escaping AdBlue could damage the vehicle interior.
- Do not allow AdBlue to come into contact with clothing . If there is contact with the fluid, flush immediately with plenty of water.
@ Tips
- You can obtain refill bottles from an au-
thorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
Service Facility.
M
- Follow the AdBlue manufacturer's in-
N
0 c> o
structions for use and storage.
,....,
\!) 1.1"1
M
1,..1..".1,
Checking and Filling 217
Hood
Working in the engine compartment
Special care is required if you are working in the engine compartment
For work in the engine compartment such as checking and filling fluids, there is a risk of
· ·
injury, scalding, accidents, and burns. For
this reason, follow all the following listed
warnings and general safety precautions.
The engine compartment is a dangerous
area. c::>.&.
_8 WARNING
To reduce the risk of injuries, complete the
following steps before opening the hood:
- Turn the engine off.
- Switch the ignition off.
- Set the parking brake.
- Place the selector lever in the P position.
- Let the engine cool down.
- Never open the hood when you see that
steam or coolant drips from the engine
compartment- there is a danger of
burns! Wait until no steam or coolant
flows out .
- Keep children away from the engine com-
partment.
- Never spill fluids on a hot engine . These
fluids (such as the freeze protection con-
tained in the coolant) can catch fire .
- Avoid short circuits in the electrical sys-
tem, especially the battery .
- When working in the engine compart-
ment, remember that the radiator fan
can switch on even if the ignition is
switched off, which increases the risk of
personal injury.
- Never open the cap on the coolant ex-
pansion tank when the engine is warm.
The cooling system is under pressure.
- To protect your face, hands, and arms
from hot steam or coolant, cover the cap
with a large cloth when opening.
II>- ·
21 8 Ch e ck ing and Fillin g
- Do not remove the engine cover under any circumstances. This increases the risk of burns.
- If tests need to be performed with the engine running, there is additional danger due to moving components (such as the ribbed belt, generator and radiator fan) and from the high voltage ign ition system .
- Never reach into the radiator fan . The electric auxiliary fan is controlled by tempe ratu re and can switch on suddenly.
- Payattention to the following warn ings listed wh en work on the fue l system or on the electrical equipment is required. - Always disconnect the vehicle battery from the vehicle electrical system - Do not smoke - Never work near open flames - Always have a working fire extinguisher nearby
- To reduce the risk of electric shock and injury, never touch the following components when the engine is running or is being started: - Ignition cable - Other components in the electronic high voltage ignition system
- If you must check or perform work on the engine while it is running:
- Set the parking brake and place theselector lever in the P (park) posit ion first.
- Always proceed with ext reme caut ion so that clothing, jewelry or long hair do not become caugh t in the radiator fan, fan belt or other moving components or do not come into contact with hot components . Tie back long hair before beginning work and do not wear clothing that can hang down into the eng i ne.
- Limit your exposure to exhaust and chemica ls to as short a time as possible
~ .&.-
A WARNING
Cali fornia Proposition 6S Warning: - Engine exhaust, some of its constituents,
and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certa in flu ids contained in vehicles and certain products of componen t wear contain or emit chemicals known to t he State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm . - Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harms. Wash hands after handling.
(D Note
When filling fluids, be sure not to mix the fl uids up. Otherwise severe ma lf unctions and engine damage w ill occur.
@ For the sake of the environment
You should regularly check the ground under your vehicle in order to detect leaks quick ly. If there are visib le spots from oil or other fluids, br ing your vehicle to an authorized Audi dealer or qualified repair facility to be checked.
Opening the hood
The hood is released from the interior.
Fig. 157 Sect ion from the drive r's footwe ll: release lev· er
Fig. 158 Rocker switc h under the hood
Make sure the wiper arms are not raised up from the windshield. Otherwise the paint could be damaged. · With the driver's door open, pu ll the lever
below the instrument pane l in the direction of the arrow ¢ fig. 157.
· Raise the hood slightly c;, &_ .
· Press the lever under the hood upward c;,fig. 158. This releases the catch .
· Open the hood .
Che cking and Fillin g 219
A WARNING
Never open the hood when you see that steam or coo lant drips from t he e ngine compartment· there is a danger of burns! Wait unti l no steam or coolant flows out. - Never open the hood when you see that
steam or coo lant dr ips from the engine compa rtment- the re is a dange r of bu rns! Wait until no ste am or coo lan t flows out.
Closing the hood
· Push the hood down unti l the fo rce of t he strut is overcome .
· Then lower the hood and let it fall into the engine hood latch -you do not have to press
on the hood after it is locked. c;, &_ .
A WARNING
If the hood is not latched complete ly, it could fly up while you are dr iving and obstruct you r vis io n. - For safety reasons, the hood must always
be closed secure ly wh ile d riving. Because of this, always check t he hood after closing it t o make sure it is lat ched correctly. When latched correc t ly, the hood will be f lush with the othe r body panels . - If you not ice th at t he hood is not latched while you are dr iving, stop immedi ately and close it, because this increases the risk of an accident .
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"..'..,
"rl '
220 Che ck ing and Filling
Gasoline engine compartment overview The most important check points.
Fig. 159 Typicallocation of the reservoir, engine oil dipstick, and engine oil filler opening
CDCoolant expansion tank (..L. ) . . .
226
The engine oi l filler opening and the dipstick
@ Engine oil dipstick ...........
223
(items ® and @ ) ¢ fig. 159 may be located in
® Engine oi l filler open ing ('t=r.)
223
a different area depending on engine version.
© Brake fluid reservoir ((0)
® Battery(+) under a cover
® Body ground point(-)
..... . . ...
227 229
-A WARNING Read and following the WARNINGS before checking anyth ing in the engine com part-
(j) Washer fluid reservoir(<$) . . . .
232
ment ¢ page 217.
® Fuse housing .............
. . 276
Diesel engine compartment overview
The most important check points .
Che cking and Fillin g 221
Fig. 160 Typicallocation of the reservoir, engine oil dipstick, and engine oil filler opening
(D Coolant expansion tank (J - ) . . .
226
@ Engine oi l dipstick ..........
.
223
® Eng ine oil filler opening ('!=r.) .
223
© Brake fluid reservoir ((0))
227
® Battery(+) under a cover .....
229
® Body ground point(-) 0 Washer f luid reservoir(~) ® Fuse housing ..............
232
.
276
The engine oil filler opening and the dipstick
(items @ and @ )¢ fig. 160 may be located in
a different area depending on engine version .
A WARNING
Read and f ollowing the WARNI NGSbefore checking anything in t he engine compa rt -
ment ¢page 217.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"..'..,
"rl '
Engine oil
Engine oil specifications
The engine oil used must conform to exact specifications .
The service interva l disp lay in the instrument cluster of your vehicle will inform you when it is time for an oil change . We recomme nd that you have your oil changed by an author ized Audi Service Advisor .
If you have to top off the oil between oi l changes, use the Audi oil quality sta ndard specified in the tab le.
Gasoline engine
Diesel eng ine
Audi oil quality standard
VW 502 00 or
vw 504 00
vw 507 00
...
222 Ch e ck ing and Fillin g
Using the proper engine oil is important for the functionality and service life of the engine. Your engine was factory-filled with a high-quality oil which can usually be used throughout the entire year.
0 Note
Your Limited New Vehicle Warranty does not cover damage or ma lfunctions due to fai lure to follow recommended maintenance and use requ irements as set forth in
the Audi Owner's Manual and Warranty &
Maintenance booklet. - Use only a high quality engine oil that ex-
pressly complies w ith the Audi oil quality standard specified for your vehicle's engine. Using any other oil can cause serious engine damage. - Do not mix any lubricants or othe r additives into the engine oil. Doing so can cause engine damage.
If you need to add oi l and there is none availab le tha t meet s the Audi oil quality standard your engine requires, yo u may add a tota l of no more than 0.5 quart/liter of a high-quality "synthetic"oil that meets the following specifications. - Vehicles with gasoli ne engine: ACEAA3
or API SM with a viscosity grade of SAE 0W-30, SAE SW-30 or SAE SW-40. - Vehicles with diesel engine: ACEAC3 or API CFwith a viscosity grade of SAE0W-30 or SAESW-30. - For more information about engine oil that has been approved for your vehicle, please contact either your authorized Audi dealer or Audi Customer Relations at 1 (800) 822-2834 or visit our web site at www.audiusa .com or www.aud icanada.ca.
Engine oil consumption
The engine in your vehicle depends on on adequate amount of oil to lubricate and cool all of its moving ports .
In order to provide effective lubricat ion and cooling of interna l engine components, all internal combust ion engines consume a certain amount of oil. Oil consumpt ion varies from engi ne to engine and may change sig nifican t ly over the life of the engine. Typically, engines with a specified break-in period (see ¢ page 197) consume more oil during the break-in period than they consume after oi l consumption has stabilized.
Under normal cond itions, the rate of oi l consumption depends on the quality and viscosity of the oil, the RPM (revolutions per minute) at which the engine is operated, the ambient temperature and road conditions. Further factors are the amount of oil dilut ion from water condensation or fue l residue and the oxidat ion level of the oil. As any engine is subject to wear as m ileage builds up, t he oil consump t ion may increase over time until replacemen t of worn components may become necessary.
With all these variab les coming into play, no standard rate of oil consumpt ion can be establ ished or specified . There is no alte rnative to regu lar and frequent checking of the oil level, see Note.
If the yellow engine oil level wa rning symbo l
Ill in the inst rument cluster lights up, you
should check the oil level as soon as possible i=>page 223 . Top off the oil at your earliest convenience i=>page 223 .
-A WARNING
-
Before you check anything in the engine
compartment, always read and heed all
WARNINGS¢ page 217.
(D Note
Driving wit h an insufficient oil level is likely to cause severe damage to the engine. liJJ,
@ Tips
- The oil press ure wa rning display. is not an indicator of the oil level. Do not rely on it. Instead , check the oil level in your engine at regular intervals, preferably each t ime you refuel , and always before going on a long trip.
- If you have the impression your engine consumes excessive amounts of oi l, we recommend that you consult an authorized Audi dealer to have the cause of you r concern properly diagnosed. Keep in mind tha t the accurate measuremen t of oi l consumption requires great care and may take some time. An authorized Audi dealer has instructions about how to measure oil consumption accurately.
Checking the engin e oil lev el
Fig. 16 1 Gas oline engi ne oil d ipsti ck: gui de for m easurin g the oil level (exam ple)
Che cking and Fillin g 223
· Remove the oi l dipstick . Wipe off the oil dip stick with a clean cloth and insert it all the way in again.
· Remove the dipstick again and then read the
oil level ¢ fig. 161 or ¢ fig. 162 .
· Evaluate the oil level ¢ table on page 223 . Add engine oil if necessary ¢ page 223 .
0 You must add oil. After adding oil, the
level shou ld be in t he @ area.
® You may add oil. After adding oil , the
level shou ld be in the @ area. @ Do not add any oil.
@ Do not add any oil. You may cont inue
driving .
0 Do not add any oil. Drive t o an author-
ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facili ty immediately .
Applies to vehicles with diesel engines: If you operate your vehicle with biod iesel, fuel may enter the engine oil. This raises the oil level in
the engine. It also decreases the quality of t he engine oil ¢ page 24.
The oil consumptio n of the engine may be up to 1/2 quart per 600 m iles (0.5 liter per 1,000 km), depend ing on driving style and condit ions. Consumpt ion may be higher du ring the first 3,000 m iles (5,000 km) . Because of this, the engine oi l level must be checked regular ly. It would be best to check each time you ref uel your vehicle and before long dr ives.
Adding engine oil ~
0 N
~
a,
a,
Fig. 162 Diesel e ngine oil dip stick : guide fo r measuring th e oil leve l (exampl e)
Determining the oil level
...., · Park your vehicle on a level surface .
N 0
· Let the engine run in idle briefly while it is at
c> o
operat ing temperat ure and then shut the
rl
I.O
"..'..,
engi ne off .
"rl ' · Wa it approximately two mi nutes .
Fig. 1 63 Engine com par tm ent: e ng ine oil filler ope ning cover
· Turn the engine off.
224 Ch e ck ing and Fillin g
· Unscrew the engine oil fi ll er opening cap
~ ¢ fig. 163, ¢page 220, fig. 159.
· Carefully add 0.5 quart (0.5 liter) of the ap-
propr iate oil ¢ page 221.
· Check the oil level again after two minutes
¢ page 223, Checking the engine oil level.
· Add oil, if necessary. · Close the engine oil filler cap and push the
dipstick all the way in.
.&_WARNING
- When adding oil , do not let oi l dr ip onto hot engine components . There could be risk of a fire .
- You must secure the cap on the oil filler opening correctly so that oil does not leak out onto the hot engine and exhaust system when the engine is running, because this is a fire hazard.
- Always clean skin thoroughly if it comes into contact w ith eng ine oil.
([) Note
- Applies to vehicleswith gasoline en-
gines: The oil level cannot be above the
(!) range¢ page 223, fig. 161, because
th is can cause damage to the catalytic converter or the engine. Contact your authorized Audi dealer or qualified repair facil ity to have excess oil extracted if necessary. -Applies to vehicles with diesel engines:
0 The oil level must not be in the range
¢ page 223, fig. 162 - The oil must not
be extracted, because this can damage the engine. Drive t o an aut horized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately. - Do not mix any additiona l lubricants into the engine oil. Damage cause by such additives is not covered by the war ranty.
@) For the sake of the environment
- Oil should never enter the sewer system or come into contact with the ground .
- Payatte nt ion to legal req uirements when disposing of empty oil containers .
Changing the engine oil
We recommend that have your oil changed by an authorized Audi dealer or a qualified service station.
Before you check anyth ing in the engine compartment, always read and hee d all WARN-
INGS ¢ page 217.
The engine oil must be changed according to
the interva ls specified in your Warranty &
Maintenance booklet . This is very important because the lubricat ing propert ies of oil dimin ish gradually du ring normal vehicle use.
Under some circumstances the engine oil should be changed more frequently. Change oil more often if you drive mostly short distances, operate the vehi cle in dusty areas or under predom inant ly stop-and-go traffic condit ions, or have your vehicle where temperatures remain below freezing f or extended periods .
Det ergent additives in the oil will make fresh
oil look dark after the engine has been run-
ning for a short time. This is normal and is not a reason to change the oil more often than recommended.
Because of the problem of proper disposal, along wit h the special tools and necessary expertise req uired, we st rongly recommend that you have your oil changed by an authorized Audi deale r or a qualified service station.
If you choo se to chan ge your oil your self , please note the fo ll owing important information:
.&_WARNING
To reduce the risk of personal inj ury if you must change the engine oil in your vehicle yourself: - Wear eye protect ion. - To reduce the risk of burns from hot en-
gine oi l, let the engine cool down to the touch. - When removing the oil drain plug with your fingers, stay as far away as possible. ..,
Alwayskeep your forearm para llel to the ground to help prevent hot oil from running down your arm. - Drain the oil into a conta iner designed for this purpose, one large eno ugh to hold at least the total amount of oil in your engine. - Engine oil is poisono us. Keep it well out of the reach of children . - Continuous contact with used engine oil is harmful to your skin. Always protect your skin bywashing oil off thoroug hly with soap and water .
(D Note
Never mix oil addit ives with your engine oil. These additives can damage your engine and adversely affect your Audi Limited New VehicleWarranty.
@ For the sake of the environment
- Before changing your oil, first make sure you know whe re you can proper ly dispose of the used oil.
- Alwaysdispose of used engine oil properly. Do not dum p it on ga rden soil, wooded areas, into open streams or down sewage dra ins.
- Recycleused engine oil by t aking it t o a used engine oil collection facility in your area, or contact a service station .
Cooling system
Coolant
The engine coolant performs two functions: it keeps the engine from overheating and it protects the engine from freezing in the winter.
The cooling system is sea led and generally requires little attention.
The cooling system has been filled at t he fac-
tory with a pe rmanent coolant which does not
M need to be changed. The coolant consists of a
N
0 c> o
,....,
mixture of specially conditioned water and the manufacturer's glycol-based coolant add i-
\!)
1.1"1 tive Gl3 antifree ze with ant icorrosion addi-
M
1,..1..".1,
Checking and Fillin g 225
tives (50% for USAmode ls; 60% for Canadian models) . This mixture both ass ures the necessary frost protection and protects metal components in the eng ine's cooling system from corrosion and scaling. It also raises the boiling point of the coolant .
Do not reduce the concentration of the cool-
· ·
ant in the summer by adding plain water. The
proportion of coolant additive must be at
least 50°/o but not more than 60 % to main-
ta in antifreeze protect ion and cooling efficien-
cy. If the coolant frost protection is too low,
t he coolant could freeze and damage t he vehi-
cle heating and en gine cooling system.
For year-round driving, ant ifreeze is added at the factory for temperatures down to:
- - 31 °F <- 3s 0 c) usA - - 40°F ( - 40°C) Canada.
If you must add coolant, use a mixture of wate r and coolant additive. Mixing the coolant additive with dist illed water is recommended.
A WARNING -
Before you check anything in the engine compartment, always read and heed all WARNINGSc:>page 217.
(D Note
- Before winter sets in, have the coolant
checked to see if the coolant additive in
your vehicle is sufficient to meet the cli-
mate condit ions. This is especially impor-
tant if you live in a region where the win-
ter is extremely cold. If necessary, in-
crease t he propo rtion of coolant add itive
to 60%.
- Whe n adding coolant addit ive to your
cooling syst em, reme mbe r:
- We recommend using only coolant ad-
ditive Gl2 ++ or Gl3 (check the labe l)
for your vehicle. This coolant additive is
available at autho rized Audi dea lers .
Othe r types of antifreeze can signifi-
·
cantly reduce corrosion protec t ion. The
resu lting corrosion can cause a loss of
coolant and serio us engine damage. IJI,,
226 Ch eck ing and Fill in g
- Do not add any type of radiator leak sea lant to your ve hicle's engine coolant. Adding rad iator repair fluid may adversely affect the function and performance of your cooling system and could result in damage not covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Adding coolant
Fig. 164 Engine compartment: markings on the coolant expansion tank
Read and following th e WARNINGS befo re checking anything in the eng ine compartment ¢ page 217. Checking t he engi ne coolant level " Park your vehicle on a level surface . .. Switch the ign ition off. " Read the coo lant level on the coolant expan-
s ion tank ¢ fig . 164. The coo lant level must be between the markings when the eng ine in cold. When the engine is warm it can be sl ightly above the upper marking . Adding coolan t Requirement : There must be a residual amount of coolant in the expansion tank ¢ (D . .. Let the engine cool down. " Place a cloth over the coolant expansion tank cap and unscrew the cap counterclockwise ¢ &_ . .. Add coolant mixed in the correct ratio ¢ page 225 up to the upper marking. .. Make sure that the fluid level remains stable. Add more coolant if necessary. " Clove the cap securely.
A coolant loss suggests a leak. Immediately drive your vehicle to an authorized repair facility and have the cooling system inspected. If the cooling system is not leaking, a loss can come from the coolant boiling through overheating and being pushed out of the cooling system.
A WARNING
The cooling system is press urized and can become very hot. To reduce the risk of burns from hot coolant: - Do not open the coolant expansion tank
cap with t he engine ho t . There is a risk of burns. - Stop the eng ine and a llow it to cool. - Protect your face, hands and arms from escaping coolant and steam by covering the coolant tan k cap with a large, th ick cloth. - Turn the coolan t tank cap counterclockwise slowly and keep light pressure on the cap . - To reduce t he risk of burns, do not allow any antifreeze or coolant to drip onto the exhaust system or hot engine compo nents. The ethy lene g lycol in engine coo lant can catch fire under certain circumstances. - The coolant additive and the coolant can be dangerous to your health . For this reason, keep the coo lant in the origina l container away from ch ildren . There is a risk of poisoning. - When working in the engine compartment, remember that the rad iator fan can switch on even if the ignition is sw itched off, which increases the risk of pe rsonal injury.
(D Note
Do not add coolant if the expansion tank is empty . Air could enter the cooling system and damage the eng ine . If this is the case, do not continue dr iving. See a n author ized Audi dealer or authori zed Audi Service Facility for assist a nce.
Radiator fan
The radiator fan switches on automatically by itself
An auxiliary electric radiator fan switches on and off depending on coolant temperature and other vehicle operating conditions .
After you switch the engine off, the auxiliary fan can continue running for up to 10 minutes - even with the ignition off. It can even switch on again later by itself <=.&> , if
- the temperature of the engine coolant rises due to the heat build-up from the engine in the engine compartment, or
- the engine compartment heats up because the vehicle is parked in intense sunlight.
A WARNING
- To reduce the risk of personal injury never touch the radiator fan.
- The auxiliary electric fan is temperature controlled and can switch on suddenly even when the engine is not running.
- The auxiliary radiator fan switches on automatically when the engine coolant reaches a certain temperature and will continue to run until the coolant temperature drops.
Brake fluid
Checking brake fluid level
N N N
><
~
Fig. 165 Engine compartment: cover on the brake fluid
reservoir
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
Before you check anything in the engine compartment, always read and heed all WARN-
I.O
"..'.., INGS r::;p, age 217 .
"rl '
Checking and Filling 22 7
.. Read the brake fluid level from the brake fluid reservoir <=f>ig. 165, <=p>age 220, fig. 159. The brake fluid level must be between the "MIN"and "MAX"markings.
The location of the brake fluid reservoir can be seen in the engine compartment illustration <=p>age 220.
The fluid level may drop slightly after some time due to the automatic adjustment of the brake pads. This is not cause for alarm.
I. If the brake fluid level falls considerably be-
low the "MIN" mark, the brake warning/indicator light . (U.S.models) (Canadian models) will come on c:>page 18 . Do not continue to operate the vehicle. The complete brake system should be thoroughly checked by an authorized Audi dealer or other qualified facility and the cause corrected . If the brake fluid level is too low, the brake warning/ indicator light will illuminate. Contact an authorized Audi dealer immediately.
Changing brake fluid
Have the brake fluid changed by an experienced technician.
Brake fluid absorbs moisture from the air. If the water content in the brake fluid is too high, corrosion in the brake system may result after a period of time. The boiling point of the brake fluid will also decrease considerably and decrease braking performance.
Therefore, the brake fluid must be changed every two years. Always use new brake fluid which conforms to Federal Motor Vehicle Standard "FMVSS116 DOT4".
The brake fluid reservoir can be difficult to
reach, therefore, we recommend that you
have the brake fluid changed by your author-
ized Audi dealer. Yourdealer has the correct
tools, the right brake fluid and the know-how
to do this for you.
II>-
22 8 Ch e ck ing and Fillin g
8_ WARNING
- Brake fluid is poiso nous. It must be sto red only in th e closed original container out of the reach of children!
- Brake fa ilure can result from old or inappropriate brake fluid. Observe these precaut ions: - Use only brake fluid that meets SAE
specification J 1703 and conforms to
Federal Motor Vehicle Standard 116. Always check with your authorized Audi dealer to make sure you are using the correct brake flu id. The correct type of brake fluid is also indicated on the brake fluid reservoir. - The brake fluid must be new. Heavy use of the brakes can cause a vapor lock if the brake fluid is left in the system too long. This can serious ly affect the efficiency of the bra kes as well as yo ur safety . This could result in an acc ident.
@ Note
Brake flu id will damage the paint of your veh icle.
@i For the sake of the environment
Because of the problem of proper d isposa l of brake flu id as we ll as the special tools requ ired and the ne cessary expert ise, we recommend that you have the brake fluid changed by your author ized Audi dealer .
Battery
General information
The batte ry in your Audi does not need any maintena nce under normal operating conditions. Audi recommends having the elect rolyte level check by a n a uthor ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility when there are high outside temperat ures or when driving all day. The e lectrolyte level shou ld a lso be checked each time the battery is charged ¢ page 230.
Have the batte ry checked when you bring your vehicle in for an inspection . It is a good idea to replace the battery if it is more than 5 years old.
During certain types of airbag deployments, the battery is disconnected from the vehicle
electrical system for safety reasons ¢ & in
Repair, care and disposal of the airbags on page 160.
Disconnecting the battery terminals
Some vehicle functions (such as power win dows) are not avai lable when the battery is disconnected. These functions must be programmed after the battery is reconnected. To avoid having to do this, only disconnect the battery from the vehicle electrical system when that is necessary to perform repairs .
To reprogram the functions, proceed as follows:
Function Power window onetouch up/down function Remote control key or convenience key
Digita l clock ESCindicator light
Reprogramming
¢ page 44, Correcting power window ma/functions
If the vehicle does not react to the key, it must be synchronized ¢ page37
¢ page 10
The indicator light goes out after dr iving a few meters
Not running t he vehicle for long periods of time
If you do not drive your vehicle fo r several
days or weeks, electrical components are
gradua lly reduced or switched off. This re-
duces e nergy consumption and maintains the
vehicle's ability to start over a long per iod of
time ¢ page 194 . Some convenie nce func-
tions, such as interior lighting or power seats *
may not work. These convenience functions
will be ava ilable again once you switch the ig-
nition on and start the engine.
.,.
Wint er operati on
During the winter months, it is common for the battery capacity to decrease as the tem peratures become lower. This is because more pow er is needed to start the vehicle and components such as the headlights and the rear window defogger are used more frequently.
Avoid using power unnecessarily, especially in city driving or on short trips . Have your a uthorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility check the battery capac ity before the start of winter ¢ page 230 . Awell-charged battery will not only reduce starting prob lems in cold weather, but it will also last longe r.
A WARNING
- Wor k on the battery requires expert knowledge. Cont act your aut hori zed Audi dealer q ua lified repai r fac ility for infor mation regarding the vehicle battery. The re is a risk for chemical burns or explos ions.
- Never open the vehicle battery. Do not try to change the battery e lectrolyte level. Otherwise explosive gas will escape from the battery and increase the risk of an exp losion .
@ Tips
If your vehicle is not driven for severa l weeks in very cold temperatures, remove the battery and store it in a place where it w ill not freeze . This prevents the battery from being damaged and need ing to be replaced.
Working on the battery
Be especially careful when working on or near the battery .
The battery is located in the lugg age compartment under the floor. Before you check any -
"N ' thing in the luggage compartment, read and
0iii heed all WARNINGS ¢ _&.
Checking and Fillin g 229
Always heed the safety warning s, when work ing on the vehicle battery or the vehicle e lectrical system to prevent inju ry.
The following WARNINGS are very important wh en working on the batte ry :
Alway s heed th e following WARNING SYMBOLSand safety precaution s when working
· ·
on the battery .
® Always wear eye protection .
A Battery acid contain s sulfuric acid. Always wear gloves and eye protection .
@
No - sparks - flames - smoking .
~ When a battery is charged, it produces hydrogen gas wh ich is explosive and could cause personal injury.
® Always keep the battery well out of reach of children .
A WARNING
-
Whenever working on the battery or on
the elect rical system, there is the risk of
injury, accident and even fire. Read and
heed the following WARNINGS:
- Always wear eye protection. Do not let
battery ac id or any lead particles get on
your skin or clothing. Shield your eyes.
Explosive gases can cause blindness or
other inju ry.
- Battery acid conta ins sulfuric acid. Sulfu-
ric acid can cause blindness and severe
bu rns.
- Always wear g loves and eye protection.
Do not tilt the battery because acid
could leak out of the ventilat ion open-
ings.
- If you get battery acid in your eyes or
on your skin, immediately rinse with
cold water for several minutes and get
·
med ica l attent ion.
- If you should ingest any battery acid,
seek medical attention immediately .
230 Checking and Filling
- Do not expose the battery to an open flame, electric sparks or an open light.
- Do not smoke. - Do not interchange the positive and neg-
ative cables. - When working on the battery, be sure
not to short-circuit the terminals with tools or other metal objects. This would cause the battery to heat up very quickly, which could lead to damage or explosion and personal injury. - When a battery is charged, it produces hydrogen gas which is explosive and could cause personal injury. - Always keep the battery well out of the reach of children. - Before work is done on the electrical system, disconnect the negative ground cable. - Before performing any work on the electrical system, switch off the engine and ignition as well as any electrical equip ment . The negative cable on the battery must be disconnected . If you are just going to replace a light bulb, then it is enough to switch off the lights. - Before disconnecting the battery, switch off the anti-theft alarm system! Otherwise you will set off the alarm. - When disconnecting the battery, first disconnect the negative cable and then the positive cable . - Before reconnecting the battery, make sure all electrical consumers are switched off. Reconnect the positive cable first and then the negative cable. Never interchange the cables - this could start a fire! - Never charge a frozen or a thawed-out battery. It could explode! If a battery has frozen, then it must be replaced. A dead battery can free ze over at 32°F (O°C). - Make sure the vent hose is always attached to the opening on the side of the battery. - Never use batteries which are damaged. There is the danger of an explosion! Always replace a damaged battery .
-A WARNING California Proposition 65 Warning: - Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive problems . Wash hands after handling.
(D Note
- Do not disconnect the vehicle battery when the ignition is on or when the en gine is running, otherwise, you will damage electronic components in the electrical system.
- If your vehicle is going to stand for a long period of time without being driven, protect the battery from "freezing", otherwise it will be damaged and will then have to be replaced.
Battery charging Starting the engine requires a well charged battery.
Fig. 166 Engin e compart ment : connecto rs for a charger and jump st art cables
Always read and heed all WARNINGS below
~ .&_and q .&_in Working on the battery on
page 229. ~ Switch off the ignition and all electrical con-
sumers. ~ Make sure the area is well ventilated when
you charge the battery. ~ Open the engine hood q page 219 . ~ Open the red cover on the positive pole
q fig. 166 .
~ Clamp the charger termina l clamps as instructed on the batter y terminal (+) and only on the body ground point (·) .
~ Only now plug the mains lead for the charging equipment into the wall outlet and turn
it on c:>,.&..
~ Make sure the charging rate is not over 30 amps / 14 .8 Volt .
~ When the batte ry is fully charged: Turn the charging equ ipment off a nd remove the mains lead from t he wall outle t .
~ Now remove the clamps for the charging equipment.
~ Close the red cover on the positive po le.
~ Close the hood <=p>age 219.
A discharged battery can freeze at temperatures of on ly 32 F0 (0 °C). Allow a frozen battery to thaw completely before attempt ing to
charge it c:>&. . However, we recommend not
using a thawed battery again because the battery cas ing can be cracked due to ice formation and can leak battery acid.
Batter y charging (Maximum charging rate
of 30 amps / 14.8 Volt)
When cha rging at low voltages (e.g. with a
trickle charger), the battery cables do not have to be d isconnected first. The batte ry
caps sho uld not be opened when charging a
battery .
It is not necessary to remove the batte ry from the luggage compa rtment, and it is also not necessa ry to disconnec t the cables.
Fast charging the battery (charging rate
above 14.8 Volts )
For technica l reasons do not use a battery charger t hat uses voltage g reate r than 14.8 Volts to charge your veh icle's battery.
WARNING
Charging a battery can be dangerous.
- Always fo llow the oper ating instructions
M
provided by t he battery charge r manu-
N
0 c> o
fact urer when charging your battery.
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
M..,.,
,....,
Checking and Fillin g 23 1
- Never charge a frozen battery. It may ex-
plode because of gas trapped in the ice .
Allow a frozen battery to thaw out first.
- Do not reuse batteries wh ich were fro-
zen. The battery housing may have
cracked and weakened when the battery
froze. - Charge the battery in a well ventilated
· ·
area. Keep away from open flame or elec-
trical spark. Do not smoke. Hydrogen gas
generated by the battery is explos ive.
- To reduce the danger of explosion, never
connect or d isconnect charger cab les
while the charger is ope rat ing.
- Fast charging a batte ry is dangerous and
should only be attempted by a compe-
tent techn ician with the prope r equip-
ment.
- Battery acid that may spi ll dur ing cha rg-
ing should be washed off wit h a solut io n
of wa rm wat e r and baking soda to neu-
trali ze the ac id.
(D Note
Never use a fast cha rger as a boost er to star t the engine. This will ser iously damage sens it ive e lectronic componen t s, such as cont ro l units, re lays, radio, etc., as well as the battery charger.
Battery replacement
The new battery must have the same specifications and dimensions as the original equip ment battery.
Inte lligent energy management in your vehi-
cle is responsible for dist ributing the elect ri-
cal energy throughout your vehicle
<=p>age 194 . The intelligent energy manage-
ment system will keep the engine battery
charged better than vehicles without this sys-
tem . To make sure the additional electrical en-
ergy is ava ilab le once again after you have
changed the batte ry, we recommend that you
·
insta ll batteries of the same type and manu-
factu re on ly (the same as t hose installed at IJI,,
232 Ch e ck ing and Fillin g
the time your vehicle was delivered) . Specifications are listed on the battery housing. Your author ized dealer must code the battery in the energy management system to enable you to use the energy management functions correctly after replacing the battery .
The new battery must have the same capacity, voltage (12-volts), amperage, construct ion and plug sealing.
When insta lling the battery, make sure the ignition and all electr ical consumers are switched off.
Make sure the venti lation hose on the side of the battery is connected, otherwise fumes or battery acid can leak out.
@ For the sake of the environment
Because of the problem of proper disposa l of a battery, we recommend your authorized Audi dealer change the battery for you. Batter ies contain su lfuric acid and lead and must always be disposed of properly in compliance with all environmental regu lations . Dispos ing of vehicle batteries improper ly is very dangerous to t he environmen t .
Windshield container
washer
M N
~
N
"'ccoo
.. Before you check anything in the engine compartment, always read and heed all WARNINGS¢ page 217 .
.. Liftthe filler cap tongue to add washer fluid. Youcan fill the container to the top.
.. Press the cap back onto the filler neck afte r filling the conta iner.
Youcan find the reservo ir capacit y in the table in c:>page 288.
Clean water should be used when filling up. If poss ible, use soft water to prevent scaling on washer jets . Alwaysadd a glass cleaner solut ion (with frost protection in the winter) .
(D Note
- Do not mix engine coolant ant ifreeze or any other additives to fill up the windshield washer reservoir.
- Do not use a glass cleaner that contains paint so lvents, there is a risk of damaging the paint.
Fig. 167 Engine compa rt ment : cover on the w indshield and headl ight * washer f l uid reservoir
The washer fluid container is marked with the symbo l won its cap ¢ fig . 167, ¢ page 220, fig. 159.
Tires and wheels
Tires
General notes
Tires may be the least appreciated and most abused parts of a motor vehicle.
Tires may be the least appreciated and most abused parts of a motor vehicle. Tires are, however, one of the most important parts of a vehicle, particularly considering the comparatively small patch of rubber on each tire that assures that all-important contact between you, your
vehicle and the road.
Maintaining the correct tire pressure, making sure that your vehicle and its tires do not have to carry more weight than they can safely handle, avoiding damage from road hazards and regularly inspecting tires for damage including cuts, slashes irregular wear and overall condition are the most important things that you can do to help avoid sudden tire failure including tread separation and blow~ outs.
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1 M
1,..1..'1.,
Tires and wheels 233
Avoiding damage
If you have to drive over a curb
or similar obstacle, drive very
slowly and as close as possible
at a right angle to the curb.
·'·
Always keep chemicals includ-
ing grease, oil, gasoline and
brake fluid off the tires.
Inspect the tires regularly for damage (cuts, cracks or blisters, etc.). Remove any foreign bodies embedded in the treads.
Storing tires
Mark tires when you remove them to indicate the direction of rotation. This ensures you to be able to mount them correctly when you reinstall them.
When removed, the wheels or tires should be stored in a cool, dry and preferably dark place.
Store tires in a vertical position if they are not mounted on rims, in a horizontal position if they are mounted on rims.
New tires
New tires have to be broken in
¢ _&.
· '
The tread depth of new tires may vary, according to the type .,.
234 Tires and wheels
and make of tire and the tread pattern.
Hidden damage
Damage to tires and rims is often not readily visible. If you notice unusual vibration or the vehicle pulls to one side, this may indicate that one of the tires has been damaged . The tires must be checked immediately by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
Unidirectional tires
A unidirectional tire can be identified by arrows on the sidewall, that point in the direction the tire is designed to rotate. You must follow the specified direction of rotation. This is necessary so that these tires can develop their optimum characteristics regarding grip, road noise, wear and hydroplaning resistance. For more in-
formation ¢page 274.
&_ WARNING
New tires or tires that are old, worn or damaged cannot provide maximum control and braking ability.
-New tires tend to be slip-
pery and must also be bro-
ken-in. To reduce the risk of
losing control, a collision
and serious personal inju-
ries, drive with special care
for the first 350 miles
(560 km).
-Driving with worn or dam-
aged tires can lead to loss of
control, sudden tire failure,
including a blowout and
sudden deflation, crashes
and serious personal inju-
ries. Have worn or damaged
tires replaced immediately.
-Tires age even if they are
not being used and can fail
suddenly, especially at high
speeds. Tires that are more
than 6 years old can only be
used in an emergency and
then with special care and
at low speed.
-Never mount used tires on
your vehicle if you are not
sure of their "previous histo-
ry." Old used tires may have
been damaged even though
the damage cannot be seen
that can lead to sudden tire
failure and loss of vehicle
control.
...
-If you notice unusual vibration or if the vehicle pulls to one side when driving, always stop as soon as it is safe to do so and check the wheels and tires for damage.
(D Note
-Please note that summer and winter tires are designed for the conditions that are typical in those seasons. Audi recommends using winter tires during the winter months. Lowtemperatures significantly decrease the elasticity of summer tires, which affects traction and braking ability.
Tires and wheels 235
If summer tires are used in
very cold temperatures,
cracks can form on the tread
bars, resulting in perma-
nent tire damage that can cause loud driving noise and
·'·
unbalanced tires. Audi is not
responsible for this type of
damage.
-Burnished, polished or
chromed rims must not be
used in winter road condi-
tions. The surface of the
rims does not have suffi-
cient corrosion protection
for this and could be perma-
nently damaged by road salt
or similar substances.
Glossary of tire and loading terminology
Accessory weight
Aspect ratio
means the combined weight (in means the ratio of the height to
excess of those standard items the width of the tire in percent.
which may be replaced) of auto- Numbers of 55 or lower indi-
matic transmission, power
cate a low sidewall for im-
steering, power brakes, power
proved steering response and
windows, power seats, radio,
better overall handling on dry
and heater, to the extent that
pavement.
these items are available as fac-
M
· '
N
0c>o tory-installed equipment
......
\!) 1.1'1
(whether installed or not).
M
1...1..'1..
236 Tir es a nd w h ee l s
Bead
means the part of the tire that is made of steel wires, wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is shaped to fit the rim .
Bead separation
means a breakdown of the bond between components in the bead .
Cord
means the strands forming the plies in the tire .
Cold tire inflation pressure
means the tire pressure recom-
mended by the vehicle manu-
facturer for a t ire of a designated size that has not been driven for more than a couple of miles (kilometers) at low speeds in the three hour period before the tire pressure is measured or adjusted.
Curb weight
means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard equip ment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, air condit ioning and additional weight of optional equipment.
Extra load tire
means a tire design to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire . Extra load tires may be identified as "XL", "xl", "EXTRA LOAD", or "RF" on the sidewall.
Gross Axle Weight Rating (" GAWR")
means the load-carrying capacity of a single axle system, measured at the tire-ground interfaces .
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating ("GVWR ")
means the maximum total loaded weight of the vehicle.
Groove
means the space between two adjacent tread ribs.
Load rating (code)
means the max imum load that
a tire is rated to carry for a giv-
en inflation pressure . You may
not find th is information on all
tires because it is not required
by law.
...
Maximum load rating
means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Maximum loaded vehicle weight
means the sum of:
(a) Curb weight (b) Accessory weight (c) Vehicle capacity weight, and (d) Production options weight
Maximum (permissible) inflation pressure
means the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated. Also called "maximum inflation pressure."
Normal occupant weight
means 150 lbs. (68 kilograms) times the number of occupants seated in the vehicle up to the total seating capacity of your vehicle.
Occupant distribution
means distribution of occupants in a vehicle.
Outer diameter
M N
means the overall diameter of
0 c> o
,....,
an inflated new tire.
\!) 1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
Tires and wheels 237
Overall width
means the linear distance be-
tween the exteriors of the side-
walls of an inflated tire, includ-
ing elevations due to labeling,
·'·
decorations, or protective
bands or ribs.
Ply
means a layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.
Production options weight
means the combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing over 5 lbs. (2 .3 kg) in excess of those standard items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Radial ply tire
means a pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
· '
238 Tir es a nd whee l s
Recommended inflation pressure
see c:::p>age 236, Cold tire inflation pressure.
Reinforced tire means a tire design to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard t ire. Reinforced tires may be identi fied as "XL", "xl", "EXTRA LOAD", or "RF" on the sidewa l l.
Rim means a meta l support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated .
Rim diameter means nominal diameter of the bead seat. If yo u change your wheel size, you will have to purchase new t ires to mat ch t he new rim diameter .
Rim size designation means rim diameter and width.
Rim width means nominal distance between rim flanges.
Sidewall
means that por t ion of a tire between the tread and bead.
Speed rating (letter code)
means the speed at wh ich a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time . The ratings range from 93 mph (150 km/h) to 186 mph
(298 km/h) c:::p>age 257 . You
may not find th is informat ion on all tires because it is not required by law.
The speed rating letter code, where applicable, is molded on the ti re sidewall and ind icates the maximum permissible road
speeds c:::&> in Winter tires on page 261.
Tire pressure monitoring system
means a system that detects when one or more of a vehic le's tires are underinflated and ill um inates a low tire pressure warn ing telltale.
Tread
means that por t ion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.
Tread separation
means pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass.
Treadwear indicators (TWI)
means the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread. See r=>page252, Tread Wear Indicator (TWI) for more information on measuring tire wear.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
is a tire information system de-
veloped by the United States
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA)that is
designed to help buyers make
relative comparisons among
tires. The UTQGis not a safety
rating and not a guarantee that
a tire will last for a prescribed
number of miles (kilometers) or
perform in a certain way. It
simply gives tire buyers addi-
tional information to combine
with other considerations, such
as price, brand loyalty and deal-
er recommendations. Under
UTQG,tires are graded by the
M N
tire manufacturers in three
0c>o areas: treadwear, traction, and
......
\!) 1.1'1
temperature
resistance. The
M
1...1..'1..
Tires and wheels 239
UTQGinformation on the tires, molded into the sidewalls.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN)
This is the tire's "serial num-
·'·
ber". It begins with the letters
"DOT"and indicates that the
tire meets all federal stand-
ards. The next two numbers or
letters indicate the plant where
it was manufactured, and the
last four numbers represent the
week and year of manufacture.
For example,
DOT ... 2214 ...
means that the tire was produced in the 22nd week of 2014. The other numbers are marketing codes that may or may not be used by the tire manufacturer. This information is used to contact consumers if a tire defect requires a recall.
Vehicle capacity weight
means the rated cargo and lug-
gage load plus 1SOlbs.
(68 kilograms) times the vehi-
cle's total seating capacity as
listed on the label located on
the driver's side 8-pillar.
... ·'
2 4 0 T ires a n d whee ls
Vehicle maximum load on the tire
means that load on an individual tire that is determ ined by distr ibuting to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and div iding by two.
distribut ing t o each axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weigh t (distributed in accordance with table below
¢ page 240) and dividing by
two .
Vehicle normal load on the tire
means that load on an individual t ire that is determ ined by
Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities
Designated seating capacity , number of occupants 5
Vehicle normal load, Occupant distribu-
number of occupants tion in a normally
loaded vehicle
3
2 in front, 1 in back
seat
Cold tire inflation pressure
Tire pressure affects the overall handling, performance and safety of a vehicle.
Fig. 16 8 Tire pressure label: locat ed on driver's side 8-pillar
~----------~"'
~<l--e:==-==.==-:-=I ~: 1:I·:.=::-:,-.=:. :I--)-{;=;) -:g
,_.
SIA
COU>lR"f"fU;Sl,R
MW
OWE lSlllHS P'RES5l0HOESf'Nall A,FIIICJD
:""
- ICPA.· PSI
.::.
- KPA.. PSI
°'~
- KPA.- PSI
Fig. 16 9 Tire pressure label
Tire pressure generally refers to
the amount of air in a tire that
it needs it to do its job and
safely carry the combined load
of the entire vehicle and its con-
tents. Tire pressure is measured
in kilopascals (kPa), the inter-
national measuring unit and in
pounds per square inch (PSI) .
Tire pressure is based in part on
the vehicles design and load
limit - the greatest amount of
weight that the vehicle can car-
ry safely and the tire size. The
proper tire pressure is frequent-
ly referred to as the "recom-
mended cold tire inflation pres-
sure." Air in the tires expands
when the tire heats up because
of internal friction when it flex-
es in use. The tire pressure is
higher when the tire has
warmed up than when it is
"cold." It is the inflation pres-
sure in a "cold" tire that counts.
Therefore, you should never let
air out of a warm tire to match
"cold tire inflation pressure"
recommendations. The tires
would then be underinflated
and could fail suddenly.
M N
0c>o Maintaining proper tire pres-
......
\!) 1.1'1
sure is one of the most impor-
M
1...1..'1..
Tires and wheels 241
tant things you can do to help
avoid sudden tire failure. Un-
derinflated tires are a major
cause of sudden tire failure.
Keeping tires at the right pres-
·'·
sure is also important for safe
and responsive vehicle han-
dling, traction, braking and
load carrying. Tire pressures
are particularly important
when the vehicle is being driv-
en at higher speeds, and then
especially when heavily loaded
even within the permissible
load-carrying capacities ap-
proved for your vehicle.
The recommended tire pressures for your Audi depend on the kind of tires on your vehicle and the number of passengers and/or amount of luggage you will be transporting.
The tire pressure label is locat-
ed on the driver's side B-pillar.
The tire pressure label lists the
recommended cold tire infla-
tion pressures for the vehicle at
its maximum capacity weight
and tires that were on your ve-
hicle at the time it was manu-
factured .
· '
242 Tire s a nd wheel s
If you wish to improve comfort when operating the vehicle at normal load (up to 3 occupants), you can adjust tire pressures to those specified for normal vehicle load. Before operat ing the vehicle at maximum load, you must increase the ti re pressu res to those specified for maximum vehicle load c::;&, .
Bear in mind that the tire pressure monitoring system can on ly monitor the tire pressures you have stored . The system does not recogn ize the load condition of your vehic le.
The effectiveness of the tire pressure monitoring system will be impaired if you store normal load pressures but then operate the vehicle at its maximum load c::;&, .
See t he illustration c::;f,ig. 168
for the locati o n of the labe l on driver's side B-pillar (color of the actual label and exact location on the vehic le will vary slight ly).
Note that the fo llowing table is accurate at the time of going to press and is subject to change . In the event of discrepancies , the tire pressure labe l is located on the driver's side 8-pi llar a lways takes precedence .
The table below lists the rec-
ommended cold tire inflation
pressures for the Audi model
covered by your Owner's Litera-
ture at the vehicle's capacity
weight and the tire sizes instal -
led on the respective mode ls as
original equipment, or as a fac-
tory option.
...
Tires and wheels
243
Model / Engine
Tire designation
Tire pressure
normal load condition
full load condition
front
rear
front
rear
PSI kPA PSI kPA PSI kPA PSI kPA
A3 Sedan: 1.8 liter 4-cylinder (Gasoline engine)
225 / 45 Rl7 91 Y High Performance
225 / 40 Rl8 92Y XL High Performance
225 / 45 Rl7 91H All Season
30 210 28 190 35 240 35 240
· ·
35 240 32 220 35 24 0 35 240
32 220 29 200 39 270 39 270
225 / 40 Rl8 92H XL All Season
35 240 32 220 39 270 39 270
235/35 Rl9 91 Y XL High Perfo rmance
33 230 32 220 35 24 0 35 240
A3 Sedan: 2.0 liter 4-cylinder (Gasoline engine)
225 / 45 Rl 7 91 Y High Performance
225 / 40 Rl8 92Y XL High Performance
225 / 45 R17 91H All Season
30 210 28 190 36 250 36 250 35 240 32 220 36 250 36 25 0 33 230 30 2 10 41 280 41 280
225 / 40 Rl8 92H XL
All Season
36 250 33 230 41 280 41 280
235 / 35 Rl9 91 YXL High Performance
35 24 0 32 220 36 2 50 36 250
A3 Sedan: 225/45 Rl 7 91 Y
2.0 liter High Performance
4-cylinder 225 / 40 Rl8 92Y XL
(Diesel en- High Performance
gine)
225/45 Rl7 91H
All Season
30 210 28 190 36 250 36 250 35 240 32 220 36 250 36 250 33 230 30 2 10 41 280 41 280
225 / 40 Rl8 92H XL All Season
36 250 33 230 41 280 41 280
235 / 35 Rl9 91 YXL High Performance
35 240 32 220 36 250 36 250
53 Sedan : 225 / 40 R18 92Y XL 2.0 liter High Performance
39 270 36 250 42 290 4 2 290
4 -cylinder (Gasoline engine)
225 / 40 Rl8 92H XL All Season
235 / 35 Rl9 91 YXL High Performance
38 260 35 240 41 280 41 280 39 27 0 36 250 44 300 44 300
M N
XL= reinfor ced or extra load tire. It may al so appear as xl, EXTRALOAD, or RF on the tire side-
0c>o wall.
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
244 Tires and wheels
The correct tire pressure for the spare wheel is located on a label on the driver's side 8-pillar .
Because technical changes may be made to vehicle equipment during the model year, always compare the tire size designation on the tire pressure label on your vehicle with the tires on your vehicle. Make sure that the tire size information on the vehicle label is the same as the size of the tires on the vehicle. This is especially important if the vehicle belongs to someone else or you bought the vehicle with different rims/tires or you bought the vehicle as a previously owned vehicle.
Remember, your safety and that of your passengers also depends on making sure that load limits are not exceeded. Vehicle load includes everybody and everything in and on the vehicle. These load limits are technically referred to as the vehicle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating ("GVWR"). The Gross Axle Weight Rating ("GAWR") is the maximum load that can be applied at each of the vehicle's two axles. The Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating and the Gross Axle Weight Rating are listed on the safety compliance sticker label located on the driver's side 8-pillar. The tire pressure label on your Audi lists the maximum combined weight of all of the occupants and luggage or other cargo that the vehicle can carry. For the location of the tire pressure label ~ fig. 168.
A WARNING -
Overloading a vehicle can cause loss of vehicle control, a crash or other accident, serious personal injury, and even death. -Carrying more weight than your vehicle was designed
to carry will prevent the vehicle from handling properly and increase the risk of a loss of vehicle control. -The brakes on a vehicle that has been overloaded may not be able to stop the vehicle within a safe distance. -Tires on a vehicle that has been overloaded can fail suddenly causing loss of control and a crash.
-Always make sure that the total load being transported - including the weight of a trailer hitch and the tongue weight of a loaded trailer does not make the vehicle heavier than the vehicles Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-
ing.
_& WARNING
- Incorrect tire pressures and/or underinflation can lead to a serious or fatal accident.
- Incorrect tire pressures and/or underinflation cause increased tire wear and can affect the handling of the vehicle.
-Incorrect tire pressures and/or underinflation can also lead to sudden tire failure, including a blowout and sudden deflation, causing loss of vehicle control.
M N
0 c> o
......
\!) 1.1'1 M
1...1..'1..
Tires and wheels 245
Checking tire pressure
The correct tire pressure for the
tires originally installed on
your vehicle is listed on the tire
pressure label located on driv-
·'·
er's side 8-pillar.
The recommended tire pressures are on the tire pressure label and in the table ¢ page 240~ Cold tire inflation pressure. This means that the pressure must be checked and adjusted when the tire has not been driven for more than a couple of miles (kilometers) at low speeds during the previous three hours. Air in the tires expands when the tire heats up as a result of internal friction as it flexes in use. The tire pressure is higher when the tire has warmed up than when it is "cold ."
It is the inflation pressure in a
"cold" tire that counts. There-
fore, you should never let air
out of a warm tire to match
"Cold tire inflation pressure"
recommendations ¢ page 240 .
The tires would then be under-
· '
inflated and could fail sudden-
ly.
...
246 Tires and wheels
The tire pressure label on your Audi lists the recommended cold tire inflation pressures at maximum capacity for the new, original equipment tires that were on your vehicle at the time it was manufactured. For the location of the label ¢ page 240, fig. 168 .
Most tires lose air naturally over time. They can also lose some air if you drive over a pothole or hit a curb while parking. It is usually not possible to see whether the radial tires used today are underinflated just by looking at them.
Therefore, be sure to check tire pressures at least once a month and always before going on a long trip. Make sure to take the number of people and the amount of luggage into account when adjusting tire pressure for a trip - even one that you would not consider to be "long." See ¢ page 249, Tires and vehicle load limits for more important information.
Always use an accurate tire pressure gauge when checking and adjusting inflation pres-
sures. Check all of the tires and be sure not to forget the spare tire. If the pressure in any tire is too high when the tire is "cold," let air out of the tire slowly with the edge of the tire gauge and keep checking the pressure until you reach the pressure that is correct for the load (passengers and luggage) and kind of driving you plan to do.
If the pressure in any tire is too low, note the difference between the pressure in the cold tire and the pressure you need and add the air that you need to reach the correct pressure for the vehicle load (passengers and luggage) for the tires on your vehicle as listed on the on your vehicle and in this manual and the kind of driving you plan to do.
Never exceed the maximum inflation pressure listed on the tire sidewall for any reason.
Remember that the vehicle manufacturer, not the tire manufacturer, determines the cor-
.. rect tire pressure for the tires
on your vehicle.
It is important to check the tire pressure when the tires are cold.
-Read the required tire pressure from the tire pressure label. The tire pressure label is located on the driver's side Bpillar.
-Turn the valve stem cap counter-clockwise to remove it from the tire valve.
-Place the air pressure gauge on the valve.
-The tire pressures should only be checked and adjusted when the tires are cold . The slightly raised pressures of warm tires must not be reduced.
-Adjust the tire pressure to the load you are carrying.
-Reinstall the valve stem cap on the valve.
When should I check the tire pressure?
The correct tire pressure is es-
pecially important at high
speeds. The pressure should
therefore be checked at least
once a month and always be-
fore start ing a journey. Do not
M
N
0c>..o..
forget
to check the
tire
pres-
\!) 1.1'1
M
1...1'.1 .
Tires and wheels 24 7
sure for the spare wheel
¢ page 268.
When should I adjust the
tire pressures?
Adjust the tire pressure to the
·'·
load you are carrying. After
changing a wheel or replacing
wheels you have to adjust the
tire pressures on all wheels. In
addition, you must then store
the new tire pressures in the
tire pressure monitoring sys-
tern ¢ page 264.
A WARNING
Incorrect tire pressures and/
or underinflation can lead
sudden tire failure, loss of
control, collision, serious per-
sonal injury or even death.
-When the warning symbol
RI]appears in the instru-
ment cluster, stop and in-
spect the tires.
-Incorrect tire pressure and/
or underinflation can cause
increased tire wear and can
affect the handling of the
vehicle and stopping ability.
-Incorrect tire pressures
and/or underinflation can
· '
248 Tires and wheels
also lead to sudden tire failure, including a blowout and sudden deflation, causing loss of vehicle control. -The driver is responsible for the correct tire pressures for all tires on the vehicle. The applicable pressure values are located on a sticker on the driver's side B-pillar. -Only when all tires on the vehicle are filled to the correct pressure, the tire pressure monitoring system can work correctly. -The use of incorrect tire pressure values can lead to accidents or other damage. Therefore it is essential that the driver observe the specified tire pressure values for the tires and the correct pressures for the function of the tire pressure monitoring system. -Always inflate tires to the recommended and correct tire pressure before driving off. - Driving with underinflated tires bend more, letting them get too hot resulting in tread separation, sudden
tire failure and loss of control. -Excessive speed and/overloading can cause heat build-up, sudden tire failure and loss of control. -If the tire pressure is too low or too high, the tires will wear prematurely and the vehicle will not handle well. -If the tire is not flat and you do not have to change a wheel immediately, drive at reduced speed to the nearest service station to check the tire pressure and add air as required.
(D Note
Driving without valve stem caps can cause damage to the tire valves . To prevent this, always make sure that factory installed valve stem caps on all wheels are securely mounted on the valve.
@ For the sake of the environment
Underinflated tires will also increase the fuel consumption .
Tires and vehicle load limits
There are limits to the amount of load or weight that any vehicle and any tire can carry. Avehicle that is overloaded will not handle well and is more difficult to stop. Overloading can not only lead to loss of vehicle control, but can also damage important parts of the vehicle and can lead to sudden tire failure, including a blowout and sudden deflation that can cause the vehicle to crash.
Your safety and that of your passengers also depends on making sure that load limits are not exceeded. Vehicle load includes everybody and everything in and on the vehicle. These load limits are technically referred to as the vehicle's
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
("GVWR").
The "GVWR"includes the
weight of the basic vehicle, all
factory installed accessories, a
full tank of fuel, oil, coolant
and other fluids plus maximum
load. The maximum load in-
M
N
0c>o cludes the number of passen-
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
gers that the vehicle is intend-
M
1,..1..'1.,
Tires and wheels 249
ed to carry ("seating capacity")
with an assumed weight of
1SO lbs (68 kg) for each pas-
senger at a designated seating
position and the total weight of any luggage in the vehicle. If
·'·
you tow a trailer, the weight of
the trailer hitch and the tongue
weight of the loaded trailer
must be included as part of the
vehicle load.
The Gross Axle Weight Rating ("GAWR")is the maximum load that can be applied at each of the vehicle's two axles.
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating and the Gross Axle Weight Rating are listed on the safety compliance sticker label located on the driver's side 8-pillar. Your Audi has 5 seating positions, 2 in the front and 3 in the rear for total seating capacity of 5. Each seating position has a safety belt ¢ page 135, Safety belts.
The fact that there is an upper
limit to your vehicle's Gross Ve-
hicle Weight Rating means that
the total weight of whatever is
· '
being carried in the vehicle (in-
cluding the weight of a trailer ""
250 Tires and wheels
hitch and the tongue weight of the loaded trailer) is limited. The more passengers in the vehicle or passengers who are heavier than the standard weights assumed mean that less weight can be carried as luggage .
The tire pressure label on your Audi also lists the maximum combined weight of all of the occupants and luggage or other cargo that the vehicle can carry. For the location of the label q page 240, fig. 168 .
_& WARNING
~
-
Overloading a vehicle can
cause loss of vehicle control,
a crash or other accident, se-
rious personal injury, and
even death.
-Carrying more weight than
your vehicle was designed
to carry will prevent the ve-
hicle from handling properly
and increase the risk of the
loss of vehicle control.
-The brakes on a vehicle that
has been overloaded may
not be able to stop the vehi-
cle within a safe distance .
-Tires on a vehicle that has been overloaded can fail suddenly, including a blowout and sudden deflation, causing loss of control and a crash.
-Always make sure that the total load being transported - including the weight of a trailer hitch and the tongue weight of a loaded trailer does not make the vehicle heavier than the vehicles Gross Vehicle Weight Rating .
Determining correct load limit
Use the example below to calculate the total weight of the passengers and luggage or other things that you plan to transport so that you can make sure that your vehicle will not be overloaded.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit
1. Locate the statement "THE COMBINEDWEIGHTOF OCCUPANTSANDCARGO SHOULDNEVEREXCEEDXXX.,..
KG ORXXX LBS"on your ve-
hicle's placard (tire inflation
pressure label) c:>page 240,
fig. 168.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and pas-
sengers that will be riding in
your vehicle.
3 . Subtract the combined
weight of the driver and pas-
sengers from "XXX" kilo-
grams or "XXX"pounds
shown on the sticker
c:>page 240 , fig. 168.
4. The resulting figure equals
the available amount of car-
go and luggage load capaci-
ty. For example, if the "XXX"
amount equals 1400 lbs.
and there will be five 150
lbs. passengers in your vehi-
cle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load ca-
pacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750
(5 X 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
M
N
0 c> o
calculated in Step 4.
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
Tires and wheels 251
6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, load from your trail-
er will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual
to determine how this reduces the available cargo
·'·
and luggage load capacity of
your vehicle.
~check the tire sidewall
(¢ page 254, fig . 172) to de-
termine the designated load
rating for a specific tire.
· '
252 Tires and wheels
Tire service life
The service life of tires depends on a lot of different things including proper installation and balancing, correct tire pressure and driving style.
Fig. 170 Tire tread: tread wear indicators (TWI)
Fig. 171 Rotating tires for more even wear
Tread Wear Indicator (TWI)
The original tires on your vehicle have 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) high "wear indicators" ¢ fig. 170 running across the tread. Depending on the make, there will be six to eight of them evenly placed around the tire. Marks on the tire sidewall (for example "TWI" or other
symbols) indicate the positions of the tread wear indicators. Worn tires must be replaced. Different figures may apply in other countries ¢ ..1..
Tire pressure
Incorrect tire pressure causes premature wear and can cause sudden tire blow-out. For this reason, tire pressure must be checked at least once a month ¢page 245.
Driving style
Driving fast around curves, heavy acceleration and hard braking increase tire wear.
Rotating tires for more even wear
For all four tires on your vehicle to have the same service life, we recommend that the front and rear tires are rotated according to the tire manufacturer's suggested tire rotation intervals. Please remember the following:
-Tire rotation intervals may differ from the vehicle service intervals outlined in your Warranty & Maintenance booklet. ""
-The longer one tire is used in one location on the vehicle, the more it wears at certain points; therefore, we recommend that you follow the tire manufacturer's suggested tire rotation intervals.
-Vehicles with front-wheel drive experience more tread wear on the front wheels compared to all-wheel drive (quattro).
-Please rotate tires as shown ¢ fig. 171.
-Extra care must be taken when rotating direction-specific tires Q page 2 74.
Wheel balancing
The wheels on new vehicles are balanced. However, various situations during everyday driving can cause them to become unbalanced, resulting in vibrations you can usually feel through the steering wheel.
Unbalanced wheels must be rebalanced to avoid excessive wear on steering, suspension and tires. A wheel must also be rebalanced when a new tire is
M
N~ installed.
co ,....,
\!) 1.1"1 M
1,..1..".1,
Tires and wheels 253
Incorrect wheel alignment
Incorrect wheel alignment can
cause excessive tire wear, im-
pairing the safety of the vehi-
cle. If tires show excessive
·'·
wear, have the wheel alignment
checked by an authorized Audi
dealer or qualified workshop.
All-wheel drive
Vehicles with quattro must always have tires of the same size, construction and tread type. For details see ¢ page 193 .
.8, WARNING
-
Sudden tire failure can lead
to loss of control, a crash and
serious personal injury!
-Never drive a vehicle when
the tread on any tire is worn
down to the wear indica-
tors.
-Worn tires are a safety haz-
ard, they do not grip well on
wet roads and increase your
risk of "hydroplaning" and
loss of control.
-Always keep chemicals that
can cause tire damage, such
as grease, oil, gasoline and
· '
brake fluid away from tires. ~
254 Tires and wheels
-Tires age even if they are not being used and can fail suddenly, especially at high speeds. Tires that are more than 6 years old can only be used in an emergency and then with special care and at lower speeds.
-Never mount used tires on your vehicle if you are not sure of their "previous history." Old used tires may have been damaged even though the damage cannot be seen that can lead to sudden tire fa ilure and loss of vehicle control.
New tires and replacing tires and wheels
New tires and wheels have to be broken in.
Fig. 172 Tire specification codes on the sidewall of a tire
No. Description
CD Passenger car tire (where
applicable)
@ Nominal width of tire in
millimeters
@ Ratio of height to width
(aspect rat io)
@) Radial
® Rim diameter code ® Load index and speed rat -
1ng
0 U.S. DOTtire identifica-
tion number
No. Description
® Audi Original tire ® Sever snow conditions
@ Tire ply composition and
materials used
@ Maximum load rating @ Treadwear, traction and
temperature grades
@ Maximum permissible in-
flation pressure
The tires and rims are essential parts of the vehicle's design. The tires and rims approved by Audi are specially matched to the characteristics of the vehicle and can make a major contribution to good road holding and safe handling when in good condition and properly inflated
¢ ,& .
We recommend that all work
on tires and wheels be per-
formed by an authorized Audi
dealer. They are familiar with
recommended procedures and
have the necessary special tools
and spare parts as well as the
proper facilities for disposing of
the old tires.
M
N 0
Authorized Audi dealers have
c> o
,....,
\!)
the necessary information
1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
Tires and wheels 255
about technical requirements for installing or changing tires and rims.
Replacing tires and wheels
Tires should be replaced at
·'·
least in pairs and not individu-
ally (for example both front
tires or both rear tires togeth-
er).
Be sure to read and heed the information to the tire pressure monitoring system i=>page 264.
Always buy replacement radial tires that have the same specifi-
cations as the tires approved
for your vehicle by Audi. Replacement tires must always have the same load rating specification as the original equip ment or approved optional tires listed in the table c>page 240.
Audi-approved specification
tires are specially matched to
your vehicle and its load limits,
and can contribute to the im-
portant roadholding, driving
characteristics, and safety of
the vehicle. The table
{c>page 240) lists specifica-
· '
tions of the tires approved for
256 Tires and wheels
the Audi models covered by your Owner's Literature.
The tire pressure label located on driver's side B-pillar (¢ page 240, fig. 169) lists the specifications of the original equipment tires installed on your vehicle at the time it was manufactured .
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires ¢ fig. 172. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics, the quality grade of the tire and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall.
Tire specifications
Knowledge of tire specifications makes it easier to choose the correct tires . Radial tires have the tire specifications marked on the sidewall, for example:
255/40 R 19 100 H XL
This contains the following information :
P Indicates the tire is for passenger cars (where applicable)
255 Nominal tire width in mm of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire
40 Height/width ratio in percent (aspect ratio)
R Tire construction: Radial 19 Rim diameter code (in in-
ches) 100 Load rating code H Speed rating letter code XL (or "xl", "EXTRALOAD"or
"RF") Indicates that the tire is a "Reinforced" or an "Extra Load" tire M+S (or "M/5") Indicates that the tire has some mud and snow capability
The tires could also have the information of direction of rotation ¢ page 234.
Tire manufacturing date
The manufacturing date is also
indicated on the tire sidewall
(possibly only on the inner side
of the wheel) :
.,..
"DOT ... 2214 ... " means, for example, the tire was produced in the 22nd week of 2014.
Speed rating (letter code)
The speed rating letter code on the wheels indicates the maxi mum permissible road speeds
¢ &.in Winter tires on
page 261.
P up to 93 mph (150 km/h) Q up to 99 mph (158 km/h) R up to 106 mph (170 km/h) S up to 110 mph (180 km/h) T up to 118 mph (190 km/h) U up to 124 mph (200 km/h)
H up to 130 mph (210 km/h)
V up to 149 mph (240 km/h) 1) Z over 149 mph (240 km/h) 1) W up to 168 mph (270 km/h) 1) Y up to 186 mph (298 km/h) 1)
Your vehicle is normally factory equipped with tires, which possess excellent driving characteristics and give your Audi optimum driving comfort. An elec-
tronic speed limiter ¢ page 31
will normally prevent your vehi-
Tires and wheels 257
cle from going faster than the tire speed rating ¢ &.-
U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN) and tire
manufacture date
·'·
This is the tire's "serial num-
ber". It begins with the letters
"DOT" and indicates that the
tire meets all federal stand-
ards. The next two numbers or
letters indicate the plant where
it was manufactured, and the
last four numbers represent the
week and year of manufacture.
For example, the numbers
2214 mean the tire was pro-
duced in the 22nd week of
2014. The other numbers are
marketing codes that may or
may not be used by the tire
manufacturer. This information
is used to contact consumers if
a tire defect requires a recall.
Audi Original tire
Tires with the identification "AO" or "RO" have been specially matched with your Audi. We recommend using only these
M N
1) For tires with a maximum speed ca-
0 c> o
pability over 149 mph (240 km/h),
......
\!)
tire manufacture rs sometimes use
1.1'1
M
1...1..'1..
the let t ers "ZR."
258 T ir es an d whee l s
tires because they meet the highest standards regarding safety and driving characteris tics when used correctly. Your authorized Audi dealer will gladly provide you with more information.
Tire ply composition and materials used
The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubbercoated fabric in the tire. In general, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support . Tire manufacturers also must indicate the mater ials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others .
Maximum Load Rating
This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire.
Tire quality grading for treadwear, traction, and temperature resistance
Tread wear, trac t ion and temperature grades ¢ page 260.
Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under normal driving conditions.
A WARNING
-Using incorrect or unmatched tires and/or wheels or improper t ire and wheel combinations can lead to loss of control , collision and ser ious personal injury.
-Always use tires, rims and wheel bolts that meet the specifications of original factory-installed tires or other combinations that have been specifically approved by t he vehicle manufacturer.
- Tires age even if they are not being used and can fail sudden ly, especially at high speeds. Tires that are more than 6 years old can only be used in an eme rgency and then with special care and at lower speeds.
-Never mount used tires on your vehicle ifyou are not
sure of their "previous histo-
ry." Old used tires may have
been damaged even though
the damage cannot be seen
that can lead to sudden tire
failure and loss of vehicle
control.
-All four wheels must be fit-
ted with radial tires of the
same type , size (rolling cir-
cumference) and the same
tread pattern. Driving with
different tires reduces vehi-
cle handling and can lead to
a loss of control.
-If the spare tire is not the
same as the tires that are
mounted on the vehicle - for
example with winter tires -
only use the spare tire for a
short period of time and
drive with extra care. Refit
the normal road wheel as
soon as safely possible.
-Never drive faster than the
maximum speed for which
the tires on your vehicle are
rated because tires that are
driven faster than their rat-
ed speed can fail suddenly.
M -Overloading tires cause heat
N
0c>o build-up, sudden tire fail-
......
\!) 1.1'1
ure, including a blowout
M
1...1..'1..
Tires and wheels 259
and sudden deflation and
loss of control.
- Temperature grades apply
to tires that are properly in-
flated and not over or un-
·'·
derinflated.
-For technical reasons it is
not always possible to use
wheels from other vehicles -
in some cases not even
wheels from the same vehi-
cle model.
-If you install wheel trim
discs on the vehicle wheels,
make sure that the air flow
to the brakes is not blocked.
Reduced airflow to the
brakes can them to over-
heat, increasing stopping
distances and causing a col-
lision.
- Run flat tires may only be
used on vehicles that were
equipped with them at the
factory. The vehicle must
have a chassis designed for
run flat tires . Incorrect use
of run flat tires can lead to
vehicle damage or acci-
dents. Check with an au-
thorized Audi dealer or tire
· '
specialist to see if your vehi-
cle can be equipped with ...
260 Tires and wheels
run flat tires. If run flat tires are used, they must be installed on all four wheels. Mixing tire types is not permitted.
@) Note
-For technical reasons, it is not generally possible to use the wheel rims from other vehicles. This can hold true for wheels of the same vehicle type.
- If the spare tire is different from the tires that you have mounted on your vehicle (for example winter tires or wide prof ile tires), then use the spare tire for a short period of time only and drive with extra care. Replace the flat tire with the tire matching the others on your vehicle as soon as possible.
- Never drive without the valve stem cap . The valves could get damaged.
@) For the sake of the environment
Dispose of old tires in accordance w ith the local requirements.
Uniform tire quality grading
- Tread wear - Traction AA A B C - Temperature ABC
Quality grades can be foun d where applicab le on the t ire side wall between t read sho ulder
and maximum section width ¢ page 254, fig. 172 .
For example: Tread wear 200 , Traction AA, Temperat ure A.
All passenger car tir es must conf orm to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades.
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comp arative rati ng
based on the wear rat e of the tir e when t est ed under cont roll ed cond itions on a specifie d government test course.
For exam ple, a tire graded 1S0 wo uld wear one and one half (1 1/ 2) t imes as well on th e government course as a ti re graded 100 .
The relative perf orman ce of t ires depends upon the actu al cond itions of the ir use, however, and may depart signific antly from t he norm due t o variat ions in dr ivin g habits, service practices and differe nces in road characterist ics and cli mate.
Traction
The traction grades, fro m hig hest t o lowest ,
are AA, A, Ban d C. Those grades represent t he ti re's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under cont rolled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A t ire mar ked C may have poor
traction performance ¢ A .
Temperature
The temperature grades are A (the highest),
B, and C, represe nting the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested unde r controlled condit ions on a specif ied indoor laborato ry test whee l.
Sustained high t em perature can cause t he materia l of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden ti re fa ilure <=,>& .
The grade C corresponds to a level of perf ormance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades Band A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the m inimum required by law.
_&.WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this t ire is based on stra ight-ahead braking t raction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydrop laning or peak traction character istics .
_&.WARNING
The temperature grade for this t ire is established for a ti re that is properly inflated and not overloaded . Excessivespeed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire fa ilure.
Winter tires
Winter tires can improve vehicle handling on snow and ice. At temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C) we recommend changing to winter tires .
In some heavy snow areas, loca l governments may require true winter or "snow" tires, those with very deeply cut tread. These t ires shou ld only be used in pairs and be installed on all four wheels. Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and const ruct ion type as t he other t ires on your vehicl e.
If your vehicle is equipped with all-wheel
drive*, this will improve t ract ion during winte r
driving, even w it h the standard t ires. Howev-
er, we strong ly recommend t hat you always
M
N
0 c> o
equip all f our wheels on your vehicle wi t h correctly fitted win ter t ires or all-season tires,
,....,
\!) 1.1"1
when winter road conditions are expected .
M
1,..1..".1,
Tire s an d wheel s 26 1
This also improves the veh icle's braking performance and reduces stopping distances.
Summe r ti res prov ide less gr ip on ice and snow.
Winter tires (snow tires) must always be fitted
on all fo ur whee ls.
· ·
Ask your authorized Audi dealer or qualified
workshop for permitted winter tire sizes. Use
only radial winter t ires.
Winter tires lose their effectiveness whe n the tread is worn down to a depth of0 .157 inch (4 mm) .
Only drive w ith w inter t ires under w inter condit ions. Summer t ires handle better when there is no snow or ice on the roads and the temperature is above 45 °F (7 °() .
If you have a flat tire, see notes on spare whee l r=;,page254.
Please always remember that winter tires may have a lower speed rating t han the tires originally installed on your vehicle at the time it was manufactured. Please see r=p;,age 257, Speed rating (letter code) for a l isting of the speed rating letter codes and t he maximum speed at which the tires can be driven.
The speed rating letter code(¢ page 238) is on the side wall of the t ire r=p;,age 254.
_&.WARNING
W inter t ires have maximum speed limits that may be lower than your vehicle's maximum speed. Always know the maximum speed before dr iving off. Never dr ive faster than the speed permitted f or your specific win t er t ires . This wi ll cause damage t o the tires leading to an accident and serious personal injury to you and your passengers.
_&.WARNING
-
Driving faster than the maximum speed
·
for which the winter tires on your vehicle
were designed can cause t ire failure in-
cluding a blowout and sudden deflation,
2 6 2 T ire s and w heel s
loss of control, crashes and seri ous persona l injuries. Have worn or damaged tires replaced immed iate ly. - Winter tires have maximum speed rat ing
that may be lower than your veh icle's maximum speed . - Never drive faster than the speed for wh ich the winter or other tires installed on your vehicle are rated.
A WARNING
Always adjust your driving to the road and traffic conditions. Never let the good acceleration of the winter tires and all-wheel drive tempt you into taking extra ris ks. Always remember: - When brak ing, an a ll-wheel d rive vehicle
hand les in the same way as a front drive vehicle . - Drive carefu lly and reduce your speed on icy and slippery roads, even winter tires canno t he lp under blac k ice condit ions.
@) For the sake of the environment
Use summe r tires when weathe r cond itions perm it. They are quieter, do not wea r as quickly and red uce f ue l cons umption.
Snow chains
Snow chains may be fitted on ly to the front wheels, and only to certain tire sizes . Ask you r authorized Audi dealer on which tire sizes snow chains can be used .
If you are going to use snow chains, then you must install them on the front wheels at least.
The snow chains must have low-profi le links and must not be thicker than 0 .53 inch (13 .5 mm), including the lock.
Remove wheel ce nte r covers a nd tr im dis cs before putting snow chains on your vehicle
q 0 . For safety reasons cover caps must then
be fitted over the whee l bolts. These are avai lab le from authorized Audi dea lers.
A WARNING
Using the wrong snow chains for your veh icle or instal ling them incorrect ly can increase the risk of loss of cont ro l leading to se rious pe rsonal injury. - Snow chains are available in different
sizes . Always make sure t o follow the instructions provided by t he snow cha in manufac t urer. - When driving with snow cha ins never d rive faster than the speed permitted for your specific snow chains. - Always observe local regulations.
@ Note
- Remove snow chains before dr iving o n roads not covered with snow to avoid damaging tires and wea ring the snow chains dow n un necessa rily.
- Snow chains, which come into direc t contact with the whee l rim, can scrat ch or damage it. Therefo re, make sure that the snow chains are suitably covered. Check t he pos ition of t he snow chains after driving a few yards and correct if neces sary. Follow the inst ructions from the snow chain man ufacturer when do ing so.
@ Tips
Where snow chains are mandatory on cer tain roads, th is normally a lso applies to vehicles with a ll-wheel drive .
Wheel bolts
Wheel bolts must always be tightened to the correct torque .
The design of w heel bol t s is matched to t he
fact ory installed rims. If different rims are fit-
ted, the correct wheel bo lts with the right
length and correct ly shaped bolt heads must
be used. This ensures that wheels are fitted
securely and that the brake system functions
correct ly.
.,..
In certain circumstances, you may not use wheel bo lts from a different vehicle - even if it is the same mode l Q page 291.
A WARNING
Improperly tightened or maintained wheel bolts can become loose caus ing loss of control, a collision and ser ious personal injury . - Always keep the wheel bolts and the
threads in the wheel hubs clean so the wheel bolts can turn easily and be properly t ightened. - Never grease or oil the wheel bolts and the threads in the wheel hubs. They can become loose w hile d riving if greased or oiled, even if tightened to the spec ified torq ue. - Only use wheel bo lts that belong to the rim being inst alled. - Never use different whee ls bolts on your vehicle . - Always maintain the correct tightening
torque for the wheelbolts to reducethe
risk of a wheel loss. If the tigh t eni ng torque of the wheel bolts is too low, they can loosen and come out when the vehicle is moving . If the tightening torque is too high, the whee l bolts and threads can be damaged and the wheel ca n become loose .
(D Note
The specified torque for the wheel bo lts is 90 ft lb (120 Nm) w ith a tolerance of ± 7,4 ft lb(± 10 Nm). Torque whee l bolts diagonally. After changing a wheel, the torque must be checked as soon as possib le with a torque wrench - prefe rably by an author ized Audi dealer or qualified wo rkshop.
Low aspect ratio tires
M N
Your Audi is factory-equipped with low aspect
0c>o ratio tires . These tires have been thorough ly
,....,
\!)
tested and been selected spec ifically for your
1.1'1
M model for the ir superb performance, road feel
1,..1..'1.,
Tire s an d wheel s 263
and handling under a variety of driving condi tions. Ask your authorized Audi dealer for more details .
The low aspec t ratio of t hese ti res is ind icate d
by a numera l of 55 or less in the tire's size
designation. The numera l represents the ratio
of the t ire's sidewa ll height in relation to its
· ·
tread width expressed in percentage. Conven-
tiona l tires have a he ight/w idth rat io of 60 or
more .
The performance of low-a spect-ratio tire s is particularl y sensit ive to improper inflation pressure. It is therefore important that low aspect ratio tir es are inflated to the specified pressure and that the inflation pressure is regularly checked and maintain ed. Tire pressures should be checked at least once a month and alway s before a long trip ~ page 245 , Checking tire pressure .
A Word about Low Aspect Ratio and High Performance Tires
High pe rformance t ires are des igned for better performance and handling in warm climates . When driving in cold, snowy or icy weather, you sho uld equ ip your vehicle wit h four all-season or winter tires, which offer better traction under those condit ions. We suggest you use the Audi recommended winte r or a ll-season tires specified for you r Audi.
High performance tires a lso have a lower as pect ratio that aids performance and handling . Driving over rough or damaged road surfaces, as well as debr is, curbs and other obstacles can cause serious damage to whee ls, tires, vehicle body, and suspens ion parts . Be carefu l to avo id road hazards and redu ce your speed , espec ia lly if your vehicle is equipped wit h low prof ile tires .
Please a lso remember when making your se-
lection that, wh ile these t ires deliver respon-
s ive handling, t hey m ay ride less comfo rtably
and make more noise than ot hers . Finally,
these tires may wear more quickly than other
·
choices.
IJJ>
264 T ire s and w heel s
It is important that the inflation pressure is regularly checked and maintained at recommended levels .
For more informat ion please ask your Audi deale r f or more details .
What you can do to avoid tire and rim damag e
Low aspect ratio t ires can be damaged more easily by impact with potho les, curbs, gu llies or ridges on the road, part icularly if the t ire is underinflated .
I n order t o minim ize the occurrence of impact damage to the tires of your vehicle, we recommend that you observe the following precautions:
- Always mainta in recommended inflat ion pressures. Check your tire pressure every 2,000 miles (3,000 km) and add air if necessary.
- Drive carefu lly on roads with potholes, deep gullies or ridges. The impact from driving thro ugh or over such obstacles can damage your t ires. Impact with a curb may also cause damage to your t ires.
- After any impact, immediately inspect your t ires or have them inspected by the nearest authorized Audi dealer . Replace a damaged t ire as soon as possible .
- Inspect your t ires every 2,000 miles (3,000 km) for damage and wear . Damage is not always easy to see. Damage can lead to loss of air and unde rinflat ion, wh ich could eventu-
ally cause t ire fail ure. If you believe that a
t ire may have been damaged, replace the tire as soon as possible. - These tires may wear more quick ly than others. - Please also remember that, whi le these t ires deliver responsive handling, t hey may ride less comfortably and make mo re noise than other choices.
Reduced performance in winter / cold season condition s
All tires are designed for certain purposes. The low aspect ratio, ultra hig h performance
t ires or iginally insta ll ed on your vehicle are intended for maximum dry and wet road performance and handling . They are not suitable for cold, snowy or icy weather conditions. If you drive under those circumstances, you shou ld equ ip your vehicle w ith all -season or winter tires, which offer bette r traction unde r those conditions . We suggest you use the recommended snow or all-season t ires specified for your vehicle , or thei r equivalent .
Refer to ~ page 261 for more detailed infor-
mation regard ing winter tires .
Tire pressure monitoring system
ill General notes
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly wh en cold and inflated to t he inflat ion pressure recommended by the veh icle man ufact urer on t he vehicle placard or tire inf lation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflat ion pressure label , you should determine the proper t ire inflation pressure for those t ires).
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illum inates a low tire pressure tell t ale when one or more of your t ires is significantly under-inflated . Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you shou ld stop and check you r tires as soon as possib le, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a sig nifican t ly under-inflated t ire causes the tire t o overheat and can lead to tire fa il ure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel eff iciency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's hand li ng and stopp ing ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substit ute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your veh icle has also been equ ipped with a TPMS malfunction indicato r to indica t e when the system is not operating properly . The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure tellta le. When the system detects a malfunct ion, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain cont inuous ly illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the ma lfunction exists .
When the malfunct ion indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or sig nal low t ire pressure as intended . TPMS malfunct ions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installa t ion of replacement or alternate t ires or whee ls on the veh icle that prevent the TPMSfrom funct ion ing properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction tellta le after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your veh icle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow
the TPMSto continue t o function properly.
If the Tire Pressure Monitoring System indicator appears
Applies to vehicles: with tire pressure monito ring system
The tire pressure indicator in the instrument cluster informs you if the tire pressure is too low or if there is a system malfunction .
Fig. 173 I nstrum ent clust er : indicat or l ight w ith message
M Using the ABS sensors, the tire pressure moni-
N
0 c> o
,....,
toring system compares the t ire tread circumference and vibration characteristics of the in-
\!)
1.1"1 dividual tires . If the pressure changes in one
M
1,..1..".1,
Tire s an d wheel s 265
or more tires, this is indicated in the instru -
ment cluster disp lay with an indicator light
ti] and a message c:::f>ig . 173. If only one tire
is affected, the locat ion of that tire will be in-
dicated. The message turns off after a few mi-
nutes . You can display the message again
c:::p>age 2 9 .
· ·
The tire pressures must be stored in the menu
display again each time the pressures change
(switching between partial and full load pres-
sure) or after chang ing or replacing a t ire on
your vehicle c:::p>age 266 . The t ire pressure
monitori ng system only monito rs the tire
pressure you have stored . You can find the rec-
ommended t ire pressures for your vehicle on
the label on the driver 's doo r pillar
c::p:>age240 .
Tire t read circumference and vib rat ion characteristics can change and cause a tire pressu re warning if :
- If the t ire pressure in one or mo re tires is t oo low,
- the t ire has structural damage,
- The tire was replaced or the t ire pressure changed and it was not stored again c:::p>age 266 .
- The spare tire is installed .
Indic ator light s
ti] - Loss of pressure in at least one tire c:::&> .
Check the tires and replace or repair if necessary. Check/correct the pressures of all four tires . Then store the t ire pressures in the MMI c::p:>age 266 .
DI(Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Tire
Ill pressure: System malfunct ion!. If ap-
pears afte r switching the ignition on or while
driv ing and the ti] indicator light in the in-
str ume nt cluster blink s for app roximately one
minute and then stays on, the re is system
malfunction. Try t o store the correct ti re pres-
sures c:::p>age 266. If the indicator ligh t does
turn off or tu rns on again after a short period
·
of time, drive to your authorized Audi deal er
or qualified repair facility immed iate ly to have
the malfunction corrected.
.,..
266 T ire s and wheels
& WARNING
-
- If the tire pressure warning light ti] in
the instrument cluster turns on, the
pressure in one or more tires is too low.
Reduce the vehicle speed immediately
and avoid any hard steering or braking
maneuvers . Stop as soon as possible,
check the t ire and inflate the tire to the
correct pressure, which is specified on
the tire pressure label on the vehicle
¢ page 240. Driving w ith a t ire with low
pressure causes the tire to overheat and
can result in failure of the tire . Low pres-
sure can also have a negative effect on
the driving and braking behavior of the
vehicle.
- The driver is responsible for maintaining
the correct tire pressures. You must
check the t ire pressures regularly.
- Under certain conditions (such as a spor-
ty driving style, winter conditions or un-
paved roads), the pressure monitor ind i-
cator may be delayed .
- Ask your author ized dealer if run-flat
t ires may be used on your vehicle.
Storing tire pressures
Applies to vehicles: wit h tire pressure monitor ing system
A change in tire pressure or a change in tires must be stored in the system.
The tire pressure is stored in the MMI.
.. Make sure before storing that the tire pressures of all four tires meet the specified values and are adapted to the load. Otherwise the system could malfunction ¢ page 240.
.. Switch on the ignition.
.. Select: the IMENU Ibutton > Car > Systems*
control button > Service & control > Tire
pressure monitor > Store tire pressure > Yes, store now .
(D Tips
Do not store the tire pressures if snow chains are installed. Otherwise the system could malfunction.
- The tire pressure monitoring system can also stop work ing when there is an ESC malfunction.
- Using snow chains may result in a system malfunction.
- The tires with the identification "AO" or "RO" ¢ page 254 have been matched with your Audi tire pressure monitoring system. We recommend that you use these tires.
- The tire pressure monitoring system can only mon itor the t ire pressure of the driving tires . Check the tire pressure of the spare wheel in the luggage compartment so that if necessary it is ready for use.
What do I do now?
Luggage compartment lid emergency release
In case of an emergency, the rear lid can be opened from the inside using the trunk escape handle .
Fig. 174 Section of the luggage compartm ent: access to the emergency release
To reach the emergency release mechanism, the rear bench seat backrest must be folded down . ~ page 65
.,.Push the latch upward in the direction of the arrow until the lock releases .
The trunk escape handle inside the rear lid is made of fluorescent material to glow in the dark.
A WARNING
The trunk escape handle is to be used only in an emergency .
@ Tips
The emergency release lever should never be used as a handle for closing the rear lid .
General information
.,.Park the veh icle as far as possible from mov-
ing traff ic in the event of a flat tire. In the
event of a flat tire, park the vehicle on a lev-
el surface . It you are on a steep incline, be
...., especially careful.
N .,.Set the parking brake.
0
c>o .,.Swit ch the emergency flashers on .
rl
I.O
.,.Put on a reflective vest, if avai lable .
"..'.., "rl '
.,.Set up the warning triang le, if available .
What do I d o now ? 26 7
.,.Have the passengers exit the vehicle . They should move to a safe place, for examp le beh ind a guard rail.
A WARNING
Pay attention to the steps above. They are for your protection and t he for the safety of other dr ivers.
A... WARNING
Imp roper use of the vehicle jack can cause se rious pe rsonal injuries . - Never use the screw driver hex head to
tighten wheel bolts, since the bolts cannot attain the necessary tighten ing torque if you use the hex head, potentially causing an accident . - The fac t ory-supplied jack is intended only fo r your vehicle model. Under no circumstances sho uld it be used to lift heavy vehicles or other loads; you risk injuring yourself . - Never st art t he engine when the vehicle is raised, which could cause an accident. - Support the vehicle secu rely wit h a ppropriate stands if wor k is to be performed underneath the vehicle ; otherwise, there is a pote ntia l risk for injury. - Never use the jack supplied wit h your Aud i on another vehicle, particularly on a heav ier one. The jack is only su itable for use on the vehicle it came with.
@ Tips
- Some of the on board items liste d a bove are provided on certain models only or are opt ional extras.
- Before stor ing the jack*, make sure it is wound back down as far as it will go .
2 68 What do I do n o w ?
Equipment
Vehicle tool kit
Applies to vehicles: with vehicle tool kit
Fig. 175 Luggage compart ment: cargo floor cover folded upward
The vehicle tool kit is located in the luggage compartment under the cargo floor cover ¢ fig. 175 . Cargo flo or cover .. Hang the plastic hook on the luggage com-
partment weather str ip -arrow-.
Spare tire
General information
Applies to vehicles: with space-saving spa re tire (compact spare tire)
Fig. 176 Luggage compartment: cargo floor cover fo lded upward
Fig. 177 Compact spare tire
The spare tire ~ fig. 177 is intended for shortterm use only. Have the damaged tire checked and replaced if necessary by an author ized Audi dealer or qualified repair facility as soon as possible.
There are some restrictions on the use of the compact spare tire. The compact spare tire has been designed specifically for your type of vehicle. Do not replace it with the spare tire from another type of vehicle .
Rem oving the spare tir e
.. Lift the cargo floor by the plastic handle. .. Hang the plastic hook on the luggage com-
partment weather strip @ ¢ fig. 176 . .. Remove the subwoofer*, if necessary
¢pag e 269. .. Turn the large screw counter-clockwise. .. Remove the spare tire.
Snow chains
For technical reasons, the use of snow chains on th e compact spare tire is not permitted.
If you have to drive with snow chains and a front tire fai ls, mount the spare wheel in place of a rear tire. Install the snow chains on the rear tire that you removed, and install that in place of the front tire that fa iled .
-A WARNING -After installing a spare tire, the tire pressure must be chec ked as soon as possib le. The tire press ure is available on ¢ page 240, fig. 169 - If the spa re tire is more t han 6 years old, use it only in an emergency and with extreme caution and careful driving. - The spare ti re is intended only for tempora ry and short-term use. It shou ld be replaced as soon as poss ible with the normal wheel and tire. - After mounting the compact spare tire, the tire pressure must be checked as soon as possible . The tire pressure of the compact spare tire must be 4.2 bar; otherwise, you risk having an accident.
- Do not d rive faster than 50 mph (80 km/ h). You risk having an accident.
- Avoid full-throttle acceleratio n, heavy braking, and fast cornering . You risk having an acc ident.
- Never drive us ing more than one spare wheel and tire. You risk having an accident.
- Normal summer or winter tires must not be mounted on the compact spare whee l rim.
- For technical reasons, the use of tire chains on the spare tire is not permitted. If it is necessary to dr ive with tire chains, the spare wheel must be mounted on the front axle in the event of a flat in a rear t ire. The newly ava ilable front wheel must then be installed in pla ce of the rear wheel with the f lat tir e. Ins tall ing the tire chai n befo re mo unting the wheel and tire is recommended .
- Loose items in the passenger compartment can cause serio us personal injury dur ing hard braking or in an accident. Never store the inf latable spare tire or jack and tools in the passenger compartment.
- Norma l summer or winter tires m ust not be mounted on the compact spare wheel rim .
Removing the subwoofer
Applies to vehicles : with subwoofer
The subwoofer must be removed before the spare wheel* can be removed .
....,
N
0 c> o
Fig. 17 8 Spa re wheel well: subwoo fer
rl
I.O
"..'..,
"rl '
What do I d o now ? 269
Removing the subwoofer
.,.Lift the cargo floor ¢ page 268, fig . 176.
.,.Pull the latch (D ¢ fig. 178 toward the ca-
ble. .,.Press the locking tab @ down . .,.Remove the connector ® and set the re-
moved cable as ide . .,.Remove the bo lt @ . .,.Carefully remove the subwoofer .
Installing the subwoofer
.,.Carefully place the subwoof er n the rim wel l. The word "FRONT" on the subwoofer must face forward.
.,.Insert the connector that was removed. .,.Secure the subwoofer with the bolt . .,.Fold the cargo floo r cover back into place.
Changing a wheel
Before changing a wheel
Observe the following precautions for your own and your passenger 's safety when chang ing a wheel .
.,.Aft er you experience a tir e failure, pull t he car we ll away from mov ing traffic and try to reac h level ground before you stop ¢ &_ .
.,.All passenge rs should leave the car and move to a safe location (for instance, behind the guardrail)¢ &_ .
.,. Engage the parking brake to prevent your veh icle from rolling unintentionally ¢ &_ .
.,. Move selector lever to position P ¢ ,&..
.,.If you are towing a t ra iler, unhit ch the t railer from your vehicle .
.,.Take t he jack ¢ page 268 and the spare tire ¢ page 268 out of the luggage com part ment .
A WARNING
You o r your passengers could be injured while changing a wheel if you do not fo llow these safety precaut io ns: - If you have a flat tire, move a safe d is-
tance off the road. Turn off the engine, turn the emergency flashers on and use
2 7 0 What do I do now ?
other warning devices to alert other motorists. - Make sure that passengers wait in a safe place away from the vehicle and well away from the road and traff ic. - To help prevent the vehicle from mov ing sudden ly and possibly slipping off the jack, always fully set the parking brake and block the whee l diago na lly opposite the whee l being changed . When one front whee l is lifted off the gro und, plac ing the Automat ic Transm iss ion in P
(Park) will not prevent t he vehicle from
movin g . - Before yo u change a w heel, be su re the
gr ound is leve l and fir m. If necess ar y, use a st urdy board under the jack. - Always store t he vehicle tool kit , the jack and t he repl aced t ire in t he lugg age compartment ¢ page 131 .
Changing a wheel
When you change a wheel, follow thesequence described below step-by -step and in exactly that order.
1. Remove the decorative wheel cover*. Fo r
mo re details see also ¢ page 2 70, Decorative wheel covers or ¢ page 2 71, Wheels with wheel bolt caps . 2 . Loosen the wheel bolts r::!p>age 271.
3 . Locate the proper mo unting point for the jack and align the jack below that point
¢ page 272. 4 . Raisethe car w ith the jack ¢ page 2 72. 5. Remove the wheel with the flat tire and
then install the spare ¢ page 2 73 .
6 . Tighten all wheel bo lt s ligh tl y. 7 . Lower the ve hicle w ith t he jack. 8. Use the wheel bolt wrench and firmly
t ig hten all whee l bolts <:p!a>ge 271 . 9 . Replace the decorative wheel cover* .
A WARNING
Always read and follow all WARNINGS and
informati on r::!>&.in Raising the vehicle on
page 2 72 a nd r:!>page 274 .
After changing a wheel
A wheel change is not complete without the doing the following .
"' Always store the vehicle toot kit, the jack* and t he replaced tire in the luggage com-
pa rtment ¢ page 131 .
"' Check the tire pressure on the spare whee l immed iate ly afte r mounting it .
"' As soon as poss ible, have t he tight ening torques on all whee l bolts chec ked with a torque wre nch. The correc t tig hten ing tor que is 90 ft lb (120 Nm).
"' Have the flat tire replaced as soon as possible.
@ Tips
- If you not ice that the wheel bo lts are corroded and difficult to turn while chang ing a tire, t hey should be rep laced before you check the tig htening to rque.
- Drive at reduced speed until you have the t ightening torques checked.
- After changing a whee l, the t ire press ure in all four tires must be chec ked/co rrected and the tire press ure monito ring ind icator must be st o red in the MMI
r::!p>age 266.
' Decorative wheel covers
Applies to veh icles: with decorative whee l covers
The decorative wheel covers mus t be removed first to access the wheel bolts.
Fig. 1 79 Changing a w heel: Rem oving t he wheel cover
Removing "' Insert t he hook (provided with th e vehicle
t oo l kit) in t he ho le in t he whee l hub cover . .,._
.. Pull off the decorative wheel cover r=f>ig. 179 .
Wheels with wheel bolt caps
Applies to vehicles: with wheel bolts with caps
The caps must be removed first from the wheel bolts before the bolts can be unscrewed .
What do I do now? 271
Loosening and tightening the wheel , bolts The wheel bolts must be loosened before raising the vehicle.
-""0 > ' '
g3
Fig. 180 Chang ing a whee l: removing t he wheel bolt caps
Removing .. Push the plastic clip (provided with the vehi-
cle tool kit) over the whee l bolt cap until the inner reta iners on the clip align with the edge of the cover . .. Remove the cap with the plastic clip (vehicle tool kit) r=>fig . 180. Refitting .. Place the caps over the wheel bolts and push them back on. The caps are to protect and keep the wheel bolts clean.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"..'.., "rl '
Fig. 181 Changing a whee l: loosening the whee l bolts
Loosening
.. Slide the wheel wrench onto the wheel bolt as far as it will go .
.. Take tight hold of the end of the wrench handle and turn the wheel bolts counterclockwise about one single turn in the d irection of arrow c:>fig. 181 .
Tightening
.. Slide the wheel wrench onto the wheel bolt as far as it w ill go.
.. Take tight hold of the end of the wrench handle and turn each wheel bolt clockwise until it is seated .
A WARNING
- Do not use fo rce or hurry when changing a wheel - you can ca use the vehicle to slip off the jack and cause serious personal injur ies.
- Do not loosen the wheel bolts more than one turn befo re you raise the vehicle with the jack . - You risk an injury .
(D Tips
- Never use the hexagonal soc ket in the hand le of the screwdriver to loosen or tig ht en the wheel bolts .
- If a wheel bolt is very tight, you may find it eas ier to loosen by carefully pushing down on the end of th e wheel bolt wrench with one foot only. As you do so, Ill>-
272 What do I do now? hold on to the car to keep your balance and take care not to slip.
Raising the vehicle
The vehicle must be lifted with the jack first before the wheel can be removed.
Fig. 182 Sill pan els : markings
Fig. 183 Sill: positio ning the veh icle jack
.. Engage the parking brake to prevent your vehicle from rolling unintentionally.
.. Move the selector lever to position P. .. Find the marking (imprint) on the sill that is
nearest the wheel that will be changed ~ fig . 182. Behind the marking, there is a lifting point on the sill for the vehicle jack. .. Vehicles with a sill : Note the position of the sill when positioning the vehicle jack r::!) fig. 183. .. Place the vehicle jack (vehicle tool kit) on a firm surface. Use a flat , stable support if necessary . On a slippery surface such as tile, you should use a non-slip pad (such as a rub -
ber mat) ¢ _&.
.. Turn the vehicle jack located under the lifting point on the sill to raise the jack until its arm @ Q fig . 183 is located under the des-
ignated plastic mount Q .&,.Q (D .
.. Align the jack so that its arm @ Q fig. 183 engages in the designated lifting point in
the door sill and the movable base @ lies flat on the ground. The base @ must be vertical under the lifting point @ . .. Wind the jack up further until the flat tire
comes off the ground Q .&_.
Position the vehicle jack only under the designated lifting points on the sill Q fig . 182. There is exactly one location for each wheel. The jack must not be positioned at any other location Q ,&q (j)_
An unstable surface under the jack can cause the vehicle to slip off the jack. Always provide a firm base for the jack on the ground . If necessary place a sturdy board or similar support under the jack . On hard, slippery surfaces (such as tiles) use a rubber mat or similar to prevent the jack from slipping Q ,&.
_& WARNING
- You or your passengers could be injured while changing a wheel if you do not fol-
low these safety precautions:
- Position the vehicle jack only at the
designated lifting points and align the
jack. Otherwise, the vehicle jack could
slip and cause an injury if it does not
have sufficient hold on the vehicle .
- A soft or unstable surface under the
jack may cause the vehicle to slip off
the jack . Always provide a firm base for the jack on the ground. If necessary,
use a sturdy board under the jack.
- On hard, slippery surface (such as tiles)
use a rubber mat or similar to prevent
the jack from slipping.
- Only raise your vehicle with the vehicle
jack provided by the factory. If you use
a vehicle jack for another vehicle, your
vehicle can slide and cause injury.
- Changes in temperature or load can af-
fect the height of the vehicle .
- Never start the engine when the vehi-
cle is raised, which could cause an acci-
dent.
~
- Support the vehicle securely with appropriate stands if work is to be performed underneath the vehicle; otherw ise, there is a potential risk for injury .
- To help prevent injury to yourself and your passenge rs: - Do not raise t he vehicle until you are sure the jack is secu rely engaged . - Passenge rs must not remai n in the veh icle when it is j acked up . - Make sure that passengers wait in a safe place away from t he vehicle and well away from the road and traff ic. - Make sure ja ck position is correct, adjus t as necessary and then conti nue t o raise the jack .
- Changes in tem pera t ure or load can affect the height of the vehi cle .
(D Note
Do not lift the vehi cle by the s ill. Pos ition the vehicle jac k only at the d esignated lifting points o n the sill. Othe rwise, your vehicle will be damaged .
Taking the wheel off/installing the spare Follow these instru ctions s tep-by-step for changing the wheel.
Fig. 184 Chan ging a whee l: us ing the screwdriver han dle (wit h t he blade removed) to t urn t he bolts
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"..'.., "rl '
What do I d o now ? 27 3
Fig. 18 5 Changi ng a wheel : al ig nme nt pin inside th e top hole
After you have loosened all wheel bo lts and raised the vehicle off the ground, remove and replace the wheel as follows :
Removing the wheel
.,.Use the hexagonal socket in t he screwdriv er handle to comple t ely remove the t opmost whee l bolt and set it aside on a clean surface ¢ fig . 184.
.,.Screw the threaded end of the alignment
pin from the tool kit hand- t ight into the empty bolt hole Q fig . 185.
.,.Then remove the other wheel bolts as de scribed above .
.,.Take off the whee l leaving the alignment pin
in t he bo lt ho le ¢ (D.
Putting on the comp act spare wheel
.,. Lift the spare wheel and carefully slide it over the alignment pin to g uide it in place
¢ (D.
.,.Use the hexagona l socket in the screwd river ha ndle to screw in a nd tig hten al l whee l bolts slightly .
.,.Remove t he alignment pin and insert and tighten the remaining whee l bolt slightly like the rest .
.,.Turn the jack hand le counter-clockwise to lower the veh icle until the jack is fully released .
.,.Use the wheel bo lt wrench to tighten all wheel bo lts firm ly i=p;,age 271 . Tighten them crosswise, from one bolt to the (approximately) opposite one, t o keep the wheel cente red.
2 7 4 What do I do no w ?
When removing or installing the wheel, the rim could hit the brake rotor and damage the rotor. Work carefully and have a second person help you.
Never use the hexagonal socket in the han dle of the screwdriver to loosen or t ighten the wheel bolts. - Pull the reversible b lade from the screw-
driver before yo u use the hexagonal socket in the handle to turn the whee l bo lts. - When mounting tires with unidirectional tread design make sure the tread pattern is pointed the right way
¢page 274.
- The wheel bolts should be clea n and easy to tu rn . Check for d irt and corrosion on the mat ing su rfaces of both the whee l and the hub. Remove a ll dirt from these su rfaces before remo unti ng the wheel.
Tires with unidirectional tread design
Tires with unidirectional tread design must be mounted with their tread pattern pointed in the right direction.
Using a spare tire with a tread pattern intended for use in a specific direction
When using a sp ar e tire w ith a tr ead pa tte rn inten ded for use in a specific direc t ion, please note t he following:
- The direction of rotation is marked by an a rrow on the side of the t ire.
- If the spare t ire has to be installed in the in-
correc t d irection, use the spa re tire only tempor ar ily si nce t he t ire will not be able t o achieve its op t imum performance characteristics with regard to aquaplaning, noise and wear . - We recommend tha t you pay particular attention to this fact during wet weather and that you adjust your speed to matc h road condit ions.
- Replace the flat ti re with a new one and have it insta lled on your vehicle as soo n as possible to resto re the hand ling advantages of a unidirectional tire.
Notes on wheel changing
Please read t he information ¢ page 254, New tires and replacing tires and wheels if you a re
going to use a spa re tire which is different from the t ires on you r vehicle.
After you change a tire:
- Checkthe tire pressure on the spare immediately after installation .
- Have the wheel bolt tightening torque checked with a torque wrench as soon as possible by your author ized Audi dealer or a qualified service stat ion.
- With steel and alloy wheel rims, the wheel bolts are correctly tightened at a torque of 90 ft lb (120 Nm) .
- If you notice that the wheel bolts are corroded and difficult to turn while changing a tire , they should be replaced before you check the t ightening torque .
- Replacethe flat tire with a new one and have it installed on your vehicle as soon as possible. Remount the wheel cover.
Until then , drive with extra care and at reduced speeds.
A= WARNING
-
- If you are going to equ ip your vehicle
with tires or rims which differ from those
which were facto ry installed, then be
sure t o read the information¢ page 254,
New tires and replacing tires and
wheels.
- Always m ake sure the dam age d wheel o r
even a flat tire a nd the jack and tool kit
are properly secu red in the luggage com-
pa rtment and are not loose in the pas -
senger compartment.
- In an accident or sudden maneuver they
could fly forwa rd, injuring anyone in the
veh icle.
- Always store damaged wheel, jack and tools securely in t he luggage compartment. Otherw ise, in an accident or sudden maneuver they could fly forward, causing injury to passengers in the vehi-
cle.
What do I do now? 275
· ·
M
·
N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
M
1,..1..'1.,
2 76 Fuses and bulbs
Fuses and bulbs Electrical fuses
Replacing fuses
Fuses that have blown will have metal strips that have burned through.
Fig. 186 Steering column area: cover
Fig. 187 Left side of the engi ne compar tmen t: fuse cover
Fuses in the interior The fuses are behind the cover in the steering
column area ¢ fig. 186.
"'Turn off the ignition and the fai led electrical equipment.
"'Check the following table to see which fuse
belongs to the eq uipmen t ¢ page 277.
"'Remove the cover ("AIRBAG"label)
c:>fig . 186. Begin at t he bottom right corner
-arrow- . "' Remove the plastic clip from the fuse panel
cover in the eng ine compartment c:>fig. 187.
"' Remove the blown fuse using the plast ic clamp and replace the fuse with an ident ical new one.
"'Install the cover.
Fuses in the engine compartment
"' Turn off the ignition and the failed electrical equipment.
"' Check the following table to see which fuse
belongs to the equipment c::;p, age 2 78 . "' Remove the fuse panel cover ¢ fig. 187 .
"' Remove the plastic clip from the fuse panel
cover c:>fig. 187 .
"' Remove the blown fuse using the plastic clamp and replace the fuse with an identical new one.
The individual circuits are protected by safety fuses. The fuses are located under the steering wheel beh ind a cover and in the left side of the engine compartment .
_&.WARNING Do not repa ir fuses and never replace a blown fuse with one that has a higher amp rating. This can cause damage to the electrica l system and a fire.
(D Note
- If there are m ultip le fuse values in a cell in the follow tables, for examp le 5/10/20, it is because of equipment-related differences. Replace the burned fuse with an identical new one .
- If a new fuse should burn out again shortly after you have installed it, have the electrical system checked by your authorized Audi dealer or qualified repa ir facility as soon as possible .
(D Tips
- The following table does not list fuse locations that a re not used.
- Some of the following tables on ly apply to in certain models or options.
Interior fuse assignment
Fig. 188 Vehicle inter ior: fuse assignment
No. Equipment
Ampere
Fl Engine components
30
F2 Seat adjustment
10
Hydraulic pump cover (Cab-
F3
40
riolet)
MM controls, MMI-compo-
F4
7.5
nents
FS Gateway
s
F6 Anti-theft alarm system
5
Climate/heating control, se-
lector lever (automatic
F7 transmission), park ing heat-
10
e r, rear window heater relay
coil
Diagnosis, electrical parking
F8 brake switch, light switch,
10
rain/light sensor, interior
light ing
Steering column switch
F9
1
module
Fl0 Display ....,
N
Reversible driver's side safe-
0 c> o
Fll ty belt tensioners
rl
I.O
"..'..,
Fl2 MMI a rea
"rl '
5 25 15/20
Fu se s and bulb s 2 77
No. Equipment
Ampere
Adaptive dampers control
Fl 3
20
module
Climate control system
Fl4
30
blower
Electronic steering column
Fl5
10
lock
Fl6 MMI area
7.5
Fl7 Instrument cluster
5
Fl8 Rearview camera
7.5
Convince key system control
Fl9
7.5
module, tank system
F20 Tank system
7.5
Exterior lighting, heated
F23
40
washer fluid nozzles
Panorama sunroof/ power F24 top control modu le, power
top latch (Cabriolet)
20/30
Door/dr iver's side doors (for
F25
30
example power windows)
F26 Seat heati ng
30
F27 Sound-amplifier
30
Power top con t rol module,
F28 electron ics (Cabriolet)
5
F29 Interior lights
7.5
F31 Ext erior lighting
40
F32 Driver assistance systems
7.5
F33 Airbag
5
Button illumination, coils
for upper cab in heat ing relay
F34 (Cabriolet) and socket relay,
7.5
interior sound, back-up ligh t
switch, temperature sensor,
oil level sensor
Diagnosis, headlight range
control system, a ir quality
F35
10
senso r, a utomat ic dimming
rearview mir ror
Right corner ing light/ right
F36
15
LED-headlight
F37 Left corner ing light/ left
15
LED-head light
2 78 Fuses a nd bulbs
No. Equipment
Ampere
Door/front passenger's side
F39 doors (for example, power
30
windows)
F40 Sockets
20
Reversible front passenger·s
F41 side safety belt tensioners
25
Central locking components,
F42
40
windshield washer system
F43 Headlights , light ing
30
F44 all wheel drive
15
Starter, clutch sensor, headF49
s
light relay coil
FS3 Rear window defogger
30
The power seats* are protected via circuit breakers that automatically swit ch on after a few seconds after the overload has been reduced.
@ Tips
Note that the following table was accurate at the time of print ing and is subject to change.
Left engine compartment fuse assignment
No. Equipment
Ampere
Fl ESCcontrol modu le
40
F2 ESCcont rol module
40
Engine control module (gas-
F3
15/30
oline/diesel)
Engine cooling, engine com-
ponents, auxiliary heater
F4 coil relay (1+2), secondary
5/10
air injection pump relay
Engine components, tank F5
system
7 .5/10/ 15
F6 Brake light sensor
5
Engine components, water F7
pumps
7.5/10/ 15
F8 Oxygen sensor
10/15
Engine components, exF9 haust door, glow t ime con-
trol module, SULEVvalve
5/10/20
Fuel injectors, fuel control FlO
module
15/20
Auxiliary heater heating ele-
Fll
40
ment2
Auxi liary heater heating ele-
Fl2
40
ment 3
Automatic transmission con-
Fl3 trol module
15/30
Fl5 Horn
15
Fl6 Ignit ion coil
5/20
ESCcontro l module, engine
Fl7 control module
7.5
Termina l 30 (reference volt-
Fl8 age)
5
Fl9 Windshield wipers
30
F20 Horn
10
F22 Terminal SOdiagnosis
5
F23 Starter
30
Auxiliary heater heat ing ele-
F24
40
ment 1
F31 Vacuum pump
15
F32 LED headlights
5
Fig. 189 Engine compartment : fuse assignment
@ Tips
Note that the following table was accurate at the time of pr int ing and is subject to change.
Bulbs
Replacing light bulbs
Foryour safety, we recommend that you have your authorized Audi dealer replace burned out bulbs for you.
It is becoming increas ingly more and more d ifficult to replace veh icle light bulbs since in many cases, other parts of the car must first be removed before you a re able to get to t he bu lb. This app lies especia lly to the light bu lbs in the front of your car which you can on ly reach through the engine compartment .
Sheet metal and bulb ho lders can have sha rp edges that can cause ser ious cuts, and parts must be correctly taken apart and then prop erly put back together to help prevent breakage of parts and long term damage from water that can enter hous ings that have not been properly resealed.
For your safety, we recommend that you have your authorized Audi dealer rep lace any bulbs for you, since your dealer has the proper tools, the correct bulbs and the expertise.
Gas discharge lamps (Xenon light s):
Due to the high elect rical voltage, have the bu lbs rep laced by a qualified technician. Headlights wit h Xenon light can be identified by the high voltage sticker .
LED headlights* requ ire no ma intenance . Please contact yo ur authorized Audi dealer if a bu lb needs to be replaced.
A WARNING
Contact with high-voltage components of
M
the electrica l system and improper re-
N
0 c> o
,....,
placement of gas discharge (Xenon) headlight bulbs can cause serious personal in-
\.!.) ,., jury and death .
M..,.,
,....,
Fu ses and bulb s 2 7 9
- Xenon bu lbs are pressur ized and can ex-
plode when being changed.
- Changing Xenon lamps requires the spe-
cial tra ining, instructions and equip-
ment.
- Only an authorized Audi dealer or other
qualified workshop should change the bulbs in gas discharge lamps.
· ·
A WARNING There are parts with sharp edges on the openings and on the bulb holders that can cause ser ious cuts . - If you are uncertain about what to do, have the work performed by an authorized Audi dealer or othe r qualified workshop. Ser ious personal injury may result from imprope rly performed wo rk.
(D Tips
- If you still prefer to replace the light bulbs you rself, be aware that the engine compartment is a hazardous area to
work in c:::p>age 21 lc:::&>
- It is best to ask your authorized Audi dealer whenever you need to change a bulb.
·
280 Emergency situations
Emergency General
situations
This chapter is intended for trained emergency crews and working personnel who have the necessary tools and equ ipment to perform these operations.
Starting by pushing or towing
Q;) Note
Vehicles w ith an automatic transmission cannot be started by pus hing o r tow ing.
Starting with jumper cables
If necessary, the engine can be started by connecting it to the battery of another vehi-
cle.
If the engine should fail to start because of a discharged or weak battery, the battery can be
connected to the battery of another vehicle,
using a pair of jumpe r cables to start the eng ine .
Jumper cables
Use only jumper cables of sufficiently large
cross section to carry the starter current safely. Refer to the manufacturer's specif ications.
Use only jumper cables with insulated termi-
na l clamps which are distinctly marked:
plus(+) cable in most cases colored red
minu s( -) cable in most cases colored black .
A WARNING
Batteries contain electricity, ac id, and gas. Any of these can cause very serious or fatal inju ry. Follow the instructions below for safe handling of your veh icle's battery. - Always shield you r eyes and avoid lean-
ing over the battery whenever possible. - A discharged battery can freeze at tem-
peratures jus t be low 32 °F (0 °C). Before
connecting a jumper cable, you must thaw the frozen battery complete ly, otherwise it could explode. - Do not allow battery acid to contact eyes or skin . Flush any contacted area with water immediately . - Improper use of a booster battery to start a vehicle may cause an explosion. - Vehicle batteries generate explosive gases. Keep sparks, flame and lighted cigarettes away from batteries. - Do not try to jump start any vehicle with a low acid level in the battery. - The voltage of the booster battery must also have a 12-volt rating. The capacity (Ah) of the booster battery should not be lower than that of the discharged battery . Use of batteries of d ifferent voltage or substantially different "Ah" rating may cause an exp losion and personal injury. - Never cha rge a frozen batte ry. Gas trapped in the ice may cause an explosion.
- Nevercharge or use a battery that has
been frozen. The battery case may have be weakened. - Use of batter ies of different voltage or substantially different capacity (Ah) rating may cause an exp losion and injury. The capacity (Ah) of the booster battery should not be lower than that of the dis charged battery. - Before you check anything in t he engine compartment, always read and heed a ll
WARNINGS¢page 217.
(D Note
- App lying a higher voltage booster bat-
tery will cause expensive damage to sen-
sitive electronic components, such as
contro l units, relays, radio, etc .
- There must be no electrical contact be-
tween the vehicles as otherwise current
cou ld already start to f low as soon as the
positive(+) terminals are connected.
.,.
@ Tips
The discharged battery must be properly connected to the vehicle's electrical system. When jump starting or charg ing the battery, never connect the negative ground cable to the batte ry negative post because the bat tery manager system must be able to detect the battery's state of charge. Always connec t the negative g roun d cab le to t he negative ground pos t of t he battery manager cont ro l unit.
Using jump start cables
Connect the jump start cables in the exact order described below .
Fig. 190 Engine compar t ment : connecto rs for jum p star t cables and a charger
Fig. 19 1 Jump sta rt ing the batte ry with anot her vehicle: @ - dra ined battery , @ - starte r bat tery
The batte ry is located to the left in the eng ine
compartment. Do not jump start a frozen or
A thawed battery ¢ in Starting with jumper
cables on page 280 ! Replace the battery. The
procedu re for connecting jump start cab les
...., that is descr ibed next is designed t o he lp
N 0
jump sta rt your vehicle.
c> o
rl
I.O
Vehicle with drained battery:
"~' .. Read the following carefully ¢ page 280
rl
Emergenc y s itu a tion s 281
.. Set the parking brake and place the selector lever in the P position.
.. Turn the ignition and e lectr ica l equ ipment off in both vehicles.
Connecting the negati ve terminal (-) to the negat ive terminal (-) (black)
.. To reach the battery term inals, flip the battery cover cap to the s ide ¢ fig . 190.
1. Clamp the end of the red jump start cable to the term inal (!) ¢ fig. 191 on the dead battery @ ¢ CI)in Starting with jumper cables on page 280 .
2. Clamp the othe r end of the red jump star t cable to the t ermin al @ on t he charging battery @ .
Connect NEGATIVE (- ) to NEGATIVE (-) (black)
3. Clamp th e blac k end of t he j ump sta rt cable preferably at the ground point , or on the nega t ive terminal @ o n the charging batte ry @ .
4. Clamp the other black end of the jump start cab le only on the ground point @ on your vehicle @ ¢ CI).
S. Route the jump start cab les so they cannot get caugh t in the moving parts in the engine compa rtment.
Starting the engine
6. Start the engine in the vehicle giving the charge and let it run at idle.
7 . Start the eng ine in the vehicle with the dead battery and wait two to three m inut es unti l it "runs smoothly".
8. If t he engine does not st art: Stop t he st art ing procedure afte r 10 seco nds and then repeat it afte r approximately 30 seconds.
9 . In the vehicle that is be ing jump started, switch the heater fan and rear window de froster on to reduce any voltage peaks t hat may occur when disconnecting the j umper cables . The headlights must be switched off.
10 . Wit h the e ngin es runn ing , remov e t he cables in reverse orde r of t he way t hey were ..,.
2 8 2 Em e rgency s it uat io n s
installed. Make sure the cables do not get caught in moving engine components . 11. Switch the heater fan and rear window defroster off. 12. Close the battery cover.
The battery is vented to the outside so that not gases enter the passenger compartment. Make sure that the connected positive term inal clamps on the jump start cable have suff icient contact with metal.
A WARNING
Follow the warn ings and instructions from the jump start cable manufacturer to reduce the risk of ser ious injuries and vehicle damage. If you are uns ure about anyth ing, call roadside assistance. - The jump start cables must be long
enough so that the vehicles do not touch. - Route the jump sta rt cab les so they cannot get caught in the moving parts in the engine compartment . - Always read and follow the warn ings before checking anything in the engine compartment ¢ page 217 .
([) Note
Correctly jump start cables incorrect ly can destroy the a lternator . - Always connect the positive terminal(+)
to the positive terminal( +) and the negat ive termina l (-) t o the negative t erminal(-) on the body ground point, but not the negative termina l on the battery. - Make sure the screw plugs on the battery cells are insta lled securely. If not, tig hten the plugs before connecting the clamps to the negat ive terminal on the battery. - Please note that the connecting process described be low for the jump start cables is intended for when your vehicle is being jump started . If you are jump starting another vehicle, do not connect the negat ive cab le to the negative terminal (-) on the drained battery, but rathe r
connect it to a large metal component that is bolted securely to the engine block, or to the engine block itsel f. If the battery in the vehicle being jump started is not vented to the outside, there is a risk of explosion due to hydrogen gas . - Make sure that the connected positive terminal clamps have sufficient contact with metal. - Do not use the battery negative terminal for jump start ing or a malfunct ion could occur in the vehicle electrical system.
Emergency towing with commercial tow truck
General hints
Your Audi requires special handling for tow ing .
The following information is to be used by commerc ial tow truck operators who know
howto operate their equipment safely.
- Never tow your Aud i. Towing w ill cause damage to the engine and transmission.
- Never wr ap the safet y chains or winch cables around the brake lines.
- To prevent unnecessary damage , your Aud i must be transpo rted with a flat bed truck.
- To load the vehicle on to the fl at bed, use the towing loop found in the vehicle tools and attach to the front or rear anchorage
c;,page 283 and c;,page 283.
A WARNING -
Aveh icle being towed is not safe for passengers . Never allow anyone to ride in a vehicle be ing towed, fo r any reason.
Front towing loop
Emergenc y s itu a tion s 283 Rear towing loop
Fig. 192 Right front bumpe r: remov ing the cover
Fig. 194 Right rea r tow ing loop : cover
Fig. 193 Right front bumper: tow ing loop installed
The threaded opening for the towing loop is located behind a cover on the rig ht side of the front bumper.
.. Remove the towing loop from the vehicle tool kit ¢ page 268 .
.. Press inward on the upper left side of the cap to remove it from the bumper ¢ fig. 192.
.. Insert the towing loop in the threaded opening until it stops¢ fig . 193 and tighten it with a whee l wrench.
.. After using, place the towing loop bac k in the vehicle too l kit .
A WARNING
If the towing loop is not installed sec urely, it could loosen from the t hreads whi le towing and cause damage to the veh icle or injury to people.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"..'.., "rl '
Fig. 195 Right rea r tow ing loop: tow ing loop installed
The towing loop threaded opening is located in the right of the rear bumper cover under a cover .
.. Remove the towing loop from the vehicle too l kit ¢ page 268.
.. Press inward on the upper area -arrow- and lift it upward from the lower area¢ fig. 194.
.. Insert the tow ing loop in the threaded opening until it stops¢ fig. 195 and t ighten it with a wheel wrench .
.. After using, place the tow ing loop back in t he vehicle tool kit.
Depend ing on the model, the shape of the cove r ca n va ry.
A WARNING
If t he tow ing loop is not insta lled securely, it cou ld loose n from the t hrea ds while tow ing and cause damage to the vehicle or injury to people .
284 Emergency situations
loading the vehicle onto a flat bed truck
Fig. 19 6 Vehicle on flat bed truck
Front hook up ,,.Align the vehicle with the centerline of the
car carr ier ramp. ,,.Attach t he winch hook to the front towline
eye previously insta lled . Rear hook up ,,.Align the vehi cle wit h the centerline of t he
car ca rrier ramp . ,,.Attach the winch hook to the rear towline
eye previously installed.
{!) Tips
Check carefully to make sure the hook- up is sec ure before moving the car up the flatbed truck ramp.
Lifting vehicle
lifting with workshop hoist and with floor jack The vehicle may only be li~ed a t the lifting points illustrated .
Fig. 197 Front lift ing point
Fig. 198 Rear lift ing point
,,.Read and heed WARNING c>&_.
,,.Locate lifting poi nts r::f!i>g . 197 an d r=;f,ig. 198 .
,,.Adju st lift ing arms of wo rkshop ho ist or floo r ja ck to ma tch veh icle lift ing po ints .
,,.Insert a rubbe r pad between the floo r j ack/ workshop hoist and t he lift ing points.
If you must lift your vehicle with a floor jack to work underneath, be sure the vehicle is safely supported on stand s intended for this purpose.
Front lifting point
The lift ing po int is loca t ed on t he floo r pan reinforcemen t ab out at the sam e leve l as the jack mounting point r=f;i,g. 197 . Do not lift the vehicle at the vertical sill reinforcement .
Rear lifting point
The lifti ng poi nt is located on the vert ical rei nforcemen t of th e lower si ll for t he on-b oar d jac k r=;f, ig. 198.
lifting with vehicle jack
Refer to r:!>page 2 72 .
-A WARNING
-
- To reduc e t he risk of se rious injury and
veh icle da mage.
- Always lift the vehicle on ly at the specia l workshop hoist and floor jac k lift po ints illust rated c>fig. 197 and c>fig. 198 .
- Failure t o lift the ve hicle at these po ints could cause the vehicle to tilt or ,...
fa ll fro m a lift if the re is a change in vehicle we ight distr ibut ion and balance. This might happen, for examp le, w hen heavy compone nts such as the engi ne block or transmiss ion are removed . - Whe n remov ing heavy components li ke t hese, anchor vehicl e to hoist or add correspond ing weig hts to mai ntai n the cent er of gravity . Othe rwise, the vehicl e mig ht t ilt or slip off th e hoist , causing serious personal inju ry.
(D Note
- Be aware of t he fo ll owing point s befo re lifting the vehicle:
- The vehicle should never be lifted or jacked up from unde rneath the engine oil pan, the transmission housing, the front or rear axle or the body side members. This could lead to serious damage .
- To avoid damage to the underbody or chassisframe , a rubber pad must be
insertedbetween the floorjackand
the lift points. - Before driving over a workshop hoist,
check that the vehicle weight does not exceed the permissible lifting capacity of the hoist. - Before driving over a workshop hoist, ensure that there is sufficient clearance between the hoist and low parts of the vehicle .
Emergency situations
285
· ·
M
·
N
0 c> o
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
M..,.,
,....,
286 Techni c al data
Technical data Vehicle identification
Fig. 199 Vehicle Ident ificat ion Num be r (VlN) plat e: lo · cat ion on driver 's side dash pane l
XXXXX· X- XXXXXX xx
r~ ,"\__l
f~ -11!1·1NII. V!Hll-lllllll. NO.
XXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
IYPIT'fl'E
XXXXXX
XX XXXXXXX XX X X XX
®i~~r= XXXKW
XXX
~~f:l~~ XXXX XXXXXX
@+
XXXIXXXXXXXIXXX
M,. AIIISl/.lflllllS
EOA 7 D5 4 U B 6XM SSG 5RW
2EH JDZ llB
l AS lBA
3FC
5MU 7Xl
FOA
9G3 OG7 OYH OJF
TL6 J KA BEH Ul A X9B QZ7
l XW
8 Q3 9Q8 82 4 020
7T6 CV7 7 KO 4X3 2K2
3L4
4 KC 3YO 4I3 502
lS A
7GB Q1A
4GQ
XX X XX X XX X XXXX
Fig. 2 0 0 The vehicle identi ficat ion label - inside t he luggage co mpa r tmen t
Vehicle Id entification Number (VlN )
The Vehicle Identific at ion Number is located in different places:
- under the w indshield on the driver's s ide ~fig . 199.
- in the MMI: Select: the IMENU Ibutton> Car
> Syste ms* control button > Se rvice & control >VIN number . - on the vehicle identification label.
Vehicle identification label
The vehicle identific ation label is lo cate d in the luggage compartment in the spare wheel we ll.
The label~ fig. 200 shows t he fo llowing vehicle data:
(D Vehicl e Ident ificat ion Number (VIN) @ Vehicle type, engine outp ut, transmission @ Engine and transm ission code @ Pain t number a nd inte rior
® Optional equipment numbers
The inform ation of the vehicle identification label can also be found in your Warranty & Maintenance booklet.
Safety compliance sticker
The safety complianc e sticker is your assurance th at your new veh icle complies with all applicable Fede ra l Motor Vehicle Safety Standards which were in effec t at t he time the vehicle was manufactured . You can find this sticker on the door jamb on the driver's side. It shows the month and year of production and t he vehicle ident ificat io n number of your vehicle (perfo ration) as well as the Gross Veh icle Weight Rating (GVWR) a nd the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
High voltage warning label
The high voltage warning label is located in t he engine compartment next to the engine hood re lease . The spark ign it ion system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.
Weights
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), and the Gross Axle Weight Rat ing (GAWR)for front and rear are listed on a sticker on the doo r jamb on t he d river's s ide .
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing includes the weight of the bas ic vehicle plus fu ll fuel tank, oil and coo la nt, plus maximum load, which includes passenger we ight (150 lbs/68 kg per .,..
Te chn ic a l da t a 2 8 7
designated seating position) and luggage weight ~ &. .
Gross Axle W eight Rating
- Exceeding perm issible weight ratings can result in vehicle damage, accidents and personal injury.
The Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum
([) Note
load that can be applied at each axle of the vehicle ~ .&..
Vehicle capacity weight
- The vehicle capacity weight figures apply
when the load is distr ibuted evenly in the
· ·
vehicle (passengers and luggage). When
The vehicle capacity we ight (max. load) is listed either on the dr iver's side B-pillar or inside the fuel filler flap.
transport ing a heavy load in the luggage compartment, carry the load as near to the rear axle as possible so that the vehicle's handling is not impaired.
_& WARNING -
- The actual Gross Axle Weight Rating at the front and rear axles should not ex-
ceed the permissible weights, and their combination must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating .
- Do not exceed the maximum permissible axle loads or the maximum gross vehicle we ight. Always remember that the vehicle's handling w ill be affected by the extra load. Therefore, adju st your speed accordingly.
- Always observe local regulat ions.
Dimensions
The dimens ions can vary depend ing on the model and equipment.
When driving on poor roads, by curbs and on steep ramps, make sure that low-ly ing compo-
nents such as the spoiler and exhaust system do not come into contact with these or they could be damaged. This applies especially when the vehicle is fu lly loaded.
A3 Sedan
Length Width Width (across mir rors) Height (unloaded)a)
in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm)
al The height of the vehicle depends on the tire s and suspension.
53 Sedan
Length Width Width (across mirrors) Height (unloaded)a)
in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm)
al The height of the vehicle depends on the tires and suspension.
175.3 (4456) 70.7 (1796) 77.1 (1960) 55 .7 (1416)
175.8 (4469) 70 .7 (1796) 77.1 (1960) 54 .8 (1392)
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
M..,.,
,....,
288 Techni c al data
Capacities
Fuel ta nk Front whee l Drive All wheel drive Winds hield washer system
Gasoline engines
A3 sedan l.8L, 4 cylinders
Maximum output SAE net Maximum torque SAEnet Displacement Engine oil with filter change Fuel
A3 sedan 2 .0L, 4 cylinders
Maximum outpu t SAE net Maximum torque SAE net Displacement Engine oil with f ilter change Fuel
S3 sedan 2 .0L, 4 cylinders
Maximu m outpu t SAE net Maximum torque SAE net Displa cement Engine oil with filter change Fuel
Diesel engine
A3, 2.0L TOI , 4 cylinder
Maximum outpu t SAE net Maximum torque SAEnet Displacement Engine oil with filter change Fuel
gal (liters) gal (li t ers) quarts (l ite rs)
approx. 13. 2 (50.0) approx. 14 .5 (55.0)
approx. 3.2 (3.1)
hp@rpm
170 @ 4500 - 6200
lb-ft@ rpm
200@ 1600 - 4400
CID (cm3)
110 (1798)
quarts (lite rs)
6.0( 5. 7)
Premium unleaded (91 AKI) , ~ page 210, Gasoline
hp@rpm
220 @ 4500 - 6200
lb-ft@ rpm CID (cm3)
258@ 1600 - 4400 12 1 (198 4)
quarts (liters)
6.0(5.7)
Premium unleaded (91 AKI) , ~page 210, Gasoline
hp@rpm
292 @ 54 00 - 6200
lb-ft@ rpm
280@ 1900 - 5300
CID (cm3)
12 1 (198 4)
quarts (liters)
6.0(5.7)
Premium unleaded (91 AKI) , ~ page 210, Gasoline
hp@rpm
150@ 3500 - 4 000
lb-ft@ rpm
237@ 1750 - 3000
CID (cm3)
120 (19 68)
quarts (lite rs)
6.0(5 .7)
ULSD-DieselNo. 2, ¢ page 211, Diesel fuel
Consumer Information
Warranty coverages
Your Audi is covered by the following warranties :
- New Vehicle Limited Warranty - Limited Warranty Against Corrosion Perfo-
ration - Emissions Control System Warranty - Emissions Performance Warranty - California Emissions Control Warranty (USA
vehicles only) - California Emissions Performance Warranty
(USA vehicles only)
Detailed information regarding your warran ties can be found in your Warranty & Maintenance booklet .
Operating your vehicle outside the U.S.A. or Canada
Government regu lations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, veh icles built for the U.S.A. and Canada differ from vehicles sold in other countries .
If you p lan to take your vehicle outside the continental limits of the United States or Canada, there is the possibility that:
- unleaded fue ls for vehicles with catalytic
converter may not be available;
- fuel may have a considerably lower octane
rating . Improper fue l may cause engine
damage;
- service may be inadequate due to lack of
proper service facilities, tools or testing
equipment;
- replacement parts may not be readily availa-
ble.
M - Navigation systems for vehicles built for the
N
0 c> o
,....,
U.S.A. and Canada will not necessari ly work in Europe, and may not work in other coun-
\!) 1.1"1
tries outside North America .
M
1,..1..".1,
Consumer Information
289
@ Note
Audi cannot be responsible for mechanical damage that could result from inadequate fuel, service or parts availab ility.
Audi Service Repair Manuals and Literature
· ·
Audi Official Factory Service Manuals and Lit erature are published as soon as possible after model introduction. Service manuals and literat ure are available to order from the Audi Technical Literature Ordering Cente r at:
www.audi.techliterature.com
Maintenance
' General
Your vehicle has been designed to help keep maintenance requirements to a minimum. However, a certain amount of regular maintenance is still necessary to assure your vehicle's safety, economy and reliability . For detailed vehicle maintenance consult your Warranty & Maintenance booklet.
Under difficult operating conditions, for example at extremely low outside temperatures, in very dusty regions, when towing a tra iler very frequently, etc., some serv ice work shou ld be pe rformed between the intervals specified. This applies particularly to:
- oil changes, and - cleaning or replacing the air filter.
® For the sake of the environment
By regularly maintaining your vehicle, you help make sure that emission standards are maintained, thus min imizi ng adverse effects on the environment .
Important considerations for you and your vehicle
The increasing use of electronics, sophisticated fuel injection and emission contro l systems, and the genera lly increasing technica l ..,_
2 9 0 Con s um e r Inf o rmation
comp lexity of today's automobi les, have steadi ly reduced the scope of maintenance and repairs which can be carried out by vehicle owners. Also, safet y and environm ental concerns place very strict limits on the nature of repairs and adjustments to engine and trans miss ion pa rts which an owner can perform .
Maintenance, adjustments and repa irs usua lly require special tools, testing devices and other equipment avai lab le to specially trained workshop personnel in order to assure proper performance, reliab ility and safety of the vehicle and its many systems .
Improper ma intenance, adjustments and repa irs can impair the operation and reliab ility of your vehicle and even void your vehicle warranty. Therefo re, proof of servic ing in accordance wit h the ma intenance sched ule may be a condition for upholding a poss ible warranty claim made within the warran ty period.
Above all, operational safety can be adve rsely affected, creating unnecessary risks for you and your passengers.
If in doubt about any serv icing, have it done by your author ized Audi dealer or any other properly equipped and qualified workshop . We strong ly urge you to give your authorized Audi dealer the opportunity to perform all schedu led maintenance and necessary repairs . Your dea ler has the facilities, or iginal parts and tra ined spec ialists to keep your vehicle running properly .
Performing lim it ed mai nt enance yourself
The fo llowing pages describe a limited number of procedures which can be performed on you r vehicle with ordinary too ls, shou ld the need arise and trained personnel be unavailable. Before performing any of these procedures, always thoroughly read all of the app licable text and ca refully follow the instructions given. Always rigorously obse rve the WARNINGS provided .
Before you check anything in th e engine compartme nt , alway s read and heed all
WARNINGS ~ & and ~ page 217 .
_& WARNING
- Ser ious personal injury may occur as a result of improperly performed maintenance, adjustments or repa irs.
- Always be extremely careful when working on the vehicle . Always follow commonly accepted safety pract ices and general common sense. Never risk personal inju ry.
- Do not attempt any of the maintenance , checks or repairs descr ibed on the following pages if you are not fu lly fam iliar with these or other procedures with respect to the vehicle, or are uncertain how to proceed .
- Do not do any work without the proper too ls and equipment. Have the necessa ry work done by your author ized Audi dealer or another proper ly equipped and qualified workshop.
- The engine compartment of any motor veh icle is a potentially hazardous area. Never reach into the area around or touch the rad iator fan. It is temperature controlled and can sw itch on suddenly even when the engine is off . The radiator fan switches on automatical ly when the coo lant reaches a certain temperature and will cont inue to run until the coo lant temperature drops .
- Always sw itch off t he ignition before anyone gets under the vehicle.
- Always support your veh icle with safety stands if it is necessary to work underneath the vehicle. The jack supplied with the vehicle is not adequate for this pu rpose and cou ld collapse causing serious personal injury.
- If you must work underneath the vehicle with the wheels on the ground, a lways make sure the vehicle is on level ground, that the wheels are a lways securely blocked and that the engine cannot be started .
- Always make sure the transmission se lecto r lever (automatic transmission) is
in P (Park position) and the park brake is applied.
@ For the sake of the environment
- Changing the engine settings wi ll adversely affect emission levels . This is detrimenta l to the environment and increases fue l consumption .
- Always observe environmental regulations when dispos ing of old engine oil, used brake fluid, dirty engine coolant, spent batter ies or worn out tires.
- Undeployed airbag modules and pretensioners might be classified as Perchlorate Material -special handling may apply, see www .dtsc .ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perch lorate . When the vehicle or parts of the restraint system includ ing airb ag mod ules safety belt s wit h pretensioners are scrapped, all applic able laws and regulations must be observed. Your autho rized Audi dealer is familiar with these requirements and we recommend that you haveyour dealer perform this service for you .
Additional accessories, modifications and parts replacement
Additional accessoriesand parts replacement
Always consult an authorized Audi dealer before purchasing accessories .
Your vehicle incorporates the latest safety desig n features ensuring a high standard of active and passive safety .
This saf ety could be compromised by non-approved changes to the vehicle. For this reason, if parts have to be replaced, please observe the following points when install ing additional accessories:
M
N Approved Audi accessories and genuine Audi 0c>o parts are available from authorized Audi deal-
,....,
\.!.),., ers. M..,.,
,....,
Con s umer In f ormation
29 1
These dealers also have the necessary f acili ties, tools and trained specialists to install the parts and accessories properly .
_& WARNING Using the wrong spare parts or using non-
approved accessories can cause damage to the vehicle and serious persona l injury .
· ·
- Use on ly accessories expressly approved
by Audi and genuine Audi spare parts
- These parts and accessories have been
specially designed to be used on your ve-
hicle .
- Never install accessories such as tele-
phone cradles or beverage holders on air-
bag covers or w ithi n the airbag deploy-
ment zones. Doing so wi ll increase the
risk of injury if airbags are triggered in an
accident!
- Before you check anything in the engine
compa rtment, always read and heed all
WARNIN GS <:!p)age 217 .
(D Note
- If items other than genui ne Audi spare parts, add-on equipment and accessory items are used or if repair wo rk is not perf ormed accord ing to specified methods, t his can result in severe damage t o your vehicle's engine and body (such as corrosion) and adversely affect your vehicle's warranty .
- If emergency repairs must be performe d elsewhere , have the vehicle examine d by an authorized Audi dealer as soon as possible.
- The manufacturer cannot be held liable for damage wh ich occurs due to failure to comply with these stipu lations.
Technical Modifications
Our guidelines must be complied with when technical modifications are made.
Always consult an authorized Audi dealer be-
fore start ing work on any modifications.
..,_
292 Consumer Information
This will help ensure that vehicle function, performance and safety are not impaired
c:::&> . .
Attempting to work on electronic components and the software used with them can cause malfunctions. Because of the way electronic components are interconnected with each other, such malfunctions can also have an adverse affect on other systems that are not directly involved . This means that you risk both a substantial reduction in the operational safety of your vehicle and an increased wear of
vehicle part s c:::&> . .
Author ized Audi dealers will perform this work in a professional and competent manner or, in special cases, refer you to a professional company that specializes in such modifications.
& WARNING
-
Improper repairs and modifications can
change the way vehicle systems work and
cause damage to the vehicle and serious
personal injury.
(D Note
If emergency repairs must be performed elsewhere, have the vehicle examined by an authorized Audi dealer as soon as possible.
Declaration of Compliance, Telecommunication and Electronic Systems
Radio Frequency Devices and Radiocommunication Equipmen t User Manual Notice.
The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifications to this equipment.
Devices
The following devices each comp ly with FCC Part 15.19, FCC15.21 and RSS-GenIssue 1:
- Adaptive cruise cont rol*
- Audi side assist* - Cell phone package* - Convenience key* - Electron ic immobilizer - Homelink universal remote control* - Remote control key
FCCPart 15.19
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions :
(1) This device may not cause harmful interf erence, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operat ion .
FCCPart 15.21
CAUTION:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
RSS-Gen Issue 1
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference , and
(2) this device must accept any interfe rence, incl uding interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
A
A/C (automatic climate control system) . . 70
A/C (manual climate control system) . . . . 69
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 291
Active lane assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Act ivat ing vibration warning . . . . . . . . . 100 Adj usting steering time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Cleaning the camera area . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Driver messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 switch ing on and off ...... . . . . . . . . . . 99
Adapt ive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Cleaning the sensor .... . . . . . . . . ... . 206
Driver messages ..........
. ... . . . ... 92
General Informa t ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Request fo r driver intervention . . . . . . . . 92
Stop-and-go traffic .... . ..... . ... . . . 90
Adaptive dampe rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Adapt ive l ight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 106 I ndicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
AdBlue . . . . . . . . . . ...... Fil ling . . . . . . ......... Messages . . . ............
Adding W indshield washer fluid
. .. . . ... . . . . 2 15 . .. . ... . . . . . 216
. . . . . . . . . 215
.... . . . ... . . 232
Adj usting air distribution (Climate control
system) ... . . . ................
. . . ... 71
Adju st ing air vents ......... . . . . . . . . . . 72 Adjusting air vents (manual climate control system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Adj usting automatic headlights . . . . . . . . 48
Adj usting the cent er console lighting . . . . 50
Adj usting the temperat ure manual climate control system . . . . . . . . 69
advanced key refer to Convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Airbag .... . . . ................
. . . .. 144
I ndicat or ligh t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Airbag system ..........
. ..... . ... . . 165
Advanced Airbag System ... . . . . . . . . . 148
M
Advanced Airbag System compone nts . 15 2
N
0 c> o
,....,
Care ..... . . . ... . .......... Children . . . . ............
. . . . . . . 160 . ... . . . .. 17 2
\!)
1.1'1 Child restra ints . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . .. 172
M
1,..1..'1.,
Inde x 293
Components (front airbags) .. . . . . . . . 152
Danger of fitting a child seat on the front
passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 146
Disposal .. . . . . . . . ................
160
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148, 150
How do the front airbags work? ..... . 154
How many air bags does my vehicle
have? ....... . . . . . ..... . .........
152
· ·
How t he Advanced Airbag System com-
ponent s work togethe r .........
. . . . 154
Im portant saf ety instructions on the
knee airbag system . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 163
Impo rtant t hings to know .... . . . . . . . 144
Knee airbags . . . . . . ................
161
Monitoring . . . . . . . ................
156
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight ..... . . 157
Repairs ...... . . . . . ...............
160
Safety instr uctions . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 159
Side airbags . . . . ... . . . . . . .... . . ... 163
Side cur tain airbags . . ..........
. ... 166
Wa rning/Indicato r lights ....... . . . . 156
When must the system be inspected? . 156
Ala rm system
refer to Anti-theft alarm system ..... . . 35
Ali gnment pin (changing the whee l) . . . . 268
All- weat her lights (LED headlights) ... . . . 46
All -wheel drive
Winter tires . . . . . . . ..........
. .... 261
All wheel drive . . . . . ................
193
Altern at or
refer to Alternator (indicator light)
20
Alternato r (indicato r light) ...... . ... . . 20
Amb ient lighting . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 49
Anti- freeze
refer to Eng ine coolan t ......... . . . . 225
Anti -lock braking system ............
. 189
Ind icator light . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . .. . 22
Anti-slip regulation . . . ..........
. ... 189
Ind icator light . . . . ... . ..........
. . . 22
Ant i-theft alarm system . . . .... . . . . . . . . 35
Anti-theft protection
Electronic immob ili zer .............
. . 40
Audi active lane assist
refer to Active lane assist ......... . . . 98
·
Audi drive select ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 106
Ind icator light ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 26
2 9 4 Index
Audi magnetic ride
refer to Adaptive dampers
106
Audi Service Repair Manuals and Litera -
ture . . . . . ... . ............
. . . . . . . . . 289
AUTO
Automatic climate control system . .... 70
Automatic headlights ...... . . . . . .... 46
Auto Lock (centra l locking system) . ... . . 36
Automatic belt retrac t or .............
138
Automatic climate control system
refer to Climate control system (auto-
mat ic) ............................
70
Automatic headlights .................
46
Automatic post-collision braking system 190
Automatic transmission ..........
. ... 109
Driving t ips . ..................
. ... 111
Emergency mode ..................
115
Hill descent control ................
113
I gnition key safety int erlock . . . . . ... . . 74 Kick-down . . . . . . . . .... . . . ... . . ... . 114
Launch Contro l-Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
malfunction . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 110
Selector lever emergency release . . . . . 116
Selectorleverlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Selector lever posit ions .............
109
Shifting manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Steer ing whee l w ith shift paddles ..... 114
S t ron ic . . . . ..... ........ . . . . . . . . . 109
tiptronic . . . . ............
. . . . . . . . . 114
Automatic wipe/wash system . . . . . . . . . . 50
Auto Safety Hotline . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 133
Auxiliary heater (vehicles w ith diesel en-
gines) . . . . . ... . ............
. ..... . . 73
Average consumption .................
28
Average speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
B
Battery . . . . . . ............
. . . . . . . . . 228
Charge level . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 230
Energy management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Important warnings ...............
229
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Jump starting ............
. . . . . . . . . 280
Location . . . . . . . ... ... . . . ... . . . . . . 229
Replacing the battery ..........
. ... 23 1
Winter operation . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 228 Working on the battery . . .... . . . . . . . 229
Before driving ..... . ............
. ... 125
Blended gasoline . . . ............
. ... 210
Blower automatic Climate control system . . . . . 71 Manua l climate control system . . . . . . . . 69
Boost ..............................
29
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Boost pressure indicator . . .... . . . . . . . . 29
Brake fluid Changing the brake fluid ........ . . . . 22 7 Checking the brake fluid level ........ 22 7 What is t he correct brake fluid level? . . 227 What should I do if the brake fluid warn -
ing light comes on? . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 227
Brakes ..... . ... . . . . . .......... Brake assist system . . .......... Brake booster ..................... Indicator light . . . . . . . . . .... New brake pads . . . . . . . . ....
. ... 191 . . . . 189
191 . . . . . . . . 25 . . . . . . . 191
Brake system Brake fluid . ... . . . ............
. ... 22 7
Brake fluid specifications fo r refill and replacement . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 227
Brake pads . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 197 Fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 227 Worn brake pads symbo l . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Braking
Emergency braking funct ion . . . . . . . . . . 82
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 18
Parking brake .. . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 80
Starting on inclines ............
. ... . 82
Break-in per iod .....................
19 7
Brake pads . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 197
Tires . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 197
Bulbs ......... . . . . . ..............
. 279
C
Californ ia Proposition 65 Warn ing .... . 218
Battery specific ..................
. 230
Capacities AdBl ue ... . ... . . . ............ Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . ............ Washe r fluid reservoir .. . ......
. ... 215 . . . . 288 . . . . . 288
Care . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 205
also refer to Cleaning ..........
. . . . 205
Cargo area . . . ..................
. . .. 131
Cargo net ... . . . ..............
. . . ... . 65
Catalytic converter ......... . ... . . . . . 198
CD-ROMplayer (navigation) .. . . . . . . . . . . 61
CD changer
61
Central indicator light .........
. . . . . . . 14
Central locking ............
. ... . . . . . . 35
Central locking switch ..... . . . . . . . . . . 39
Convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Emergency locking ..............
. . . . 41
Folding the exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . 40
Luggage compartment lid ..... . . . . . . . 42 Panorama sunroof ........ . ... . . . . . . 43
Power windows ..........
. ... . . . . . . 43
Remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7
Safety central locking ..... . . . . . . . . . . 41
Setting
40
Certification . . ............
. ... . . . . . 292
Changing a wheel ..........
. ... . . . . . 269
Changing engine oil ...........
. . . ... 224
Checking Tire pressure . . . ..........
. . . . . . . . . 245
Child restraints
Danger of using child restraints in the front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Where can I get additional information
about child restraints and their use? . . 188
Child restraint system anchors . . . . . . . . 184
Child safety . . . . . . . ... ... .. . . . . . . . .. 170
Convertible locking retractor . . . . ... . . 181
Important safety instructions for using
child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 4
I mportant things to know when driving
with chi ldren ............
. . . . . . . . . 170
Tether anchors ..............
. . . . . . 187
Tether straps ..................
. . . 187
Child safety lock
Power windows ..........
. . . . . . . . . . 43
Rear doors . . ............
. ... . . . . . . 42
Child safety seats .............
. . . ... 176
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Convertible child seats .... . . . . . . . . . 177
Convertible locking retractor . . . . . . . . . 181
M
How do I properly install a child safety
N
0 c> o
seat .in my veh1' cle7.................
. 174
,...., Infant seats ................
. . . . . . 176
\!)
er,
Installing . . . . ..............
Me,.r.,..,
. . . . . . 181
Index 295
Installing a child restraint using the
LATCHsystem . . . . . . ...............
186
LATCHsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Lower anchorages . ................
185
Mounting and releasing the anchorage
hook ........ . . . . . ...............
186
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 4 Unused safety belts on the rear seat . . 176
· ·
Cleaning ... . . . . . . . . . . . ..........
. . 205
Cleaning/removing ice from windows . . . 207
Cleaning Alcantara .. . ..... . .........
208
Cleaning artificial leather ............
. 208
Cleaning carbon parts . . . . . . . . . . 207, 208
Cleaning controls . . . ................
207
Cleaning decorative parts/trim ....... . 207
Cleaning displays ... . ..... . .........
207
Cleaning exhaust tail pipes ...........
206
Cleaning plastic parts ............
. . . . 207
Cleaning rims .. . ... . ..... . .........
206
Cleaning seat covers . . ...............
208
Cleaning textiles . . . . ... . ..........
. . 208
Cleaning the tail lights ...............
206
Climate control system
Key recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Climate control system (automatic)
Adjusting air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 , 72
Air distribution, air vents ........ . ... . 71
Audi drive select . . . . ...............
106
AUTO (climate control system) . . . . . . . . 70
Blower ...... ' .. . . ...............
. 71
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Defrosting the windshield ....... . . . . . 71
Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Recirculation mode ...............
. . 71
Setting the temperature .. . . . ... . ... . 71
synchronizing . . ... . ................
71
Climate control system (manual)
Adjusting air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 72
Adjusting the temperature . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Air distribution, air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Blower ...... . . . . . ................
69
Defrosting windows ............
. . . . . 69
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Recirculation mode .................
70
Clock ......... . . . . . ..... . .......... 10
296 ~l :n.d.:.~e:~x:._ ______________________________
Closing
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 2 19
Panorama sunroof . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
W indows ...............
. ... . ..... 43
Closing/open ing
by remote cont rol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
with the central locking switch .. . . . . . . 39
with the convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
with the door lock ........ . . . . . ... . . 39
Cockpit (overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Cold ti re inflat ion pressure .... . . . . . . . . 240
Coming home . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . . 48
Compartmen t s ..........
. . . ... . . . . . . 6 1
Compass in the mirror ..........
. . . . . . 54
Compliance . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 292
Consumer Info rmation . . . . . . . . . . 133, 289
Consumpt ion (fue l) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Contact ing NHTSA .........
. . . . . ... . 133
Convenience key
Emergency operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
I nd icator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Starti ng the engine (STARTENGINE STOP
button) . . . . . ............
. . . . . . . . . . 77
St opping t he engine (START ENGI NE
STOP button) . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . . 78
Switching the ign ition on . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
unlocking/locking ........ . . . . . . . . . . 38
Convenience opening/closing . . . . . . . . . . 4 3
Convertible chil d safety seats . . . . . ... . 177
Convertible locking retracto r
Activating . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 183
Deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Using to secure a child safety seat l81, 183
Coolant
refer to Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Cooling mode (automatic cli mate control
syst em) . . . . ... . ............
. . . ... . . 70
Cooling mode (manua l climate control sys-
tem) ... . . . . . ..........
. ..... . . . . . .. 69
Cooling system
Adding coolant . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Coolant level checking ....... . . . ... . 226
Coolant temperature indicator . . . . . ... 12
Ind icator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Cornering light . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . . 4 7
Crash data recorde r (EDR) ... . . . . . . . . . 189
_
Cruise cont rol system
Changing speed . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 84
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 83
Preselect ing speed . ............
. ... . 84
Switching off .. . . . ............
. ... . 85
switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Cup holders . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 61
Current consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 28
D
Data recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189, 195 Date disp lay . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 10
Dayt ime run ning lights ...........
. ... . 46
Declarat ion of compliance
Adaptive cruise control ............
. 292
Audi side assist . . . .. . . . . ... .. . . . . . 292
Cell phone package ... . . .... . . . . . . . 292
Convenience key . . . ..........
. . . . . . 29 2
Elect ronic immob iliz er ...... . ... . . . . 292
Homelin k unive rsal remot e cont rol . . . 292
Remote contro l key . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 292
Defect ive light bu lb wa rni ng I ndi cator lig ht . . . . ............
. ... . 25
Defrost ing (windshie ld) automatic climate control system . . . . . 71 ma nual climate control system .... . . . . 69
DEF(instr ument cluster) . . .... . . . . . . . . 11
Deluxe automat ic cli mate control refer to Climat e cont rol syst em (auto matic) . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 70
Determ ining correct load limit . . . . . . . . 250
Diesel
Indicato r light . . . . . . ...... . ... . ... . 23
Prewarm ing (butt on) ......... . ... . . . 77
Prewarm ing (key) . ..........
. ..... . . 74
Diesel f uel . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 211
Diesel particula t e filter ... . .. . ... . . . . 199 Digital compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Dimens ions . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 287
Dim ming the rearview m irror . . . . . . . . . . 53
Distance ... . . . . . . . ............
. ... . 28
Door/re ar lid warni ng ............
. . . . . 27
Door contact switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Doors Child safety lock (mechanical) . . . . . . . . . 42
Driver information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Boost ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... 29
CD/radio display . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Door/rear lid warning ..... . . . . . . . . . . 27
Driver messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Efficiency program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Eng ine oil temperature indicator . . . . . . 32
I ndicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Lap ti me r . . . ..............
. . . . . . . . 32
On-board comp ute r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Outside t empera t ure display . . . . . . . . . . 27
Service interval disp lay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Using the multifunction steer ing whee l . 27
Driver seat ing posit ion ...... . . . . . . . . . 126
Drive select
refer to Audi dr ive select . ... . . . ... . . 106
Driving safely . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Driving t hrough water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Driving time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Dust filter
refer to Poll utant filte r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
E
ECO mode (autom atic cli mat e control system) . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... 70
Efficiency program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Descript ion . ................
. . . ... . 29
Fuel economy messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Ot her equipmen t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Electrical accessories
refer to Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Electromechanical par king brake
refer to Parking brake ..... . . . . . . . . . . 80
Elect romechan ical steering .. . . . . . . . . . 193 I ndicat or ligh t s . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Elect ronic diffe rent ial lock ... . . . . . . . . . 189
I ndicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Electronic immobili zer ...... . . . . . . . . . . 40
also refer to Immobilizer .. . . . . . . . . . . 35
Elect ronic speed limiter .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1
Elect ronic stabilization control (ESC)
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Sport mode . . . ..........
. . . . . . . . . 190
M
N
0 c> o
,....,
Electro nic Stabilization Control (ESC) . . . 189 Emergency assistance ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 7
\!)
1.1'1 Emergency flasher . . .... . . . . ... . . . . . . 47
M
1,..1..'1.,
Inde x 297
Emergency flashe rs
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 26
Emergency operation
Emergen cy braking f unct ion ..... . . . . . 82
Fron t passenger's door/rear doors . . . . . 41
Luggage compartment lid .... . . . . . . . 267
Panorama sunroof . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 4S with convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
· ·
Emergency release
Fuel fi ll er doo r . . . . . . ..............
2 14
Selector lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Emergency starting ................
. 280
Emergency towing . . ................
282
Energy management ............
. . . . 194
Ind icator lig ht . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 20
Engine
Coolant ...... . . . . . ...............
225
Prewarm ing (butto n) ...............
. 77
Prewarm ing (key) . . ... . ..........
. . . 74
Start ing with jumper cables .. . . . . . . . 280 Star t ing (driver messages with conven-
ience key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Starting (engine) . . . . ..............
. 77
Starting (key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
stopp ing (button) . .................
78
stopp ing (key) . ... . ..... . ..........
76
Engine compartment
Closing the hood ..... . ............
219
Opening the hood . ............
. . . . 219
Overview.. . . . . . . . ...........
220,221
Safety precautions . . . . . . ...... . ... . 217
Engine control (indicato r li ght) . . . . . . . . . 23
Engine coolant . . . . . ................
2 25
Radiator fan . . . . . . ... . ............
227
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 221
adding ...... . . . . . ...............
223
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . .. 224
Checking the oi l level .............
. . 22 3
Dipst ick ... . ... . . . . . ..... 220, 22 1, 22 3
Ind icator lig ht . . . . ... . ..........
. . . 20
Oil consumpt ion . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 222
Specificatio n and viscosity .... . . . . . . . 221
Temperature indicato r . . . .... . . . . . . . . 32
Use ...... . . . . . . . ................
223
·
Engine speed lim it at ion (indicat or ligh t) . 24
2 98 Index
Environment
Break-in period . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 197
Catalytic converter . ...... . . . . . . . . . . 198
Diesel partic ulate filter .............
199
Disposing of your vehicle battery . ... . 231
Driving at high speeds ...... . . . . . ... 200
Driving to minim ize pollution and noise 199
Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Lett ing the vehicle st and and wa rm up . 200
Proper disposal of dra ined brake flu id . 227
Proper disposal of dra ined engine oil . . 224
Unleaded f uel . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 210
What should I do with an old battery? . 231
EPC(engine control) ..........
. . . ... . . 23
ESC
Automatic post-collision braking sys-
tem .. . ... . ..................
. . . . 190
Electron ic stabilization control . . . . . . . 189
Sport mode ......................
190
Event Data Recorder (EDR) ... . . . . . . . . . 195
Exterior lighting . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . . 46
Exterio r m irrors
Adj ust ing .. ..... . .... . ..... . . . . . . . 52
Dimm ing . . . . ...............
. ... . . . 53
fo lding . . . . . . ... . .... ... . . . . . . . . . . 52
Heat ing .. . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . . 52
F
Fasten ing
Booste r seats . ... . .... ... . . . . . . . . . 179
Convertible child safety seats . . . . . . . . 17 7
Infant seats . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 176
Floor mats . . . . ............
. . . . . . . . . 130
Fog lights/rear fog light(s) ... . . . . . . . . . . 46
Folding the exte rior mi rrors
Center locking . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . . 40
Folding the rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Foot pedals . ................
. . . ... . 130
Footwell ligh ti ng ..........
. . . . . ... . . 49
For the sake of the environment
Fueling ... . ..................
. . . . 2 12
Leaks . . . . ... ....... ........ . . ... . 2 18
Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Front airbags
Descript ion . . . . . .. .... . . . ... . . . . . . 148
How they work ................
. . . . 154
Fronta l coll isions and the laws of physics 136
Front armrest ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 58
Front passenger's door emergency locking 41
Front seats
Adjusting . . ... . . . ............
. ... 127
Child restraints in the front seat ... . .. 146
also refer to Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 64
Fuel
Additives . . . ... . . . ............
. ... 210
Blended gasoline ..............
. . . . 210
Current consumption . ..........
. . . . . 28
Fuel filler neck . ...................
212
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 12
Fuel ta nk capacity . . . ..........
. . . . 288
Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . ..........
. . . . 2 10
Gasoline addit ives .................
211
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 24
Octane rat ing .. . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 210
Recommendation . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 210
Saving fuel . ... . . . ............
. ... 106
Fuel economy messages (effic iency pro-
gram) . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 30
Fueling
Fuel fi ll er door emergency release . . . . 214
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Fuel ta nk capacity . . . ..........
. . . . 288
Opening the fue l filler door . . . . . . . . . . 212
Fuses
Assignment .. . . . ................
. 277
I nte rior . . . . ... . . . ............
. ... 276
replacing . . . ... . . . ............
. ... 276
G
Garment hooks . . . . . ............
. . . . . 62
Gasdischarge lamps .................
279
Glossary of tire and loading term inology 235
Glove compar t ment ................
. . 61
CDchanger ... . ..................
. . 61
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) ... 286
H
Headlight range control system . . . . . . . . 46
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 25
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 , 48
Head lig hts
Cleaning ..... . ..................
. 206
Headlights
Headlig ht range control system . . . . . . . 46 Left hand drive, right hand drive . . . . . . . 49
Travel mode . ............
. ... . . . . . . 49
Washer reservoir ......... . ... . . . . . 232
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
adj usting . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... 59
Adj usting . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. 129
removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Heated exterior mirrors . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Seats . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... 72
Washer nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Heat ing (diesel eng ine auxiliary heat er) . . 73
Heavy clothing and safety belts . . . . . . . . 138
Hex socket . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. 268
High voltage warning label .. . . . . . . . . . 286
Highway lig ht . . . ..........
. . . . . . . . . . 47
Hill descent control . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Hill hold . . ... . . . ..........
. . . ... . . . 82
Hill hold assist
refer to Hill hold ......... . ... . . . . . . 82
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
How are child restra int system anchors re-
lated to child safety ...........
. . . ... 184
How many airbags does my vehicle have? 152
How often should I check my t ire pressures? . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. 24 7
How safety belt pretensioners wo rk . . . . 142
Hydroplaning . ............
. ... . . . . . 253
I
I gnition Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1
Switching on/off (with button) . . . . . . . . 77
I gnition key safety int erloc k . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Ignition lock
mechanical ...........
. ..... . ... . . . 74
Immobilizer . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . ... 35
I mpor t ant thi ngs to do before driving . . 125
Improperly wor n safety belts . . . . . . . . . . 141
M N
I ndicato r lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
0c>o I nfant seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
,....,
\.!.),., Instal li ng child safety seats
M..,.,
,....,
Safety belts . . . ..........
. . . . . . . .. 181
Inde x 299
Installing the upper t ether st rap on the
ancho rage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 187
Instrument cluster . . ................
. 10
Instruments . . . . . . . ................
. 10
Adjusting the light ing . . . .... . . . . . . . . 50
Interior lighting ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 49
Intermittent (windshield w ipers) . . ... . . 50
· ·
J
Jump -starting
280
Jump start cables
281
K
Key ... . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 35
Checking the number . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 35
Driver messages (mechanical ignition
key) ...... . . . . . . . ................
. 79
Driver messages (with convenience key) . 79
Key not recognized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Key replacement .. . ..............
. . 35
Replacing the battery . . . . ... ... . . . . . 37
unlocking/loc king . ... . ...... 37, 38 , 39
Key recognition
Climate control system .............
. 68
Kick-down
Automat ic transmission . .... . . . . . . . 114
Knee airbags . . . . . . . . . . . ..........
. . 161
Descript ion . . . . . . . . . ..............
161
How t hey wor k ... . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 162
Important saf ety instructions . . . . . . . . 163
L
Lane assist refer to Act ive lane assist .... . . . . . . . . 98
Lap time r ...... . . . . . ................
32
Evaluating recorded times ...... . ... . . 33
Start ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
LATCH ..... . . . . . . . ................
184
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18S
Installing a child restra int ..........
. 186
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Mount ing and releasing the anchorage
·
hoo k ..... . . . . . . . . . ..............
186
Launch Control-Program (automatic trans-
mission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
300 Index
Leather care/cleanin g . . .. . . . . . . . . ... . 20 8
Leaving home ..............
. . . . . ... . 48
LED headlights
All-weathe r li ghts ................
. . 46
Left hand drive . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . . 4 9
Lift ing j ack . . ..........
. ....... . . . . 272
Lift ing vehicle . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Light
adapt ive light ................
. ... . . 47
Adju sting automatic headlights . . . . . . . 48
Coming/Leaving home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Fog lights/rear fog light(s) . . . . . . . . . . . 4 6
Headlight flasher ...................
48
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 48
Highway light ......................
47
Low beams . . . . . ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Parking light ..............
. . . . . .... 46
Switching dayt ime runn ing ligh t s on and
off . . . . . ..................
. . . . . . . . 49
Travel mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 9
Light/ra in sensor Headlights . ..............
. . . . . .... 46
Ind icator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
I nt ermi ttent (wi ndshield wipe rs) . . . . . . 50
Lighting Exterior .........
. ............
. . . .. 46
Int erior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 9
Lights
Ambient lighting ...................
49
Headlig ht range contro l system . . . . ... 46
Inter ior/read ing ...........
. . . . . .... 49
Loading the roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Locking/ unlocking
by remote cont rol ............
. ..... 37
with the cent ral locking switch . . . . . . . . 39
with the convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 with the door lock . .... . . . . . . . . ... . . 39
Long-t erm memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Low beam Ind icator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Low beams . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . . 4 6
Lower universal anchorages (Canada) . .. 184
Luggage compartment ................
64
Cargo net .........................
65
Increasing the size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Loading . . . . . . . . ... ... . . . ... . . . . . . . 64
Pass-t hrough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Reversib le mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Socket . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 60
Storage hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Stow ing luggage ..............
. ... 131
Tie-downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Luggage compartment lid Central locking . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 42 Emergency release . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 267
Lumbar suppo rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 58
M
Maintenance ... . . . ................
. 289
Maintenance intervals
with dr iver information system . . . . . . . . 13
Mir ror
Digital compass switching on and off . . . 54 dimming . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 53
Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Mir ror compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Mirro rs
Adjusting the exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . 52 Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System 156 Motor
stopp ing (dr iver messages w ith mechanical ign ition key) . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 79
Mult ifunct ion steer ing wheel . . ....... . . 28
On-board computer ............
. ... . 28
N
Natural leather care/cleaning ........ . 208
Navigation system
CD-ROMplayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
New ti res and wheels ............
. ... 254
NHTSA
Contacting . . . . ....... . ..........
. 133
Nitrogen oxide (NOx) catalyt ic converter
refer to AdBlue ................
. ... 215
Number of seat s . . . . ............
. ... 135
Number of vehicle keys ...............
35
0
Occupant protection ..................
94
Occupant seating positions .. . . . . . . . . . 126
Octane rat ing . . . ....... . ..........
. 210
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
-----------------------------------
Inde x 30 1 .......
Oil
Parking light . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 46
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
also refer to Engine oi l . . . . . . . . 221, 223
Parking system Adjusting t he display/war ning tone . . . 124
Oil change interva l
Cleaning the rearview camera .... . . . . 121
with drive r inf ormat ion syst em . . . . . . . . 13
Malfunc t ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
On-Board-Diagnostic System (OBD)
Parking system plus . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 119
System indicator light (MI L) . . ... . ... . 30 On-board computer ........ . ... . . . . . . 27
Peripheral display . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 119 Rear parking system . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 119
· ·
Operation (mu lt ifunction steering
Rearview camera . . ... . ........ . . . . 120
wheel) . . . . . . ....... .. ....... . . . . . . 28
also refer to Parking systems . . . 119, 120
On-Board Diagnostic System (OBD)
Parking systems ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 118
Data Link Connector (DLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1
Parking (automatic t ransmission) 111, 112
On Board Diagnostic Syst em (OBD) Elect ronic speed lim iter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1
Particulate f ilter
refer to Diesel part iculate filter .... . . . 23
Opening . . . ... . ..............
. ... . . . 35
Parts replacement . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 291
Fuel filler door . . . . .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Pass-through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Hood . . ... . . . ..............
. . . ... 219
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight . . . . . . . . 157
Luggage compartmen t lid .. . . . . . . . . . . 42
Panorama sunroof ........ . . . . . . . . . . 44
W indows . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3
Opening/clos ing
with the central locking switch . . . . . . . . 39
with the convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
with the door lock ........ . . . . . . . . . . 39
Operate your vehicle econom ically and
minim ize poll ution ............
. ... . . 199
Othe r equipment (efficiency program) . . . 30
Outside temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Overview (cockpit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Pedals ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..........
. . 130
Peripheral display . . . ............
. . . . 119
Physical principles of a frontal collision . 136
Polish ing ...... . . . . . ...............
207
Pollen filter
refer to Pollutant filter .........
. . . . . 68
Pollutant f ilter . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 68
Power
seat adj ustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Windows . . . . . . . . ... . ............
. 43
Power w indows . . . . . ................ Convenience opening/clos ing .......
. 43 . . 43
p
Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... . . . . .. . 44 Pregnant women
Paint damage
207
Special considerations when wear ing a
Paint No. . . . . . . . . . ........ . . . . . . . .. 286
safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Panorama sunroof . .. . ..... . . . . . . . . . . 44
Pre sense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Convenience opening/closing . . . ... . . . 43
Basic (description) . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 94
Emergency closing ...........
. ... . . . 45
Driver messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 96
Parking aid
Cleaning sensors/camera lenses . . . . . . 206
Park ing brake . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . ... 80
Emergency braking function . . . . . . . . . . 82
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Parking .. . . . . . ..........
. . . . . . . ... 81
Front (description) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
General information ...........
. ... . 94
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Warnings .... . . . . . ................
95
Pressure (tires) . . . . . ................
265
Power supply failure ...... . . . . . . . . . . 80
M
N
0 c> o
,....,
Sett ing/releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Starting from a stop ......... . . . ... . 82
Prewarm ing With button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 With key . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 74
·
\!) 1.1'1
also refer to Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Proper occupant seating positions . . . . . 126
M
1,..1..'1.,
Proper safety belt position ........ . . . . 139
302 Index
Proper seating position
Front passenger . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 127
Occupants . . . . . . . . ...... . .. . . . . . . . 126
Rear passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Protecting . . ... . ..........
. . . . . . . . . 20 7
Protection mat
refer to Reversible mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Q
Question What happens to unbelted occupants? 136
R
Radiator fan Radio clock
refer to Clock . . . . . ....
227 . . . . . . . . ... . . 10
Rain/ lig ht sensor
Headlig hts ... . ..........
. . . . . . . . . . 46
I nd icator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
I nt ermittent (windshield wipe rs) . . . . . . 50
Switching on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Range (tank contents) ...... . . . . . ... . . 28
Rear armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Rear lid
refer to Luggage compartment lid . . . . . 42
Rear light
I nd icator ligh t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Rearview camera
refer to Parking systems
119, 120
Rearview mirror
refer to Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Rearview mir ror dimm ing ... . . . . . ... . . 53 Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Recirculation mode
automatic control system . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 manual cli mate control system . . . . . . . . 70
Reducing fue l consumption
Efficiency program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Remote control key ..........
. . . . . ... . 35
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 37
Replacing the batte ry ..... . . . . . . . . . . 37
Synchron izati on ..........
. . . . . ... . . 37
unlocking/locking ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Repair manua ls .............
. . . . . . . . 289
Repairs
Airbag system . ..........
. . . . . ... . 160
Replacement key . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 35
Replacing
Light bulbs . ... . . . ............
. ... 279
Tires and wheels . . ............
. . . . 255
Replacing windsh ield wiper blades . . . . . . 51
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . 133, 134
Reset button (trip odometer) . . . . . . . . . . 11
Resetting the trip odometer ...... . ... . 11
Retract
New brake pads . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 191
Retractor .. . ... . . . . . ..............
. 138
Reverse (automatic transmission) .. . ... 109
Reversible mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Right hand dr ive . . . ................
. . 49
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Loading . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 63
Roof weight ... . . . . . ..........
. . . . . 63
s
Saddlebag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Safe drivi ng habit s ... . ..........
. . . . 125
Safety
Airbag-System . . . . .. . . . . ... .. . . . . . 144
Belts . ..... . . . . . . . ..............
. 135
Safety belt position . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 139
Safety belt height adjustment . . . . . . . 141
Safety belts worn by pregnant women . 140
Safety belt pret ensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Service and disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13S, 138
Adjusting . . ... . . . ............
. ... 141
Cleaning . . . ... . . . ............
. ... 20 7
Danger to passengers who do not wear a
safety belt . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 136
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Height adj ustment .............
. . . . 141
Improperly worn . . . . ..........
. . . . 141
Indicator light . . . . ................
. 21
Not worn .. . . . . . ..........
. ..... . 136
Safety belt posit ion .... . . ... .. . . . . . 139
Safety instr uctions .............
. . . . 138
Securing child safety seats .... . . . ... 181
Special considerations f or pregnan t
women . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 140
Unfastening ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 140
Warning/indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Worn properly . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Safety belt warn ing light .............
135
Safety central locking .............
. . . . 41
Safety compliance st icker . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Safety equipment . ..........
. ..... . . 125
Safety features f or occupant restra int and
protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Safety guide li nes Seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Safety instructions
for side curta in airbags .............
168
fo r using chi ld safety seats . . . . ... . . . 174
for using safety belt s ...............
138
Mon itoring the Advanced Airbag Sys-
tem . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. 159
Safety systems (indicato r light) . . . . . . . . . 2 1
Scheduled maintenance interval
with driver informat ion system ........
13
Screwdriver . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. 268
Seat adjustment
Driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Front passenger's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7
Head rest raints . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Safety guide li nes . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Seat heat ing ....................
... . 72
Seating position
Driver . . . . . . ... . ............
. . . . . 126
Front passenger ...................
127
How to adjust the front seats . ....... 127
I ncorrect seat position ............
. . 129
Occupants . . . ... . ............
. . . . . 126
Rear passengers ..........
. ... . . . . . 128
Seats adj usting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 58
Folding . . ... ..................
. . . . 65
Seats (number) . . ..........
. . . . . . . . . 135
Selecti ve cataly t ic reduction refer to AdBlue . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Select ive wheel torque control . ....... 189
Selector lever (automatic transmission)
Emergency operation ...............
116
Position . . . . ... . ............
. . . . . 109
M
N Service and disposal
0 c> o
Safety belt pretensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
Service interval display
M
1,..1..'1.,
wit h driver inf ormat ion system ........
13
Inde x 303
Setting clock . ..... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 10
Setting date ... . ... . ................
10
Setting the temperature
automat ic climate control system ..... 71
Setting t ime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 10
SETUP (basic setting) . ..........
. ... . . 10
Shift padd les (automatic transmission) . 114
· ·
Shor t-t erm memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Side airbags
Description ... . . .. . ..........
. .... 163
How they work . ... . ...............
165
Side assist ...... . ..... . ............
102
Adjusting the brightness ........ . ... 104
Cleaning the sensors ...........
. . . . 206
Sensor range . . ... ................
103
switching on and off ...............
104
Side curtain airbags .................
166
Description .......................
166
How they work . . . . ................
168
Safety instr uctions . . ...............
168
Sliding/tilting sunroof
refer to Panorama sunroof ...........
44
Snow chains . . . . . . . ... . ..........
. . 262
All wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 193
Socket ........ . . .. . ..........
. ..... 60
Sources of information about child re-
stra ints and their use ................
188
Speed limi t er . . . . . . ................
. 31
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Speed rating letter code . . . .... . . . . . . . 257
Speed warning system ...........
. ... . 83
Sport mode . . . . . . . . . . ..............
190
Star but t on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
STARTENGINE STOP button (convenience
key) ...... . . . . . . ... ..... . .... ..... . 77
STARTENGINESTOP(convenience key) . . . 78
Starti ng
Hill hold . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 82
Start ing from a stop
Hill start assist . . . . ... . ..........
. . . 82
Starting (engine)
Automat ic start (button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Automat ic start (key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
·
Malfunction (button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Malfunction (key) ..................
. 75
304 -In-d-e-x--------------------------------
With button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
With key . . . . . . ..........
. . . . . ... . . 74
Steering
Elect rom echanical steering . . . . . . . 193, 0
I ndicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Locking steering (ignition key) . . . . . . . . 76
Locking the steering (button) ... . . . . . . 78
Locking (mechanical ign ition lock) . . . . . 74
also refer to Electromechan ical steer-
ing . . . . . . . . ...........
.... . ..... . 193
Steering whee l adjusting . . . . . ..........
. . . . . ... . . 74
Buttons .. . . . . . ..........
. . . . . ... . . 28
Multifunction steering wheel . . . . . . ... 27
Shift paddles (automatic transmiss ion) 114
Steps for det ermining correct load lim it . 250
Stopping (engine)
with button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
with key . . ... ..............
. . ... . . 76
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 62
Storage hoo ks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
S tronic transmission
refer to Automatic transmission . . . . .. 109
Subwoofer . . . ................
. . . . . . 269
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Switching daytime runn ing ligh ts on and
off ................................
49
Switching the ign ition on/off (with key) .. 74
Switch th e ignit ion on/off (with key) . . ... 74
Symbo ls
refer to Indicator light s ......... . .... 14
System indicator light (MIL) . . . . . . . 23, 30
T
Tachometer.....................
10, 11
TOI clean diesel
refertoAdBlue ....................
215
Technical Data ......................
286
Technical modifications ..... . . . . . . . . . 291
Temperature display
Coolant . . . . ................
. . . . . . . 10
Outside temperature ................
11
Tether anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Tether strap . . . . ..........
. . . . . ... . 187
The first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) and after-
wards . . . . . . ... ..............
..... . 197
Tie-downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 132
Tips for the environment
Saving f uel . ... . . .... ......... ... . . 63
t iptron ic (automatic transm ission) ..... 114
Tire pressure . ... . . . . . ..........
. . . . 245
Tire pressure monitoring system ...... . 264
Tires .............................. Service life . ... . . ................
233 . 252
Speed rating letter code ............
257
Tire manufacturing date ...........
. 256
Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . 265
Tire specifications ..........
....... 256
Tread depth . . ................
... . 252
Unif orm tire quality grading .........
260
Winter t ires ... . . . . . ..........
. . . . 261
Tires and vehicle load limits ...... . . . . . 249
Tires and wheels
Checking t ire pressure ..........
. . . . 245
Cold tire inflation pressure ..........
240
Dimens ions . . . . . .................
. 254
General notes . . ..................
. 233
Glossary of tire and loading termi nolo-
gy ..............................
235
Low aspect rat io t ires ...............
263
New tires and whee ls ............... Replacing . . ... . . . . . ..........
254 . . . . 255
Snow chains ... . . . . . ..........
. . . . 262
Tires and veh icle load limits .........
249
Wheel bolts . . . . . ..........
... ... . 262
Winter tires ... . . ..............
... 261
Tire service lif e .. . . . . . ..........
. . . . 252
Tool kit ....... . . .................
. 268
Torn or frayed safety belts ............
138
Towing
Tow t ruck procedures . ........ . . . . . . 282
Towing loop .... . . .................
. 283
TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) . 265
Trai ler towing . . . . . ..............
... 202
Operating inst ruct ions ..........
. . . . 202
Technical requirements . . . . . . . . 202, 203
Trai ler towing tips . . . ..........
. . . . 203
Transmission malfunction (indicator
light ) .............................
115
Transport Canada ...................
134
Travel mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Tread Wear Indicator (TWI) ...........
252
Trunk
refer to Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . 64
Turn signa ls . . . ................
. . . ... 48
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
u
ULSDNo. 2 (Diesel fuel) ........ . . . . . . 211 Unfasten ing safety belts .... . . . . . . . . . 140 Unidirect iona l t ires ......... . . . . . . . . . 234 Uniform t ire quality grading .... . . . . . . 260 Unlocking/ locking
by remote contro l ........ . . . . . . . . . . 37 with the central locking switch . . . . . . . . 39 with the convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 with the door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
V
Vanity mirror . . ............ Vehicle
Care/cleaning . . . . . .... Dimensions . . . . . . . .... Out of serv ice ............
. ... . . . ... 50
. . . . . . . . . . .. 205 . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
. ... . . . . . 199
Vehicle cont rol mod ules ..... . . . . . . . . . 195
Vehicle ident ificat ion labe l . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . . 286
Vehicle jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 272
Vehicle key . . . ............
. ... . . . ... 35
Vehicle literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Vehicle tool kit . ........ . ..... . ... . . 268
w
Warning/ indicator lights
System indicator light (MIL) . . . . . . . . . . 23
Warning/Indicator lights
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156, 157
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF .. . . . . . . . . . 157
Warning light s refer to Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Warranty coverages .. . ..... . . . . . . . . . 289
Washer f luid level (indicator light) . . . . . . 25
Washer reservoir ..........
. . . . . . . . . 23 2
M N
Washing matte finish paint .. . . . . . . . . . 205
0c>o Wear indicator . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
,....,
\!)
er,
Weights . . . . . . ... . ........
. ... . . . . . 286
Me,.r.,..,
Inde x 305
What happens if you wear your safety belt
too loose? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 139
Wha t happe ns to unbe lted occupants? . . 136
What impairs driving safety? ...... . ... 126
Wha t shou ld I do after changing a
whee l? . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 247
What shou ld I do after replac ing whee ls? 247
· ·
Whee l bolts
Torque .... . . . . . . . ... . ............
262
Whee ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 233
Allwheel drive ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 193
Checking t ire press ure . . . .... . . . . . . . 245
Cleaning .. . . . . . . . . . . . ..........
. . 206
Cold tire inflation pressure ..........
240
General notes . . ... . ..... . ........ . 233
Glossary of tire and loading term inolo-
gy ..........
. . . . . ...............
235
New t ires and wheels ...............
2 54
Tires and veh icle load limits ..... . . . . 249
Wheel wre nch . . . . . . . ... . ...... . ... . 268
When must a safety be lt be replaced? . . 138
When must the airbag system be inspect-
ed? ........ . . . . . . . ................
156
When should I adjust the t ire pressures? 247
When should I check the ti re press ures? . 247
Where are lower ancho rages located? .. . 185
Where can I find the t ire pressures for my
car? ..... . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ..........
245
Why safety belts? .. . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 136
Windows
Cleaning/removing ice . . . .... . . . . ... 207
Windshie ld
cleaning .. . . . . . . . . . ..............
. 50
defrosting (automatic climate control
system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . .. . 71
defrosting (manua l climate control sys-
tem) ..... . . . . . . . ... . ............
. 69
also refer to Windsh ield ........ . ... . 50
Windshie ld washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Reservoir capacity . . ... . ...... . ... . 288
Washe r reservo ir .. . ..............
. 232
Windshie ld wipers
Cleaning wiper blades ..........
. ... . 51
Folding up . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . .. . 51
·
Ind icator light . ... . ..... . ........ . . 25
Replacing windsh ield wiper blades ... . . 51
Switc hing on and off ...........
. . . . . 50
306 Index
Winter operation
Battery . . . . ................
. . ... . 228
Cooling system ............
. . . . . . . . 225
W inter t ires . . . ..... . ...... . . . . . . . . . 261
All -wheel drive . ..........
. . . . . ... . 261
W inter use Car washes . ..............
. . . . . ... 205
defrost ing the w indshield (automatic climate control system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Removing ice from windows . . . . . . . .. 207 Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
X
Xenon-Lights ... . ..........
. . . . . . . . . 279
Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 49
© 2014 AUDI AG
It has always been Aud i's po licy to cont inuously improve its products. Aud i, therefore, rese rves the right to ma ke changes in design a nd specifications, and to make addi t ions or improvements in it s prod ucts without incurring any obligation to insta ll them on prod ucts previo us ly manufact ured. Text, illustra tions and spec ifications in this book are based on the most up-to-date information available at the time of pr int ing .
These instructions may not be reproduced or t ranslated in who le or in part witho ut written consent of AUDI AG. All rights reserved by AUDI AG. Subject to alteration or amendment . Printed in Germany.
Editor ial deadlin e: 4 / 4 / 2014
@ For the sake of the environment
Printed on environmentally friendly paper (b leached without chlorine, recyclable)
Owner's Manual 2015 Audi A3 Sedan 2015 Audi S3 Sedan Englisch USA 05.2014 153.561.SV0.23
II 11111111111 1535618V023
www.audi.com